Pioneer HTZ363DVD Operating Instructions
Operating Instructions æÂÂä½ÂæÂÂå HTZ363D VD DVD/CD Receiver | DVD/CD æÂ¥æÂ¶å¨ XV -D V767 Speaker System | æÂÂè²å¨系統 S-D V363 HTZ565D VD DVD/CD Receiver | DVD/CD æÂ¥æÂ¶å¨ XV -D V767 Speaker System | æÂÂè²å¨系統 S-D V2T S-D V2SW HTZ767D VD DVD/CD Receiver | DVD/CD æÂ¥æÂ¶å¨ XV -D V767 Speaker System | æÂÂè²å¨系統 S-D V4T S-D V2SW HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 1 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Location: bottom of the unit The exclamation point within an equilateral triangle is intended to alert the user to the presence of important operating and maintenance (ser vicing) instructions in the literature accompanying the appliance. The lightning flash with arrowhead symbol, within an equilateral triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of uninsulated "dangerous voltage" within the product's enclosure that may be of sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric shock to persons. CAUTION: TO PREVENT THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE P ARTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL. CAUTION RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT OPEN IMPOR T ANT D3-4-2-1-1_En-A W ARNING This equipment is not waterproof. T o prevent a fir e or shock hazard, do not place any container filed with liquid near this equipment (such as a vase or flower pot) or expose it to dripping, splashing, rain or moisture. D3-4-2-1-3_A_En W ARNING The voltage of the available power supply differs according to country or r egion. Be sure that the power supply voltage of the area wher e this unit will be used meets the requir ed voltage (e.g., 230 V or 120 V) written on the rear panel. D3-4-2-1-4_A_En Before plugging in for the first time, read the following section carefully . W ARNING To prevent a fir e hazard, do not place any naked flame sources (such as a lighted candle) on the equipment. D3-4-2-1-7a_A_En VENTILA TION CAUTION When installing this unit, make sure to leave space around the unit for ventilation to impr ove heat radiation (at least 10 cm at top, 10 cm at rear , and 10 cm at each side). W ARNING Slots and openings in the cabinet are pr ovided for ventilation to ensure r eliable operation of the product, and to pr otect it from overheating. T o prevent fir e hazard, the openings should never be blocked or covered with items (such as newspapers, table-cloths, curtains) or by operating the equipment on thick carpet or a bed. D3-4-2-1-7b_A_En CAUTION The ST ANDBY/ON switch on this unit will not completely shut off all power from the AC outlet. Since the power cord ser ves as the main disconnect device for the unit, you will need to unplug it from the AC outlet to shut down all power . Therefore, make sure the unit has been installed so that the power cord can be easily unplugged from the AC outlet in case of an accident. T o avoid fire hazard, the power cord should also be unplugged from the AC outlet when left unused for a long period of time (for example, when on vacation). D3-4-2-2-2a_A_En Thank you for buying this Pioneer product. Please read through these operating instructions so that you will know how to operate your model properly. After you have finished reading the instructions, put them in a safe place for future reference . cover & anki.fm 2 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Operating Environment Operating environment temperature and humidity : 5 úC to 35 úC ( 41 úF to 95 úF); less than 85 %RH (cooling vents not blocked) Do not install this unit in a poorly ventilated area, or in locations exposed to high humidity or direct sunlight (or strong artificial light) D3-4-2-1-7c_A_En CAUTION This product is a class 1 laser product, but this product contains a laser diode higher than Class 1. To ensure continued safety , do not remove any covers or attempt to gain access to the inside of the product. Refer all servicing to qualified personnel. The following caution label appears on your unit. Location: top of the unit CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT D3-4-2-1-8_B_En CAUTION : CLASS 3B VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER VRW2159 EXPOSURE TO THE BEAM. RADIA TION WHEN OPEN, A VOID If the AC plug of this unit does not match the AC outlet you want to use, the plug must be removed and appropriate one fitted. Replacement and mounting of an AC plug on the power supply cord of this unit should be per formed only by qualified ser vice personnel. If connected to an AC outlet, the cut-off plug can cause severe electrical shock. Make sure it is properly disposed of after removal. The equipment should be disconnected by removing the mains plug from the wall socket when left unused for a long period of time (for example, when on vacation). D3-4-2-2-1a_A_En POWER-CORD CAUTION Handle the power cord by the plug. Do not pull out the plug by tugging the cord and never touch the power cord when your hands are wet as this could cause a short circuit or electric shock. Do not place the unit, a piece of furniture, etc., on the power cord, or pinch the cord. Never make a knot in the cord or tie it with other cords. The power cords should be routed such that they are not likely to be stepped on. A damaged power cord can cause a fire or give you an electrical shock. Check the power cord once in a while. When you find it damaged, ask your nearest PIONEER authorized ser vice center or your dealer for a replacement. S002_En This product is for general household purposes. Any failure due to use for other than household purposes (such as long-term use for business purposes in a restaurant or use in a car or ship) and which requires repair will be charged for even during the warranty period. K041_En HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 3 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
4 En 01 Controls and displays Front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 02 Getting started Home theater sound setup . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Using the Auto MCACC setup for optimal surround sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Using the on-screen displays . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Playing discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Basic playback controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Resume and Last Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 DVD-Video disc menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Video CD/Super VCD PBC menus . . . . . . 13 Listening to the radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Improving poor FM reception . . . . . . . . . 14 Reducing AM reception noise . . . . . . . . . 14 Memorizing stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Listening to station presets . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Listening to other sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 03 Listening to your system Auto listening mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Listening in surround sound . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Dolby Pro Logic II Music settings . . . . . . 15 Using Front Stage Surround Advance . . . .16 Using Advanced Surround . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Listening in stereo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Listening with headphones . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Listening with Acoustic Calibration EQ . . .16 Using the Sound Retriever . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Enhancing dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Using the Tone controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Adjusting the bass and treble . . . . . . . . . 17 Quiet and Midnight modes . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Boosting the bass level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 04 Disc playback features Scanning discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Playing in slow motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Frame advance/frame reverse . . . . . . . . . . 18 Playing a JPEG slideshow . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Browsing DVD or Video CD/Super VCD discs with the Disc Navigator . . . . . . . . . . 19 Browsing WMA, MP3, MPEG-4 AAC, DivX video and JPEG files with the Disc Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Using Playlists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Programming playlists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Listening to playlists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Clearing files from a playlist . . . . . . . . . . 21 Looping a section of a disc . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Using repeat play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Using random play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Creating a program list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Other functions available from the program menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Searching a disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Switching subtitles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Switching language/audio channels . . . . . 23 Zooming the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Switching camera angles . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Displaying disc information . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 05 USB playback Using the USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Basic playback controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Scanning files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Playing a JPEG slideshow . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Browsing files with the Navigator . . . . . . . 26 06 Surround sound settings Using the Setup menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 07 Video Adjust menu Video Adjust menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Contents HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 4 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
5 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español 08 Initial Settings menu Using the Initial Settings menu . . . . . . . . 29 Video Output settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Language settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Display settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Options settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Parental Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 About DivXî VOD content . . . . . . . . . . . 32 09 Other connections Connecting external antennas . . . . . . . . . 33 Connecting auxiliary audio components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Recording mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Connecting the S-video output . . . . . . . . . 34 Connecting using the component video output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 About progressive scan video . . . . . . . . 34 Connecting using HDMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Switching the HDMI audio setting . . . . . 35 Resetting the HDMI connection . . . . . . . 35 About HDMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Using this unit with a Pioneer plasma television . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 SR Setup for Pioneer plasma televisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Switching on the SR mode . . . . . . . . . 37 About control out connections . . . . . . . . . 37 10 Additional information Optional system settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Setting the sleep timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Dimming the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Disc/content format playback compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Disc compatibility table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 About DVD R/DVD RW compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 About DivX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 About MPEG-4 AAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 About WMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Using and taking care of discs . . . . . . . . . . 41 DVD Video regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Installation and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . 42 Hints on installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Cleaning the pickup lens . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Problems with condensation . . . . . . . . . . 42 Moving the system unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Screen sizes and disc formats . . . . . . . . . . 43 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 DVD/CD/Video CD player . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 USB connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 HDMI connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Resetting the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Using the language code list . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Language code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Country/Area code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 5 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Controls and displays 01 6 En Chapter 1 Controls and displays Front panel 1 î STANDBY/ON Switches the system on or into standby. 2 PLAY LIST buttons Add tracks (during playback), or select a playlist (while stopped) (page 20). 3 î OPEN/CLOSE Opens/closes the disc tray. 4 î DVD/CD Selects the DVD/CD function and starts/ pauses/resumes playback. 5 î î î î Stops playback. 6 î USB Selects the USB function and starts/pauses playback. 7 VOLUME /â buttons 8 USB interface Connect a USB device for playback (see USB playback on page 25). 9 PHONES jack Connect headphones. 10 Indicator Lights blue when the power is on (except when the dimmer/sleep timer is active). 11 Remote Sensor 12 Display See Display below. DVD/CD VOLUME OPEN/CLOSE USB STANDBY/ON PLAY LIST 1 PLAY LIST 2 PLAY LIST 3 5 6 7 4 3 2 1 8 9 12 11 10 HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 6 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Controls and displays 01 7 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Remote control 1 î STANDBY/ON Switches the system on or into standby. 2 Function select buttons Selects the source you want to listen to ( DVD/ CD , TUNER , USB , LINE ). 3 Number buttons, CLEAR, DISPLAY and DVD controls CLEAR Clears an entry. DISPLAY Displays/changes disc information shown on-screen (page 24). SHIFT AUDIO Selects audio channel/language (page 23). SHIFT SUBTITLE Displays/changes the subtitles (page 23). SHIFT ANGLE Changes camera angle during DVD multi- angle scene playback (page 24). SHIFT ZOOM Changes the screen zoom level (page 23). 4 TOP MENU â Displays the top menu of a DVD disc in the play position â this may be the same as pressing MENU (page 13). SHIFT SETUP â Use to make various system and surround sound settings (page 14, 27 and 39). 5 Cursor, ENTER and tuning buttons îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î â Use the cursor buttons to navigate on-screen displays and menus. ENTER â Selects an option or executes a command. TUNE /â â Tunes the radio. ST /â â Selects station presets when listening to the radio. 6 HOME MENU â Displays (or exits) the on- screen menu for Initial Settings, Play Mode functions, etc. SHIFT MCACC â Starts the Auto MCACC setup (page 10). 7 Sound controls F.S.SURR â Selects Front Stage Surround Advance mode (page 16). SURROUND â Selects a Surround mode (page 15) or switches to stereo playback (page 16). ADVANCED â Selects a Pioneer original surround mode (page 16) . SOUND â Accesses the sound menu to adjust the tone, bass and treble, etc. (page 15 to 17 and 33). HOME MENU PLAYLIST STANDBY /ON SHIFT LINE TOP MENU RETURN TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND CLEAR SLEEP MUTE DISPLAY 12 3 1 2 3 45 6 78 9 0 ADVANCED TUNE TUNE ST ST ENTER USB SUBTITLE AUDIO ZOOM ANGLE SETUP SR F.S.SURR MENU OPEN/CLOSE INPUT CHANNEL VOLUME DVD/CD TUNER (FM/AM) SOUND RETRIEVER VOLUME TV CONTROL 1 2 3 8 9 4 7 12 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 5 6 10 HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 7 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Controls and displays 01 8 En 8 Playback controls See Basic playback controls on page 12, Disc playback features on page 18 and USB playback on page 25 for an explanation of these controls. 9 TV CONTROL buttons These control Pioneer plasma televisions. 10 SHIFT Press to access the controls highlighted in green. 11 SOUND RETRIEVER â Press to restore CD quality sound to compressed audio sources (page 17). 12 î OPEN/CLOSE Opens/closes the disc tray. 13 PLAYLIST buttons Add tracks (during playback), or select a playlist (while stopped) (page 20). 14 MENU â Press to display a USB menu, or the Navigator (page 13, 18 and 26). SHIFT SR â Switches the SR mode on/ off (page 36). 15 RETURN â Returns to a previous menu screen. SHIFT TEST TONE â Outputs the test tone (for speaker setup) (page 27). 16 SLEEP Press to set the sleep timer (page 38). 17 MUTE Mutes the sound (press again to cancel). 18 VOLUME /â Adjusts the volume. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 8 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Controls and displays 01 9 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Display 1 DTS Lights during playback of a DTS source (page 15). 2 PRGSVE Lights when progressive scan video output is selected (page 29). 3 SOUND Lights when the Sound Retriever is active (page 17). 4 SURR. Lights when one of the Advanced surround listening modes is selected (page 16). F.SURR. Lights when one of the Front Stage Surround Advance mode is selected (page 16). 5 RPT and RPT -1 RPT lights during repeat play. RPT-1 lights during repeat one-track play (page 21). 6 REC MODE Lights when Recording mode is on (page 33). 7 PGM Lights during program play (page 20 and 22). 8 Tuner indicators â Lights when a broadcast is being received. â Lights when a stereo FM broadcast is being received in auto stereo mode. â Lights when FM mono reception is selected. 9 RDM Lights during random play (page 21). 10 kHz/MHz Indicates the frequency unit shown in the character display ( kHz for AM, MHz for FM). 11 Character display 12 Lights when sleep timer is active (page 38). 13 î Lights during playback. 14 2 PL II Lights during Dolby Pro Logic II decoding (page 15). 15 2 D Lights during playback of a Dolby Digital source (page 15). PRGSVE SOUND DTS F .SURR. 2 PL 2 D RPT -1 kHz PGM MHz RDM REC MODE 7 13 9 10 8 5 12 14 3 15 11 2 1 4 6 HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 9 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 02 10 En Chapter 2 Getting started Home theater sound setup Place your speakers as shown below for optimal surround sound (see the Speaker Setup Guide for more placement tips). ⢠Standard surround setup â This is a standard multichannel surround sound speaker setup for optimal 5.1 channel home theater sound. Depending on the size and characteristics of your room, you can choose to use the following setup option: 1 ⢠Front surround setup â This setup is ideal when rear surround speaker placement isn't possible or you want to avoid running long speaker cables in your listening area. For HTZ363DVD: For HTZ565DVD and HTZ767DVD: After placing your speakers, see Using the Auto MCACC setup for optimal surround sound below to complete your surround setup. Using the Auto MCACC setup for optimal surround sound The Multichannel Acoustic Calibration (MCACC) system measures the acoustic characteristics of your listening area, taking into account ambient noise and testing for channel delay and channel level. After you have set up the microphone provided with your system, the receiver uses the information from a series of test tones to optimize the speaker settings and equalization (Acoustic Calibration EQ) for your particular room. 2 Important ⢠These test tones are loud; however, do not turn the volume down during setup as this may result in a sub-optimal calibration. Note 1 See Using Front Stage Surround Advance on page 16 to select a front surround mode when using this setup. Fr o nt left Surround left Listening position Center Subwoofer Fr ont right Surround right F ront left Fr o nt right Surround left Surround right Listening position Center Subwoofer 2 You only need to use the Auto MCACC setup once (unless you change the placement of your speakers or your room layout). Fr o nt left Fr o nt right Surround left Surround right Listening position Center Subwoofer HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 10 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 02 11 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español ⢠Make sure the mic and speakers are not moved during the MCACC setup. 1 Connect the microphone to the MCACC MIC jack on the rear panel. 2 Place the microphone at your normal listening position. Place it about ear height, and make sure it is level by using a table or chair. Make sure there are no obstacles between the speakers and the microphone. 3 If the system is off, press î STANDBY/ON to turn the power on. If the tuner is selected, switch the input source. 4 Press SHIFT MCACC. Try to be as quiet as possible after pressing SHIFT MCACC . The volume increases automatically and the system outputs a series of test tones. ⢠Press SHIFT MCACC to cancel and revert to the previous Auto MCACC settings. ⢠If the noise level is too high, NOISY blinks in the display for five seconds. To exit and check the noise levels 1 , press SHIFT MCACC , or to try again, press ENTER when RETRY shows in the display. ⢠If you see an ERR MIC or ERR SP message in the display, there may be a problem with your mic or the speaker connections. To try again, press ENTER when you see RETRY 2 . When the MCACC setup is complete, the volume level returns to normal and COMPLETE 3 shows in the display, indicating that the MCACC setup is complete and Acoustic Calibration EQ has been activated. 4 Using the on-screen displays For ease of use, this system makes extensive use of graphical on-screen displays (OSDs). All the screens are navigated in basically the same way, using î , î , î , î to change the highlighted item and pressing ENTER to select it. 5 Important ⢠Throughout this manual, âÂÂSelectâ means use the cursor buttons to highlight an item on-screen, then press ENTER . PLAYLIST STANDBY /ON LINE 12 3 1 2 3 45 6 78 9 USB SUBTITLE AUDIO ZOOM ANGLE OPEN/CLOSE DVD/CD TUNER (FM/AM) SOUND RETRIEVER HOME MENU TOP MENU RETURN TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND CLEAR DISPLAY 0 ADVANCED TUNE TUNE ST ST ENTER SETUP SR F.S.SURR MENU SHIFT SLEEP MUTE INPUT CHANNEL VOLUME VOLUME TV CONTROL VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO ANTENNA HDMI OUT SETUP MIC CONTROL IN MCACC FM UNBAL 75 ⦠AM LOOP Note 1⢠If the room environment is not optimal for the Auto MCACC setup (too much ambient noise, echo off the walls, obstacles blocking the speakers from the microphone) the final settings may be incorrect. Check for household appliances (air conditioner , fridge, fan, etc.), that may be affecting the environment and switch them off if necessary. ⢠Some older TVs may interfere with the operation of the mic. If this seems to be happening, switch off the TV during the Auto MCACC setup. 2 If this doesnâÂÂt work, press SHIFT MCACC , turn off the power, and check the problem indicated by the error message, then try the Auto MCACC setup again. 3 If COMPLETE doesnâÂÂt appear, it is likely an error occurred during the setup. Please check all connections and try again. 4 See Listening with Acoustic Calibration EQ on page 16 to switch on/off Acoustic Calibration EQ. 5 The screen saver will appear after five minutes of inactivity. Button What it does HOME MENU Displays/exits the on-screen display îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî Changes the highlighted menu item ENTER Selects the highlighted menu item Getting_started.fm 11 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 02 12 En Tip ⢠The button guide at the bottom of every OSD screen shows you which buttons youâÂÂll need to use for that screen. Playing discs The basic playback controls for playing DVD, CD, Video CD/Super VCD, DivX video and WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC discs are covered here. Further functions are detailed in chapter 4. 1 If the player isnâÂÂt already on, switch it on. If youâÂÂre playing a disc with video, also turn on your TV and make sure that it is set to the correct video input. 2 Press î OPEN/CLOSE to load a disc. Load a disc with the label side facing up, using the disc tray guide to align the disc (if youâÂÂre loading a double-sided DVD disc, load it with the side you want to play face down). 3 Press î (play) to start playback. If youâÂÂre playing a DVD or Video CD/Super VCD, a menu may appear. See DVD-Video disc menus and Video CD/Super VCD PBC menus on page 13 to navigate these. If you loaded a disc containing JPEGs, a slideshow will start. See Playing a JPEG slideshow on page 18 for more on this. ⢠If a disc contains a mixture of DivX video and other media file types (MP3, for example), first select whether to play the DivX video files ( DivX ) or the other media file types ( MP3 / WMA / JPEG / MPEG-4 AAC ) from the on-screen display. 4 Adjust the volume. Use the VOLUME control. Basic playback controls The following table shows the basic controls on the remote for playing discs 1 . You can find other playback features in the chapter 4. RETURN Returns to the main menu without saving changes Button What it does Note 1 You may find with some DVD discs that some playback controls donâÂÂt work in certain parts of the disc. Button What it does î Starts/resumes normal playback. ⢠If the display shows RESUME or LAST MEM playback starts from the resume or last memor y point (see Resume and Last Memory below). î P auses/unpauses a disc. î Stops playback or cancels the resume function (if the display shows RESUME ). î P ress to start fast reverse scanning. î P ress to start fast for ward scanning. î Skips to the start of the current track or chapter , then previous tracks/chapters. î Skips to the next track or chapter . Numbers Use to enter a title/chapter/track number . P ress ENTER to select. ⢠If the disc is stopped, playback starts from the selected title (for DVD) or track (for CD/Video CD/Super VCD). ⢠If the disc is playing, playback jumps to the start of the selected title (VR mode DVD-R/-RW), chapter (DVD - Video) or track (CD/V ideo CD/Super VCD). HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 12 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 02 13 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Resume and Last Memory When you stop playback of a disc, RESUME shows in the display indicating that you can resume playback from that point. With DVDs and Video CD/Super VCDs, even if ejected, the play position is stored in memory. 1 The next time you load the disc, the display shows LAST MEM and you can resume playback. If you want to clear the resume point, press î (stop) while RESUME is displayed. DVD-Video disc menus Many DVD-Video discs contain menus from which you can select what you want to watch. Sometimes DVD-Video menus are displayed automatically when you start playback; others only appear when you press MENU or TOP MENU . Video CD/Super VCD PBC menus Some Video CD/Super VCDs have menus from which you can choose what you want to watch. These are PBC (Playback control) menus. You can play a PBC Video CD/Super VCD without having to navigate the PBC menu by starting playback using a number button to select a track, rather than the î (play) button. Listening to the radio The tuner can receive both FM and AM broadcasts, and lets you memorize your favorite stations so you donâÂÂt have to manually tune in every time you want to listen. 1 Press TUNER to switch to the tuner, then press repeatedly to select the AM or FM band. The display shows the band and frequency. 2 Tune to a frequency. There are three tuning modes â manual, auto, and high-speed: ⢠Manual tuning : Press TUNE /â repeatedly to change the displayed frequency. ⢠Auto tuning : Press and hold TUNE /â until the frequency display starts to move, then release. The tuner will stop on the next station it finds. Repeat to keep searching. ⢠High-speed tuning : Press and hold TUNE /â until the frequency display starts to move rapidly. Keep the button held down until you reach the frequency you want. If necessary, fine tune the frequency using the manual tuning method. Note 1⢠The Last Memory function may not work with some discs. ⢠For DVD-Video discs (except VR mode DVD-R/-RW), the player stores the play position of the last five discs. Button What it does TOP MENU Displays the âÂÂtop menuâ of a DVD disc â this varies with the disc. MENU Displays a DVD disc menu â this varies with the disc and may be the same as the âÂÂtop menuâÂÂ. îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî Moves the cursor around the screen. ENTER Selects the current menu option. RETURN Returns to the previously displayed menu screen. Numbers Highlights a numbered menu option (some discs only). P ress ENTER to select. Button What it does RETURN Displays the PBC menu. Numbers Selects numbered menu options. P ress ENTER to select. î Displays the previous menu page (if there is one). î Displays the next menu page (if there is one). HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 13 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 02 14 En Improving poor FM reception If youâÂÂre listening to an FM station in stereo but the reception is weak, you can improve the sound quality by switching to mono. 1 Tune to an FM radio station then press SHIFT SETUP . 2 Use îÂÂ/î to choose FM MODE then press ENTER . 3 Use îÂÂ/î to select FM MONO then press ENTER . The mono indicator ( ) lights when the tuner is in mono reception mode. Select FM AUTO above to switch back to auto- stereo mode (the stereo indicator ( ) lights when receiving a stereo broadcast). Reducing AM reception noise If AM reception seems particularly poor, or the AM radio station youâÂÂre listening to seems noisy, try using the Noise Cut feature for better sound quality. 1 Tune to an AM radio station then press SHIFT SETUP . 2 Use îÂÂ/î to choose NOISECUT then press ENTER . 3 Use îÂÂ/î to select the noise cut mode then press ENTER . Select an effect level between 1 and 3. Memorizing stations You can save up to 30 station presets so that you always have easy access to your favorite stations without having to tune in manually each time. 1 Tune to an AM or FM radio station. Select mono or auto-stereo reception (FM) or the Noise Cut mode (AM) as necessary. These settings are saved along with the preset. 2 Press SHIFT SETUP and use îÂÂ/î to choose âÂÂST.MEM.â then press ENTER . 3 Use îÂÂ/î to select the station preset you want then press ENTER . Listening to station presets 1 Make sure the TUNER function is selected. 2 Use the ST /â buttons to select a station preset. ⢠You can also use the number buttons to do this. Listening to other sources You can connect auxiliary sources (TV, satellite receiver, etc.) to this unit for playback through the speaker system. See Connecting auxiliary audio components on page 33 for more on this. ⢠To connect a USB device to the USB terminal, see USB playback on page 25. 1 Make sure that the external source (TV, satellite receiver, etc.) is switched on. 2 Press LINE to select the source. 3 If necessary, start playback of the source. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 14 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Listening to your system 03 15 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 3 Listening to your system Auto listening mode The Auto listening mode is the simplest way to listen to any source as it was mastered: the output from the speakers mirrors the channels in the source material. ⢠If you set up the system for Front surround (page 10), the Front Surround modes will give the best results. ⢠Press SURROUND to select the AUTO listening mode. 1 Listening in surround sound You can listen to stereo or multichannel sources in surround sound. 2 Surround sound is generated from stereo sources using one of the Dolby Pro Logic decoding modes. ⢠If you set up the system for Front surround (page 10), the Front Surround modes will give the best results. ⢠Press SURROUND repeatedly to select a listening mode. 1 The choices that appear in the display will vary according to the type of source thatâÂÂs playing. ⢠AUTO â Auto listening mode (see above) ⢠DOLBY PL (Dolby Pro Logic) â 4.1 channel surround sound (use with any two-channel source) ⢠MOVIE (Dolby Pro Logic II Movie) â Pro Logic II 5.1 channel surround sound, especially suited to movie sources (use with any two-channel source) ⢠MUSIC (Dolby Pro Logic II Music) â Pro Logic II 5.1 channel surround sound, especially suited to music sources (use with any two-channel source) ⢠STEREO â See Listening in stereo below Dolby Pro Logic II Music settings When listening in Dolby Pro Logic II Music mode, there are three settings you can adjust: Center Width, Dimension, and Panorama. 1 With Dolby Pro Logic II Music mode active, press SOUND . 2 Use îÂÂ/î to select âÂÂC WIDTHâÂÂ, âÂÂDIMEN.â or âÂÂPANORAMAâ then press ENTER to confirm. ⢠C WIDTH (Center Width) â Provides a better blend of the front speakers by spreading the center channel between the front right and left speakers, making it sound wider (higher settings) or narrower (lower settings). ⢠DIMEN. (Dimension) â Adjusts the depth of the surround sound balance from front to back, making the sound more distant (minus settings), or more forward (positive settings). ⢠PANORAMA â Extends the front stereo image to include the surround speakers for a âÂÂwraparound' effect. Note 1 If the source is Dolby Digital or DTS, the corresponding indicator lights in the front panel display. 2 Note that when the tuner is selected, multichannel playback is not possible. TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND ADVANCED TUNE F.S.SURR TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND ADVANCED TUNE F.S.SURR HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 15 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Listening to your system 03 16 En Using Front Stage Surround Advance The Front Stage Surround Advance modes are effective when you are using the Front surround speaker setup as described on page 10. 1 ⢠Press F.S.SURR to select a Front Stage Surround Advance mode. Press repeatedly to select FOCUS5.1 , WIDE5.1 or EXTRAPWR . ⢠FOCUS5.1 â Use to provide a rich surround sound effect directed to the center area where the left and right speakersâ sound projection converges. ⢠WIDE5.1 â Use to provide a surround sound effect to a wider area than FOCUS5.1 mode. ⢠EXTRAPWR â Outputs stereo sound (in the case of multi-channel sources, down-mixed stereo sound) from the surround speakers for powerful stereo effect. Using Advanced Surround The Advanced Surround effects can be used with any multichannel or stereo source for a variety of additional surround sound effects. 1 These modes are designed to provide optimum listening effect when using the Standard surround setup described on page 10. ⢠Press ADVANCED to select an Advanced Surround mode. Press repeatedly to select ACTION, UNPLUGED, EXPANDED, TV SURR., SPORTS, ADV.GAME, VIRTUAL or X-STEREO (Extended Stereo) . Listening in stereo You can listen to any source â stereo or multichannel â in stereo. When playing a multichannel source, all channels are downmixed to the front left/right speakers and the subwoofer. ⢠Press SURROUND repeatedly until STEREO shows in the display. Listening with headphones When headphones are connected, only the STEREO (default) and PHONES SURROUND (virtual surround sound for headphones) modes are available. ⢠With headphones connected, press ADVANCED to select PHONES SURROUND or SURROUND to select STEREO . Listening with Acoustic Calibration EQ You can listen to sources using the Acoustic Calibration Equalization set in Using the Auto MCACC setup for optimal surround sound on page 10. 2 1 Press SOUND and use îÂÂ/î to select MCACC EQ then press ENTER . Note 1 Note that when the tuner is selected, multichannel playback is not possible. HOME MENU TOP MENU RETURN TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND 0 ADVANCED TUNE TUNE ST ST ENTER SETUP SR F.S.SURR MENU TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND ADVANCED TUNE F.S.SURR 2 Acoustic Calibration EQ is not available when headphones are connected. TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND ADVANCED TUNE F.S.SURR HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 16 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Listening to your system 03 17 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español 2 Use îÂÂ/î to select EQ ON or EQ OFF then press ENTER to confirm . ⢠If you select EQ OFF , equalization is set to off but speaker settings (channel delay and channel level) remain in effect. ⢠EQ ON is selected automatically after the Auto MCACC setup is completed. Using the Sound Retriever When audio data is removed during the WMA/ MP3/MPEG-4 AAC compression process, sound quality often suffers from an uneven sound image. The Sound Retriever feature employs new DSP technology that helps bring CD quality sound back to compressed 2- channel audio by restoring sound pressure and smoothing jagged artifacts left over after compression. ⢠While listening to a stereo source, press SOUND RETRIEVER to switch the sound retriever on or off. Enhancing dialog The Dialog Enhancement feature is designed to make the dialog stand out from other background sounds in a TV or movie soundtrack. 1 Press SOUND and use îÂÂ/î to select DIALOGUE then press ENTER . 2 Use îÂÂ/î to select the amount of dialog enhancement then press ENTER to confirm. Select between OFF , MID or MAX . Using the Tone controls You can change the tonal balance of the sound by using the tone control menu. 1 Press SOUND and use îÂÂ/î to select TONE then press ENTER . 2 Use îÂÂ/î to select the option you want to adjust and press ENTER . The Bass/Treble, Quiet and Midnight features cannot be used at the same time. Adjusting the bass and treble Use the tone controls to adjust the bass and treble. ⢠Use îÂÂ/î to select BASS or TREBLE then use îÂÂ/î to adjust the tone. Press ENTER to confirm . Quiet and Midnight modes The Quiet listening feature reduces excessive bass or treble in a sound source. The Midnight listening feature allows you to hear effective surround sound of movies at low volume levels. ⢠After pressing ENTER, the setting switches on/off. ⢠To cancel the Quiet or Midnight listening modes, select BASS/TRE . Boosting the bass level There are two bass modes you can use to enhance the bass in a source. 1 1 Press SOUND and use îÂÂ/î to select BASSMODE then press ENTER . 2 Use îÂÂ/î to adjust the sound then press ENTER to confirm . Select between OFF, MUSIC or CINEMA . Note 1 The Bass Mode is not available when headphones are connected. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 17 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback features 04 18 En Chapter 4 Disc playback features Important ⢠Many of the functions covered in this chapter apply to DVD discs, Video CDs/ Super VCDs, CDs, DivX video and WMA/ MP3/MPEG-4 AAC/JPEG discs, although the exact operation of some varies slightly with the kind of disc loaded. ⢠Some DVDs restrict the use of some functions (random or repeat, for example) in some or all parts of the disc. This is not a malfunction. ⢠When playing Video CD/Super VCDs, some of the functions are not available during PBC playback. If you want to use them, start the disc playing using a number button to select a track. Scanning discs You can fast-scan discs forward or backward at various different speeds. 1 ⢠During playback, press î or î to start scanning. Press repeatedly to increase the scanning speed (shown on-screen). ⢠To resume playback, press î (play). 2 Playing in slow motion You can play DVDs, Video CD/Super VCDs and DivX video at four different forward slow motion speeds. DVD discs can also be played in reverse slow motion. 1 During playback, press î (pause). 2 Press and hold îÂÂ/î or îÂÂ/î until slow motion playback starts. Press repeatedly to change the slow motion speed (shown on-screen). ⢠To resume playback, press î (play). 2 Frame advance/frame reverse You can advance or back up DVD discs frame- by-frame. With Video CD/Super VCDs and DivX video you can only use frame advance. 1 During playback, press î (pause). 2 Press îÂÂ/î or îÂÂ/î to reverse or advance a frame at a time. ⢠To resume playback, press î (play). 2 Playing a JPEG slideshow After loading a disc containing JPEG pictures, press î to start a slideshow from the first folder/picture on the disc. 3 The player displays the pictures in each folder in alphabetical order. ⢠If the disc contains WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC files, playback of the slideshow and audio files repeats. During audio playback, you can still use the skip ( î / î ), scan ( î / î ) and pause ( î ) functions. Pictures are automatically adjusted so that they fill as much of the screen as possible. Note 1 Only one speed is available for DivX video discs. 2⢠Depending on the disc, normal playback may automatically resume when a new chapter is reached on a DVD disc. ⢠For Video CDs/Super VCDs in PBC mode and WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC tracks (in Scan Mode only), normal playback resumes when you reach the beginning or the end of a track. 3⢠The time it takes for the player to load a file increases with large file sizes. ⢠Discs can contain up to 299 folders and up to 648 folders and files combined. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 18 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback features 04 19 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español While the slideshow is running: Browsing DVD or Video CD/ Super VCD discs with the Disc Navigator Use the Disc Navigator to browse through the contents of a DVD or Video CD/Super VCD disc to find the part you want to play. 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select âÂÂDisc Navigator â from the on- screen menu. 2 Select a view option. The options available depend on the kind of disc loaded and whether the disc is playing or not, but include: ⢠Title â Titles from a DVD-Video disc. ⢠Chapter â Chapters from the current title of a DVD-Video disc. ⢠Track â Tracks from a Video CD/Super VCD disc. ⢠Time â Thumbnails from a Video CD/Super VCD disc at 10 minute intervals. ⢠Original: Title â Original titles from a VR mode DVD-R/-RW disc. ⢠Playlist: Title â Playlist titles from a VR mode DVD-R/-RW disc. ⢠Original: Time â Thumbnails from the Original content at 10 minute intervals. ⢠Playlist: Time â Thumbnails from the Playlist at 10 minute intervals. The screen shows up to six moving thumbnail images displayed one after another. To display the previous/next six thumbnails, press î / î . 3 Select the thumbnail image for what you want to play. You can use either îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î and ENTER to select a thumbnail, or the number buttons. To select using the number buttons, enter a two-digit number then press ENTER . Button What it does î P auses the slideshow (or audio); press again to restart. î Jumps to the previous picture (or audio ï¬Âle with audio playback). î Jumps to the next picture (or audio ï¬Âle with audio playback). îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î P auses the slideshow and rotates/ï¬Âips the displayed picture (P ress î (play) to restart slideshow). SHIFT ZOOM P auses the slideshow and zooms the picture. P ress again to toggle between 1x, 2x and 4x zoom (P ress î (play) to restart slideshow). MENU Displays the Disc Navigator screen (see below). Disc Navigator Disc Navigator Title Chapter 01 04 02 05 03 06 Disc Navigator: Title 01- 49: - - HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 19 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback features 04 20 En Browsing WMA, MP3, MPEG-4 AAC, DivX video and JPEG files with the Disc Navigator Use the Disc Navigator to find a particular file or folder by filename. 1 Press HOME MENU and select â Disc Navigatorâ from the on-screen menu. 2 Use îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î and ENTER to navigate. Use îÂÂ/î to move up and down the folder/file list. Use î to return to the parent folder. 1 Use ENTER or î to open a highlighted folder. ⢠When a JPEG file is highlighted, a thumbnail image is displayed on the right. 3 To play the highlighted track or DivX video file or display the highlighted JPEG file, press ENTER. ⢠When a WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC or DivX video file is selected, playback begins from that file, and continues until the end of the folder. ⢠When a JPEG file is selected, a slideshow begins, starting with that file, and continues to the end of the folder. Tip ⢠You can also play a JPEG slideshow while listening to WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC playback. Simply select the audio file you want to listen to followed by the JPEG from which you want the slideshow to start. Playback of both the slideshow and the audio files repeats. Playback controls are effective for the JPEG slideshow only. ⢠To play the contents of the whole disc rather than just the current folder, exit the Disc Navigator and start playback using the î (play) button. Using Playlists With this feature, you can make up to three playlists of 30 files each for discs containing WMA, MP3, MPEG-4 AAC and JPEG files. Since this unit will remember all playlists for the last ten discs you have loaded, this is useful for if you have a large number of files that you want to organize quickly and easily. 2 Programming playlists 1 With the disc stopped, press HOME MENU and select âÂÂDisc Navigatorâ from the on-screen menu. 2 Select the file you want to add to the playlist. See Browsing WMA, MP3, MPEG-4 AAC, DivX video and JPEG files with the Disc Navigator above if you donâÂÂt know how to do this. 3 Press PLAY LIST 1, 2 or 3. The file is added to the playlist you select. 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 until youâÂÂre done. Note 1 You can also do this by going to the â .. â folder at the top, then pressing ENTER . 00:00 / 00:00 0kbps Folder1 Folder2 Folder3 Folder4 File1 File2 File3 File4 File5 Folder 2 00:00 / 00:00 0kbps 2 The disc must be loaded for the files in your playlist to play back. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 20 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback features 04 21 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Tip ⢠To add files without the on-screen display, simply press PLAY LIST 1 , 2 or 3 during normal playback of the file you want (except when a JPEG slideshow is playing at the same time as audio). Listening to playlists ⢠With playback stopped, p ress PLAY LIST 1, 2 or 3. During playback, PGM lights in the front panel display. If no playlist has been programmed, NO LIST shows in the display. ⢠If the playlist contains both JPEG and audio files, playback of the slideshow and audio files starts. Clearing files from a playlist 1 Start playback of your playlist. 2 From the âÂÂDisc Navigatorâ screen, select the file you want to remove from the playlist and press CLEAR . Looping a section of a disc The A-B Repeat function allows you to specify two points (A and B) within a track (CD, Video CD/Super Video CD) or title (DVD) that form a loop which is played over and over. 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂA-B RepeatâÂÂ. 3 Press ENTER on âÂÂA(Start Point)â to set the loop start point. 4 Press ENTER on âÂÂB(End Point)â to set the loop end point. After pressing ENTER , playback jumps back to the start point and plays the loop. 5 To resume normal playback, select âÂÂOffâÂÂ. Using repeat play In addition to various repeat play options, itâÂÂs also possible to use repeat play together with program play (see Creating a program list on page 22). 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂRepeatâ then select a repeat play option. 1 If program play is active, select Program Repeat to repeat the program list, or Repeat Off to cancel. ⢠For DVD discs, select Title Repeat or Chapter Repeat . ⢠For CDs and Video CD/Super VCDs, select Disc Repeat or Track Repeat . ⢠For DivX video discs, select Title Repeat (or Repeat Off ). Using random play Use this function to play titles or chapters (DVD-Video) or tracks (CD and Video CD/Super VCD) in a random order. 2 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. Play Mode Note 1 You canâÂÂt use repeat play with WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC discs. 2⢠You can set the random play option when a disc is playing or stopped. However, you canâÂÂt use random play together with program play. ⢠You canâÂÂt use random play with VR format DVD-R/-RW discs, WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC discs, DivX video discs, or while a DVD disc menu is being displayed. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 21 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback features 04 22 En 2 Select âÂÂRandomâ then select an option. ⢠For DVD discs, select Random Title or Random Chapter . ⢠For CDs and Video CD/Super VCDs, select On or Off to switch random play on or off. Tip ⢠Use the following controls during random play: ⢠Random play remains in effect until you select Random Off from the random play menu options. Creating a program list This feature lets you program the play order of titles/chapters/tracks on a disc. 1 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂProgramâ then select âÂÂCreate/Editâ from the list of program options. 3 Use îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î and ENTER to select a title, chapter or track for the current step in the program list. ⢠For a DVD disc, you can add a title or a chapter. ⢠For a CD or Video CD/Super VCD, select a track to add to the program list. After pressing ENTER to select the title/ chapter/track, the step number automatically moves down one. 4 Repeat step 3 to build up a program list. A program list can contain up to 24 steps. ⢠You can insert steps by just highlighting the position where you want the new step to appear and entering a title/chapter/track number. ⢠To delete a step, highlight it and press CLEAR . 5 To play the program list, press î (play). Program play remains active until you turn off program play (see below), erase the program list (see below), eject the disc or switch off. Tip ⢠Use the following controls during program play: Other functions available from the program menu There are a number of other options in the program menu in addition to Create/Edit. ⢠Playback Start â Starts playback of a saved program list ⢠Playback Stop â Turns off program play, but does not erase the program list ⢠Program Delete â Erases the program list and turns off program play Button What it does î Selects a new track/title/chapter at random. î Returns to the beginning of the current track/title/chapter; further presses select another random track/title/chapter. Note 1 You canâÂÂt use Program play with VR format DVD-R/-RW discs, WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC discs, DivX video discs, or while a DVD disc menu is being displayed. Button What it does HOME MENU Save the program list and exit without starting playback. î Skip to the next step in the program list. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 22 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback features 04 23 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Searching a disc You can search DVD discs by title or chapter number, or by time; CDs and Video CD/Super VCDs by track number or time; DivX video discs by time. 1 Press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂSearch ModeâÂÂ. The search options that appear depend on the kind of disc loaded. 3 Select a search mode. ⢠The disc must be playing in order to use time search. 4 Use the number buttons to enter a title, chapter or track number, or a time. ⢠For a time search, enter the number of minutes and seconds into the currently playing title (DVD/ DivX video) or track (CD/ Video CD/Super VCD) you want playback to resume from. For example, press 4 , 5 , 0 , 0 to have playback start from 45 minutes into the disc. For 1 hour, 20 minutes and 30 seconds, press 8 , 0 , 3 , 0 . 5 Press ENTER to start playback. Switching subtitles Some DVD discs and DivX video discs have subtitles in one or more languages; the disc box will usually tell you which subtitle languages are available. You can switch subtitle language during playback. 1 ⢠Press SHIFT SUBTITLE repeatedly to select a subtitle option. ⢠To set subtitle preferences, see Language settings on page 30. ⢠See Displaying DivX subtitle files on page 40 for more on DivX subtitles. Switching language/audio channels When playing discs recorded with dialog in two or more languages, or with dual-mono audio 2 you can switch these during playback. 3 ⢠Press SHIFT AUDIO repeatedly to select an audio language option. ⢠To set audio language preferences, see Language settings on page 30. Zooming the screen Using the zoom feature you can magnify a part of the screen by a factor of 2 or 4, while watching a DVD, DivX video title or Video CD/ Super VCD or playing a JPEG disc. 1 During playback, use the SHIFT ZOOM button to select the zoom factor (Normal, 2x or 4x). 2 Use îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î to change the zoomed area. You can change the zoom factor and the zoomed area freely during playback. 4 Note 1 Some discs only allow you to change subtitle language from the disc menu. Press TOP MENU or MENU to access. 2 Some Super VCDs have two soundtracks. With these discs you can switch between the two soundtracks as well as individual channels in each. 3 Some discs only allow you to change audio language from the disc menu. Press TOP MENU or MENU to access. 4⢠Since DVD, Video CD/Super VCD, DivX video title and JPEG pictures have a fixed resolution, picture quality will deteriorate, especially at 4x zoom. This is not a malfunction. ⢠If the navigation square at the top of the screen disappears, press SHIFT ZOOM again to display it. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 23 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback features 04 24 En Switching camera angles Some DVD discs feature scenes shot from two or more angles â check the disc box for details. When a multi-angle scene is playing, a icon appears on screen (this can be switched off if you prefer â see Display settings on page 30). ⢠During playback (or when paused), press SHIFT ANGLE to switch angle. Displaying disc information Various track, chapter and title information can be displayed on-screen during playback. ⢠To show/switch/hide the information displayed, press DISPLAY repeatedly. Limited disc information also appears in the front panel display. Press DISPLAY to change the displayed information. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 24 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
USB playback 05 25 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 5 USB playback Using the USB interface It is possible to listen to two-channel audio 1 and watch JPEG files using the USB interface on the front of this unit. Connect a USB mass storage device 2 as shown below. 1 With the player switched on, press USB. Make sure your TV is on and set to the correct video input. 2 Connect your USB device. The USB terminal is located on the front panel. 3 Press î (play) to start playback. If your USB device contains JPEGs, a slideshow will start. See Playing a JPEG slideshow on page 26 for more on this. ⢠Make sure USB DATA is showing in the front panel display (or the system is in standby) when disconnecting. Important If a USB ERR message lights in the display, it may mean that the power requirements of the USB device are too high for this player, or that the device is incompatible. Try the following: ⢠Switch the player off, then on again. ⢠Reconnecting the USB device with the player switched off. ⢠Selecting to another input source (like DVD/CD ), then back to USB . ⢠Using a dedicated AC adapter (supplied with the device) for USB power. If this doesnâÂÂt remedy the problem, it is likely your USB device is incompatible. Basic playback controls The following table shows the basic controls on the remote for USB playback. Note 1 This includes playback of WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC files (except files with copy-protection or restricted playback). It is not possible to play DivX files through the USB terminal. 2⢠Compatible USB devices include external magnetic hard drives, portable flash memory (particularly keydrives) and digital audio players (MP3 players) of format FAT16/32. It is not possible to connect this unit to a personal computer for USB playback . ⢠Pioneer cannot guarantee compatibility (operation and/or bus power) with all USB mass storage devices and assumes no responsibility for any loss of data that may occur when connected to this unit. ⢠With large amounts of data, it may take longer for the system to read the contents of a USB device. USB mass storage device USB (T ype A) Button What it does î Starts normal playback. î P auses/unpauses playback. î Stops playback. î P ress to start fast reverse scanning. î P ress to start fast for ward scanning. î Skips to the start of the current ï¬Âle, then previous ï¬Âles. î Skips to the next ï¬Âle. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 25 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
USB playback 05 26 En Scanning files You can fast-scan forward or backward at various different speeds. ⢠During playback, press î or î . Press repeatedly to increase the scanning speed (shown on-screen). ⢠To resume playback, press î (play). 1 Playing a JPEG slideshow Press î to start a slideshow from the first folder/picture. 2 The pictures in each folder are displayed in order. ⢠If the device contains WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC files, playback of the slideshow and audio files repeats. During audio playback, you can still use the skip ( î / î ), scan ( î / î ) and pause ( î ) functions. Pictures are automatically adjusted so that they fill as much of the screen as possible. While the slideshow is running: Browsing files with the Navigator Use the Navigator to find WMA, MP3, MPEG-4 AAC and JPEG files or folders by name. 3 1 Press MENU then use îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î and ENTER to navigate. Use îÂÂ/î to move up/down the folder/file list. Use î to return to the parent folder. 4 Use ENTER or î to open a highlighted folder. ⢠When a JPEG file is highlighted, a thumbnail image is displayed on the right. 2 To play the highlighted track or display the highlighted JPEG file, press ENTER. ⢠When a WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC file is selected, playback begins from that file, and continues until the end of the folder. ⢠When a JPEG file is selected, a slideshow begins, starting with that file, and continues to the end of the folder. Tip ⢠You can also play a JPEG slideshow while listening to WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC playback. Simply select the audio file you want to listen to followed by the JPEG from which you want the slideshow to start. Playback of both the slideshow and the audio files repeats. Playback controls are effective for the JPEG slideshow only. ⢠To play all of the contents, rather than just the current folder, exit the Navigator and start playback using the î (play) button. Note 1 With WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC tracks, playback automatically resumes at the end or beginning of the track. 2⢠The time it takes for the player to load a file increases with large file sizes. ⢠USB devices can contain up to 299 folders and up to 648 folders and files combined. Button What it does î P auses the slideshow (or audio); press again to restart. î Jumps to the previous picture (or audio ï¬Âle with audio playback). î Jumps to the next picture (or audio ï¬Âle with audio playback). îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î P auses the slideshow and rotates/ï¬Âips the current picture (P ress î to restart slideshow). SHIFT ZOOM P auses the slideshow and zooms the picture. P ress again to toggle between 1x, 2x and 4x zoom (P ress î to restart slideshow). MENU Displays the Navigator screen (see below). 3 Filenames may be displayed incorrectly with some digital audio players. 4 You can also do this by going to the â .. â folder at the top, then pressing ENTER . Button What it does HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 26 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Surround sound settings 06 27 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 6 Surround sound settings Using the Setup menu From the Setup menu you can access all the surround sound settings of the system 1 , including channel levels, speaker distances and dynamic range adjustment. The Auto MCACC feature (page 10) should give you the best surround sound setup. However you may find that by further adjustment of the surround sound settings you can improve the surround sound in your listening room. 1 Press SHIFT SETUP and use îÂÂ/î then ENTER to choose the setting you want to adjust. The available settings are shown in the front panel display. 2 2 Use îÂÂ/î to adjust then press ENTER to confirm and exit. ⢠Note that using the Auto MCACC (page 10) again overwrites the speaker settings. Channel level setting Set the relative channel levels from your main listening position. 3 Use îÂÂ/î to switch between channels in the following order: ⢠L â Front left speaker ⢠C â Center speaker ⢠R â Front right speaker ⢠SR â Surround right speaker ⢠SL â Surround left speaker ⢠SW â Subwoofer The channel level range is ñ10 dB. Speaker distance setting Specifies the distance from your listening position to your speakers. When DISTANCE appears, press ENTER , then use îÂÂ/î to adjust the distance, and îÂÂ/î to switch between the following speakers: ⢠L â Front left speaker ⢠C â Center speaker ⢠R â Front right speaker ⢠SR â Surround right speaker ⢠SL â Surround left speaker ⢠SW â Subwoofer Each speaker can be adjusted between 0.3 m and 9.0 m . The default setting is 3.0 m . Dynamic Range Control Specifies dynamic range adjustment to Dolby Digital or some DTS soundtracks. If low level sound or dialog seem difficult to hear properly, this can help by bringing up the low level sounds, while controlling high level peaks. ⢠DRC OFF (default) â No dynamic range adjustment (use when listening at higher volumes) ⢠DRC MID â Mid setting ⢠DRC HIGH â Dynamic range is reduced (loud sounds are reduced in volume while quieter sounds are increased) Note 1 There are other settings you can adjust from the Setup menu; these are explained in Improving poor FM reception on page 14 and Dimming the display on page 39. 2 The setup menu is exited automatically after 5 minutes of inactivity. 3⢠You canâÂÂt adjust center/surround when Stereo or Virtual playback is selected (or with stereo sources using the Auto mode). ⢠The Channel level setting is not available when headphones are connected. ⢠The speaker volume can be adjusted at any time by pressing SHIFT TEST TONE and then using îÂÂ/î to adjust the channel levels. The test tone automatically moves from speaker to speaker in the order listed above. You should hear the test tone at t he same volume from each speaker when seated in the main listening position. Press ENTER when youâÂÂre finished. ⢠Since the subwoofer produces ultra-low frequencies it may seem quieter than it actually is. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 27 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Video Adjust menu 07 28 En Chapter 7 Video Adjust menu Video Adjust menu From the Video Adjust screen you can adjust settings that affect picture presentation. 1 Press HOME MENU and select âÂÂVideo Adjustâ from the on-screen display. 2 Make settings using îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î and ENTER . You can adjust the following settings: ⢠Sharpness â Adjusts the sharpness of edges in the picture ( Fine , Standard , Soft ) ⢠Brightness â Adjusts the overall brightness ( âÂÂ20 to 20 ) ⢠Contrast â Adjusts the contrast between light and dark ( âÂÂ16 to 16 ) ⢠Gamma â Adjusts the âÂÂwarmthâ of the picture ( High , Medium , Low , Off ) ⢠Hue â Adjusts the red/green balance ( Green 9 to Red 9 ) ⢠Chroma Level â Adjusts how saturated colors appear ( âÂÂ9 to 9 ) Adjust the Brightness, Contrast, Hue and Chroma Level settings using îÂÂ/î . 3 Press ENTER to return to the Video Adjust screen, or HOME MENU to exit. V ideo Adjust Sharpness Brightness Contrast Gamma Hue Chroma Level Standard 0 0 Off 0 0 î î î î î î V ideo Adjust Brightness min max 0 HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 28 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 08 29 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 8 Initial Settings menu Using the Initial Settings menu The Initial Settings menu provides audio and video output settings, parental lock settings, and display settings, among others. If an option is grayed out it means that it cannot be changed at the current time. This is usually because a disc is playing. Stop the disc, then change the setting. 1 Press DVD/CD . 2 With playback stopped, press HOME MENU and select âÂÂInitial SettingsâÂÂ. 3 Use îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î and ENTER to select the setting and option you want to set. All the settings and options are explained on the following pages. 1 Video Output settings Note 1⢠In the table, the default setting is shown in bold : other settings are shown in italics . ⢠Some settings, such as TV Screen , Audio Language and Subtitle Language may be overridden by the DVD disc. Often these settings can also be made from the DVD disc menu. ⢠The HDMI Resolution and HDMI Color settings only need to be set if you connected this player to an HDMI-compatible component using the HDMI connector. 2 This setting can only be used when you are connected via HDMI and have the HDMI resolution set to 1920x1080i or 1280x720p. When using this setting, only the HDMI connection is available. Initial Settings Setting Option What it means TV Screen (See also Screen sizes and disc formats on page 43.) 4:3 (Letter Box) Set if you have a conventional 4:3 TV. Widescreen movies are shown with black bars top and bottom. 4:3 (Pan & Scan) Set if you have a conventional 4:3 TV. Widescreen movies are shown with the sides cropped so that the image fills the screen. 16:9 (Wide) Set if you have a widescreen TV. 16:9 (Compressed) Set if you have a widescreen TV. 4:3 material is shown with black bars on either side of the screen. 2 HDMI Resolution (See Connecting using HDMI on page 35.) 1920x1080i Set if your TV supports 1920 x 1080 pixel interlace video. 1280x720p Set if your TV supports 1280 x 720 pixel progressive-scan video. 720x480p Set if your TV supports 720 x 480 pixel progressive-scan video. 720x480i Set if your TV supports 720 x 480 pixel interlace video. HDMI Color* (See Connecting using HDMI on page 35.) * Default changes depending on device connected. Full range RGB If colors are weak, this gives brighter colors and deeper black (default setting for HDMI-compatible DVI devices). RGB Use this setting if colors appear overly rich on the Full Range RGB setting. Component Outputs 8-bit component video format (default setting for HDMI-compatible devices). Initial settings menu.fm 29 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 08 30 En Language settings Display settings Component Out (See also Connecting using the component video output on page 34.) Interlace Set if your TV is not compatible with progressive scan video. Progressive Set if your TV is compatible with progressive scan video (see your TVâÂÂs instruction manual for details). Press ENTER once more to confirm (or RETURN to cancel). Note that progressive scan video is only output from the component video jacks. Setting Option What it means Audio Language English If there is an English soundtrack on the disc, it is played. Chinese If there is a Chinese soundtrack on the disc, it is played. Other Language Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed (see Using the language code list on page 48). Subtitle Language English If there are English subtitles on the disc they are displayed. Chinese If there are Chinese subtitles on the disc they are displayed. Other Language Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed (see Using the language code list on page 48). DVD Menu Language w/Subtitle Lang. DVD disc menus are displayed in the same language as your selected subtitle language, if possible. Languages as displayed DVD menus are displayed in the selected language, if possible. Other Language Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed (see Using the language code list on page 48). Subtitle Display On Subtitles are displayed in your selected subtitle language. Off Subtitles are always off by default when you play a DVD disc. Setting Option What it means OSD Language English On-screen displays of the player are in English. On-screen displays of the player are in Chinese. Angle Indicator On A camera icon is displayed on-screen during multi-angle scenes on a DVD disc. Off No multi-angle indication is shown. Setting Option What it means Initial settings menu.fm 30 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 08 31 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Options settings Parental Lock ⢠Default level: Off ; Default password: none ; Default Country/Area code: us (2119) To give you some control over what your children watch on your DVD player, some DVD- Video discs feature a Parental Lock level. If your player is set to a lower level than the disc, the disc wonâÂÂt play. Some discs also support the Country/Area Code feature. The player does not play certain scenes on these discs, depending on the Country/Area Code you set. Registering a new password Register a password to change the Parental Lock level or enter a Country/Area code. 1 1 Select âÂÂPasswordâÂÂ. 2 Use the number buttons to input a four- digit password then press ENTER . Changing your password To change your password, confirm your existing password then enter a new one. 1 Select âÂÂPassword ChangeâÂÂ, input your existing password, then press ENTER . 2 Enter a new password and press ENTER . Setting/changing the Parental Lock 1 Select âÂÂLevel ChangeâÂÂ. 2 Use number buttons to enter your password, then press ENTER . 3 Select a new level and press ENTER . ⢠Press î repeatedly to lock more levels (more discs will require the password); press î to unlock levels. You canâÂÂt lock level 1. Angle Indicator On A camera icon is displayed on-screen during multi-angle scenes on a DVD disc. Off No multi-angle indication is shown. Setting Option What it means Parental Lock â See Parental Lock below. DivX(R) VOD Display See About DivXî VOD content below. Setting Option What it means Note 1⢠Not all discs use Parental Lock, and will play without requiring the password first. ⢠If you forget your password, youâÂÂll need to reset the player to register a new password (see Resetting the system on page 48). Vi deo Output Language Display Options Parental Lock DivX (R) VOD Password Level Change Country Code Initial Settings HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 31 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 08 32 En Setting/changing the Country/Area code You can find the Country/Area code list on page 49. 1 Select âÂÂCountry CodeâÂÂ, input your password, then press ENTER . 2 Select a Country/Area code then press ENTER . There are two ways you can do this: ⢠Select by code letter: Use îÂÂ/î to change the Country/Area code. ⢠Select by code number: Press î then use the number buttons to enter the four-digit Country/Area code. The new Country/Area code takes effect after ejecting the disc once. About DivX î VOD content In order to play DivX VOD (video on demand) content on this player, you first need to register the player with your DivX VOD content provider. You do this by generating a DivX VOD registration code, which you submit to your provider. 1 Important ⢠DivX VOD content is protected by a DRM (Digital Rights Management) system. This restricts playback of content to specific, registered devices. ⢠If you load a disc that contains DivX VOD content not authorized for your player, the message Authorization Error is displayed and the content will not play. Displaying your DivX VOD registration code 1 Press HOME MENU and select âÂÂInitial SettingsâÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂOptionsâÂÂ, then âÂÂDivX (R) VODâÂÂ. 3 Select âÂÂDisplayâÂÂ. Your eight-digit registration code is displayed. Make a note of the code as you will need it when you register with a DivX VOD provider. Playing DivX î VOD content Some DivX VOD content may only be playable a fixed number of times. When you load a disc containing this type of DivX VOD content, the remaining number of plays is shown on-screen and you then have the option of playing the disc (thereby using up one of the remaining plays), or stopping. If you load a disc that contains expired DivX VOD content (for example, content that has zero remaining plays), the message Rental Expired is displayed. If your DivX VOD content allows an unlimited number of plays, then you may load the disc into your player and play the content as often as you like, and no message will be displayed. Note 1 Resetting the player (as described in Resetting the system on page 48) will not cause you to lose your registration code. Vi deo Output Language Display Options Display Initial Settings Parental Lock DivX (R) VOD HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 32 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Other connections 09 33 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 9 Other connections Connecting external antennas For an external AM antenna, use 5 m to 6 m of vinyl-insulated wire and set up either indoors or outdoors. Leave the loop antenna connected. Only use the included AM loop antenna. For an external FM antenna, use a PAL connector to hook up an external FM antenna. Connecting auxiliary audio components Using the stereo analog inputs, you can connect an external component such as a tape deck or MD player for playback through this system. ⢠Connect the AUDIO IN jacks to the analog outputs of an external playback component. Connect using RCA pin-plug stereo cables. Recording mode The recording mode allows you to make surround-compatible analog recordings from the LINE OUT jacks 1 . Dolby multichannel sources are downmixed to stereo for improved playback with systems that can provide matrix- decoding (like Dolby Pro Logic). 1 Press SOUND . 2 Use îÂÂ/î to select a REC MODE, then press ENTER. 3 Use îÂÂ/î to choose MODE ON or MODE OFF and then press ENTER to confirm. ⢠MODE ON â A surround-compatible downmix (left-total/right-total, or Lt/Rt) of Dolby multichannel sources is output, (suitable for Dolby Surround Pro Logic or other matrix decoding). ⢠MODE OFF â A simple stereo downmix (left-only/right-only, or Lo/Ro) is output (suitable for playback on a two-channel stereo system or on headphones). Outdoor antenna 5 m to 6 m Indoor antenna (vinyl-coated wire) AM LOOP ANTENNA P AL connector Note 1⢠When the recording mode is on, most sound features cannot be used. The display will briefly blink REC MODE if you try and use a prohibited function while the recording mode is on. ⢠When the recording mode is off, the audio from the analog output jacks may be interrupted, depending on the operation. ⢠The recording mode switches off if you change the input function ( DVD/CD , TUNER , etc.) or switch the power off. SURROUND FRONT SPEAKERS (4 ⦠AUDIO R L R R L L R L O UT Y C R / P R C B / P B N ENT D EO OUT LINE IN OUT CONTROL To a udio output T ape deck, etc. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 33 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Other connections 09 34 En Connecting the S-video output If your TV has an S-video input, you can use this instead of the standard video output for a better quality picture. ⢠Use an S-video cable to connect the S- VIDEO OUT to an S-video input on your TV. Line up the small triangle above the jack with the same mark on the plug before plugging in. Connecting using the component video output If your TV has component video inputs, you can use these instead of the standard video output to connect this system to your TV. 1 This should give you a higher quality picture than the S-video output. ⢠Use a component video cable to connect the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT to a set of component inputs on your TV. About progressive scan video Compared to interlace video, progressive scan video effectively doubles the scanning rate of the picture, resulting in a very stable, flicker- free image. Progressive scan video is available only from the component video output. Compatibility of this player with progressive-scan and high-definition TVs This player is compatible with progressive video Macro Vision System Copy Guard. 2 R L VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO ANTENNA HDMI OUT SETUP MIC CONTROL IN MCACC FM UNBAL 75 ⦠AM LOOP TV To S-video input Note 1 The component video output is switchable between interlaced and progressive formats. See Video Output settings on page 29. 2 Consumers should note that not all high-definition television sets are fully compatible with this product and may cause artifacts to be displayed in the picture. In case of 525 progressive scan picture problems, it is recommended that the user swi tch the connection to the âÂÂstandard definitionâ output (Interlace). If there are questions regarding our TV set compatibility with this model, please contact our customer service center. VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO ANTENNA HDMI OUT SETUP MIC CONTROL IN MCACC FM UNBAL 75 ⦠AM LOOP TV To component input HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 34 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Other connections 09 35 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Connecting using HDMI If you have a HDMI or DVI (with HDCP) equipped monitor or display, you can connect it to this player using a commercially available HDMI cable for high quality digital video. 1 See About HDMI below for more about the HDMI connection. ⢠Use an HDMI cable to connect the HDMI OUT interconnect on this player to an HDMI interconnect on a HDMI-compatible monitor. ⢠The arrow on the cable connector body should be face up for correct alignment with the connector on the player. You can also adjust the HDMI settings for resolution and color. For more on these settings see Video Output settings on page 29. Switching the HDMI audio setting To listen to audio from the HDMI interconnect, make sure youâÂÂve specified the HDMI audio output setting. 1 Switch the system into standby. 2 Press SHIFT SETUP and use îÂÂ/î to choose HDMI OUT then press ENTER . 3 Use îÂÂ/î to choose the setting you want then press ENTER . ⢠AUDIO ON â Audio signals are output through the HDMI interconnect ⢠AUDIO OFF â Switches off HDMI audio Resetting the HDMI connection If you get an error message (the display shows HDMI ERR ) or if the screen goes blank (for example, after changing the resolution), check the troubleshooting guide on page 46. If this doesnâÂÂt solve the problem, follow the steps below to reset the HDMI connection. 1 Switch the system into standby. 2 Press SHIFT SETUP and use îÂÂ/î to choose HDMI INI then press ENTER . The system will restart and the HDMI settings are automatically reset to the factory defaults. See Video Output settings on page 29 for more on these settings. About HDMI HDMI (High Definition Multimedia Interface) supports both video and audio on a single digital connection for use with DVD players, DTV, set-top boxes, and other AV devices. HDMI was developed to provide the technologies of High Bandwidth Digital Content Protection (HDCP) as well as Digital Visual Interface (DVI) in one specification. HDCP is used to protect digital content transmitted and received by DVI-compliant displays. Note 1⢠An HDMI connection can only be made with DVI-equipped components compatible with both DVI and High Bandwidth Digital Content Protection (HDCP). If you choose to connect to a DVI connector, you will need a separate adaptor (DVI î HDMI) to do so. A DVI connection, however, does not support audio signals. Consult your local audio dealer for more information. ⢠Depending on the component you have connected, using a DVI connection may result in unreliable signal transfers. ⢠When you change the component connected to the HDMI output, you will also need to change the HDMI settings to match the new component (see Video Output settings on page 29 to do this). SURROUND SUB WOOFER FRONT CENTER SPEAKERS (4 ⦠- 6 ⦠) AUDI O R L R R L L R L VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO ANTENNA OUT LINE IN OUT IN MCACC FM UNBAL 75 ⦠AM LOOP CONTROL HDMI OUT SETUP MIC CONTROL HDMI-compatible display To HDMI connector HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 35 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Other connections 09 36 En HDMI has the capability to support standard, enhanced, or high-definition video plus standard to multichannel surround-sound audio. HDMI features include uncompressed digital video, a bandwidth of up to 2.2 gigabytes per second (with HDTV signals), one connector (instead of several cables and connectors), and communication between the AV source and AV devices such as DTVs. HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI licensing LLC. Using this unit with a Pioneer plasma television If you have a Pioneer plasma television 1 , you can use an SR cable 2 to connect it to this unit and take advantage of various convenient features, such as controlling this unit via the plasma televisionâÂÂs remote sensor, automatic video input switching of the plasma television, and automatic volume muting on the plasma television. Important ⢠When using the CONTROL IN jack for the first time, you must first remove the protective seal that covers the jack. ⢠With an SR cable connected, the remote must now be pointed towards your plasma television rather than the remote sensor of this unit in order to control this system. ⢠Use a 3-ringed miniplug SR cable to connect the CONTROL IN jack of this unit through a media receiver to the CONTROL OUT jack of your plasma television. 3 Before you can use the extra SR features, you need to make a few settings in the unit. See SR Setup for Pioneer plasma televisions below for detailed instructions. SR Setup for Pioneer plasma televisions Make the following settings if you have connected a Pioneer plasma television to this unit using an SR cable. Note that the number of video inputs available will depend on the plasma television youâÂÂve connected. 1 Press SHIFT SR on the remote. 2 Use the îÂÂ/î to select SETUP, then press ENTER. 3 Use îÂÂ/î to select the setting you want. ⢠VoL.C OFF â This unit does not control the volume of the plasma television. ⢠VOL.C ON â When this unit is switched to one of the inputs that use the plasma television ( DVD , or another one of functions below), the volume on the plasma television is muted so only sound from this system is heard. Note 1 This system is compatible with all Pioneer plasma televisions from 2003 onward. 2 The 3-ringed SR cable from Pioneer is commercially available under the part number ADE7095. Contact the Pioneer Customer Support division for more information on obtaining an SR cable. VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO ANTENNA MCACC FM UNBAL 75 AM LOOP IN HDMI OUT SETUP MIC CONTROL OUT CONTROL Pioneer plasma television 3 You wonâÂÂt be able to use the remote sensor of this unit with the CONTROL IN jack of this unit connected to the CONTROL OUT jack of your plasma television. You can use the remote sensor of the plasma television (even in standby) as long as the power isnâÂÂt switched off. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 36 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Other connections 09 37 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español 4 Assign any input source connected to the plasma television to the corresponding input number. Use îÂÂ/î to select the source ( DVD , LN ( LINE ) or USB ), then îÂÂ/î to select the input number. This matches this unitâÂÂs input source with a numbered video input on the plasma television. 1 For example, select the LN PDP3 setting if the video output of your line component is connected to video input 3 on the plasma television. TVTN switches the plasma television to its built-in tuner and NONE leaves the plasma television input as is (no switching takes place). 5 When you're finished, press ENTER . 2 Switching on the SR mode 1 Press SHIFT SR on the remote. 2 Use îÂÂ/î to select SR ON then press ENTER. To switch SR control off, select SR OFF . ⢠If you disconnect the SR cable or switch the plasma television off while SR is on, the SR ON setting remains. ⢠The SR setting is maintained even after switching this system into standby then back on. Automatic muting will be effective when this system is switched on. About control out connections Many Pioneer components support SR CONTROL connections, by which you can use the remote controls of any connected components by aiming them at the sensor of just one component. When you use a remote control, the control signal is passed along the chain to the appropriate component. This can be useful when you have multiple components contained inside an entertainment center. If you choose to use this feature, you must make sure that you also have at least one set of analog audio jacks connected to another component for grounding purposes. ⢠Using a cable with mono mini-plugs on either side (sold separately), connect the CONTROL IN jack on another Pioneer component to the CONTROL OUT jack on this unit. This will allow you to control the other component by pointing its remote at this unit. When this unit is connected to both another device and a plasma television with an SR cable, you can control all components by pointing their respective remote controls at the sensor for the plasma television. Note 1 Note that certain PDP inputs (ex. PDP7 ) may be referred to on your plasma display as âÂÂPC InputâÂÂ. 2⢠The SR setting remains in effect even in standby. ⢠The SR setting does not affect the FM/AM tuner function. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 37 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 38 En Chapter 10 Additional information Optional system settings All the available settings in the standby setup menu are listed below. See the notes in each section for more information about the settings. The first setting in each section is the default. 1 Switch the system into standby. 2 Press SHIFT SETUP and use îÂÂ/î then ENTER to choose the setting you want to adjust. The available settings are shown in the front panel display. 1 3 Use îÂÂ/î to adjust then press ENTER to confirm and exit. System demo setting Switches the automatic demo feature on or off (this starts when you plug in for the first time): ⢠DEMO ON â Switches the demo feature on. ⢠DEMO OFF â Switches the demo feature off. Frequency step setting If you find that you canâÂÂt tune into stations successfully, the frequency step may not be suitable for your country/region. ⢠AM 9K ⢠AM 10K DTS CD setting If you play a DTS-encoded CD, you will need to change this setting to hear the decoded signal. ⢠NORMAL â Regular CD playback; some DTS-encoded CDs output a noisy signal. ⢠DTS-CD â Proper decoding of DTS- encoded CDs; the beginning of regular CD tracks may be skipped. Key lock setting ⢠LOCK ON â Makes the front panel buttons and controls inoperative. ⢠LOCK OFF â Restores regular use of the front panel buttons and controls. Setting the sleep timer The sleep timer switches off the system after about an hour so you can fall asleep without worrying about it. 2 ⢠Press SLEEP repeatedly to select an option. Choose between the following options: ⢠SLP ON â Switches off after about an hour ⢠SLP OFF â Cancels the sleep timer After selecting SLP ON , you can press SLEEP again to check how much time is left. Each line indicates approximately 12 minutes (remaining): Note 1 The setup menu is exited automatically after 5 minutes of inactivity. 2 The display dims when the sleep timer is set, and the power indicator is turned off. SL P --- -- HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 38 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 39 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Dimming the display You can adjust the brightness of the text in the front panel display. When the display is set to a darker color, the Power Indicator is turned off. 1 Press SHIFT SETUP and use îÂÂ/î to select DIMMER then press ENTER . 2 Use îÂÂ/î to adjust then press ENTER to confirm and exit. ⢠LIGHT â Brighter setting ⢠DARK â Darker setting Disc/content format playback compatibility This player is compatible with a wide range of disc types (media) and formats. Playable discs will generally feature one of the following logos on the disc and/or disc packaging. Note however that some disc types, such as recordable CD and DVD, may be in an unplayable format. See the Disc compatibility table below for more information. ⢠This unit will play DVD R/ RW discs. ⢠is a trademark of FUJIFILM Corporation. ⢠is a trademark of DVD Format/Logo Licensing Corporation. ⢠Also compatible with KODAK Picture CD. This player supports the IECâÂÂs Super VCD standard for superior picture quality, dual soundtracks, and widescreen support. About DualDisc playback A DualDisc is a new two -sided disc, one side of which contains DVD content video, audio, etc. while the other side contains non-DVD content such as digital audio material. The non-DVD, audio side of the disc is not compliant with the CD Audio specification and therefore may not play. The DVD side of a DualDisc plays in this product. DVD-Audio content will not play. For more detailed information on the DualDisc specification, please refer to the disc manufacturer or disc retailer. Disc compatibility table DVD- Video DVD -R DVD-RW Vid e o CD Fu jicolor CD Audio CD CD-R CD-RW Media Compatible formats CD-R/-RW ⢠CD-Audio, Video CD/Super VCD, ISO 9660 CD-ROM* * ISO 9660 Level 1 or 2 compliant. CD physical format: Mode1, Mode2 XA Form1. Romeo and Joliet file systems are both compatible. ⢠Multi-session playback: No ⢠Unfinalized disc playback: No DVD-R/-RW ⢠DVD- Video (Video mode), V ideo R ecording (VR)*, UDF Bridge DVD -ROM * Edit points may not play exactly as edited; screen may go momentarily blank at edited points. ⢠Multi Border playback: No ⢠Unï¬Ânalized playback: No VIDEO CD Super Video CD (Super VCD) HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 39 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 40 En About DVD R/DVD RW compatibility Only DVD R/DVD RW discs recorded in âÂÂVideo Mode (DVD Video Mode)â which have been finalized, can be played back. However, some editing made during the recording may not be played back accurately. About DivX DivX is a compressed digital video format created by the DivX î video codec from DivX, Inc. This player can play DivX video files burned on CD-R/ - RW and DVD-R/ - RW/ - ROM discs. Keeping the same terminology as DVD-Video, individual DivX video files are called âÂÂTitlesâÂÂ. When naming files/titles on a CD-R/ - RW or DVD-R/ - RW disc prior to burning, keep in mind that by default they will play in alphabetical order. DivX video compatibility ⢠Official DivX î Certified product. ⢠Plays all versions of DivX î video (including DivX î 6) with standard playback of DivX î media files. 1 ⢠File extensions: .avi and .divx (these must be used for the player to recognize DivX video files). Note that all files with the .avi extension are recognized as MPEG4, but not all of these are necessarily DivX video files and therefore may not be playable on this player. PC-created disc ⢠Discs recorded using a PC may not be playable due to the setting of the software used to create the disc. In these instances, check the DVD-R/- RW or CD-R/-RW software manual or disc boxes for more on compatibility. ⢠Discs recorded in packet write mode are not compatible. Compressed audio ⢠MPEG-1 Audio Layer 3 (MP3), Windows Media Audio (WMA), MPEG - 4 AAC ⢠Sampling rates: 32 kHz/44.1 kHz/ 48 kHz ⢠Bit-rates: Any (128 kbps or higher recommended) ⢠VBR (variable bit rate) MP3/WMA/ MPEG-4 AAC playback: No ⢠WMA lossless encoding: No ⢠DRM (Digital Rights Management) compatible: Y es (DRM-protected audio ï¬Âles will not play in this player .) ⢠File extensions: .mp3, .wma, .m4a (these must be used for the player to recognize MP3/WMA/MPEG -4 AAC ﬠles) ⢠File structure (may differ): Up to 299 folders on a disc; up to 648 folders and ï¬Âles (combined) within each folder JPEG file ⢠Baseline JPEG and EXIF 2.2* still image files up to a resolution of 3072 x 2048 *File format for digital still cameras ⢠Progressive JPEG compatible: No ⢠File extensions: .jpg (must be used for the player to recognize JPEG files) ⢠File structure (may differ): Up to 299 folders on a disc; up to 648 folders and files (combined) within each folder Media Compatible formats Note 1 Playback of .avi video files larger than 4 GB is not possible. Additional_information.fm 40 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 41 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Displaying DivX subtitle files The font sets listed below are available for DivX external subtitle files. You can see the proper font set on-screen by setting the Subtitle Language (in Language settings on page 30) to match the subtitle file. 1 Group 1: Albanian (sq), Basque (eu), Catalan (ca), Danish (da), Dutch (nl), English (en), Faroese (fo), Finnish (fi), French (fr), German (de), Icelandic (is), Irish (ga), Italian (it), Norwegian (no), Portuguese (pt), Rhaeto-Romanic (rm), Scottish (gd), Spanish (es), Swedish (sv) Group 2: Albanian (sq), Croatian (hr), Czech (cs), Hungarian (hu), Polish (pl), Romanian (ro), Slovak (sk), Slovenian (sl) Group 3: Bulgarian (bg), Byelorussian (be), Macedonian (mk), Russian (ru), Serbian (sr), Ukrainian (uk) Group 4: Hebrew (iw), Yiddish (ji) Group 5: Turkish (tr) DivX, DivX Certified, and associated logos are trademarks of DivX, Inc. and are used under license. About MPEG-4 AAC Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) is at the core of the MPEG-4 AAC standard, which incorporates MPEG-2 AAC, forming the basis of the MPEG-4 audio compression technology. The file format and extension used depend on the application used to encode the AAC file. This unit plays back AAC files encoded by iTunes î bearing the extension â .m4a âÂÂ. DRM-protected files will not play, and files encoded with some versions of iTunes î may not play, or filenames may display incorrectly. Apple and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. About WMA This player can playback Windows Media Audio content. WMA is an acronym for Windows Media Audio and refers to an audio compression technology developed by Microsoft Corporation. WMA content can be encoded by using Windows Media î Player version 7.7.1, Windows Media î Player for Windows î XP, or Windows Media î Player 9 series. Windows Media is either a registered trademark or trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. This product includes technology owned by Microsoft Corporation and cannot be used or distributed without a license from Microsoft Licensing, Inc. Using and taking care of discs Handling discs Hold the disc by its edges when handling so as not to leave fingerprints, dirt or scratches on either side of the disc. Damaged or dirty discs can affect playback performance. If a disc becomes marked with fingerprints, dust, etc., clean using a soft, dry cloth. Wipe lightly from the center of the disc using straight strokes. DonâÂÂt wipe the disc surface with circular strokes. If necessary, use a cloth soaked in alcohol, or a commercially available CD/DVD cleaning kit to clean a disc more thoroughly. Never use benzine, thinner or other cleaning agents such as those designed for cleaning vinyl records. Note 1⢠For external subtitle files the following subtitle format filename extensions are supported (please note that these files are not shown within the disc navigation menu): .srt, .sub, .ssa, .smi ⢠Some external subtitle files may be displayed incorrectly or not at all. ⢠The filename of the movie file has to be repeated at the beginning of the filename for the external subtitle file. ⢠The number of external subtitle files which can be switched for the same movie file is limited to a maximum of 10. Additional_information.fm 41 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 42 En Storing discs Avoid leaving discs in excessively cold, humid, or hot environments (including under direct sunlight). DonâÂÂt glue paper or put stickers onto the disc, or use a pencil, ball-point pen or other sharp-tipped writing instrument. These could all damage the disc. Discs to avoid Discs spin at high speed inside the player. If a disc is cracked, chipped, warped, or otherwise damaged, donâÂÂt risk using it in your playerâ you could end up damaging the unit. This unit is designed for use with conventional, fully circular discs only. Pioneer disclaims all liability arising in connection with the use of shaped discs. DVD Video regions All DVD Video discs carry a region mark that indicates which region(s) of the world the disc is compatible with. Your DVD system also has a region mark (on the rear panel). Discs from incompatible regions will not play in this player. In this instance, the following message appears on-screen: Incompatible disc region number CanâÂÂt play disc Discs marked ALL play in any player. Installation and maintenance Hints on installation We want you to enjoy using this system for years to come, so please bear in mind the following points when choosing a location: Do... î Use in a well-ventilated room. î Place on a solid, flat, level surface, such as a table, shelf or stereo rack . DonâÂÂt... î Use in a place exposed to high temperatures or humidity, including near radiators and other heat-generating appliances. î Place on a window sill or other place where the system will be exposed to direct sunlight. î Use in an excessively dusty or damp environment. î Place directly on top of an amplifier, or other component in your stereo system that becomes hot in use. î Use near a television or monitor as you may experience interference â especially if the television uses an indoor antenna. î Use in a kitchen or other room where the system may be exposed to smoke or steam. î Use on a thick rug or carpet, or cover with cloth â this may prevent proper cooling of the system unit. î Place on an unstable surface, or one that is not large enough to support all four of the system unitâÂÂs feet. Cleaning the pickup lens The DVD playerâÂÂs lens should not become dirty in normal use, but if for some reason it should malfunction due to dust or dirt, consult your nearest Pioneer authorized service center. Although lens cleaners are commercially available, we do not recommend using them since some may damage the lens. Problems with condensation Condensation may form inside the player if it is brought into a warm room from outside, or if the temperature of the room rises quickly. Although the condensation wonâÂÂt damage the player, it may temporarily impair performance. Leave it to adjust to the warmer temperature for about an hour before switching on. Additional_information.fm 42 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 43 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Moving the system unit If you need to move the main unit, first remove a disc if thereâÂÂs one in the player, then press î STANDBY/ON on the front panel to turn the system off. Wait for GOOD BYE to disappear from the display, then unplug the power cord. 1 Never lift or move the unit during playback â discs rotate at high speeds and may damage. Screen sizes and disc formats DVD-Video discs come in different screen aspects, ranging from TV programs, which are generally 4:3, to CinemaScope widescreen movies 2 , with an aspect ratio of up to about 7:3. Televisions also come in different aspect ratios; âÂÂstandardâ 4:3 and widescreen 16:9. 3 Note 1 Unplugging the unit before GOOD BYE disappears from the display may cause the system to return to the factory settings. 2 Many widescreen discs override the systemâÂÂs settings so that the disc is shown in letterbox format regardless of the setting. Set to 4:3 (Letter Box) , widescreen discs are shown with black bars top and bottom. Set to 4:3 (Pan&Scan) , widescreen discs are shown with the left and right sides cropped. Although the picture looks larger, you donâÂÂt actually see the whole picture. 3⢠Using the 16:9 (Wide) setting with a standard 4:3 TV, or one of the 4:3 settings with a widescreen TV, will result in distortion. ⢠When you watch discs recorded in 4:3 format, you can use the TV controls to select how the picture is presented. Your TV may offer various zoom and stretch options; see the instructions that came with your TV for details. ⢠Some movie aspect ratios are wider than 16:9, so even with a widescreen TV, these discs will still play in a âÂÂletterboxâ style. Additional_information.fm 43 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 44 En Troubleshooting Incorrect operations are often mistaken for trouble and malfunctions. If you think that there is something wrong with this component, check the points below. Sometimes the trouble may lie in another component. Investigate the other components and electrical appliances being used. If the trouble cannot be rectified even after exercising the checks listed below, ask your nearest Pioneer authorized service center or your dealer to carry out repair work. ⢠If the system does not operate normally due to external effects such as static electricity disconnect the plug from the outlet and insert again to return to normal operating conditions. General Problem Remedy The power does not turn on, or switches off suddenly (an error message may be displayed at startup). ⢠Wait for one minute before switching back on. ⢠Make sure there are no loose strands of wire touching the unit. This could cause the system to shut off automatically. ⢠Check that the speakers are connected correctly. ⢠Make sure the voltage of the mains power source is correct for the model. ⢠Try reducing the volume level. ⢠If the problem persists, take it to your nearest Pioneer authorized service center or your dealer for servicing. No sound is output when a function is selected. ⢠If youâÂÂre using the line input, make sure the component is connected correctly (see Connecting auxiliary audio components on page 33). ⢠Press MUTE on the remote control to turn muting off. ⢠Turn up the volume. No sound from surround or center speakers. ⢠Refer to Channel level setting on page 27 to check the speaker levels. ⢠When TUNER is selected, you can only hear the source in stereo. ⢠Check that you havenâÂÂt selected the AUTO , STEREO or VIRTUAL mode (see Listening to your system on page 15). ⢠Connect the speakers properly (refer to the Setup Guide). ⢠If the source is 96 kHz, it will be played in stereo. CanâÂÂt operate the remote control. ⢠Replace the batteries (refer to the Setup Guide). ⢠Operate within 7 m, 30ð of the remote sensor (refer to the Setup Guide). ⢠Remove any obstacles or operate from another position. ⢠Avoid exposing the remote sensor on the front panel to direct light. ⢠Check that thereâÂÂs nothing mistakenly plugged into the CONTROL IN jack. ⢠If the system is connected to a Pioneer plasma television with an SR cable, check that the plasma television is switched on. Point the remote control at the plasma television in order to operate the system. ⢠To operate other Pioneer components, make sure that the control cable and analog audio cable are connected. TRAYLOCK shows in the display and the tray canâÂÂt be ejected. ⢠Press and hold î OPEN/CLOSE on the front panel for about eight seconds. Then the tray can be opened/closed using î OPEN/CLOSE . HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 44 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 45 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español DVD/CD/Video CD player SND. DEMO shows in the display and the unit canâÂÂt be controlled. ⢠Press and hold î (stop) on the front panel for about five seconds. The disc tray ejects automatically to indicate the Sound Demo mode is disabled. Problem Remedy Problem Remedy The disc is ejected automatically after loading. ⢠Clean the disc and align the disc properly in the disc guide. ⢠If the region number on a DVD-video disc does not match the number on the player, the disc cannot be used (see DVD Video regions on page 42). In this instance, the following message appears on screen: Incompatible disc region number / CanâÂÂt play disc . ⢠Allow time for any condensation inside the player to evaporate. Avoid using the player near an air-conditioning unit. Playback not possible. ⢠If the disc is loaded upside down, reload the disc with label side face up. Picture playback stops and buttons cannot be used. ⢠Press î (stop), then î (play) to start playback again. ⢠Switch the power off once, then on again using the front panel î STANDBY/ON button. Settings are canceled. ⢠When the power is cut, settings will be canceled. No picture/No color. ⢠Check that connections are correct and that plugs are inserted fully. ⢠Check the manual of the TV/monitor to make sure the settings are correct. ⢠If the Progressive setting is selected and you have used component video cables to connect a TV that is not compatible with a progressive scan signal, you will not be able to see any picture at all. W ith your TV connected using either the composite or S-video terminals, change the Component Out setting to Interlace (see Video Output settings on page 29). Screen is stretched or aspect doesnâÂÂt change. ⢠The TV Screen setting is incorrect. Set the TV Screen option to match the TV/ monitor you're using (see Video Output settings on page 29). When recorded on a VCR or passed through an AV selector, there is disturbance in the playback picture. ⢠This system uses copy-protection technology which may prevent recording or cause picture problems when connected through a VCR or AV selector. This is not a malfunction. Picture disturbance during playback or dark. ⢠This player is compatible with Macro-Vision System copy guard. Some discs include a copy prevention signal, and when this type of disc is played back, stripes etc., may appear on some sections of the picture depending on the TV. This is not a malfunction. ⢠Discs respond differently to particular player functions. This may result in the screen becoming black for a brief instant or shaking slightly when the function is executed. These problems are largely due to differences between discs and disc content and are not malfunctions of this player. Noticeable difference in DVD and CD volume. ⢠DVDs and CDs use different recording methods. This is not a malfunction. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 45 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 46 En Tuner USB connection HDMI connection CD-ROM disc is not recognized. ⢠Make sure that the CD-ROM was recorded using the ISO 9660 disc format. See Disc compatibility table on page 39 for more on disc compatibility. DVD-ROM disc is not recognized. ⢠Make sure that the DVD-ROM was recorded using the UDF bridge format. See Disc compatibility table on page 39 for more on disc compatibility. Files donâÂÂt show up in the Disc Navigator/ Photo Browser. ⢠The files on the disc must be named with the correct file extension: .mp3 for MP3 files; .wma for WMA files; .m4a for MPEG-4 AAC files; .jpg for JPEG files (upper or lower-case is OK). See Disc compatibility table on page 39. CanâÂÂt play WMA or MPEG-4 AAC files. ⢠The files were recorded using DRM (digital rights management). This is not a malfunction. Problem Remedy Problem Remedy Considerable noise in radio broadcasts. ⢠Connect the AM antenna (refer to the Setup Guide ) and adjust the direction and position for best reception. You may also connect an additional internal or external AM antenna (refer to Connecting external antennas on page 33). ⢠Fully extend the FM wire antenna, position for best reception, and secure to a wall. You may also connect an outdoor FM antenna (see Connecting external antennas on page 33). ⢠Turn off other equipment that may be causing the noise or move it further away. ⢠The tuning interval is incorrect for your country or region. See Frequency step setting on page 38 to switch the tuning interval. Auto tuning does not pick up some stations. ⢠The radio signal is weak. Auto tuning will only detect radio stations with a good signal. For more sensitive tuning, connect an outdoor antenna. Problem Remedy USB mass storage device is not recognized by the system. ⢠Make sure you have completely inserted the USB connector to this unit. ⢠Check that the memory format is FAT16 or FAT32. ⢠USB devices with an internal USB hub are not supported. Files donâÂÂt show up in the Navigator/Photo Browser. ⢠The files must have the correct file extension: .mp3 for MP3 files; .wma for WMA files; .m4a for MPEG-4 AAC files; .jpg for JPEG files (upper or lower-case is OK). ⢠Make sure the file permission hasnâÂÂt been restricted (through a password, etc.). CanâÂÂt play WMA or MPEG-4 AAC files. ⢠The files were recorded using DRM (digital rights management). This is not a malfunction. Problem Remedy No HDMI audio output. ⢠See Switching the HDMI audio setting on page 35 to make sure that AUDIO ON is selected. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 46 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 47 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Error Messages No HDMI video output. ⢠Make sure that youâÂÂve selected this player as the HDMI input in the settings for the component youâÂÂre using (refer to the componentâÂÂs instruction manual). ⢠Check that the HDMI cable is connected properly and isnâÂÂt damaged. ⢠Check that components connected using the HDMI interface are switched on and HDMI compatible (components must be compatible with both DVI and High Bandwidth Digital Content Protection (HDCP)). ⢠Depending on the component you have connected, using a DVI connection may result in unreliable signal transfers. ⢠Make sure the resolution on this player matches that of the component you have connected using HDMI. See Video Output settings on page 29 to change the HDMI resolution. ⢠If the screen goes blank after changing the resolution, it means the you selected a resolution incompatible with your monitor. See Resetting the HDMI connection on page 35 to reset to the factory defaults. Color problems occur with your monitor after changing the HDMI Color setting (page 30). ⢠Depending on the connected equipment, some HDMI Color settings may cause the picture to be displayed incorrectly. In this case, use the TVâÂÂs own video input settings to select RGB, if possible. Alternatively, revert to the previous HDMI Color setting. Problem Remedy Message Description 2CH ONL Y ⢠An operation is prohibited because it is only applicable to 2 channel sources, while the current source is a multichannel source. 96K ⢠An operation is prohibited because the source is 96 kHz digital. REC MODE ⢠An operation is prohibited because the Recording mode is on (page 33). SND. DEMO ⢠The sound demo is on. See General in Troubleshooting on page 44. NOISY ⢠Background noise is too high to complete MCACC setup successfully . ERR MIC ⢠An error occured during MCACC setup because the microphone is not connected or is not connected properly . ERR SP ⢠An error occured during MCACC setup because the speakers are not connected or are not connected properly . MUTING ⢠An operation is prohibited because the sound is muted (press MUTE ). STEREO ⢠An operation is prohibited because the tuner is selected. TRAYLOCK ⢠The tray lock is on. See General in Troubleshooting on page 44. KEYLOCK ⢠The key lock is enabled. See Key lock setting on page 38. PHONESIN ⢠An operation is prohibited because the headphones are connected. HDMI ERR ⢠See HDMI connection above for troubleshooting tips. See also Resetting the HDMI connection on page 35 if the problem persists. USB ERR ⢠See Important in Using the USB interface on page 25 for more on this. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 47 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 48 En Resetting the system Use the front panel controls to reset all system settings to the factory default. ⢠With the system on, press î STANDBY/ ON while holding down î USB. The next time you switch on, all the system settings should be reset. Using the language code list Some of the language options (see Language settings on page 30) allow you to set your preferred language from any of the 136 languages in the Language code list below. 1 Select âÂÂOther LanguageâÂÂ. 2 Use îÂÂ/î to select either a code letter or a code number. 3 Use îÂÂ/î to select a code letter or a code number. See the Language code list below for a complete list of languages and codes. EEP ERR ⢠Contact your Pioneer authorized service center or your dealer for servicing. EXIT ⢠Appears when a menu is automatically exited after a set period of inactivity. Message Description HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 48 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 49 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Language code list Language (Language code letter), Language code Country/Area code list Country/Area, Country/Area code, Country/Area code letter Japanese (ja), 1001 English (en), 0514 French (fr), 0618 German (de), 0405 Italian (it), 0920 Spanish (es), 0519 Dutch (nl), 1412 Russian (ru), 1821 Chinese (zh), 2608 Korean (ko), 1115 Greek (el), 0512 Afar (aa), 0101 Abkhazian (ab), 0102 Afrikaans (af), 0106 Amharic (am), 0113 Arabic (ar), 0118 Assamese (as), 0119 Aymara (ay), 0125 Azerbaijani (az), 0126 Bashkir (ba), 0201 Byelorussian (be), 0205 Bulgarian (bg), 0207 Bihari (bh), 0208 Bislama (bi), 0209 Bengali (bn), 0214 Tibetan (bo), 0215 Breton (br), 0218 Catalan (ca), 0301 Corsican (co), 0315 Czech (cs), 0319 Welsh (cy), 0325 Danish (da), 0401 Bhutani (dz), 0426 Esperanto (eo), 0515 Estonian (et), 0520 Basque (eu), 0521 Persian (fa), 0601 Finnish (fi), 0609 Fiji (fj), 0610 Faroese (fo), 0615 Frisian (fy), 0625 Irish (ga), 0701 Scots-Gaelic (gd), 0704 Galician (gl), 0712 Guarani (gn), 0714 Gujarati (gu), 0721 Hausa (ha), 0801 Hindi (hi), 0809 Croatian (hr), 0818 Hungarian (hu), 0821 Armenian (hy), 0825 Interlingua (ia), 0901 Interlingue (ie), 0905 Inupiak (ik), 0911 Indonesian (in), 0914 Icelandic (is), 0919 Hebrew (iw), 0923 Yiddish (ji), 1009 Javanese (jw), 1023 Georgian (ka), 1101 Kazakh (kk), 1111 Greenlandic (kl), 1112 Cambodian (km), 1113 Kannada (kn), 1114 Kashmiri (ks), 1119 Kurdish (ku), 1121 Kirghiz (ky), 1125 Latin (la), 1201 Lingala (ln), 1214 Laothian (lo), 1215 Lithuanian (lt), 1220 Latvian (lv), 1222 Malagasy (mg), 1307 Maori (mi), 1309 Macedonian (mk), 1311 Malayalam (ml), 1312 Mongolian (mn), 1314 Moldavian (mo), 1315 Marathi (mr), 1318 Malay (ms), 1319 Maltese (mt), 1320 Burmese (my), 1325 Nauru (na), 1401 Nepali (ne), 1405 Norwegian (no), 1415 Occitan (oc), 1503 Oromo (om), 1513 Oriya (or), 1518 Panjabi (pa), 1601 Polish (pl), 1612 Pashto, Pushto (ps), 1619 Portuguese (pt), 1620 Quechua (qu), 1721 Rhaeto-Romance (rm), 1813 Kirundi (rn), 1814 Romanian (ro), 1815 Kinyarwanda (rw), 1823 Sanskrit (sa), 1901 Sindhi (sd), 1904 Sangho (sg), 1907 Serbo-Croatian (sh), 1908 Sinhalese (si), 1909 Slovak (sk), 1911 Slovenian (sl), 1912 Samoan (sm), 1913 Shona (sn), 1914 Somali (so), 1915 Albanian (sq), 1917 Serbian (sr), 1918 Siswati (ss), 1919 Sesotho (st), 1920 Sundanese (su), 1921 Swedish (sv), 1922 Swahili (sw), 1923 Tamil (ta), 2001 Telugu (te), 2005 Tajik (tg), 2007 Thai (th), 2008 Tigrinya (ti), 2009 Turkmen (tk), 2011 Tagalog (tl), 2012 Setswana (tn), 2014 Tonga (to), 2015 Turkish (tr), 2018 Tsonga (ts), 2019 Tatar (tt), 2020 Twi (tw), 2023 Ukrainian (uk), 2111 Urdu (ur), 2118 Uzbek (uz), 2126 Vietnamese (vi), 2209 Volapük (vo), 2215 Wolof (wo), 2315 Xhosa (xh), 2408 Yoruba (yo), 2515 Zulu (zu), 2621 Argentina, 0118, ar Australia, 0121, au Austria, 0120, at Belgium, 0205, be Brazil, 0218, br Canada, 0301, ca Chile, 0312, cl China, 0314, cn Denmark, 0411, dk Finland, 0609, fi France, 0618, fr Germany, 0405, de Hong Kong, 0811, hk India, 0914, in Indonesia, 0904, id Italy, 0920, it Japan, 1016, jp Korea, Republic of, 1118, kr Malaysia, 1325, my Mexico, 1324, mx Netherlands, 1412, nl New Zealand, 1426, nz Norway, 1415, no Pakistan, 1611, pk Philippines, 1608, ph Portugal, 1620, pt Russian Federation, 1821, ru Singapore, 1907, sg Spain, 0519, es Switzerland, 0308, ch Sweden, 1905, se Taiwan, 2023, tw Thailand, 2008, th United Kingdom, 0702, gb United States of America, 2119, us HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 49 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 50 En Specifications ⢠Amplifier section RMS Power Output: Front, Center, Surround . . . 100 W per channel (1 kHz, 10 % T.H.D., 4 ⦠) Subwoofer . . . 100 W (100 Hz, 10 % T.H.D., 4 ⦠) ⢠Disc section Digital audio characteristics . . . . . . . . . DVD fs: 96 kHz, 24-bit Type . . . . . . . DVD system, Video CD/Super VCD system and Compact Disc digital audio system Frequency response . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Hz to 44 kHz (96 kHz sampling) / 4 Hz to 22 kHz (48 kHz sampling) Wow and Flutter . . . . . . . .Limit of measurement (ñ0.001 % W.PEAK) or less (JEITA) ⢠FM tuner section Frequency range . . . . . . . . 87.5 MHz to 108 MHz Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ⦠, unbalanced ⢠AM tuner section Frequency range: With 9 kHz step . . . . . . . . 531 kHz to 1602 kHz With 10 kHz step . . . . . . . 530 kHz to 1700 kHz Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loop antenna ⢠Miscellaneous Power requirements . . . . . AC 110 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 W Power consumption in standby . . . . . . . . . 0.30 W Dimensions . . . . . . . 420 mm (W) x 60 mm (H) x 332 mm (D) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 kg ⢠Accessories (DVD/CD receiver) Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 AA/R6 dry cell batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (to confirm system operation) Video cable (yellow plugs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 AM loop antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 FM antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Microphone (for Auto MCACC setup) . . . . . . . . 1 Power cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Setup Guide These operating instructions S-DV363 Speaker system ⢠Front/surround speakers Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . Closed-box bookshelf type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way system Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W Dimensions . . . . . . . 100 mm (W) x 100 mm (H) x 100 mm (D) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.54 kg ⢠Center speaker Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . Closed-box bookshelf type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way system Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W Dimensions . . . . . . . . 220 mm (W) x 90mm (H) x 100 mm (D) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.70 kg ⢠Subwoofer Enclosure . . . . . . . Bass-reflex floorstanding type System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm 1-way system Speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Hz to 2.5 kHz Maximum Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W Dimensions . . . . . 221 mm (W) x 401.5 mm (H) x 390 mm (D) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5 kg ⢠Accessories Speaker cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Screws (for brackets). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Non-skid pads (small) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Non-skid pads (large) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 S-DV2T Speaker system ⢠Front speakers Enclosure . . . . . . . Closed-box floorstanding type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-way system HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 50 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 51 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Speakers: Woofer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone typex2 Tweeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 cm semi-dome type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W Dimensions . . . . 260 mm (W) x 1096.3 mm (H) x 260 mm (D) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 kg ⢠Center speaker Same as S-DV363 Center speaker ( see above ). ⢠Surround speakers Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . Closed-box bookshelf type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way system Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W Dimensions . . . . . . . 100 mm (W) x 100 mm (H) x 100 mm (D) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.54 kg ⢠Accessories Speaker cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Non-skid pads (small) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Non-skid pads (large) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Speaker stand bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Screws (for bases) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 S-DV4T Speaker system ⢠Front/surround speakers Same as S-DV2T Front speakers ( see above ). ⢠Center speaker Same as S-DV363 Center speaker ( see above ). ⢠Accessories Speaker cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Non-skid pads (large) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Speaker stand bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Screws (for bases) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 S-DV2SW Speaker system ⢠Subwoofer Same as S-DV363 Subwoofer ( see above ). ⢠Accessories Speaker cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Non-skid pads (large) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Note ⢠Specifications and design subject to possible modification without notice, due to improvements. Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories.âÂÂDolbyâÂÂ, âÂÂPro Logicâ and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. âÂÂDTSâ and âÂÂDTS Digital Surroundâ are registered trademarks of DTS, Inc. Published by Pioneer Corporation. Copyright é 2007 Pioneer Corporation. All rights reserved. This product includes F ontAvenueî fonts licenced by NEC corporation. Fo ntA venue is a r egister ed trademark of NEC Corporation. This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is pr otected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited uses only unless other wise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. DRM (digital rights management) copy protection is a technology designed to prevent unauthorized copying by restricting playback, etc. of compressed audio files on devices other than the PC (or other recor ding equipment) used to recor d it. F or detailed information, please see the instruction manuals or help files that came with your PC and/or software. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 51 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ä½Âç½®ï¹ÂæÂ¬æ©Âä¸Âé¢æÂ¿ä¸ ã D3-4-2-1-7b_B_ChH D3-4-2-1-7c_A_ChH D3-4-2-2-2a_A_ChH æÂÂè¬ÂæÂ¨è³¼è²·æÂŒÂ°å ÂéÂÂç¢åÂÂã è«Âå¾¹åºÂé±è®ÂæÂ¾Â ä½ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Â以便æÂ£ç¢ºå°æÂÂä½ÂæÂ¨çÂÂç¢åÂÂãÂÂå¨é±è®Âå®ÂæÂ¾ÂÂå å¾Âï¼Âè«Âå°Â堶妥çºä¿Â管ï¼Â便æÂ¼ æÂ¥å¾ åÂÂèÂÂã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 2 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT D3-4-2-1-8_A_ChH CAUTION : CLASS 3B VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER VRW2159 EXPOSURE TO THE BEAM. RADIA TION WHEN OPEN, A VOID HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 3 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
4 ChH ç®é 01 æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 Ã¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 éÂÂæÂ§å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 顯示屠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 02 éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ å®¶åºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢é³æÂÂè¨Âç½® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 使ç¨èªå MCACC è¨Âç½®åÂÂè½ï¼Â以ç¢çÂÂæÂÂä½³ç ç°ç¹Âè²æÂÂæÂ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 使ç¨å¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢ ï¼ OSD ï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 åºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂæÂÂçµÂè¨ÂæÂ¶æÂÂæÂ¾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD PBC é¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 èÂÂè½æÂ¶é³橠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 æÂ¹å FM æÂ¥æÂ¶ä¸Âè¯ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 æÂÂå¶ AM æÂ¥æÂ¶éÂÂ訠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 è¨ÂæÂ¶éÂȌ° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 æÂ¶è½é Âè¨ÂéÂȌ° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 èÂÂè½堶ä»Âä¾Â溠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 03 èÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 èªåÂÂèÂÂè½模张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 以ç°ç¹Âè²èÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Dolby Pro Logic II Music è¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . 15 使ç¨ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²é²éÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . 16 使ç¨ ãÂÂå Âé²ç°ç¹Âè²ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 以ç«Âé«Âè²èÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 æÂ´ä¸Âè³æ©ÂèÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 使ç¨ ãÂÂé³場è£ÂæÂ£çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½èÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . 16 使ç¨ ãÂÂè²é³修æÂ£å¨ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 å 強å°Âç½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 使ç¨ ãÂÂé³調æÂ§å¶ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 調æÂ´ä½Âé³åÂÂé«Âé³ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 ãÂÂå¯ÂéÂÂãÂÂå ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¤ÂãÂÂ模张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 å éÂÂä½Âé³é³é . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 04 ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 æ ¢åÂÂä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 æ ¼é²î¿格éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 使ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂçÂÂ覽 DVD æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ç¢Âç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 å¯å©ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½çÂÂ覽 WMA ã MP3 ã MPEG-4 AAC ã DivX è¦Âé »å JPEG çÂÂæªÂæ¡ . . . 20 使ç¨æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 製ä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 èÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 渠餿ÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ä¸ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ段 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 使ç¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 使ç¨é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 建ç«Âç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯é¸å®ä¸Âå ¶ä»Âå¯ç¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . 22 æÂÂç´¢ç¢Âç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂå°Âç½èªÂè¨Âî¿é³頻è²é . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 æÂ¾å¤§ç«é¢ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂè§Â度 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 顯示ç¢ÂçÂÂè³Â訠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 05 USB æÂÂæÂ¾ 使ç¨ USB ä»Âé¢ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 åºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 æÂÂæÂÂæªÂæ¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 å©ç¨ ãÂÂå°Â覽å¨ãÂÂçÂÂ覽æªÂæ¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 06 ç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ 使ç¨ ãÂÂè¨Âå®ÂãÂÂé¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 07 ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂé¸å® ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂé¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 4 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
5 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 08 ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 使ç¨ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 顯示å±Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 é¸頠è¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 æÂÂ人éÂÂå® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 éÂÂæÂ¼ DivXî VOD 堧容 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 09 å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨天締. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 é£æÂ¥è¼Âå©é³頻è¨Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 éÂÂ製模张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 飿ÂÂ¥ S-video 輸åº . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 使ç¨è²差è¦Â頻輸åºé£æÂÂ¥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 éÂÂæÂ¼éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 使ç¨ HDMI 飿ÂÂ¥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Ã¥ÂÂæÂ HDMI é³頻è¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 éÂÂæÂ°è¨Âå® HDMI é£絠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 éÂÂæÂ¼ HDMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 æÂ¬æ©ÂèÂÂå ÂéÂÂé»漿é»è¦ÂçÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂç¨ . . . . . . . . . . 36 å ÂéÂÂé»漿é»è¦Âç SR è¨Âç½® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 éÂÂå SR 模张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 éÂÂæÂ¼æÂ§å¶輸åºé£æÂÂ¥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 10 å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠é¸頠系統è¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 è¨Âç½®ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂå¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 調æÂÂ顯示å±Â亮度 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 ç¢ÂçÂÂî¿堧容格å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¸容æÂ§ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 éÂÂæÂ¼ DVD R/DVD RW ç¸容æÂ§ . . . . . . . . . . . 40 éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 éÂÂæÂ¼ MPEG-4 AAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 éÂÂæÂ¼ WMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂ使ç¨åÂÂç¶Âè· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 DVD Video é©ç¨å°å . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 å®Âè£ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¿Â餠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 å®Âè£ÂæÂÂ示 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 渠æ½Âè®Â寫é ÂæÂ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 æ°´æ°£åÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 æÂŒÂÂ系統主橠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 ç«é¢大å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ格张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 æÂ éÂÂæÂÂé¤ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 ä¸ÂèÂŒÂÂé¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 DVD/CD/VCD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 調諧å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 USB 飿ÂÂ¥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 HDMI 飿ÂÂ¥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 é¯誤è¨ÂæÂ¯ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 éÂÂæÂ°è¨Â置系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Ã¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼渠å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 è¦Âæ ¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 5 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 01 6 ChH 第 1 ç« æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 Ã¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ 1 î STANDBY/ON å¯å°Â系統éÂÂæ©ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âã 2 PLAY LIST æÂÂéµ å¯æÂ°å¢ÂæÂ²ç® ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ æÂÂé¸åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® ï¼Âå æÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼ ï¼Â第 20 é Âï¼ ã 3 î OPEN/CLOSE éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂî¿éÂÂéÂÂç¢Âç¤ã 4 î DVD/CD é¸å DVD/CD Ã¥ÂÂè½並éÂÂå§Âî¿æÂ«åÂÂî¿æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ã 5 î î î î åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾ã 6 î USB é¸å USB Ã¥ÂÂè½並éÂÂå§Âî¿æÂ«åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 7 VOLUME /â æÂÂéµ 8 USB ä»Âé¢ é£æÂÂ¥ USB è£Âç½®æÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 25 é Âç USB æÂ æÂ¾ ï¼Âã 9 PHONES æÂÂå æÂ¥ä¸Âè³æ©Âã 10 æÂÂ示ç ç¶é»æºÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¤çÂÂå°Â亮èÂÂè² ï¼Âä½Âä¸Âå æÂ¬ä½¿ç¨亮 度調ç¯Âå¨î¿ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂçÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ã 11 éÂÂæÂ§æÂÂæÂÂå¨ 12 顯示屠è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå 顯示屠ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã DVD/CD VOLUME OPEN/CLOSE USB STANDBY/ON PLAY LIST 1 PLAY LIST 2 PLAY LIST 3 5 6 7 4 3 2 1 8 9 12 11 10 HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 6 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 01 7 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español éÂÂæÂ§å¨ 1 î STANDBY/ON å¯å°Â系統éÂÂæ©ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âã 2 Ã¥ÂÂè½é¸åÂÂæÂÂéµ å¯é¸å æÂ¨è¦Âè è½çÂÂä¾Â溠@DVD/CD ã TUNER ã USB ã LINE ï¼ ã 3 æÂ¸åÂÂéµã CLEAR ã DISPLAY å DVD æÂ§å¶ CLEAR 渠é¤輸堥頠ç®ã DISPLAY å¯顯示î¿è®ÂæÂ´è¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂè³Â訠ï¼Â第 24 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT AUDIO å¯é¸åÂÂé³頻è²éÂÂî¿å°Âç½èªÂ訠ï¼Â第 23 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT SUBTITLE å¯顯示î¿è®ÂæÂ´åÂÂå¹ ï¼Â第 23 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT ANGLE å¯è®ÂæÂ´ DVD å¤Âè§Â度場度æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ觠度@第 24 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT ZOOM å¯è®ÂæÂ´ç«é¢æÂ¾å¤§çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¸ ï¼Â第 23 é Âï¼ ã 4 TOP MENU â å¯å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âç½®ä¸Â顯示 DVD 碠çÂÂçÂÂä¸Â層é¸å®ï¼ÂæÂ¤é  åÂÂè½å¯è½åÂÂæÂÂ丠MENU ç¸å ï¼Â第 13 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT SETUP â ç¨ 以é²è¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂ種 系統åÂÂç°繠鳿ÂÂè¨Âç½® ï¼Â第 14 ã 27 å 39 é Âï¼ ã 5 游æ¨ÂæÂÂéµ@ENTER Ã¥ÂÂ調諧æÂÂéµ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î â 使ç¨游æ¨ÂæÂÂéµå¯ å°Â覽å¨å±Â顯 示ç«é¢åÂÂé¸å®ã ENTER â å¯é¸åÂÂé¸頠æÂÂå·è¡Âå½令ã TUNE /â â å¯調é¸æÂ¶é³æ©Âã ST /â â å¯ é¸åÂÂæÂ¶ è½æÂ¶é³ æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ³ 覠æÂ¶è½ç é Âè¨ÂéÂȌ°ã 6 HOME MENU â å¯顯示 ï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂåºï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå§ è¨Âç½®ãÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½çÂÂçÂÂå¨å±Â顯示é¸å®ã SHIFT MCACC â å¯ éÂÂå§Âèª å MCACC è¨Âå® ï¼Â第 10 é Âï¼ ã 7 鳿ÂÂæÂ§å¶ F.S.SURR â é¸æÂ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²é²éÂÂãÂÂ模张ï¼Â第 16 é Âï¼ ã SURROUND â é¸åÂÂç°ç¹Âè²模张ï¼Â第 15 é Âï¼ æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè³ç«Âé«Âè²æÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼Â第 16 é Âï¼ ã ADVANCED â å¯é¸åÂÂå ÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂçÂÂç°ç¹Âè²模 å¼Â@第 16 é Âï¼ ã SOUND â å¯åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ鳿ÂÂé¸å®調æÂ´é³調ãÂÂä½Âé³ Ã¥ÂÂé«Âä½Âç ï¼Â第 15 è³ 17 å 33 é Âï¼ ã HOME MENU PLAYLIST STANDBY /ON SHIFT LINE TOP MENU RETURN TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND CLEAR SLEEP MUTE DISPLAY 12 3 1 2 3 45 6 78 9 0 ADVANCED TUNE TUNE ST ST ENTER USB SUBTITLE AUDIO ZOOM ANGLE SETUP SR F.S.SURR MENU OPEN/CLOSE INPUT CHANNEL VOLUME DVD/CD TUNER (FM/AM) SOUND RETRIEVER VOLUME TV CONTROL 1 2 3 8 9 4 7 12 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 5 6 10 HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 7 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 01 8 ChH 8 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 12 é Âç åºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ ãÂÂ第 18 é Âç ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 以åÂÂ第 25 é Âç USB æÂÂæÂ¾ æÂÂé éÂÂäºÂæÂ§å¶çÂÂ說æÂÂã 9 TV CONTROL æÂÂéµ éÂÂäºÂæÂÂéµå¯æÂ§å¶å ÂéÂÂé»漿é»è¦Âã 10 SHIFT æÂÂä¸Âå¯åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½æÂÂç¶ åÂÂçÂÂæÂ§å¶ã 11 SOUND RETRIEVER â æÂÂä¸Âå¯尠CD Ã¥ÂÂ質è² é³æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂå£Â縮é³頻ä¾Â溠ï¼Â第 17 é Âï¼ ã 12 î OPEN/CLOSE éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂî¿éÂÂéÂÂç¢Âç¤ã 13 PLAYLIST æÂÂéµ å¯æÂ°å¢ÂæÂ²ç® ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂé¸åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼ ï¼Â第 20 é Âï¼ ã 14 MENU â æÂÂä¸Âå¯顯示 USB é¸å®æÂÂå°Â覽å¨ ï¼Â第 13 ã 18 å 26 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT SR â å¯éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂé SR 模张ï¼Â第 36 é Âï¼ ã 15 RETURN â å¯è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å®ç«é¢ã SHIFT TEST TONE â å¯輸åº測試é³調 ï¼Âç¨æÂ¼æÂÂè²å¨è¨Â置@ï¼Â第 27 é Âï¼ ã 16 SLEEP æÂÂä¸Â以è¨Âç½®ç¡ç å®ÂæÂ ï¼Â第 38 é Âï¼ ã 17 MUTE å¯å°Âè²é³éÂÂé ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå³å¯åÂÂæ¶ÂéÂÂé³@ã 18 VOLUME /â å¯調æÂ´é³éÂÂã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 8 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 01 9 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 顯示屠1 DTS æÂ¤çÂÂæÂ¼æÂÂæÂ¾ DTS ä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起ï¼Â第 15 é Âï¼ ã 2 PRGSVE å¨é¸åÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Â頻輸åºæÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 29 é Âï¼ ã 3 SOUND å¨è²é³修æÂ£å¨åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮ç ï¼Â第 17 é Âï¼ ã 4 SURR. å¨ é¸åÂÂå ¶ 丠ä¸Â種堠é² ç°ç¹Âè² è è½模张æÂ æÂ äº®èµ· ï¼Â第 16 é Âï¼ ã F.SURR. å ¶ ä¸Âä¸Âå å 置ç°繠è² é²éÂÂ模 å¼ é¸åÂÂæÂ æÂ äº® 起@第 16 é Âï¼ ã 5 RPT å RPT-1 RPT å¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã RPT-1 å¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾å®æÂ²æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 21 é Âï¼ ã 6 REC MODE å¨åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂ製模å¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 33 é Âï¼ ã 7 PGM æÂ¤çÂÂå¨ç¯Âç®æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 20 å 22 é Âï¼ ã 8 調諧卿ÂÂ示ç â æÂ¤çÂÂå¨æÂ¥æÂ¶å°廣æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã â æÂ¤çÂÂå¨èªåÂÂç«Âé«Âè²模å¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶å°章é«Âè² FM 廣æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã â æÂ¤çÂÂå¨é¸å FM å®è²éÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶æÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ã 9 RDM 鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 21 é Âï¼ ã 10 kHz/MHz çºæÂÂ示åÂÂå Â顯示å±Âä¸ÂæÂÂ顯示çÂÂé »çÂÂå®你@kHz é©ç¨æÂ¼ AM ï¼ MHz é©ç¨æÂ¼ FM ï¼ ã 11 Ã¥ÂÂå Â顯示屠12 æÂ¤çÂÂå¨ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 38 é Âï¼ ã 13 î æÂ¤çÂÂ卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã 14 2 PL II æÂ¤çÂÂå¨ Dolby Pro Logic II 解碼æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 15 é Âï¼ ã 15 2 D æÂ¤çÂÂ卿ÂÂæÂ¾ Dolby Digital ä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 15 é Âï¼ ã PRGSVE SOUND DTS F .SURR. 2 PL 2 D RPT -1 kHz PGM MHz RDM REC MODE 7 13 9 10 8 5 12 14 3 15 11 2 1 4 6 HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 9 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 02 10 ChH 第 2 ç« éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ å®¶åºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢é³æÂÂè¨Âç½® è« ä¾Â砧丠åÂÂæÂ¹å¼ÂæÂºæÂ¾ æÂÂè²å¨ï¼Â使堶ç¢çÂÂæÂ ä½³ç° ç¹Âé³æÂ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂ鱿ÂÂè²å¨å®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾ÂæÂ´å¤ÂéÂÂæÂ¼ æÂºè¨Âä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂ示@ã â¢ æ¨ÂæºÂç°ç¹Âè²è¨Âç½® â éÂÂæÂ¯ä¸Â種è½æÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂä½³ 5.1 è²éÂÂå®¶åºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢é³æÂÂçÂÂæ¨ÂæºÂå¤Âè²éÂÂç°繠è²æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½®æÂ¹å¼Âã 諠è¦ÂæÂ¿é çÂÂ大å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¹æÂ§é¸ æÂÂ使ç¨以丠çÂÂè¨Âå®Âé¸ é  ï¼ 1 ⢠åÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²è¨Âç½® â æÂ¤ç¨®è¨Âç½®æÂ¹å¼Âå¨ç¡æ³Âé² è¡Âå¾Âç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨çÂÂæÂºè¨ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¨å¸ÂæÂÂè½é¿ å Âå¨èÂÂè½åÂÂå §ä½Âè¨ÂéÂÂé·çÂÂæÂÂè²å¨ç·ÂæÂÂï¼Âç¸ ç¶çÂÂ實ç¨ã é©ç¨æÂ¼ HTZ363DVD ï¼ é©ç¨æÂ¼ HTZ565DVD å HTZ767DVD ï¼ è¨Â置好æÂÂè²å¨å¾Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå 使ç¨èªå MCACC è¨Âç½®åÂÂè½ @以ç¢çÂÂæÂÂä½³çÂÂç°ç¹Âè²æÂÂæÂ å®ÂæÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂè¨Âå®Âã 使ç¨èªå MCACC è¨Âç½®åÂÂè½ï¼Â以 ç¢çÂÂæÂÂä½³çÂÂç°ç¹Âè²æÂÂæÂ å¤ è²éÂÂé³ å ´ èªåÂÂ裠æÂ£ ï¼ MCACC ï¼Âç³» çµ±å¯測 é æÂ¨ èÂÂè½åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå §çÂÂé³ å ´ç¹æÂ§ï¼Âå°Âå¨é éÂÂè¨Âç´Âå ¥è éÂÂï¼Â並測試 è²éÂÂå»¶é²åÂÂè²éÂÂé³éÂÂã å¨æÂ¨å®ÂæÂÂç³» çµ± éÂÂè´ÂçÂÂ麥å Â風訠置å¾Âï¼ÂæÂ¥æÂ¶å¨便 å¯使ç¨ä¾Âèª 丠é£串測試é³調ç è³Âè¨Âï¼Âå°ÂæÂÂè²å¨ è¨Âå®Âå¼åÂÂç åÂÂæÂÂæÂ ï¼Âé³場è£ÂæÂ£çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ï¼Â調æÂ´è³æÂÂ符åÂÂå 人ç¹åÂ¥æÂ¿éÂÂæ¢Âä»¶çÂÂçÂÂæ Âã 2 éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 ⢠測試 é³éÂÂ徠大 ï¼Âä½Âå¨ è¨Âå®ÂæÂ é 諠å¿調你é³ éÂÂï¼Â以å ÂéÂÂä½ÂæÂÂä½³è£ÂæÂ£åÂÂ質ã éÂÂ註 1 使ç¨æÂ¤é  è¨Âå®ÂæÂÂï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 16 é Âç 使ç¨ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²é²éÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂé¸åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²模å¼Âã 左åÂÂç½® å·¦ç°繠èÂÂè½ä½Âç½® ä¸Âç½® éÂÂä½Âé³ å³åÂÂç½® å³ç°繠左åÂÂç½® å³åÂÂç½® å·¦ç°繠å³ç°繠èÂÂè½ä½Âç½® ä¸Âç½® éÂÂä½Âé³ 2 æÂ¨åªéÂÂè¦Â使ç¨èªå MCACC è¨Âç½®ä¸Â次 ï¼Âé¤éÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂæÂÂè²å¨æÂºç½®æÂÂ室堧é³è¨ÂæÂÂæÂÂè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ã 左åÂÂç½® å³ç°繠ä¸Âç½® éÂÂä½Âé³ å·¦ç°繠èÂÂè½ä½Âç½® å³åÂÂç½® Getting_started.fm 10 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 02 11 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español ⢠MCACC è¨Âç½®æÂÂé @è«Â確å®Âä¸Âè¦Âç§»åÂÂ麥å Â風 Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂè²å¨ã 1 é£æÂ¥éº¥å Â風è³å¾Âé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç MCACC MIC æÂ åÂÂã 2 è«Âå°Â麥å Â風æÂ¾å¨æÂ¨ä¸ÂèÂÂè½çÂÂä½Âç½®ä¸Âã è«Âå°Âå ¶ç½®æÂ¼ 大ç´Âè³æÂµçÂÂé«Â度 ï¼Â並æÂÂ好å©ç¨桠å æÂÂ椠åÂÂ以確ä¿Âæ°´å¹³ã 確å®ÂæÂÂè²å¨èÂÂ麥å Â風ä¹ÂéÂÂæ²ÂæÂÂä»»ä½ÂéÂÂç¤Âç©ã 3 è¥系統éÂÂéÂÂï¼Âè«ÂæÂ î STANDBY/ON éÂÂå é»æºÂã èÂ¥é¸åÂÂé¸å°å¨ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ輸堥ä¾ÂæºÂã 4 æÂÂ丠SHIFT MCACC ã å¨æÂÂ丠SHIFT MCACC å¾Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂä¿ÂæÂÂå®ÂéÂÂã é³éÂÂæÂÂèªå æÂÂé«Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ系統æÂÂ輸 åºä¸Âé£串測 試 é³調ã â¢ æÂÂ丠SHIFT MCACC Ã¥ÂÂæ¶Â並åÂÂ復å ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂèª å MCACC è¨Âå®Âå¼ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂéÂÂé³é³éÂÂ太髠@NOISY Ã¥ÂÂ樣便æÂÂå¨è¢幠ä¸Â顯示素亠秠éÂÂæÂÂé ã è¦ÂéÂÂåº 並 檢æÂ¥é é³ é³é 1 ï¼Âè«ÂæÂ SHIFT MCACC ï¼ÂæÂÂå¨ RETRY Ã¥ÂÂ樣åº ç¾æÂ¼ è¢ å¹Â丠æÂ ï¼ å 試丠次ï¼ÂæÂ ä¸ ENTER ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âè¦Âå° ERR MIC æÂ ERR SP ç è¨ÂæÂ¯å 樣ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ表示 æÂ¨ ç 麥å Â風 æÂ æÂÂè²å¨ å¨ é£æÂ¥ä¸ æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡ ã è¦Âå 試ä¸Â次 æÂÂï¼Âè«ÂæÂ¨å¨ 覠å° RETRY 2 Ã¥ÂÂ樣æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã MCACC è¨Âå®Âå®ÂæÂÂæÂ ï¼Âé³éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂ£å¸¸ä¸Â顯示 å±ÂæÂÂ顯示 COMPLETE 3 ï¼Â表示 MCACC è¨Âå®Âå® æÂÂä¸Âé³場è£ÂæÂ£çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½已åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã 4 使ç¨å¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢ ï¼ OSD ï¼ çº äºÂ使ç¨ æÂ¹ä¾¿ï¼ÂæÂ¬ç³»çµ±æÂ¡ ç¨äºÂ大éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå½¢å çÂÂå¨ å±Â顯示ç«é¢ ï¼ OSD ï¼Âã æÂ æÂÂç«é¢ çÂÂå°Â覽æÂ¹å¼ åºæÂ¬ä¸Â並ç¡ä¸Âå ï¼Âè«Â使ç¨ î ã î ã î ã î éµè®ÂæÂ´åÂÂç½頠ç® @並æÂÂ丠ENTER å®ÂæÂÂé¸åÂÂã 5 éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 ⢠æÂ´æÂ¾ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ãÂÂé¸åÂÂã æÂ¯æÂÂ使ç¨游æ¨ÂæÂÂéµåÂÂç½ å¨å±Âç«é¢ä¸ÂçÂÂé  ç®ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ä¹ÂæÂÂã PLAYLIST STANDBY /ON LINE 12 3 1 2 3 45 6 78 9 USB SUBTITLE AUDIO ZOOM ANGLE OPEN/CLOSE DVD/CD TUNER (FM/AM) SOUND RETRIEVER HOME MENU TOP MENU RETURN TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND CLEAR DISPLAY 0 ADVANCED TUNE TUNE ST ST ENTER SETUP SR F.S.SURR MENU SHIFT SLEEP MUTE INPUT CHANNEL VOLUME VOLUME TV CONTROL VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO ANTENNA HDMI OUT SETUP MIC CONTROL IN MCACC FM UNBAL 75 ⦠AM LOOP éÂÂ註 1 ⢠è¥室堧ç°å¢Â並éÂÂå®Âå ¨é©åÂÂèªå MCACC è¨Âå® ï¼ÂéÂÂé³ãÂÂçÂÂå£Âè¿´é³太å¤Âï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂç¤Âç©æÂÂ卿ÂÂè²å¨èÂÂ麥å Â風ä¹Âé @@æÂÂçµÂè¨Âå®Âå¼å¯ è½æÂÂä¸ÂæÂ£ç¢ºã è«Â確èªÂå®¶éÂȍ¨å ï¼Â空調ãÂÂå°箱ãÂÂé»風æÂÂçÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¯å¦æÂÂå½±é¿ç°å¢Âï¼Â並è¦ÂéÂÂè¦Âå°Âå®ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂéÂÂã â¢ æÂÂäºÂèÂÂå¼ÂçÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âå¯è½æÂÂå¹²æÂ¾å°麥å Â風çÂÂæÂÂä½Âã èÂ¥ç¼çÂÂæÂ¤ç¨®æÂ å½¢ï¼Âé²è¡Âèªå MCACC è¨Âå®ÂæÂÂï¼Âè«Âå°Âé»è¦Âæ©ÂéÂÂéÂÂã 2 èÂ¥ä»ÂæÂªè½æÂÂæÂÂæÂ¹åÂÂï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠SHIFT MCACC å°Â黿ºÂéÂÂéÂÂï¼Â並確誠ERR è¨ÂæÂ¯æÂÂ代表çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âï¼Âç¶å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ試ä¸Â次èªå MCACC 訠å®Âã 3 å¦ÂæÂÂè¢å¹Âä¸Â並æÂªé¡¯ç¤º COMPLETE Ã¥ÂÂ樣ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ表示å¯è½å¨è¨Âç½®æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂé¯誤ç¼çÂÂã è«Â檢æÂ¥æÂÂæÂÂæÂ¥ç·Â並åÂÂ試ä¸Â次ã 4 è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 16 é Âç 使ç¨ ãÂÂé³場è£ÂæÂ£çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½èÂÂè½ éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂî¿éÂÂéÂÂé³場è£ÂæÂ£çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ã 5 è¢å¹Âä¿ÂèÂ፬ÂåºÂæÂÂå¨系統éÂÂç½®äºÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂå¾Âåºç¾ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ HOME MENU 顯示î¿éÂÂåºå¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢ ï¼ OSD ï¼ îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî è®ÂæÂ´åÂÂç½çÂÂé¸å®頠ç® ENTER é¸åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½çÂÂé¸å®頠ç® RETURN è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂ主é¸å®ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂä»»ä½Âè®ÂæÂ´ HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 11 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 02 12 ChH æÂÂ示 â¢ å¨ OSD ç«é¢ä¸ÂæÂ¹çÂÂæÂÂ鵿ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¯åÂÂ訴æÂ¨æÂÂä½ ç«é¢æÂÂéÂÂ使ç¨çÂÂæÂÂéµã ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ é©ç¨æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ã CD ã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ã DivX 覠頻å WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂåºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾ æÂ§å¶ï¼Âå¨æÂ¤åÂÂé©ç¨ã é²éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½æÂÂå¨第 4 ç« ä¸Â詳 細說æÂÂã 1 å¦ÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨å°ÂæÂªéÂÂæ©Âï¼Âè«Âå°Âå®ÂéÂÂæ©Âã 妠æÂÂæÂ¨æÂ£ 卿ÂÂæÂ¾å«æÂ å½±åÂÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ å°Âé» è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂéÂÂ並確å®Âè¨Âç½®çÂÂæÂ¯æÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂè¦Â頻輸堥ã 2 æÂÂ丠î OPEN/CLOSE 以置堥ç¢ÂçÂÂã 樠籤é¢æÂ ä¸Â置堥ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼Âå© ç¨ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âæ§½å°Â溠ç¢Âç ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ç½®å ¥çÂÂæÂ¯éÂÂé¢ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼Â置堥æÂÂè«Âå° æÂ³è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂä¸Â颿ÂÂä¸Âï¼ ã 3 æÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â以éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂæÂ¯ DVD æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼Â便æÂ åºç¾ä¸Âé¸å® ã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 13 é Âç VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD PBC é¸å® å DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å® 堧容ï¼Â以ç çÂ¥å°Â覽çÂÂæÂ¹æ³Âã èÂ¥æÂ¯æÂ¨ç½®å ¥çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂç¶ä¸Âå«æÂ JPEG ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂå§Âå¹» çÂÂçÂÂç§ ã èÂÂå ¶ç¸éÂÂçÂÂæÂ´å¤Âè³Â訠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 18 é  ç æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã â¢ èÂ¥ç¢ÂçÂÂå §å« DivX è¦Âé »åÂÂå ¶ä»ÂåªÂé«ÂæªÂæ¡Âé¡Âå ï¼Âä¾Â妠MP3 ï¼ ï¼Âé¦Âå Âè«Âå¾Âè¢å¹ÂæÂÂä½Âç«é¢ ï¼ OSD ï¼Âä¸Âé¸åÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡ ï¼ DivX ï¼ÂæÂÂå ¶ä»ÂåªÂé«ÂæªÂæ¡Âé¡Âå @MP3 / WMA / JPEG / MPEG-4 AAC ï¼ ã 4 é³éÂÂ調æÂ´ã è«Â使ç¨ VOLUME ä¾ÂæÂ§å¶é³éÂÂã åºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ ä¸Â表丠åÂÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨ ä¸Âç¨以æÂÂæÂ¾ç¢Âç çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé  åºæÂ¬ æÂ§å¶ã 1 æÂ¨ å¯以å¨第 4 ç« ä¸ÂæÂ¾å°堶ä»ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å è½ã éÂÂ註 1 å¨æÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂ亠DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨æÂÂç¼ç¾æÂÂäºÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶å¯è½ç¡æ³Âç¨ä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂäºÂé¨åÂÂã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î éÂÂå§Âî¿æÂ¢å¾©æÂ£å¸¸æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂè¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示 RESUME æÂ LAST MEM çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âæ¥Â便æÂÂå¾ÂæÂ¢å¾© æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂæÂÂå¾Âè¨ÂæÂ¶çÂÂä½Âç½®éÂÂå§ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ä¸Âå æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂæÂÂçµÂè¨ÂæÂ¶æÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼Âã î æÂ«åÂÂî¿繼çºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂã î å¯åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¶ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ ï¼Â妠æÂÂè¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示 RESUME Ã¥ÂÂ樣@ã î æÂÂä¸Âå¯éÂÂå§ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¿«è½Âã î æÂÂä¸Âå¯éÂÂå§ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âå¿«è½Âã î å¯跳è³ç®åÂÂæÂ²ç®æÂÂç« ç¯ÂçÂÂéÂÂé Âï¼Â以å åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ²ç®î¿章ç¯Âã î å¯跳è³ä¸Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ²ç®æÂÂç« ç¯Âã æÂ¸åÂÂéµ å¯ç¨以輸堥æ¨Âé¡Âî¿章ç¯Âî¿æÂ²ç®çÂÂç·¨èÂÂã æÂÂ丠ENTER éµ以ä½Âåºé¸æÂÂã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ÂæÂÂ鏿¨Âé¡ ï¼ DVD ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç® ï¼ CD/VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼ÂçÂÂéÂÂé ÂèÂÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ£å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ÂæÂÂ鏿¨Âé¡ ï¼ VR 模张DVD-R/-RW ï¼ ãÂÂ章篠@DVD- Video ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç® ï¼ CD/VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼ çÂÂéÂÂé ÂèÂÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 12 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 02 13 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂæÂÂçµÂè¨ÂæÂ¶æÂÂæÂ¾ æÂ¨åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ ï¼ RESUME Ã¥ÂÂ樣æÂÂåºç¾å¨è¢ å¹Âä¸Âï¼Â表示æÂ¨å¯以å¾Â該é»Âä½Âç½®ä¾ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ã å°ÂæÂ¼ DVD å VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD èÂÂ訠ï¼Âå³使éÂÂåº@æÂÂæÂ¾ä½Â置亦æÂÂå²åÂÂå¨è¨ÂæÂ¶é«Â裠ã 1 ä¸Â次æÂ¨ç½®å ¥ç¢ çÂÂæÂ ï¼ è¢å¹Âä¸Â峿ÂÂ顯示 LAST MEM çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣ï¼Âå æÂÂè®ÂæÂ¨å¾ÂæÂ¤æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ³è¦ æ¸ é¤æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ç ä½Âç½®ï¼Âè«Âå¨è¢幠丠顯示 RESUME çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ï¼ ã DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å® 許夠DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂå §å«æÂ¨å¯以é¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦Âè§Â賠堧容çÂÂé¸å®ã æÂÂæÂÂï¼ DVD-Video é¸å®æÂÂèªåÂÂå¨æÂ¨éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ é¡¯ç¤ºå¨è¢å¹Â丠@堶ä»Âç¢ÂçÂÂåªæÂÂå¨æÂ¨æÂÂ丠MENU æÂ TOP MENU æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ顯示ã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD PBC é¸å® æÂÂ亠VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD å ·æÂÂæÂ¨å¯å¾Âä¸Âé¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦Âè§ è³Â堧容çÂÂé¸å® ã éÂÂäºÂ便æÂ¯ PBC ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ï¼Âé¸ å®ã æÂ¨å¯以ç´æÂ¥å©ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµé¸åÂÂæÂ²ç®ï¼Âä¸Âç¨æÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂéµä¾ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂèÂÂç¡é Âå°Â覽 PBC é¸å®ï¼Â便坿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ´å¼µ PBC VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ã èÂÂè½æÂ¶é³橠調諧å¨å¯以æÂÂ¥ FM å AM 堩種廣æÂÂï¼Â並è®ÂæÂ¨è½ 夠å°Âèª己 æÂÂè½çÂÂéÂȌ° è¨ÂæÂ¶ä¸Âä¾Âï¼ÂéÂÂ樣就丠忠毠次å¨è¦ÂæÂ¶è½æÂÂéÂÂå¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ調é¸ã 1 æÂÂ丠TUNER 以åÂÂæÂÂ調諧å¨ï¼Âç¶å¾Âé£çºÂæÂ ä»¥é¸å AM æÂ FM 波段ã è¢å¹ÂæÂ¤æÂÂæÂÂ顯示波段åÂÂé »çÂÂã 2 調é¸éÂÂè¦ÂçÂÂé »çÂÂã éÂÂ裡æÂÂä¸Â種調諧模张â æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂèªåÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé«ÂéÂÂ@⢠æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ調諧 ï¼ é£çºÂæÂ TUNE /â 以æÂ¹è®ÂæÂÂ顯示 çÂÂé »çÂÂã â¢ èªåÂÂ調諧 ï¼ æÂÂä½ TUNE /â ï¼Âç´å°æÂÂ顯示ç 頻çÂÂé å§Âè®Âå çº æÂ¢ï¼Âç¶å¾Âå° æÂ éµæÂ¾é ã 丠æÂ¦æÂ¾å°ä¸Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂȌ°ï¼Â調諧å¨å³æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢åÂÂä½ ã éÂÂè¤ÂæÂ¥é©Â以繼çºÂæÂÂå°Âã â¢ é«ÂéÂÂ調諧 ï¼ æÂÂä½ TUNE /â ï¼Âç´å°顯示çÂÂé » çÂÂéÂÂå§Âå¿« é è®Âå çºæÂ¢ã 繼çºÂæÂ ä½ÂæÂÂéµ ï¼Âç´ å°æÂ¨æÂ¾å° æÂ éÂÂ覠çÂÂé »ç ã å¦ÂæÂ å¿ è¦Âï¼Âå¯使 ç¨æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ調諧åÂÂè½ä¾Â微調頻çÂÂã éÂÂ註 1 â¢ãÂÂæÂÂçµÂè¨ÂæÂ¶æÂÂæÂ¾ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½å¯è½ä¸Âé©ç¨æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¼ DVD-Video ç¢Âç ï¼Âé¤ VR 模张DVD-R/-RW å¤Âï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¬æ©Âå¯å²åÂÂæÂÂå¾ÂäºÂçÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âç½®ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ TOP MENU 顯示 DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂç ãÂÂä¸Â層é¸å®ã â æÂ¤é  åÂÂè½æÂÂè¦Âç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂã MENU å¯顯示 DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å® â éÂÂæÂÂä¾Â碠çÂÂè æÂ æÂÂä¸Âå ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¯ è½è ãÂÂ丠層é¸å®ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ç¸åÂÂã îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî å¨ç«é¢ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢移åÂÂ游æ¨Âã ENTER é¸åÂÂç®åÂÂé¸å®ä¸ÂçÂÂé¸頠ã RETURN è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂ顯示çÂÂé¸å®ç«é¢ã æÂ¸åÂÂéµ å¯ é¸åÂÂç·¨ æÂÂèÂÂ碼 çÂÂé¸ å®é¸頠ï¼Âå é© ç¨æÂ¼æÂÂäºÂ碠çÂÂï¼ ã æÂÂ丠ENTER éµ以ä½Âåºé¸æÂÂã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ RETURN 顯示 PBC é¸å®ã æÂ¸åÂÂéµ é¸åÂÂç·¨æÂÂèÂÂ碼çÂÂé¸å®é¸頠ã æÂÂ丠ENTER éµ以ä½Âåºé¸æÂÂã î 顯示åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å®頠ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂæÂÂç 話@ã î 顯示ä¸Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å®頠ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂæÂÂç 話@ã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 13 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 02 14 ChH æÂ¹å FM æÂ¥æÂ¶ä¸Âè¯ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ£å¨以ç«Âé«Âè²æÂ¶è½ FM éÂȌ°ï¼Âä½ÂæÂ¥æÂ¶å» 徠微弱ï¼Âé£麼 æÂ¨å¯以å°Âå® åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå®è²éÂÂä¾ æÂ¹å è²é³çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ質ã 1 調é¸è³ FM 廣æÂÂéÂȌ°ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠SHIFT SETUP ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸æÂ FM MODE ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å FM MONO ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 調諧 å¨å¨å®è²éÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶æ¨¡å¼ ä¸ ï¼ å®è²éÂÂæÂÂ示ç @ï¼ÂæÂÂ亮起ã é¸å FM AUTO 以åÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂèªåÂÂç«Âé«Âè²模张ï¼ÂæÂ¶ è½ç«Âé«Âè²廣æÂÂæÂ ï¼ ç«Âé«Âè²æÂÂ示ç @@æÂ äº® èµ·ï¼ ã æÂÂå¶ AM æÂ¥æÂ¶éÂÂ訠èÂÂ¥ AM æÂ¥æÂ¶æÂ æ³ÂéÂÂ常ä¸Â好ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ£å¨æÂ¶è½ç AM éÂȌ°太éÂÂåµéÂÂï¼ åÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂ試使ç¨ ãÂÂéÂÂè¨ÂæÂÂå¶ãÂÂå è½調æÂ´è³è¼Âä½³çÂÂé³質ã 1 調諧è³ AM 廣æÂÂéÂȌ°ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠SHIFT SETUP ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµé¸æÂ NOISECUT ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é¸åÂÂéÂÂè¨ÂæÂÂå¶模å¼Âï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã é¸å 1 å° 3 ä¹ÂéÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä½ÂæºÂã è¨ÂæÂ¶éÂȌ° æÂ¨å¯å²åÂÂå¤Âé 30 Ã¥ÂÂé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ° ï¼ è®ÂæÂ¨æ°¸é å¯以輠輠é¬Âé¬Â便 è½æÂ¶è½åÂÂæÂ çÂÂéÂȌ°ï¼ÂèÂÂç¡é Âæ¯Â次 é½覠æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ調é¸ã 1 調諧è³ AM æÂ FM 廣æÂÂéÂȌ°ã ä¾ÂéÂÂè¦Âé¸åÂÂå®è²éÂÂæÂÂèªåÂÂç«Âé«Âè²æÂ¥æÂ¶ï¼ FM ï¼ÂæÂ ãÂÂéÂÂè¨ÂæÂÂå¶ã 模张@AM ï¼ ã éÂÂäºÂè¨Âå®Â弿ÂÂèÂÂé  è¨Âå¼ä¸Âä½µå²åÂÂã 2 æÂÂ丠SHIFT SETUP éµ並ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµé¸æÂ ã ST.MEM. ã ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸åÂÂæÂ¨è¦ÂæÂ¶è½çÂÂé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ°@ç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã æÂ¶è½é Âè¨ÂéÂȌ° 1 確å®Âå·²é¸å TUNER Ã¥ÂÂè½ã 2 使ç¨ ST /â æÂÂéµ以é¸åÂÂä¸Âé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ°ã â¢ æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµä¾Âé¸åÂÂé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ°ã èÂÂè½堶ä»Âä¾Â溠å¯å°Âè¼Âå©ä¾Â溠ï¼Âé»è¦Âæ©ÂãÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶å¨çÂÂï¼Â飿ÂÂ¥ è³æÂ¬æ© ä¸Âï¼ÂéÂÂéÂÂæÂÂè²å¨系統æÂÂæÂ¾ã èÂÂå ¶ç¸éÂÂç æÂ´å¤Âè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 33 é Âç é£æÂ¥è¼Âå©é³頻訠å ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã â¢ è¦Âå°Â丠USB è£Âç½®é£æÂ¥è³ USB 端åÂÂ丠@è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 25 é Âç USB æÂÂæÂ¾ ã 1 確å®Âå¤Âé¨ä¾Â溠@TV ãÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶å¨çÂÂï¼Â已綠éÂÂæ©Âã 2 æÂÂ丠LINE 以é¸åÂÂä¾ÂæºÂã 3 å¦ÂæÂÂå¿ è¦Âï¼Âå¯éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¾ÂæºÂã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 14 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
èÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 03 15 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 第 3 ç« èÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 èªåÂÂèÂÂè½模张èªåÂÂèÂÂè½模å¼ÂæÂ¯ èÂÂè½主è¦ÂæÂ§ å¶çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ種ä¾ÂæºÂæÂ ç°¡ å®çÂÂæÂ¹æ³Âï¼ èª æÂÂè²å¨çÂÂ輸åºåÂÂæÂ åºä¾Â溠é¡ÂæÂÂ丠çÂÂéÂÂéÂÂã â¢ èÂ¥å°Â系統è¨Âå®ÂçºåÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè² ï¼Â第 10 é Âï¼ ï¼ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²ãÂÂ模å¼Âå°ÂæÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂä½³çµÂæÂÂã â¢ æÂÂ丠SURROUND 以é¸å AUTO èÂÂè½模张ã 1 以ç°ç¹Âè²èÂÂè½ æÂ¨å¯以ç°ç¹Âè²ä¾ÂèÂÂè½ç«Âé«Âè²æÂÂå¤Âè²éÂÂä¾Â溠ã 2 ç° ç¹Âè²ä¾ÂèªæÂ¼æÂ¡ç¨æÂÂ種 Dolby Pro Logic 解碼模张çÂÂç«Âé«Âè²ä¾ÂæºÂã â¢ èÂ¥å°Â系統è¨Âå®ÂçºåÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè² ï¼Â第 10 é Âï¼ ï¼ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²ãÂÂ模å¼Âå°ÂæÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂä½³çµÂæÂÂã â¢ é£çºÂæÂ SURROUND 以é¸åÂÂä¸Â種èÂÂè½模张ã 1 顯示å±Âä¸ÂæÂÂåºç¾ çÂÂ鏿ÂÂæÂÂä¾ æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂä¾ÂæºÂé¡Âå è æÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂã â¢ AUTO â èªåÂÂèÂÂè½模张ï¼Âå¦ÂÃ¥ÂÂ述@⢠DOLBY PL (Dolby Pro Logic ï¼ â å¯ç¢ç 4.1 è²éÂÂç°ç¹Âé³æÂ ï¼Âé©ç¨æÂ¼éÂÂè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂ@⢠MOVIE (Dolby Pro Logic II Movie ï¼ â Pro Logic II 5.1 è²éÂÂç°ç¹Âé³æÂ ï¼ ç¹åÂ¥é©åÂÂé»影侠æºÂï¼ å¯ç¨æÂ¼ä»»ä½Âä¸Â種éÂÂè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂ@⢠MUSIC (Dolby Pro Logic II Music ï¼ â å¯ç¢ç Pro Logic II 5.1 è²éÂÂç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂï¼Âç¹åÂ¥é©åÂÂé³ æ¨Âä¾Â溠ï¼Âé©ç¨æÂ¼éÂÂè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂ@⢠STEREO â è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ä¸Âå 以ç«Âé«Âè²èÂÂè½ ä¹Â篠說æÂ Dolby Pro Logic II Music è¨Âå®Âå¼ å¨以 Dolby Pro Logic II Music 模å¼ÂèÂÂè½æÂ ï¼ æÂ¨å¯ 以調æÂ´ä¸Âé  è¨Âå®Âå¼@ä¸Â置寬度ãÂÂ尺寸åÂÂå ¨æÂ¯ã 1 å¨ Dolby Pro Logic II Music 模å¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âï¼ æÂÂ丠SOUND ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å ã C WIDTH ã ã ã DIMEN. ãÂÂæÂ ã PANORAMA ã ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 確èªÂã â¢ C WIDTH ï¼Âä¸Â置寬度@â èÂÂç±伸å±Âå³åÂÂç½® èÂÂå·¦å 置æÂÂè² å¨ ä¹ éÂÂçÂÂ丠置 è²éÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂä¾ æÂ´ çº寬廣çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ç¯Âå @ä¾Âç¢çÂÂæÂ´å¯¬ ï¼Âé« è¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ´çª ï¼Âä½Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼ÂçÂÂ鳿ÂÂã â¢ DIMEN. ï¼Â尺寸@â å¯調æÂ´ç±åÂÂå°å¾ÂçÂÂç°繠鳿ÂÂ平衡 @令鳿ÂÂè½起ä¾ÂæÂ´é ï¼Âè² è¨Âå®Âå¼@@æÂÂæÂ´è¿ ï¼ÂæÂ£è¨Âå®Âå¼@ã â¢ PANORAMA ï¼Âå ¨æÂ¯ï¼ â å¯延伸åÂÂç½®ç«Âé« è²æÂ åÂÂ以涵èÂÂç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ï¼Âç¢ç ãÂÂç°æÂ±ã çÂÂæÂÂæÂÂã éÂÂ註 1 èÂ¥ä¾ÂæºÂçº Dolby Digital æÂ DTS ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±Âä¸ÂçÂÂç¸å°ÂæÂÂ示çÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã 2 注æÂÂï¼Âé¸åÂÂé¸å°å¨æÂÂï¼Âç¡æ³Âé²è¡Âå¤Âè²éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND ADVANCED TUNE F.S.SURR TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND ADVANCED TUNE F.S.SURR HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 15 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
èÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 03 16 ChH 使ç¨ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²é²éÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ ç¶æÂ¨ä½¿ç¨第 10 é  ä¸ÂæÂÂè¿°çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨訠å®ÂæÂÂï¼ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²é²éÂÂãÂÂ模å¼Âå°Âç¹åÂ¥æÂÂç¨ã 1 ⢠æÂÂ丠F.S.SURR 以é¸å ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²é²éÂÂã 模å¼Âã é£çºÂæÂÂ以é¸å FOCUS5.1 ã WIDE5.1 æÂ EXTRAPWR ã â¢ FOCUS5.1 â 使ç¨å°Âå¯ç´æÂ¥å°Â左峿ÂÂè²å¨é³ æÂÂæÂÂå°Âæ¶µèÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂä¸Âç½®åÂÂå @æÂÂä¾Âè±Âå¯ÂçÂÂç° ç¹Âè²æÂÂæÂÂã â¢ WIDE5.1 â 使ç¨以輠FOCUS5.1 模å¼Âï¼Âå° æÂ´å¤§çÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂä¾Âç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂã â¢ EXTRAPWR â å¾Âç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨輸åºç«Âé«Âè²é³ æÂÂï¼ èÂ¥çº夠è²éÂÂä¾ æºÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âæ·· Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂç« é«Âé³ æÂÂï¼ ï¼Â以ç²å¾Â強大çÂÂç«Âé«Âè²æÂÂæÂÂã 使ç¨ ãÂÂå Âé²ç°ç¹Âè²ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ ãÂÂå Âé² ç° ç¹ è²ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯ æÂÂé ÂæÂ æÂ çÂÂå¤Âè² é æÂÂç« é«Âä¾ÂæºÂ使ç¨ï¼Â以ç²å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂ種é¡Âå¤ÂçÂÂç°ç¹Âè²é³æÂÂã 1 ç¶使ç¨ 第 10 é Âä¸ÂæÂÂè¿°çÂÂæ¨ÂæºÂç°ç¹Âè¨Âå®ÂæÂ ï¼ éÂÂ亠模å¼Âå°Â坿ÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂä½³çÂÂèÂÂè½æÂÂæÂÂã â¢ æÂÂ丠ADVANCED 以é¸åÂÂä¸Â種å Âé²ç°ç¹Âè²模 å¼Âã é£çºÂæÂÂä¸Â以é¸æÂ ACTION ã UNPLUGED ã EXPANDED ã TV SURR. ã SPORTS ã ADV.GAME ã VIRTUAL æÂ X-STEREO ï¼ÂæÂ´å±Âç«Âé«Âè²@ã 以ç«Âé«Âè²èÂÂè½ æÂ¨å¯以å¨ ç« é«Âè²é³æÂÂä¸ÂèÂÂè½任你丠種ä¾Â溠â ç«Âé«Âè² æÂÂå¤Âè²éÂÂã å¨ æÂÂæÂ¾å¤Âè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ è²éÂÂæÂ ç¶Â縮混å¾Âå³ éÂÂè³åÂÂ置左î¿å³ æÂÂè²å¨åÂÂé ä½Âé³ä¹Âä¸Âã â¢ é£çºÂæÂ SURROUND ç´å°顯示å±Âä¸Âåºç¾ STEREO çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣çºæÂ¢ã æÂ´ä¸Âè³æ©ÂèÂÂè½ å¨æÂ´ä¸Âè³æ©ÂæÂ ï¼ å¯使ç¨çÂÂ模å¼ÂåªæÂ STEREO ï¼Âé  è¨Âå¼ï¼Âå PHONES SURROUND ï¼Âè³æ©Âå°Âç¨è æÂÂ°ç¹Âè²@ã â¢ è³æ©ÂæÂ¥ä¸ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠ADVANCED 以é¸å PHONES SURROUND ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ SURROUND 以 é¸å STEREO ã 使ç¨ ãÂÂé³場è£ÂæÂ£çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½èÂÂè½ æÂ¨å¯以使ç¨第 10 é Âç 使ç¨èªå MCACC è¨Âç½® Ã¥ÂÂè½@以 ç¢çÂÂæÂ ä½³çÂÂç°ç¹Âè²æÂÂæÂ ä¸ÂæÂ è¨ å® ç ãÂÂé³場è£ÂæÂ£çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½èÂÂè½ä¾ÂæºÂã 2 1 æÂÂ丠SOUND 並使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é¸å MCACC EQ ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã éÂÂ註 1 注æÂÂï¼Âé¸åÂÂé¸å°å¨æÂÂï¼Âç¡æ³Âé²è¡Âå¤Âè²éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã HOME MENU TOP MENU RETURN TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND 0 ADVANCED TUNE TUNE ST ST ENTER SETUP SR F.S.SURR MENU TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND ADVANCED TUNE F.S.SURR 2 ãÂÂé³場è£ÂæÂ£çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½å¨æÂ´ä¸Âè³æ©ÂæÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä½Âç¨ã TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND ADVANCED TUNE F.S.SURR HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 16 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
èÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 03 17 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å EQ ON ï¼ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¨éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ æÂ EQ OFF ï¼ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¨éÂÂéÂÂï¼ ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 確èªÂã â¢ èÂ¥é¸å EQ OFF ï¼ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½æÂÂè¨Âå®ÂçºéÂÂéÂÂï¼ ä½ æÂÂè²å¨ 訠宠å¼ ï¼ è²éÂÂå»¶ é² å è² éÂÂä½Â溠@ä»Âç¶æÂÂæÂÂã â¢ èªå MCACC è¨Âå®Âå®ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂèªåÂÂé¸å EQ ON ã 使ç¨ ãÂÂè²é³修æÂ£å¨ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ é³頻è³ÂæÂÂå¨ WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC å£Â縮éÂÂ稠移é¤æÂ ï¼Âè²é³åÂÂ質 é 常æÂÂåº ç¾ ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂå» çÂÂé³å ã ãÂÂè²é³修æÂ£å¨ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½æÂ¡ç¨æÂÂæÂ°ç DSP æÂÂè¡Âï¼Âè½ èÂÂç±æÂ¢å¾©è²å£ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¿®æÂ´å£Â縮å¾ÂæÂÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂ人 工缺 é·ï¼Âå° CD Ã¥ÂÂ質çÂÂè²é³æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂå£Â縮çÂÂéÂÂè²éÂÂé³ é »ã â¢ èÂÂè½ç«Âé«Âè²ä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠SOUND RETRIEVER éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂè²é³修æÂ£å¨åÂÂè½ã å 強å°Âç½ ãÂÂå° ç½強å ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ æÂ¯çº窠顯é»覠æÂ é»影å è² 帶 èÂÂæÂ¯é³æÂÂçÂÂå°Âç½èÂÂè¨Âè¨ÂçÂÂã 1 æÂÂ丠SOUND 並使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é¸å DIALOGUE ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸åÂÂå°Âç½強åÂÂçÂÂç¨Â度ï¼Âç¶徠æÂÂ丠ENTER 確èªÂã é¸å OFF ã MID æÂ MAX ã 使ç¨ ãÂÂé³調æÂ§å¶ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ æÂ¨å¯å©ç¨é³調æÂ§å¶é¸å®è®ÂæÂ´è²é³çÂÂé³調平衡ã 1 æÂÂ丠SOUND 並使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é¸å TONE ï¼ ç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦Â調æÂ´çÂÂé¸頠ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂ ä¸ ENTER ã ãÂÂä½Âé³ãÂÂî¿ ã é«Âé³ã ã ãÂÂå¯ÂéÂÂãÂÂå ã åÂÂå¤ÂãÂÂçÂÂå è½ç¡æ³ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ使ç¨ã 調æÂ´ä½Âé³åÂÂé«Âé³ 使ç¨é³調æÂ§å¶調æÂ´ä½Âé³åÂÂé«Âé³ã â¢ 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é¸å BASS æÂ TREBLE ï¼ ç¶å¾Â使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 調æÂ´é³調ã æÂÂ丠ENTER 確èªÂ調æÂ´ã ãÂÂå¯ÂéÂÂãÂÂå ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¤ÂãÂÂ模张寠éÂÂèÂÂè½åÂÂè½ å¯éÂÂä½Âè²é³ä¾Â溠ä¸ÂéÂÂ度çÂÂä½Âé³æÂ é«Âé³ã å å¤ÂèÂÂè½ Ã¥ÂÂè½å¯è®ÂæÂ¨ä»¥ä½ åº¦çÂÂé³éÂÂè è½æÂÂæÂÂå¼· Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂé»影ç°ç¹Âè²ã â¢ 卿ÂÂ丠ENTER å¾ ï¼ å³å¯éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂî¿éÂÂéÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ ã â¢ è¦ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¶ ãÂÂå¯ÂéÂÂãÂÂå ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¤ÂãÂÂèÂÂè½模å¼Âï¼ è« é¸å BASS/TRE ã å éÂÂä½Âé³é³é æÂ¬ æ©Âå ±æÂ äºÂ種ä½Âé³模å¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯ ç¨ä¾Âå¢Âå¼·ä¾ÂæºÂ丠çÂÂä½Âé³é³éÂÂã 1 1 æÂÂ丠SOUND 並使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é¸å BASSMODE ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµ調æÂ´è²é³ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER éµ確èªÂã é¸å OFF ï¼ÂéÂÂï¼ ï¼ MUSIC ï¼Â鳿¨Âï¼ æÂ CINEMA ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢@ã éÂÂ註 1 ä½Âé³模å¼Âå¨æÂ´ä¸Âè³æ©ÂæÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä½Âç¨ã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 17 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 18 ChH 第 4 ç« ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 ⢠å³使æÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½çÂÂ實éÂÂæÂÂä½ÂæÂÂå 置堥çÂÂç¢Âç 種é¡ÂèÂÂæÂÂäºÂ許ä¸ÂçÂÂå·®ç°ï¼ÂæÂ¬ç« æÂÂæ¶µèÂÂçÂÂ許 å¤ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ä»Âå¯é©ç¨æÂ¼ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ã CD ã DivX è¦Â頻以å WMA/MP3/ MPEG-4 AAC/JPEG ç¢ÂçÂÂã â¢ æÂÂ亠DVD æÂÂéÂÂå¶æÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ ï¼Âä¾Âå¦Â鍿©ÂæÂÂé è¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ å°Âç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂé¨åÂÂæÂÂå ¨é¨çÂÂ使ç¨ ã éÂÂ並 ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã â¢ 卿ÂÂæÂ¾ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD æÂ ï¼ æÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½å¨ PBC æÂ æÂ¾æÂÂé 並ä¸Âé© ç¨ã å¦ÂæÂ æÂ¨ æÂ³ è¦Â使ç¨ é äºÂå è½@è«Â使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµé¸åÂÂæÂ²ç®ä¾ÂéÂÂå§Âç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂæÂ æÂ¾ã ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ æÂ¨å¯以åÂÂ種çÂÂéÂÂ度åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âå¿«éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂã 1 ⢠æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î æÂ î 以éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂÂã é£çºÂæÂÂ以å¢Âå æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂ度 ï¼Âå¦Âå¨å±Â顯示@ã â¢ è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµã 2 æ ¢åÂÂä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æÂ¨å¯以åÂÂ種栢åÂÂä½ÂéÂÂ度ä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD å DivX è¦Âé »ã DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂéÂÂå¯以åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ ¢å ä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂ«åÂÂï¼Âéµã 2 æÂÂä½ îÂÂ/î æÂ îÂÂ/î éÂ括Âç´å°éÂÂå§Âæ ¢å ä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾çºæÂ¢ã é£çºÂæÂÂ以è®ÂæÂ´æ ¢åÂÂä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾éÂÂ度 ï¼Âå¦Âå¨å±Â顯示@ã â¢ è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµã 2 æ ¼é²î¿格éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æÂ¨å¯以éÂÂæ ¼åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ÂéÂÂçÂÂæÂ¹å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂã å°ÂæÂ¼ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD å DivX è¦Âé » ï¼ æÂ¨åªå¯以使 ç¨格鲿ÂÂæÂ¾ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂ«åÂÂï¼Âéµã 2 æÂÂ丠îÂÂ/î æÂ îÂÂ/î 以å¾ÂéÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé²çÂÂæÂ¹ å¼Âä¸Â次ä¸Âæ ¼æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµã 2 æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ å¨置堥堧å« JPEG Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå¾Âï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠îÂʊȴ éÂÂå§Âå¾ ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂ第 ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾î¿å çÂÂéÂÂå§Âå¹»ç çÂÂç§ ã 3 æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Âé ÂåºÂä¾Â顯示æ¯Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾 ä¸ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂã â¢ è¥該è£Â置堧å«æÂ WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡ ï¼ åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂÃ¥ÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂä¸ÂæÂ·éÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾ã é³頻 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ éÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨ ä»Âç¶å¯ 以 使ç¨跳 é @î / î @ãÂÂæÂ æÂ ï¼ î / î @åÂÂæÂ«å @î @çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé  åÂÂè½ã åÂÂçÂÂæÂÂèªåÂÂ調æÂ´ä»¥ç¡éÂÂ填滿æÂ´åÂÂè¢å¹Âç«é¢ã éÂÂ註 1 DivX è¦Âé »ç¢ÂçÂÂå é©ç¨ä¸Â種éÂÂ度ã 2 ⢠è¦Âç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂå®Âï¼ÂæÂ£å¸¸çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂå¨è®ÂÃ¥ÂÂå° DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂæÂ°çÂÂç« ç¯ÂæÂÂï¼ÂèªåÂÂæÂ¢å¾©ã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¼ PBC 模å¼Âä¸Âç VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD 以å WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 ACC æÂ²ç® ï¼Âé ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ模å¼ÂãÂÂä¸Âï¼Âï¼ å°éÂÂæÂ²ç®çÂÂéÂÂé ÂæÂÂçµÂå°¾æÂ å°ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂ£å¸¸æÂÂæÂ¾ã 3 ⢠æÂ¬æ©Âå°Âä¸Â份æªÂæ¡Âè¼Âå ¥çÂÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂé¨èÂÂæªÂæ¡Â容éÂÂæÂÂ大èÂÂå¢Âå ã â¢ ä¸Âå¼µç¢ÂçÂÂå¯å å«å¤Âé 299 Ã¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾å 648 Ã¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä½µçÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾èÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 18 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 19 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂ@使ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂçÂÂ覽 DVD æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ç¢Âç 使ç¨ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂå¯çÂÂ覽æÂ´å¼µ DVD æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂ堧容ï¼ÂæÂ¾å°æÂ¨æÂ³è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂé¨åÂÂã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並å¾Âå¨屠é¸å®ä¸Âé¸å ã ç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂã ã 2 鏿ÂÂ檢è¦Âé¸頠ã å¯ 以使ç¨ çÂÂé¸頠è¦Â置堥ç ç¢ÂçÂÂ種é¡Âå æÂ¯å¦è¦ÂæÂ æÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂå®Âï¼Âç¶èÂÂä»Âå å«@⢠æ¨Âé¡ â æÂ DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæ¨Âé¡Âã â¢ 章篠â æÂ DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂç®åÂÂæ¨Âé¡Âä¸ÂçÂÂç« ç¯Âã â¢ æÂ²ç® â æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæÂ²ç®ã â¢ æÂÂé â æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Â毠10 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂ丠åÂÂçÂÂ縮åÂÂã â¢ Original: æ¨Âé¡ â æÂ VR 模张DVD-R/-RW ç¢Âç ä¸ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âæ¨Âé¡Âã â¢ Playlist: æ¨Âé¡ â æÂ VR 模张DVD-R/-RW ç¢Âç ç¶ä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®æ¨Âé¡Âã â¢ Original: æÂÂé â æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Â堧容ä¸Â毠10 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂ丠åÂÂçÂÂ縮åÂÂã â¢ Playlist: æÂÂé â æÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ä¸Â毠10 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂ丠åÂÂçÂÂ縮åÂÂã æÂ´ Ã¥ÂÂè¢å¹Âç«é¢ Ã¥ÂÂå¾Âä¸Â次æÂÂå¤Âå¯ æÂ¥é£顯示å Â張縮 å 影åÂÂã 覠顯示åÂÂä¸ÂçµÂî¿ä¸Âä¸ÂçµÂå Â張縮åÂÂï¼ÂæÂ ä¸ î / î ã 3 é¸åÂÂæÂ¨è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂ縮åÂÂå½±åÂÂã æÂ¨å¯使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER 鵿ÂÂæÂ¸åÂÂéµé¸ Ã¥ÂÂ縮åÂÂã 覠使ç¨æÂ¸ Ã¥ÂÂéµé¸åÂÂæÂ ï¼Âè«Â輸堥堩ä½ÂæÂ¸ Ã¥ÂÂï¼Âç¶徠æÂÂ丠ENTER ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ ï¼ÂæÂÂé³頻ï¼ÂçÂÂæÂ æÂ¾ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯åÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã î å¯跳è³åÂÂä¸Âå¼µåÂÂç ï¼ÂæÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ çÂÂé³頻æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ ã î å¯跳è³ä¸Âä¸Âå¼µåÂÂç ï¼ÂæÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ çÂÂé³頻æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ ã îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â並æÂÂè½ î¿翻åÂÂæÂÂ顯示çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµ以åÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¹» çÂÂçÂÂç§Âï¼ ã SHIFT ZOOM å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â並å°Âå çÂÂæÂ¾å¤§ã åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯åÂÂæÂ 1x ã 2x å 4x çÂÂæÂ¾å¤§åÂÂæÂ¸ ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµ以åÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¹» çÂÂçÂÂç§Âï¼ ã MENU å¯顯示 ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂç«é¢ ï¼Âå é±以ä¸Â說æÂÂï¼ ã ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âå ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âå æ¨Â顠章篠01 04 02 05 03 06 ç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂ: æ¨Âé¡ 01- 49: - - HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 19 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 20 ChH å¯å©ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½çÂÂ覽 WMA ã MP3 ã MPEG-4 AAC ã DivX è¦Âé »å JPEG çÂÂæªÂ桠使ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂæÂÂç §æªÂÃ¥ÂÂå°ÂæÂ¾ä¸Âç¹å®ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ æÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並å¾Âå¨å±Â顯示é¸å®丠é¸å ã ç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂã ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER ä¾ÂçÂÂ覽ã 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î å¯ä¸Âä¸Âç§»åÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾î¿æªÂæ¡Â渠å®ã 使ç¨ î 以åÂÂå°根è³ÂæÂÂ夾ã 1 使ç¨ ENTER æÂ î å¯éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂç½çÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ã â¢ ç¶åÂÂç½ JPEG æªÂ桠@便æÂÂä¸Â縮åÂÂå½±åÂÂ顯示å¨ è¢å¹Âå³å´ã 3 è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂç½çÂÂå½±é³è»ÂæÂ DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ é¡¯ç¤ºåÂÂç½ç JPEG æªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂï¼Â坿ÂÂ丠ENTER ã â¢ ç¶已é¸å WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC æÂ DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡ ï¼ åÂÂæÂÂèª該æªÂæ¡ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å°æÂ´åÂÂè³ æÂÂ夾çµÂæÂÂçºæÂ¢ã â¢ ç¶é¸åÂÂ亠JPEG æªÂæ¡ ï¼ å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Â峿ÂÂéÂÂ姠@並 å¾ÂæÂÂ鏿ªÂæ¡ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ ä¸Âç´å°æÂ´åÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾æÂ æÂ¾å®ÂçºæÂ¢ã æÂÂ示 ⢠å¨èÂÂè½ WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ ï¼ ä¹Âå¯以åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Âã åªéÂÂé¸å æÂ³è¦ÂèÂÂè½çÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ ï¼ åÂÂé¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¹»ç çÂÂç§Âç JPEG æªÂæ¡Âå³å¯ã æÂ¤æÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂÃ¥ÂÂé³ 頻檠æ¡ÂæÂÂå æÂÂä¸ÂæÂ· é è¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã åÂÂé  æÂ æÂ¾æÂ§ å¶å é©ç¨æÂ¼ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Âã â¢ è¦ÂæÂ æÂ¾æÂ´å¼µ 碠çÂÂèÂÂ丠æÂ¯ åªæÂÂç® å è³ÂæÂÂ夾 ç 堧容 ï¼Âè«Âå  é åº ãÂÂ碠ç 尠åÂÂã ï¼Âç¶徠使 ç¨ î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂéµä¾ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 使ç¨æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® é  åÂÂæÂ¤é  åÂÂè½@æÂ¨ å¯以尠å«æÂ WMA ã MP3 ã MPEG-4 AAC å JPEG æªÂæ¡Âç ç¢ÂçÂÂ@製ä½ÂæÂ ä¸ ä»½ æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® @毠份 30 å æªÂæ¡Âï¼ ã ç±æÂ¼ æÂ¬ æ©ÂæÂ è¨ ä½ÂæÂÂå¾ åÂÂ張置 å ¥ç¢Âç çÂÂæÂÂæÂ æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® ï¼ÂéÂÂå¨ æÂ¨ æÂ³è¦Âå¿« éÂÂä¸Âè¼ é¬Âå°æÂ´ çÂÂ大é çÂÂæªÂæ¡ æÂ ï¼Âç¸ç¶ æÂÂç¨ ã 2 製ä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® 1 å¨ç¢ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並徠å¨å±Â顯示é¸å®ä¸Âé¸å ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂã ã 2 é¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦Âå å°æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ä¸ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã èÂ¥ä¸ÂçÂ¥éÂÂæÂÂ麼åÂÂï¼ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ä¸Âè¿° å¯å©ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå° åÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½çÂÂ覽 WMA ã MP3 ã MPEG-4 AAC ã DivX è¦Âé »å JPEG çÂÂæªÂæ¡ ã 3 æÂÂ丠PLAY LIST 1 ã 2 æÂ 3 ã æÂ¤æÂÂæªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂå å°æÂÂé¸åÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ä¸Âã 4 éÂÂè¤ÂæÂ¥é© 2 å 3 ï¼Âç´å°æÂ´åÂÂæÂÂä½Âå®ÂæÂÂã éÂÂ註 1 æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以é²堥æÂÂä¸Â層ç ã .. ãÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ä¾Âå®ÂæÂÂæÂ¤é  åÂÂä½Âã 00:00 / 00:00 0kbps Folder1 Folder2 Folder3 Folder4 File1 File2 File3 File4 File5 Folder 2 00:00 / 00:00 0kbps 2 該ç¢ÂçÂÂå¿ é Â置堥æÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾å¨æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ç¶ä¸ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 20 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 21 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español æÂÂ示 ⢠è¦Â卿²ÂæÂÂå¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢çÂÂæÂ æ³Âä¸Âå 堥æªÂæ¡ ï¼ åªé å¨ æÂ£å¸¸æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ é æªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ丠PLAY LIST 1 ã 2 æÂ 3 å³å¯ ï¼Âé¤å¨æÂÂæÂ¾é³頻çÂÂå æÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Âå¤Âï¼ ã èÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠PLAY LIST 1 ã 2 æÂ 3 ã æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±Âä¸Âç PGM æÂÂ示çÂÂæÂ äº®èµ·ã èÂÂ¥ æÂªè¨Âå®Âä»»ä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ顯示å±Â丠æÂ é¡¯ç¤º NO LIST ã â¢ èÂ¥æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®堧å«æÂ JPEG Ã¥ÂÂé³頻堩種æªÂæ¡Âï¼ åÂÂæÂÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂÃ¥ÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡Âã 渠餿ÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ä¸ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ 1 éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ¨çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ã 2 å¾Âã ç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂç«é¢ä¸Âï¼Âé¸åÂÂæÂ³å¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ä¸Â渠é¤çÂÂæªÂæ¡Â並æÂÂ丠CLEAR ã 循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ段 ã A-B é è¤ÂãÂÂå è½å¯è®ÂæÂ¨æÂÂå®Âä¸Âå½±é³軠@CD ã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼ÂæÂÂä¸Âæ¨Âé¡ ï¼ DVD ï¼Âä¸ÂçÂÂå ©é» ï¼ A å B ï¼ ï¼Âä¾Âä¸Âç´ä¸ÂæÂ·å°循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ã A-B éÂÂè¤Âã ã 3 å¨ã A ï¼ÂéÂÂå§Âé»Âï¼ ãÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 以è¨Âç½® 循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂéÂÂå§Âé»Âã 4 å¨ã B ï¼ÂçµÂæÂÂé»Âï¼ ãÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 以è¨Âç½® 循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂçµÂæÂÂé»Âã å¨æÂÂ丠ENTER å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âæ¥ÂæÂÂè·³åÂÂè³éÂÂå§Âé»Âï¼ ç¶å¾ÂéÂÂå§Â循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾ã 5 è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂ£å¸¸æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âè«Âé¸å ãÂÂéÂÂã ã 使ç¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ é¤ äºÂÃ¥ÂÂ種 çÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾é¸頠å¤Âï¼Âä¹Âå¯以å°ÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾åÂÂç¨ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸Â起使ç¨ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 22 é ÂçÂʌȼ ç«Âç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å® ï¼ ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂéÂÂè¤Âã ï¼Âç¶å¾Âé¸åÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾é¸頠ã 1 妠æÂÂç¨Â庠æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âå¯é¸ å éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¨Âå¼ ä¾ éÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®ï¼ÂæÂ é¸å éÂÂéÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾ Ã¥ÂÂæ¶ÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ ï¼ å¯é¸å éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂ é è¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç« ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ CD å VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD æÂ ï¼ å¯é¸å éÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾å®碠æÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ²ç® ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ DivX è¦Âé »ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ ï¼ å¯é¸å éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ ï¼ÂæÂ éÂÂéÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼Âã 使ç¨é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ å¯ 使ç¨æÂ¤ é  åÂÂè½以鍿ÂÂç é ÂåºÂä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂÂç« ç¯Âï¼ DVD-Video ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç® ï¼ CD å VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼ ã 2 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼ éÂÂ註 1 WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC ç¢ÂçÂÂç¡æ³Â使ç¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 2 ⢠æÂ¨å¯以å¨ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼Âè¨Âç½®é¨æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂé¸頠ã ç¶èÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨ç¡æ³Âå°Â鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂé Âç¨ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸Â起使ç¨ã â¢ æÂ¨ä¸Âè½使ç¨é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ VR 格张DVD-R/-RW ç¢ÂçÂÂã WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 ç¢ÂçÂÂã DivX è¦Âé »ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂå¨ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®已 顯示çÂÂæÂ æ³Âä¸Â使ç¨ã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 21 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 22 ChH 2 é¸å ãÂÂ鍿©Âã ï¼Âç¶å¾Âé¸åÂÂä¸Âé¸頠ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ ï¼ å¯é¸å é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂ é¨ æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç« ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ CD å VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD æÂ ï¼ å¯é¸å éÂÂæÂ é 以éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂ鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ã æÂÂ示 â¢ é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂ使ç¨以ä¸ÂæÂ§å¶åÂÂè½ : â¢ é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂç¹¼çºÂå·衠@ç´å°æÂ¨å¾Â鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾é¸ å®é¸頠ä¸Âé¸åÂÂ亠鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾éÂÂéÂÂçºæÂ¢ã 建ç«Âç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å® æÂ¬ é  åÂÂè½ å¯è®ÂæÂ¨ç·¨è¼¯ç¢Âç ä¸Âæ¨Âé¡Âî¿章ç¯Âî¿æÂ²ç® çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾é ÂåºÂç¨ÂåºÂã 1 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂç¨ÂåºÂ編輯ãÂÂç¶å¾Âå¾Âç¨ÂåºÂ編輯é¸頠渠å®ä¸Âé¸å ãÂÂç·¨åºÂåµ建î¿編輯ã ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER 以é¸åÂÂä¸Â樠é¡ÂãÂÂç« ç¯ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç®ä½Âçºç®åÂÂå¨ç¯Âç®渠å®ä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂ¥ é©Âã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¼ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨éÂÂå¯以å¢Âå æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¯ç« ç¯Âã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¼ CD æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼ å¯é¸åÂÂæÂ²ç®å å° ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®ä¹Âä¸Âã å¨æÂÂ丠ENTER é¸åÂÂæ¨Âé¡Âî¿章ç¯Âî¿æÂ²ç®徠@編庠æÂ¥é©Âç·¨èÂÂæÂÂèªåÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âç§»åÂÂä¸Âä½Âã 4 è«ÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂ¥é© 3 以建ç«Âä¸Âç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®ã ä¸Â份稠åºÂ編輯渠å®ä¸Âå¯å å«å¤Âé 24 å 編åºÂæÂÂ¥ é©Âã â¢ æÂ¨åª éÂÂå°ÂæÂ¨ æÂ³ 顯示æÂ° ç·¨ åºÂæÂ¥é© ç ä½Âç½®åÂʊȴ Ã¥ÂÂç½åÂÂ輸堥æ¨Âé¡Âî¿章ç¯Âî¿æÂ²ç®編è @便å¯æÂ å ¥ç·¨åºÂæÂ¥é©Âã â¢ è¦Âåªé¤編åºÂæÂ¥é© ï¼ è«Âå°Âå ¶åÂÂç½å¾ÂæÂÂ丠CLEAR å³å¯ã 5 è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®ï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ éµã 稠åºÂ編輯渠宿ÂÂç¹¼ çºÂÃ¥ÂÂå¨ï¼Âç´å°æÂ¨ éÂÂéÂÂç¨ÂåºÂæÂ æÂ¾ï¼ åÂÂé±以ä¸Â說æÂÂï¼ ã åªé¤ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å® ï¼Âå é±以ä¸Â說æÂÂï¼ ï¼ÂéÂÂåºç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂéÂÂæ©ÂçºæÂ¢ã æÂÂ示 ⢠ç¨ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂ使ç¨以ä¸ÂæÂ§å¶åÂÂè½ : ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯é¸å®ä¸Âå ¶ä»Âå¯ç¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ å¨ç¨Â庠編輯é¸å®丠å°ÂæÂÂé¤äºÂç·¨åºÂåµ 建î¿編輯以 å¤ÂçÂÂå ¶ä»Âé¸頠ã â¢ ç·¨åºÂæÂÂæÂ¾éÂÂå§ â å¯éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å²åÂÂçÂÂç¨ÂåºÂç·¨ 輯渠å® â¢ ç·¨åºÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂæÂ¢ â å¯éÂÂéÂÂç¨ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âä½Âä¸ÂæÂ åªé¤ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å® â¢ ç·¨åºÂåªé¤ â å¯åªé¤ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®並éÂÂéÂÂ稠åºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸Âé¸åÂÂä¸ÂæÂ°çÂÂæÂ²ç®î¿樠é¡Âî¿章ç¯Âã î å¯è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ç®åÂÂæÂ²ç®î¿æ¨Âé¡Âî¿章篠çÂÂéÂÂé Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯é¨æ©Âé¸åÂÂå ¶ä» çÂÂæÂ²ç®î¿æ¨Âé¡Âî¿章ç¯Âã éÂÂ註 1V R æ ¼å¼Âç DVD-R/-RW ç¢ÂçÂÂã WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC ç¢ÂçÂÂã DivX è¦Âé »ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®顯示æÂÂï¼Âç¡æ³Â使ç¨ç¨ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾å è½ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ HOME MENU å¯å²åÂÂç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®並éÂÂåºä½Â丠æÂÂæÂ¾ã î å¯跳è³ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®ä¸ÂçÂÂä¸Âä¸Âå 編åºÂæÂ¥é©Âã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 22 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 23 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español æÂÂç´¢ç¢Âç æÂ¨å¯以æÂÂæ¨Âé¡ÂæÂÂç« ç¯Âç·¨è @æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂä¾ÂæÂ ç´¢ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ CD å VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD 坿ÂÂæÂ²ç®編 èÂÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂï¼ DivX è¦Âé »ç¢ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ坿ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂç´¢ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ãÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂæÂÂ索模å¼Âã ã æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾çÂÂæÂÂç´¢é¸頠æÂÂè¦Â置堥çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ種é¡ÂèÂÂå®Âã 3 é¸åÂÂæÂÂ索模å¼Âã â¢ ç¢ÂçÂÂå¿ é ÂæÂÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä»¥ä¾¿ä½¿ç¨æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂç´¢åÂÂè½ ã 4 使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµ輸堥æ¨Âé¡ÂãÂÂç« ç¯ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç®編èÂÂï¼ æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂã â¢ 使ç¨æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂç´¢æÂÂï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂç §æÂ¨æÂ³è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ çÂÂä½Âç½®ä¾Â輸堥ç®åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ ï¼ DVD/DivX è¦Âé »ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç® ï¼ CD/VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼Âç åÂÂéÂÂæÂ¸åÂÂç§ÂæÂ¸ã ä¾Âå¦Âï¼ÂæÂÂ丠4 ã 5 ã 0 ã 0 峿ÂÂå¾Âç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂ第 45 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂä½Âç½®éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã æÂ³è¦Â輸堥 1 å°ÂæÂÂã 20 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂå 30 ç§ÂæÂÂï¼Âå¯ æÂÂ丠8 ã 0 ã 3 ã 0 ã 5 æÂ ENTER éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã åÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ æÂÂ亠DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂå DivX è¦Âé »ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä¸Â種以丠èªÂè¨ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹Âï¼Âå¨ ç¢ÂçÂÂå è£Âä¸ÂæÂÂ渠æ¥ÂÃ¥ÂÂ訴æÂ¨å¯ 以 使ç¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Â種é¡Âã æÂ¨å¯以卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ éÂÂä¾Âå æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âã 1 ⢠é£çºÂæÂ SHIFT SUBTITLE 以é¸åÂÂä¸Â種åÂÂå¹ é¸頠ã â¢ è¦Âè¨Âç½®åÂÂå¹ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ好è¨Âå®Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 30 é Âç èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ çÂÂä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã â¢ æÂ´å¤ÂéÂÂæÂ¼ DivX Ã¥ÂÂå¹ÂçÂÂè³Â訠@è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 40 é  ç 顯示 DivX Ã¥ÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡ çÂÂä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã åÂÂæÂÂå°Âç½èªÂè¨Âî¿é³頻è²é å¨ æÂÂæÂ¾é æÂÂ堩種以ä¸ÂèªÂ訠å°Âç½堧容ï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂé å®è² éÂÂé³æÂ çÂÂç¢Âç æÂ 2 æÂ¨å¯以 卿ÂÂæÂ¾ æÂ éÂÂä¾Âå æÂÂéÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ã 3 ⢠é£çºÂæÂ SHIFT AUDIO 以é¸åÂÂä¸Â種å°Âç½èªÂ訠é¸頠ã â¢ è¦Âè¨Âç½®å°Âç½èªÂè¨ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ好è¨Âå®Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 30 é Âç èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ çÂÂä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã æÂ¾å¤§ç«é¢ 使ç¨æÂ¾å¤§åÂÂè½ï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以å¨è§Âè³ DVD ã DivX è¦Âé » æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼ æÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼ å°Âç«é¢æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¨ä½ÂæÂ¾å¤§ 2 Ã¥ÂÂæÂ 4 Ã¥ÂÂã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼Â使ç¨ SHIFT ZOOM æÂÂéµ以é¸ Ã¥ÂÂæÂ¾å¤§çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¸ ï¼ÂæÂ£å¸¸ã 2x æÂ 4x ï¼ ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î ä¾Âè®ÂæÂ´ç¸®æÂ¾åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã æÂ¨ å¯以å¨ æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂèª ç±åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¤§åÂÂæÂ¸ ï¼Â以åÂÂæÂ¾ 大åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã 4 éÂÂ註 1 æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂå å Â許æÂ¨å¾Âç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®ä¸Âä¾ÂæÂ¹è®ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âã æÂÂ丠TOP MENU æÂ MENU éµå³å¯é²堥é¸å®ã 2 æÂÂäºÂè¶ ç´ VCD éÂÂæÂÂ堩種é³è»Âã å¨æÂÂæÂ¾éÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以åÂÂæÂÂéÂÂ堩種é³è»Âï¼Â以åÂÂæ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂé³è»Âç¨æÂÂçÂÂè²éÂÂã 3 æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂå å Â許æÂ¨å¾Âç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®ä¸Âä¾ÂæÂ¹è®Âå°Âç½èªÂè¨Âã æÂÂ丠TOP MENU æÂ MENU éµå³å¯é²堥é¸å®ã 4 â¢ ç±æÂ¼ DVD ã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ã DivX è¦Âé »æ¨Âé¡Âå JPEG Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂåªæÂÂåºå®ÂçÂÂè§£æÂÂ度 ï¼ å æÂ¤ç«質ç¹åÂ¥å¨æÂ¾å¤§ 4x æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ失çÂÂçÂÂæÂ å½¢ã éÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç«é¢ä¸ÂæÂ¹çÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¹å¡Âæ¶Â失ï¼Âå¯æÂ SHIFT ZOOM Ã¥ÂÂå°Âå®Â顯示å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 23 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 24 ChH Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂè§Â度 æÂÂ亠DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ以堩種ä¸Âè§Â度æÂÂæÂÂèÂÂæÂÂçÂÂå ´ æÂ¯ â è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ç¢ÂçÂÂå è£Âä¸ÂçÂÂ詳細說æÂÂã å¨æÂÂæÂ¾å¤Âè§Â度場æÂ¯æÂ ï¼ å±Âå¹Âä¸ÂæÂÂåºç¾ çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ示 ï¼ÂæÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以鏿ÂÂå°Âå®ÂéÂÂé â è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 30 é Âç 顯示å±Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ ï¼Âã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂé ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ«åÂÂæÂÂï¼ ï¼ æÂÂ丠SHIFT ANGLE 以åÂÂæÂÂè§Â度ã 顯示ç¢ÂçÂÂè³Â訠æÂ æÂ¾æÂÂé ï¼Âå¯å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂ種æÂ²ç® ãÂÂç« ç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âé¡Âç è³Â訠顯示å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âã â¢ è¦Â顯示î¿åÂÂæÂÂî¿é±èÂÂ顯示çÂÂè³Â訠@å¯é£çºÂæÂ DISPLAY ã æÂ éÂÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂè³Âè¨Â亦 æÂÂåºç¾åÂÂé¢æÂ¿çÂÂè¢å¹Âä¸Âã æÂ ä¸ DISPLAY 以è®ÂæÂ´æÂÂ顯示çÂÂè³Âè¨Âã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 24 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
USB æÂÂæÂ¾ 05 25 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 第 5 ç« USB æÂÂæÂ¾ 使ç¨ USB ä»Âé¢ å©ç¨æÂ¬æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢ç USB ä»Âé¢就å¯以èÂÂè½éÂÂè²éÂÂé³ é » 1 並è§Âç JPEG æªÂæ¡Âã æÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¹å¼Âé£æÂ¥ä¸ USB 大éÂÂå²åÂÂè£Âç½® 2 ã 1 éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂ丠USB ã 確å®Âé»è¦Âæ©Âå·²éÂÂ並è¨Âå®ÂçºæÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂè¦Â頻輸堥ã 2 é£æÂ¥æÂ¨ç USB è£Âç½®ã USB 端åÂÂçÂÂä½Â置就å¨åÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âã 3 æÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â以éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã èÂ¥æÂ¯æÂ¨ç USB è£Âç½®ç¶ä¸Âå«æÂ JPEG ï¼ åÂÂæÂÂéÂÂå§Âå¹» çÂÂçÂÂç§ ã èÂÂå ¶ç¸éÂÂçÂÂæÂ´å¤Âè³Â訠@è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 26 é  ç æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã â¢ 確å®Âå¨è«é¢æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ系統å¨徠æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âä¸Âï¼ ï¼Âå é¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±Âä¸ÂæÂÂ顯示 USB DATA ã éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 è¥顯示å±Âä¸Âç USB ERR è¨ÂæÂ¯æÂÂ示çÂÂ亮起 ï¼ åÂÂ表 示該 USB è£Âç½®çÂÂ黿ºÂéÂÂæ±Âå°ÂæÂ¼æÂ¬æ©Âä¾Â說太é«Âï¼ æÂÂ該è£Âç½®ä¸Âç¸容ã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂ試以ä¸ÂæÂ¹æ³Â@⢠éÂÂéÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã â¢ éÂÂæÂ°å¨æÂÂæÂ¾å¨éÂÂéÂÂæÂÂå° USB è£Âç½®æÂ¥ä¸Âã â¢ é¸åÂÂå ¶ä»Â輸堥ä¾ÂæºÂï¼Â妠DVD/CD ï¼ ï¼ ç¶å¾Âå é Âé¸å USB ã â¢ 使ç¨åÂÂå» å°Âç¨ç AC 黿ºÂè®Âå£Âå¨ ï¼Âé¨è£Âç½®é è´Âï¼Âä¾ÂæÂ USB 黿ºÂã èÂ¥ä¸Âè¿°æÂ¹å¼Âç¡æ³Â解決åÂÂé¡Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ該æÂ¯æÂ¨ç USB è£Âç½®ä¸Âç¸容ã åºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ ä¸Â表çº說æÂÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨å¨ USB æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ¹é¢æÂÂ使ç¨çÂÂ丠äºÂåºæÂ¾Â§å¶ã éÂÂ註 1 éÂÂå æÂ¬ WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡Âï¼Âé¤å«é²æÂ·å §å®¹æÂÂéÂÂå¶æÂÂæÂ¾å §å®¹çÂÂæªÂæ¡Âå¤Âï¼ çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ã ç¡æ³ÂéÂÂé USB 端åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DivX æªÂæ¡Âã 2 ⢠ç¸容ç USB è£Âç½®å æÂ¬å±¬æÂ¼ FAT16/32 æ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂç£Âç¢Âæ©Âã å¯æÂÂå¼Âå¿«éÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¶é«Âï¼Âç¹æ®Âé¨身ç¢Âï¼ åÂÂæÂ¸ä½Âé³頻æÂÂæÂ¾å¨@MP3 æÂÂæÂ¾å¨@ã æÂ¬æ©Âä¸Âè½é£æÂ¥è³åÂÂ人é»蠦ä¸Âé²衠USB æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å ÂéÂÂæ¦Âä¸Âä¿ÂèÂÂæÂÂæÂ USB 大éÂÂå²åÂÂè£Âç½®çÂÂç¸容æÂ§ ï¼ÂæÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂ坿µÂæÂÂ黿ºÂï¼Âï¼Â亦ä¸ÂæÂ¿æÂÂé£æÂ¥è³æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂå¯è½é æÂÂè³ÂæÂÂéº失çÂÂç¸éÂÂ責 ä»»ã â¢ è³ÂæÂÂå«éÂÂå¾Â大æÂÂï¼Â系統æÂÂéÂÂè¦Âè¼Âé·çÂÂæÂÂéÂÂä¾Âè®Âå USB è£Âç½®çÂÂ堧容ã USB 大éÂÂå²åÂÂè£Âç½® USB ( A å ) æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î éÂÂå§ÂæÂ£å¸¸æÂÂæÂ¾ã î æÂ«åÂÂî¿解é¤æÂ«åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã î åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾ã î æÂÂä¸Âå¯éÂÂå§ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¿«è½Âã î æÂÂä¸Âå¯éÂÂå§ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âå¿«è½Âã î å¯跳è³ç®åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æªÂæ¡ÂçÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢ä½Â置@åÂÂè·³è³åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã î å¯跳è³ä¸Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 25 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
USB æÂÂæÂ¾ 05 26 ChH æÂÂæÂÂæªÂæ¡ æÂ¨å¯以åÂÂ種çÂÂéÂÂ度åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âå¿«éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î æÂ î ã é£çºÂæÂÂ以å¢Âå æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂ度 ï¼Âå¦Âå±Âå¹Âä¸ÂæÂÂ示@ã â¢ è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ æÂÂ丠î å¯éÂÂå§Âå¾Â第ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾î¿åÂÂçÂÂéÂÂå§Âå¹»ç çÂÂç§Âã 2 æ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ä¸ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂæÂÂä¾ÂåºÂ顯示ã â¢ è¥該è£Â置堧å«æÂ WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂÃ¥ÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂä¸ÂæÂ·éÂÂ褠æÂÂæÂ¾ã é³頻æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨ä»Âç¶å¯以使ç¨跳 éÂÂï¼ î / î @ãÂÂæÂÂæÂ ï¼ î / î ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ« Ã¥ÂÂï¼ î ï¼ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé  åÂÂè½ã åÂÂçÂÂæÂÂèªåÂÂ調æÂ´ä»¥ç¡éÂÂ填滿æÂ´åÂÂè¢å¹Âç«é¢ã 幻çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼ å©ç¨ ãÂÂå°Â覽å¨ãÂÂçÂÂ覽æªÂ桠使ç¨ ãÂÂå°Â覽å¨ãÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ稱æÂÂå° WMA ã MP3 ã MPEG-4 AAC å JPEG æªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ã 3 1 æÂÂ丠MENU ï¼Âç¶å¾Â使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER é²è¡Âå°Â覽ã 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î ä¸Âî¿ä¸Âç§»åÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾î¿æªÂæ¡Â渠å®ã 使ç¨ î 以åÂÂå°根è³ÂæÂÂ夾ã 4 使ç¨ ENTER æÂ î å¯éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂç½çÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ã â¢ ç¶åÂÂç½ JPEG æªÂæ¡Âï¼Â便æÂÂä¸Â縮åÂÂå½±åÂÂ顯示å¨ è¢å¹Âå³å´ã 2 è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂç½çÂÂæÂ²ç®æÂÂ顯示åÂÂç½ç JPEG 檠æ¡Âï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã â¢ ç¶已é¸å WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡ ï¼ å æÂÂèª 該æªÂæ¡ é å§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ å° æÂ´åÂÂè³ æÂ å¤¾çµÂæÂ çº æÂ¢ã â¢ ç¶é¸åÂÂ亠JPEG æªÂæ¡ ï¼ å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Â峿ÂÂéÂÂ姠@並 å¾ÂæÂÂ鏿ªÂæ¡ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ ä¸Âç´å°æÂ´åÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾æÂ æÂ¾å®ÂçºæÂ¢ã æÂÂ示 ⢠å¨èÂÂè½ WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ ï¼ ä¹Âå¯以åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Âã åªéÂÂé¸å æÂ³è¦ÂèÂÂè½çÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ ï¼ åÂÂé¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¹»ç çÂÂç§Âç JPEG æªÂæ¡Âå³å¯ã æÂ¤æÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂÃ¥ÂÂé³ 頻檠æ¡ÂæÂÂå æÂÂä¸ÂæÂ· é è¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã åÂÂé  æÂ æÂ¾æÂ§ å¶å é©ç¨æÂ¼ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Âã â¢ 欲æÂ æÂ¾çÂÂ丠å æÂ¯ç®å ç è³ÂæÂÂ夾 è æÂ¯å ¨é¨ ç 堧容æÂÂï¼Âè«ÂéÂÂåº ãÂÂå°Â覽å¨ãÂÂ並使ç¨ î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂéµã éÂÂ註 1 å¦Âçº WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC æÂ²ç®ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂèªåÂÂå¾Â該æÂ²ç®çÂÂæÂÂçµÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä½Âç½®èªåÂÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ã 2 ⢠æÂ¬æ©Âå°Âä¸Â份æªÂæ¡Âè¼Âå ¥çÂÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂé¨èÂÂæªÂæ¡Â容éÂÂæÂÂ大èÂÂå¢Âå ã â¢ USB è£Âç½®å¯容ç´Âå¤Âé 299 Ã¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ï¼Â以å 648 Ã¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä½µçÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾åÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»ç çÂÂç§ ï¼ÂæÂÂé³頻ï¼ÂçÂÂæÂ æÂ¾ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯åÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã î å¯跳è³åÂÂ丠張åÂÂç ï¼ÂæÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ çÂÂé³頻æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ ã î å¯跳è³ä¸Â丠張åÂÂç ï¼ÂæÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ çÂÂé³頻æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ ã îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å¯æÂ« Ã¥ÂÂå¹»çÂÂç ç§Â並æÂÂè½Âî¿ ç¿»è½Âç® Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î å¯éÂÂæÂ°éÂÂå§Âå¹» çÂÂçÂÂç§Âï¼ ã SHIFT ZOOM å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ @並å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç æÂ¾å¤§ ã åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯åÂÂæÂ 1 Ã¥ÂÂã 2 Ã¥ÂÂå 4 Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂæÂ¾å¤§åÂÂæÂ¸ï¼ÂæÂ ä¸ î @æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ éµ以åÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂ æÂ¾å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Âï¼ ã MENU å¯顯示 ãÂÂå°Â覽å¨ã ç«é¢ ï¼Â妠ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ã 3 æÂÂäºÂæÂ¸ä½Âé³頻æÂÂæÂ¾å¨å¨顯示æªÂæ¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂ稱æÂÂå¯è½æÂÂä¸ÂæÂ£ç¢ºã 4 æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以é²堥æÂÂä¸Â層ç ã .. ãÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ä¾Âå®ÂæÂÂæÂ¤é  åÂÂä½Âã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 26 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ 06 27 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 第 6 ç« ç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ 使ç¨ ãÂÂè¨Âå®ÂãÂÂé¸å® å¾ ãÂÂè¨Âå®ÂãÂÂé¸å®ä¸Âï¼Âå¯åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ系統çÂÂæÂÂæÂÂç°ç¹Âé³ æÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ 1 ï¼Âå æÂÂ²éÂÂä½Â溠ãÂÂæÂÂè²å¨éÂÂè·ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ  ç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂ調æÂ´çÂÂã èªå MCACC Ã¥ÂÂè½ ï¼Â第 10 é Âï¼ æÂÂè½帶給æÂ¨æÂÂä½³çÂÂç°ç¹Âé³ æÂÂè¨Âå®Âã ç¶è ï¼ÂæÂ¨æÂ ç¼ç¾èÂÂç±é² ä¸ÂæÂ¥èª¿æÂ´ç°ç¹Âé³ æÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼ÂéÂÂè½ æÂ¹ Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂå¨èÂÂè½室堧çÂÂç°ç¹ÂæÂÂæÂÂã 1 æÂÂ丠SHIFT SETUP 並使ç¨ îÂÂ/î å ENTER 鏿ÂÂæÂ³è¦Â調æÂ´çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ã å¯使ç¨çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼å¦ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±Âä¸ÂæÂÂ示ã 2 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é²è¡Â調æÂ´ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 確 èªÂ並éÂÂåºã â¢ 注æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ度使ç¨èªå MCACC ï¼Â第 10 é Âï¼ æÂÂ覠èÂÂå ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂæÂÂè²å¨è¨Âå®Âå¼ã ãÂÂè²éÂÂä½ÂæºÂãÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ è¨Âç½®æÂ¨ä¸»è¦ÂèÂÂè½ä½Âç½®çÂÂç¸å°Âè²éÂÂé³éÂÂã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î ä¾Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé ÂåºÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè²éÂÂ@⢠L â 左åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ⢠C â ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ⢠R â å³åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ⢠SR â å³ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ ⢠SL â 左ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ ⢠SW â éÂÂä½Âé³ è²éÂÂé³éÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂçº ñ 10 dB ã æÂÂè²å¨éÂÂè·Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ å¯æÂÂå®ÂæÂ¨èÂÂè½ä½Âç½®è³æÂ¨æÂÂè²å¨çÂÂè·Âé¢ã ç¶ DISTANCE åºç¾å¨è¢å¹Â丠ï¼Âè«ÂæÂ ENTER ï¼Âç¶ å¾Â使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以調æÂ´éÂÂè·Âï¼Â以åÂÂæÂÂ丠îÂÂ/îÂʊȴ Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂæÂÂè²å¨@⢠L â 左åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ⢠C â ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ⢠R â å³åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ⢠SR â å³ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ ⢠SL â 左ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ ⢠SW â éÂÂä½Âé³ Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂè²å¨å¯調æÂ´å¨ 0.3 m å° 9.0 m ä¹ÂéÂÂã é Â訠å¼çº 3.0 m ã åÂÂæ Âç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ§å¶ å¯æÂÂå® Dolby Digital æÂÂä¸Â亠DTS 鳿ÂÂè²è»ÂçÂÂå 栠ç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂ調 æÂ´å¼ãÂÂèÂ¥ç¡æ³ÂæÂ£ç¢ºè½ å°ä½ÂéÂÂ鳿ÂÂæÂÂ尠話 çÂÂè²é³ï¼Âé å¯æÂÂå©æÂ¼æÂÂé«Â你鳿ÂÂçÂÂé³éÂÂï¼Â並 æÂÂæÂÂæÂ§å¶é«ÂéÂÂçÂÂé³éÂÂã â¢ DRC OFF ï¼Âé Âè¨Âå¼@â ç¡åÂÂæ Âç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂ調æÂ´ï¼Â以 è¼Âé«Âé³éÂÂèÂÂè½æÂÂ使ç¨@⢠DRC MID â é©ä¸Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ â¢ DRC HIGH â åÂÂæ Âç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂ縮渠ï¼Â大è²é³æÂÂé³é éÂÂä½Âï¼ÂèÂÂè¼ÂéÂÂ鳿ÂÂé³éÂÂå¢Âé«Âï¼ éÂÂ註 1 å¾Âè¨Âå®Âé¸å®ä¸Âï¼ÂéÂÂå¯調æÂ´å ¶ä»ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼ÂéÂÂäºÂè¨Âå®Â弿ÂÂå¨ 第 14 é Âç æÂ¹å FM æÂ¥æÂ¶ä¸Âè¯ Ã¥ÂÂ第 39 é Âç 調æÂÂ顯示å±Â亮度 ä¹Â篠說æÂÂã 2 éÂÂç½®äºÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂå¾Âï¼Âè¨Âå®Âé¸å®æÂÂèªåÂÂéÂÂåºã 3 ⢠é¸åÂÂç«Âé«Âè²æÂÂèÂÂæÂÂ²æÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ÂæÂÂå©ç¨èªåÂÂ模å¼ÂèÂÂè½ç«Âé«Âè²ä¾ÂæºÂï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âç¡æ³Â調æÂ´ä¸Âç½®î¿ç°ç¹Âè²éÂÂã â¢ è³æ©ÂæÂ¥ä¸ÂæÂÂç¡æ³Âè¨Âå®Âè²éÂÂä½ÂæºÂå¼ã â¢ æÂÂè²å¨é³éÂÂå¯é¨æÂÂæÂÂ丠SHIFT TEST TONE é²è¡Â調æÂ´ï¼ ç¶å¾Â使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 調æÂ´è²éÂÂä½ÂæºÂã 測試鳿ÂÂèªåÂÂä¾Âä¸Âè¿°é ÂåºÂå¾Âä¸ÂæÂÂè²å¨ ç§»åÂÂè³å¦ä¸ÂæÂÂè²å¨ã ç¶åÂÂå¨主è¦ÂèÂÂè½ä½Â置丠@æÂ¨æÂÂ該æÂÂè½å°ä¾Âèªæ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè²å¨åÂÂ樣é³éÂÂçÂÂ測試é³調 ã å¨æÂ¨å®ÂæÂÂæÂ ï¼ æÂÂ丠ENTER ã â¢ ç±æÂ¼éÂÂä½Â鳿ÂÂç¢çÂÂè¶ ä½ÂéÂÂé »çÂÂï¼Âå æÂ¤è½起ä¾ÂæÂÂæ¯Â實éÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂé³éÂÂå®ÂéÂÂä¸ÂäºÂã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 27 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂé¸å® 07 28 ChH 第 7 ç« ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂé¸å® ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂé¸å® å¾ ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ç«é¢ä¸Âï¼ æÂ¨å¯以調æÂ´è½ å½±é¿影åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並å¾Âå¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢丠é¸å ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ã ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER ä¾Âå®ÂæÂÂè¨Âå® å¼ã æÂ¨å¯以調æÂ´ä»¥ä¸ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼@⢠é³度 â å¯調æÂ´ç«é¢éÂÂç·£çÂÂé³å©度 @精細ã æ¨Â溠ã æÂÂå @⢠亮度 â å¯調æÂ´æÂ´é«ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾çÂÂ亮度 ï¼ âÂÂ20 è³ 20 @⢠å°Âæ¯Â度 â å¯調æÂ´äº®èÂÂæÂÂä¹ÂéÂÂçÂÂå°Âæ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾ ï¼ âÂÂ16 è³ 16 ï¼ â¢ ä¼½çª â å¯調æÂ´å½±åÂÂç ãÂÂæÂÂ度ã @é«Âã ä¸Âã 你ãÂÂé @⢠è²調 â å¯調æÂ´ç´ î¿綠平衡 ï¼ ç¶ è² 9 è³ ç´ è² 9 @⢠è²度çÂÂç´ â å¯調è²彩åÂÂç¾çÂÂ飽åÂÂ度 ï¼ âÂÂ9 è³ 9 @使ç¨ îÂÂ/î ä¾Â調æÂ´äº®åº¦ãÂÂå°Âæ¯Â度ãÂÂè²調åÂÂè²度 çÂÂç´ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ã 3 æÂÂ丠ENTER 以è¿Âå ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ç« é¢ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ HOME MENU éÂÂåºåÂÂè½ç«é¢ã è¦Â頻調æÂ´ é³度 亮度 å°Âæ¯Â度 ä¼½çª è²調 è²度çÂÂç´ æ¨Â溠0 0 é 0 0 î î î î î î è¦Â頻調æÂ´ 亮度 æÂÂå° æÂÂ大 0 HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 28 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 08 29 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 第 8 ç« ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 使ç¨ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ã é¸å®æÂÂä¾Âé³頻åÂÂè¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ ã æÂÂ人éÂÂå®Âï¼Â以åÂÂ顯示è¨Âå®Âå¼çÂÂã å¦ÂæÂÂé¸頠å ç¾淡åºçÂÂç°è²ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ表 示æÂ¤æÂÂç¡泠æÂÂ¥ Ã¥ÂÂè®ÂæÂ´ã æÂ¤ç¨®æÂ å½¢éÂÂ常æÂ¯å çºç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ£å¨ æÂÂæÂ¾çÂʍ᣾ ã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè®ÂæÂ´è¨Âå®Âå¼ã 1 æÂÂ丠DVD/CD ã 2 Ã¥ÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ã ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER 以é¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦Â訠å®ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼åÂÂé¸頠ã æÂ æÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼å é¸頠å°ÂæÂÂå¨å¾Â纠çÂÂ堧容ä¸Â詳å 說 æÂÂã 1 è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ éÂÂ註 1 ⢠å¨表ä¸Âï¼Âé Âè¨Â弿ÂÂ以 ç²Âé«Âå 顯示@堶ä»ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼åÂÂæÂÂ以 æÂÂé«Âå 顯示å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âã â¢ æÂÂäºÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ ï¼ åÂÂæÂ¯ é»è¦Âæ©Âå±Âå¹ ã å°Âç½èªÂè¨Âå åÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âå¯è½尠DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂ並ä¸Âå ·æÂÂç¨ ã éÂÂ常éÂÂäºÂè¨Âå®Âå¼亦å¯徠DVD çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂé¸ å®ä¸Âä¾Âå®ÂæÂÂè¨Âç½®ã â¢ HDMI è§£æÂÂ度 è HDMI è²彩 è¨Âå®Âå¼åªæÂÂå¨æÂ¨å©ç¨ HDMI æÂ¥é Âå°ÂæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æ©Âé£æÂ¥è³ HDMI ç¸容è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂå¿ è¦Âé²è¡Âè¨Âå®Âã 2 ç¶æÂ¨ç¶Âç± HDMI é£æÂ¥æÂ¹å¼Âã 並尠HDMI è§£æÂÂ度è¨Âçº 1920x1080i æÂ 1280x720p æÂÂï¼ æÂÂè½使ç¨æÂ¤è¨Âå® ã 使ç¨æÂ¤è¨Âå®Âå¼æÂ ï¼ æÂ¨åª è½使ç¨ HDMI é£æÂ¥æÂ¹å¼Âã åÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ é»è¦Âæ©Âå±Âå¹ ï¼Âå¦è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 43 é Âç ç« é¢大å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ格张çÂÂä¹ ç¯Â說æÂÂãÂÂï¼ 4:3 (Letter Box) å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨çÂÂæÂ¯å³統 4:3 é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ã 寬è¢å¹Âé»影 卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼Âä¸Âä¸Âå ©å´æÂÂæÂÂé»Âè²æ¢ÂéÂÂã 4:3 (Pan & Scan) å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨çÂÂæÂ¯å³統 4:3 é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ã 寬è¢å¹Âé»影 卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂæÂÂè£ÂæÂÂå·¦å³堩å´ä¸Âé¨åÂÂï¼Â以å©填滿æÂ´åÂÂè¢å¹Âã 16:9 (Wide) å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨çÂÂæÂ¯å¯¬è¢å¹Âé»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ã 16:9 ï¼ Compressed ï¼ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨çÂÂæÂ¯å¯¬è¢å¹Âé»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ã æÂÂæÂ¾ 4:3 çÂÂå § 容æÂÂï¼Âç«é¢堶ä¸Âä¸Âå´å°Â顯示é»Âè²æ¢ÂéÂÂã 2 HDMI è§£æÂÂ度 ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 35 é Âç 使ç¨ HDMI 飿ÂÂ¥ ãÂÂï¼ 1920x1080i èÂ¥é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂ¯æÂ´ 1920 x 1080 ç«素éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè«Âè¨Âå®ÂæÂ¤é  ã 1280x720p èÂ¥é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂ¯æÂ´ 1280 x 720 ç«素éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè«Âè¨Âå®ÂæÂ¤é  ã 720x480p èÂ¥é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂ¯æÂ´ 720 x 480 ç«素éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼Âè«Âè¨Âå®ÂæÂ¤é  ã 720x480i èÂ¥é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂ¯æÂ´ 720 x 480 ç«素éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼Âè«Âè¨Âå®ÂæÂ¤é  ã Initial settings menu.fm 29 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 08 30 ChH èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ 顯示å±Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ HDMI è²彩 * ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 35 é Âç 使 ç¨ HDMI 飿ÂÂ¥ ãÂÂï¼ * é Âè¨Â弿ÂÂè¦Âé£æÂ¥çÂÂ訠åÂÂæÂ¹è®Âã é²é RGB è²彩微弱æÂÂï¼Â坿ÂÂä¾ÂæÂ´äº®éºÂçÂÂè²彩åÂÂæÂ´æ·±çÂÂé»Âè² ï¼ÂæÂ¤é Âè¨Âå¼ é©ç¨æÂ¼ HDMI ç¸容ç DVI è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ã RGB 使ç¨ ãÂÂé²é RGB ãÂÂå®Â弿ÂÂï¼ÂèÂ¥è²彩太éÂÂ飽滿ï¼Âè«Âè¨Âå®ÂæÂ¤é  ã è²差 å¯輸åº 8-bit çÂÂè²差è¦Â頻格张ï¼ÂæÂ¤é Âè¨Âå¼é©ç¨æÂ¼ HDMI ç¸容訠åÂÂï¼Âã è²差è¦Â頻輸åº ï¼Âå¦è«Âä¸Âä½µåÂÂéÂ񇪪 34 é  ç 使ç¨è²差è¦Â頻輸åºé£ æÂÂ¥ çÂÂä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂãÂÂï¼ éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ æÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂèÂ¥ä¸Âé©ç¨æÂ¼éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé »æÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ã éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ æÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âå¦ÂæÂÂé©ç¨æÂ¼éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé »æÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ï¼Âè«Âå é±æÂ¨é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂä½ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂ詳細說æÂÂï¼Âã åÂÂæÂÂä¸Â次 ENTER 確誠ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂ丠RETURN Ã¥ÂÂæ¶Âè¨Â置@ã è«Â注æÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé »å å¯ç¶Âç±è²差è¦Âé »æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ輸åºã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ å°Âç½èªÂ訠è±誠èÂ¥ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âå·²æÂÂè±èªÂè²è»Âï¼Â峿ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 漢誠èÂ¥å Âç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂç¼é³ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 堶ä»ÂèªÂ訠é¸åÂÂæÂÂ顯示以å¤ÂçÂÂèªÂ訠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 48 é Âç 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® ï¼Âã åÂÂå¹ÂèªÂ訠è±誠èÂ¥ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂè±èªÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹Âï¼Â峿ÂÂ顯示ã 漢誠èÂ¥å Âç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°Â顯示ã 堶ä»ÂèªÂ訠é¸åÂÂæÂÂ顯示以å¤ÂçÂÂèªÂ訠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 48 é Âç 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® ï¼Âã DVD èÂÂå®èªÂ訠åÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âé£å å¯è½çÂÂ話@DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®æÂÂ以åÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂé¸åÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âç¸åÂÂçÂÂèªÂ訠顯示ã åÂÂ顯示çÂÂèªÂ訠å¯è½çÂÂ話@DVD é¸å®æÂÂ以æÂÂé¸çÂÂèªÂè¨Â顯示ã 堶ä»ÂèªÂ訠é¸åÂÂæÂÂ顯示以å¤ÂçÂÂèªÂ訠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 48 é Âç 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® ï¼Âã åÂÂå¹Â顯示 é åÂÂå¹ÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂé¸çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Â顯示ã é å¨æÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂæÂÂä¾Âé Âè¨ÂæÂ¹å¼Âä¿ÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂçÂÂçÂÂæ Âã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ å¨å±Â顯示èªÂ訠è±誠è¢å¹Â顯示ç«é¢æÂÂæÂÂè±èªÂ顯示ã ä¸ÂæÂ æÂÂæÂ¾å¨çÂÂç«é¢顯示çºä¸ÂæÂÂçÂÂæÂ‹Â è§Â度æÂÂ示ç é å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂå¤Âè§Â度場æÂ¯æÂÂéÂÂï¼Âè¢å¹Âä¸ÂæÂÂ顯示ç¸橠åÂÂ示ã é ä¸Â顯示å¤Âè§Â度æÂÂ示åÂÂ示ã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 30 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 08 31 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español é¸頠è¨Âå®Âå¼ æÂÂ人éÂÂ宠⢠é Âè¨ÂçÂÂç´ ï¼ é ï¼Âé Âè¨Âå¯Â碼 ï¼ ç¡ ï¼Âé Âè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿ å°åÂÂ代碼@us ï¼ 2119 ï¼ çºäºÂè®ÂæÂ¨å¯以æÂ§å¶ä¸Âè®ÂæÂ¨çÂÂå°Âå©使ç¨æÂ¨ç DVD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨è§Âè³Âå½±çÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ亠DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ ãÂÂæÂ äººéÂÂå® ãÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç´Âå è½ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ ç æÂÂæÂ¾å¨ 訠置çÂÂçÂÂç´Âè¼Âç¢ÂçÂÂçºä½Âï¼Âç¢ÂçÂÂ便ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¹ æÂÂæÂ¯æÂ´ ãÂÂå 家î¿å°åÂÂ代 碼ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ã æÂ¬æ©Âç¡æ³ÂæÂ æÂ¾éÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âç æÂÂäºÂå ´æÂ¯ï¼Âè¦ÂæÂ¨ 訠置ç ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ãÂÂèÂÂå®Âã çÂȎÂÂæÂ°å¯Â碼 è«Â輸堥å¯Â碼以è®ÂæÂ´ ã æÂ äººéÂÂå®Âã ç ç´ÂæÂ è¼¸å ¥ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ã ã 1 1 é¸å ãÂÂå¯Â碼ã ã 2 使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµ輸堥åÂÂä½ÂæÂ¸åÂÂå¯Â碼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã æÂ´æÂÂå¯Â碼 覠æÂ´æÂ¹å¯ ç¢¼ï¼Âè«Âå Â確èªÂç¾æÂÂ寠碼ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ輸堥æÂ°ç å¯Â碼ã 1 é¸å ãÂÂæÂ´æÂÂå¯Â碼ã ï¼Â輸堥ç¾è¡ÂçÂÂå¯Â碼ï¼Âç¶ å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 2 輸堥æÂ°å¯Â碼並æÂÂ丠ENTER ã è¨Âç½®î¿æÂ¹è® ãÂÂæÂÂ人éÂÂå®Âã 1 é¸å ãÂÂæÂ¹è®Âç´Âå¥ã ã 2 使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµ輸堥æÂ¨çÂÂå¯Â碼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 é¸åÂÂæÂ°çÂÂçÂÂç´Â並æÂÂ丠ENTER ã â¢ é£çºÂæÂ î 以éÂÂå®Âå¨æÂ´é«ÂçÂÂ層次 ï¼ÂæÂ´å¤Âç¢Âç éÂÂè¦Â使ç¨å¯Â碼@@æÂÂ丠î 以åÂÂæ¶ÂéÂÂå®Â層次 ã æÂ¨ä¸Âè½éÂÂå¨çÂÂç´ 1 ã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ æÂÂ人éÂÂå® â è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå æÂÂ人éÂÂ宠說æÂÂã DivX (R) VOD Display è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX î VOD 堧容 說æÂÂã . éÂÂ註 1 ⢠並éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ種é¡ÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂé½é©ç¨ ãÂÂæÂÂ人éÂÂå®ÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ï¼ÂèÂÂä¸Â亦ç¡é Âå Â輸堥å¯Â碼æÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨å¿Âè¨Âå¯Â碼ï¼ÂæÂ¨æÂÂéÂÂè¦Âå°ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨éÂÂç½®æÂÂè½ç»è¨ÂæÂ°çÂÂå¯Â碼 ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 48 é Âç éÂÂæÂ°è¨Â置系統 ï¼Âã è¦Â頻輸åº èªÂ訠顯示屠é¸頠æÂÂ人éÂÂå® DivX (R) VOD å¯Â碼 æÂ¹è®ÂçÂÂæ  åÂÂ家代碼 Ã¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 31 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 08 32 ChH è¨Âç½®î¿è®ÂæÂ´ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ã æÂ¨å¯以å¾Â第 49 é Âç åÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼渠å® ç¶丠æÂ¾å°ã 1 é¸å ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ家代碼ã ï¼Â輸堥å¯Â碼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 2 é¸åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã å¨æÂ¤æÂÂä¾Â堩種è¨Âç½®çÂÂæÂ¹æ³Â@⢠æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代碼é¸åÂÂ@使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµ以è®ÂæÂ´ãÂÂå 家î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ã ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¸åÂÂ代碼é¸åÂÂï¼ æÂÂ丠î éÂ括Âç¶å¾Â使ç¨æÂ¸ Ã¥ÂÂéµ輸堥åÂÂä½ÂæÂ¸åÂÂç ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ã ã å¨éÂÂåºç¢ÂçÂÂå¾Âï¼ æÂ°ç ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ã 便章å³çÂÂæÂÂã éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX î VOD 堧容 çº亠讠DivX VOD ï¼Âé¨é¸ è¦Âé »ï¼ÂçÂÂ堧容è½ å¨æÂ¬ æ©Âä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂ¨å¿ é Âå ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¨ç DivX VOD 堧容侠æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂȎÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âç è³ÂæÂ ã æÂ¨å¯以èÂÂç±ç¢çÂÂä¸Âçµ DivX VOD çÂȎÂÂ代碼 ï¼ ç¼éÂÂ給æÂ¨çÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¾Âå®ÂæÂ çÂȎÂÂä½Âæ¥Âã 1 éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 ⢠DivX VOD 堧容å DRM ï¼ÂæÂ¸ä½ÂçÂÂæ¬Â管çÂÂï¼ ç³» çµ±æÂÂä¿Âè· ã é æÂÂéÂÂå¶ åª æÂÂä¸Â亠ç¹å®ÂãÂÂå·²ç» éÂÂçÂÂè£Âç½®æÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨å¨æÂ¬æ©Â堧置堥ä¸ÂçÂÂæÂªç¶ÂæÂÂæ¬Â使ç¨ ï¼ å § å« DivX VOD 堧容çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ è¢å¹Âä¸Â峿ÂÂ顯示 Authorization Error ï¼ÂæÂÂæ¬Âé¯誤@çÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¯ ï¼ åÂÂæÂÂ堧容亦ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 顯示æÂ¨ç DivX VOD çÂȎÂÂ代碼 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂé¸頠ã ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂ¯ ã DivX (R) VOD ã ã 3 é¸å ã Display ã ã è¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示æÂ¨çÂÂå «ä½ÂæÂ¸åÂÂçÂȎÂÂ代碼ã è«Âè¨Âä¸Â代碼ï¼Âå çºå¨åÂÂæÂ¨ç DivX VOD ä¾ÂæÂÂå çÂȎÂÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂè¦Âç¨å°ã æÂÂæÂ¾ DivX î VOD 堧容 æÂÂ亠DivX VOD 堧容å è½ä½Âä¸Âå®ÂæÂÂéÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ã å¨ æÂ¨ç½®å ¥å«æÂÂæÂ¤ç¨® DivX VOD 堧容çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼Âå© 餠æÂÂæÂ¾æ¬¡æÂ¸ä¾¿æÂÂ顯 示å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âï¼Âç¶ å¾ÂæÂ¨ä¾¿å¯以 鏿ÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢Âç ï¼Âå æÂ¤å¯以ç¨ä¸Âå ¶ä¸Âä¸Â種å©餠æÂ æÂ¾æ¬¡æÂ¸ï¼ ï¼ÂæÂÂå æÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾ ã 妠æÂÂæÂ¨ç½® å ¥ çÂÂæÂ¯å« æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂå·²éÂÂç DivX VOD 堧容 ï¼Âä¾Âå¦Âï¼Â堧容ç å©é¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¬¡æÂ¸æÂ¯é¶@ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¢å¹Âä¸Â便æÂÂ顯示 Rental Expired ï¼Âç§ÂæÂÂå·²éÂÂï¼ çÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¯ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ç DivX VOD 堧容å Â許ä¸ÂéÂÂ次æÂ¸çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ é£ æÂ¨ä¾¿å¯以å°Âç¢Âç 置堥æÂ¬æ©Âï¼Â並æÂ æÂ¾æÂ¨å¸¸çÂÂç 堧容ï¼Âè¢å¹Âä¸Â亦ä¸ÂæÂÂ顯示任ä½Âè¨ÂæÂ¯ã éÂÂ註 1 éÂÂç½®æÂ¬æ© ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 48 é Âç éÂÂæÂ°è¨Â置系統 ä¸ÂçÂÂä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂï¼Âä¸Âè´使æÂ¨å¤±åÂȾ¨çÂÂçÂȎÂÂ代碼ã è¦Â頻輸åº èªÂ訠顯示屠é¸頠Display Ã¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® æÂÂ人éÂÂå® DivX (R) VOD HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 32 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· 09 33 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 第 9 ç« å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨天締æÂ³è¦ÂæÂÂæÂÂå¤Âé¨ AM 天締ï¼Âå¯使ç¨ 5 m è³ 6 m ä¹ ç¯åºéÂÂ屬ç·Â並å®Âè£Âå¨室堧æÂÂ室 å¤Âã ä¿Âç é£æÂ¥è çÂÂç°åÂÂ天ç·ÂãÂÂéÂÂ使ç¨é¨éÂÂç AM ç°形天ç·Âã è¦ÂæÂ³æÂÂæÂÂå¤Âé¨ç FM 天ç·Âï¼Âå¯使ç¨ PAL é£æÂ¥é  æÂ¥ä¸Âä¸Âçµ FM 天ç·Âã é£æÂ¥è¼Âå©é³頻è¨Âå 使ç¨ç«Âé«Âè²é¡Âæ¯Â輸堥å¯é£æÂ¥å¡å¼ÂéÂÂé³座æÂ MD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨çÂÂå¤Âé¨è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âç¶Âç±æÂ¬ç³»çµ±æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ 飿ÂÂ¥ AUDIO IN æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè³å¤Â鍿ÂÂæÂ¾è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂé¡ æ¯Â輸åºä¸Âã å¯使ç¨ RCA éÂÂé ÂÃ¥ÂÂç«Âé«Âè²é£æÂ¥ç·Âä¾Âé£æÂ¥ã éÂÂ製模张éÂÂ製模å¼Âè®ÂæÂ¨å¯以éÂÂé LINE OUT æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé²è¡Âç° ç¹Âè²ç¸容çÂÂé¡Âæ¯ÂéÂÂ製 1 ã Dolby å¤Âè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂ縮 æ··æÂÂç«Âé«Âè² ï¼ è®Âå¯以æÂÂä¾Âç©é£解碼 ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¯ Dolby Pro Logic ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½çÂÂ系統è½æÂÂæÂ´å¥½çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂæÂÂã 1 æÂÂ丠SOUND ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î ä¾Âé¸æÂ REC MODE ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ ä¸ ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é¸æÂ MODE ON æÂ MODE OFF ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 確èªÂã â¢ MODE ON ï¼Â模å¼ÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ â å¯輸åºç°ç¹Âè² ç¸容縮混 ï¼ left-total/right-total æÂ Lt/Rt ï¼ ç Dolby å¤Âè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂï¼ ï¼Âé©ç¨æÂ¼ Dolby Surround Pro Logic æÂÂå ¶ä»Âç©é£解碼@ã â¢ MODE OFF ï¼Â模å¼ÂéÂÂéÂÂï¼ â å¯輸åºå®ç´Âç ç«Âé«Âè²縮混 ï¼ left-only/right-only æÂ Lo/Ro ï¼ ï¼Âé©åÂÂéÂÂè²éÂÂç«Âé«Âè²系統æÂÂè³æ©ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ ã 室å¤Â天締5 m è³ 6 m 室堧天締ï¼Âä¹Âç¯åº塠æÂÂéÂÂ屬ç·Âï¼ AM LOOP ANTENNA PA L é£æÂ¥é  éÂÂ註 1 ⢠éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂ製模å¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âç¡æ³Â使ç¨å¤ÂæÂ¸é³æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨å¨éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂ製模å¼ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ試使ç¨ç¦Âç¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ï¼Â顯示å±Âä¸Â便æÂÂçÂÂæÂ«éÂÂç REC MODE ã â¢ ç¶éÂÂ製模å¼ÂéÂÂéÂÂï¼Âä¾Âèªé¡Âæ¯Â輸åºçÂÂè²é³å°Âå¯è½æÂÂä¸ÂæÂ·ï¼Âä¸ÂéÂÂéÂÂè¦Âè¦Âç¶æÂÂæÂÂä½ÂçÂÂæ¢Âä»¶èÂÂå®Âã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ¹è®Â輸堥åÂÂè½ ï¼ DVD/CD ã TUNER çÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂ黿ºÂï¼ÂéÂÂ製模å¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂã SURROUND FRONT SPEAKERS (4 ⦠AUDIO R L R R L L R L O UT Y C R / P R C B / P B N ENT D EO OUT LINE IN OUT CONTROL è³é³頻 輸åº å¡å¼ÂéÂÂé³座ç HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 33 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· 09 34 ChH 飿ÂÂ¥ S-video 輸åº å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âä¸ÂæÂ S-video 輸堥 ï¼ æÂ¨å¯以使ç¨ æÂ¤ç«¯åÂÂ代æÂ¿æ¨ÂæºÂè¦Â頻輸åº以å¾ÂæÂ´å¥½çÂÂç«質ã â¢ 使ç¨ S-video é£æÂ¥ç·Â飿ÂÂ¥ S-VIDEO OUT è³ æÂ¨é»è¦Âæ©Âä¸Âç S-video 輸堥ã å¨ æÂÂå ¥å ï¼Âè«Âå°ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âç å°Âä¸Âè§Âå°ÂæºÂæÂÂé  ä¸Âç ç¸åÂÂæ¨Â示ã 使ç¨è²差è¦Â頻輸åºé£æÂÂ¥ 妠æÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Â丠æÂÂè²差è¦Âé » 輸堥ï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以使 ç¨éÂÂ亠端åÂÂ代æÂ¿æ¨ æºÂè¦Â頻輸åºä¾Âé£ æÂ¥æÂ¬ç³»çµ±è³ æÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Â丠ã 1 éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä¾ S è¦Â頻輸åºæÂ´ä½³çÂÂç« 質ã â¢ 使ç¨è²差è¦Âé »é£æÂ¥ç·Â飿ÂÂ¥ COMPONENT VIDEO OUT è³æÂ¨é»è¦Âæ©Âä¸ÂçÂÂè²差輸堥çµÂã éÂÂæÂ¼éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » ç¸ è¼ÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » ï¼ÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » æÂ´è½æÂÂæÂÂç å åÂÂå½±åÂÂçÂÂæÂ æÂÂé »çÂÂï¼Âç¢çÂÂç¸ ç¶穩å®Âï¼Âç¡跳å çÂÂå½±åÂÂã éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂ覠頻å å¯éÂÂéÂÂè²差è¦Â頻輸åº 端åÂÂ輸åºã æÂ¬æ©ÂèÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé«Âå³çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âä¹Âç¸容æÂ§ æÂ¬æ©ÂèÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » Macro Vision System Copy Guard ç¸容ã 2 R L VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO ANTENNA HDMI OUT SETUP MIC CONTROL IN MCACC FM UNBAL 75 ⦠AM LOOP é»è¦Âæ© è³ S-video 輸堥 éÂÂ註 1 è²差è¦Â頻輸åºå¯å¨éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂæ ¼å¼Âä¹ÂéÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 29 é Âç è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã 2 æ¶Âè²»è æÂÂ注æÂÂï¼Â並éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂé«Âå³çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½èÂÂæÂÂ¢åÂÂå®Âå ¨ç¸容ï¼Âä¸Âå¯è½å°Âè´ç«é¢ä¸Âåºç¾人çºé æÂÂçÂÂç¾象ã å°ÂæÂ¼ 525 éÂÂè¡ÂæÂ æÂÂç«é¢åÂÂ顠@建è°使ç¨è å¯å°Âé£æÂ¥ç«¯åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè³ ãÂÂæ¨ÂæºÂè§£æÂÂ度ã 輸åº ï¼ÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼ ä¾Âå 以æÂ¹å ã å¦ÂæÂÂç¼çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂèÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âå¨ç¸容 æÂ§æÂ¹é¢çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âï¼Âè«ÂèÂÂæÂ¬å ¬å¸çÂÂ客æÂÂä¸Âå¿Âè¯繫ã VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO ANTENNA HDMI OUT SETUP MIC CONTROL IN MCACC FM UNBAL 75 ⦠AM LOOP é»è¦Âæ© è³è²差輸堥 HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 34 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· 09 35 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 使ç¨ HDMI 飿ÂÂ¥ èÂ¥é Âå HDMI æÂ DVI ï¼ÂçµÂå HDCP ï¼ÂçÂÂ顯示å¨ æÂÂ顯示è£Âç½®ï¼Âå¯å©ç¨ä¸Âè¬å¸Âé¢ä¸Âç HDMI 飿ÂÂ¥ ç·Âå°Âå®Â飿ÂÂ¥ è³æÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾å¨ï¼Â以æÂÂä¾ é«ÂÃ¥ÂÂ質çÂÂæÂ¸ ä½ è¦Âé »ã 1 欲äºÂè§£æÂ´å¤ÂéÂÂæÂ¼ HDMI é£æÂ¥çÂÂè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 丠å éÂÂæÂ¼ HDMI ã â¢ 使ç¨ HDMI é£æÂ¥ç·Âå°ÂæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾å¨ç HDMI OUT é£çµÂ端åÂÂé£æÂ¥è³ HDMI ç¸容顯示å¨ä¸Âç HDMI é£çµÂ端åÂÂã â¢ é£ æÂ¥ç·ÂæÂÂ¥ é  çÂÂç®Âé  æÂ æÂÂä¸Âç²¾ 確 å°ÂæºÂæÂ æÂ¾ å¨ çÂÂæÂ¥é  ã æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以調æÂ´è§£æÂÂ度åÂÂè²彩ç HDMI è¨Âå®Âå¼ã 欲äºÂè§£èÂÂé äºÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ç¸éÂÂç æÂ´å¤Âè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«Âå é± 第 29 é Âç è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ ã åÂÂæÂ HDMI é³頻è¨Âå®Âå¼ 欲ç¶Âç± HDMI é£çµÂ端åÂÂèÂÂè½é³頻ï¼Âè«Â確å®Â已訠好 HDMI é³頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ã 1 å°Â系統åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âã 2 æÂÂ丠SETUP 並使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸æÂ HDMI OUT ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é¸æÂÂæÂ³è¦ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã â¢ AUDIO ON â é³頻信èÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂé HDMI é£çµÂ端 Ã¥ÂÂ輸åº â¢ AUDIO OFF â éÂÂé HDMI é³頻 éÂÂæÂ°è¨Âå® HDMI é£絠èÂ¥åºç¾é¯誤è¨ÂæÂ¯ ï¼Â顯示å±Â顯示 HDMI ERR ï¼ÂæÂ èÂÂ¥ ç«é¢丠çÂÂ空ç½ ï¼Âå¦Âå¨è®ÂæÂ´è§£æÂ åº¦å¾Âï¼ ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè« åÂÂéÂ񇪪 46 é  çÂÂçÂÂ飿ÂÂè§£æÂÂå ã èÂ¥ä»Âç¡æ³Â解決å é¡Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè«Âä¾Âä¸Âè¿°æÂ¥é©ÂéÂÂæÂ°è¨Âå® HDMI é£çµÂã 1 å°Â系統åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âã 2 æÂÂ丠SHIFT SETUP 並使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é¸æÂ HDMI INI ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 系統æÂÂéÂÂæÂ°åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ丠HDMI è¨Âå®Â弿ÂÂèªåÂÂéÂÂæÂ°è¨ å åÂÂå» é Âè¨Âå¼ã 欲äºÂè§£èÂÂéÂÂäºÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ç¸éÂÂçÂÂæÂ´ å¤Âè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 29 é Âç è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ ã éÂÂæÂ¼ HDMI HDMI ï¼ High Definition Multimedia Interface ï¼ å¯æÂ¯æÂ´ä»¥ å® ä¸ÂæÂ¸ ä½Â飿ÂÂ¥ ç· é£æÂÂ¥ DVD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨ ã DTV ãÂÂæ© ä¸ÂçÂÂå 堶 ä»Âå½±é³ 訠åÂÂï¼Â並åÂÂæÂ æÂ ä¾Â覠頻åÂÂé³頻 ã HDMI çÂÂç Âç¼æÂ¯çºäºÂæÂÂä¾Âè½尠HDCP ï¼ High Bandwidth Digital Content Protection ï¼ è DVI ï¼ Digital Visual Interface ï¼Âå ©é  æÂÂè¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂè éÂÂ註 1 ⢠HDMI é£æÂ¥æÂ¹å¼Âå é©ç¨æÂ¼è DVI å HDCP ï¼ High Bandwidth Digital Content Protection ï¼ ç¸容ç DVI Ã¥ÂÂè¨Âå ã èÂ¥é¸æÂÂé£æÂ¥è³ DVI æÂ¥é Âï¼ åÂÂéÂÂ使ç¨å¦å¤ÂçÂÂè½ÂæÂ¥é  ï¼ DVI î HDMI ï¼ å®ÂæÂÂé£æÂ¥ã ç¶èÂÂï¼ DVI é£æÂ¥æÂ¹å¼Â並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ´é³頻信èÂÂã 欲äºÂè§£æÂ´å¤Âç¸éÂÂè³Â訠@è«Âæ´½ç¶å°é³é¿ç¶Âé·åÂÂã â¢ è¦Âé£æÂ¥çÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂèÂÂå®Âï¼Â使ç¨ DVI é£æÂ¥å¯è½å°Âè´信èÂÂå³輸ä¸Âç©©ã â¢ èÂ¥æÂ¹è®Âé£æÂ¥è³ HDMI 輸åºçÂÂè¨Âå @ä¹Âå¿ é Âè®ÂæÂ´ HDMI è¨Âå®Âå¼以符åÂÂæÂ°çÂÂè¨Âå ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 29 é Âç è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ å®ÂæÂÂæÂ¤é  æÂÂä½Âï¼Âã SURROUND SUB WOOFER FRONT CENTER SPEAKERS (4 ⦠- 6 ⦠) AUDI O R L R R L L R L VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO ANTENNA OUT LINE IN OUT IN MCACC FM UNBAL 75 ⦠AM LOOP CONTROL HDMI OUT SETUP MIC CONTROL HDMI ç¸容顯示 è³ HDMIæÂ¥é  HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 35 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· 09 36 ChH çºä¸ÂçÂÂè¦Âæ ¼ã HDCP æÂ¯ç¨ä¾Âä¿Âè·ç± DVI ç¸容顯 示卿ÂÂå³輸åÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶çÂÂæÂ¸ä½Â堧容ã HDMI æÂÂæÂ è½æÂ¯æÂ´ æ¨ÂæºÂãÂÂå¢Âå¼·æÂÂé« ç«質覠頻å 夠è²éÂÂç° ç¹Âè²é³æÂÂæ¨ÂæºÂç è½åÂÂã HDMI çÂÂå è½ å æÂ¬ï¼ÂæÂªå£Â縮æÂ¸ä½Âè¦Âé »ã æ¯Âç§Âå¯é 2.2 GB 頻寬 ï¼Âå« HDTV ä¿¡èÂÂï¼ ãÂÂå®ä¸ÂæÂ¥é  ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ代æÂ¸æ¢ÂæÂ¥ç· åÂÂæÂ¥ç·Âï¼ ï¼Â以åÂÂè½å¨影é³ä¾ÂæºÂå DTV çÂÂå½±é³訠åÂÂéÂÂé²è¡ÂéÂÂè¨ÂçÂÂã HDMI ã HDMI æ¨ÂèªÂå High-Definition Multimedia Interface Ã¥ÂÂçº HDMI licensing LLC çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨ÂæÂÂ註åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã æÂ¬æ©ÂèÂÂå ÂéÂÂé»漿é»è¦ÂçÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂç¨ èÂ¥æÂÂå ÂéÂÂé»漿é»覠1 ï¼Â便å¯å©ç¨ SR é£æÂ¥ç· 2 é£ æÂÂ¥ æÂ¬æ©Â並 Ã¥ÂÂç¨åÂÂ頠便 å©åÂÂè½ï¼Âå¦ÂéÂÂéÂÂé»漿 é»覠ç éÂÂæÂ§æÂ æÂÂå¨æÂ§å¶æÂ¬ æ©ÂãÂÂèªåÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂé»漿é» è¦Âç è¦Â頻輸堥ï¼Â以åÂÂèªåÂÂéÂÂéÂÂé»漿é»è¦ÂçÂÂè²é³çÂÂã éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 ⢠é¦Â次使ç¨ CONTROL IN æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ ï¼ æÂ¨å¿ é Âå ÂæÂ ä¸Âè¦ÂèÂÂä½ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂä¿Âè·貼ç´Âã â¢ å¨使ç¨ SR é£æÂ¥ç·Âé£æÂ¥çÂÂæÂ æ³Âä¸Âï¼ÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨ ç¾å¨忠é ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé»漿é»è¦Âå°Â溠@èÂÂéÂÂæÂ¬æ©ÂçÂÂé æÂ§æÂÂæÂÂå¨ï¼ÂæÂÂè½æÂÂæÂÂæÂ§å¶æÂ¬ç³»çµ±ã â¢ 使ç¨ 3-ringed è¿·æÂ¨æÂÂé  SR é£æÂ¥ç· ï¼ å°ÂæÂ¬ æ©Âç CONTROL IN æÂÂå éÂÂéÂÂåªÂé«ÂæÂ¥æÂ¶å¨é£æÂÂ¥ è³æÂ¨é»漿é»è¦Âä¸Âç CONTROL OUT æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã 3 å¨æÂ¨å¯以使ç¨é¡Âå¤Âç SR Ã¥ÂÂè½ä¹ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨éÂÂè¦Âå  å¨æÂ¬æ©Âä¸Âå®ÂæÂÂä¸ÂäºÂè¨Âç½® ã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå å ÂéÂÂé»漿 é»è¦Âç SR è¨Âç½® ä¸Â詳細說æÂÂã å ÂéÂÂé»漿é»è¦Âç SR è¨Âç½® å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨ SR é£æÂ¥ç·Âå°Âå ÂéÂÂé»漿é»è¦Âé£æÂ¥è³ æÂ¬æ©Â丠ï¼Âè«Âé²è¡Â以ä¸Âè¨Âç½®ã 諠注æÂÂï¼Âå¯以使ç¨ çÂÂè¦Â頻輸堥æÂ¸éÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé£æÂ¥çÂÂé»漿é»è¦ÂèÂÂå®Âã 1 æÂÂä¸ÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨ä¸Âç SHIFT SR éµã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é¸å SETUP ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸åÂÂæÂ¨è¦ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ã â¢ VOL.C OFF â æÂ¬æ©Âç¡æ³ÂæÂ§å¶é»漿é»è¦ÂçÂÂé³ éÂÂã â¢ VOL.C ON â ç¶æÂ¬æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè³å¯使ç¨é»漿é»覠çÂÂ輸堥 ï¼ DVD ï¼ÂæÂÂ以ä¸Âç¶ä¸Âå ¶ä»ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½@@åÂÂé»漿é»è¦Âä¸ÂçÂÂé³éÂÂæÂÂéÂÂé @以便è½è½å°侠èªæÂ¬ç³»çµ±æÂÂ輸åºçÂÂ鳿ÂÂã éÂÂ註 1 æÂ¬ç³»çµ±è 2003 å¹´ä¹ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂç¢çÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå ÂéÂÂé»漿é»è¦Âç¸容ã 2 å ÂéÂÂå ¬å¸ç 3-ringed SR é£æÂ¥ç· ï¼ÂæÂÂè ADE7095 ï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¨å¾Âå¸Âé¢ä¸Âé½å¯以買å¾Âå°ãÂÂæÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾ SR é£æÂ¥ç·ÂçÂÂæÂ´å¤Âè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«Â洽堠éÂÂ客æÂ¶æÂ¯æÂ´é¨éÂÂã VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO ANTENNA MCACC FM UNBAL 75 AM LOOP IN HDMI OUT SETUP MIC CONTROL OUT CONTROL å ÂéÂÂé»漿é»覠3 ç¶æÂ¬æ©Âç CONTROL IN æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂèÂÂæÂ¨é»漿é»è¦Âç CONTROL OUT æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé£æÂ¥å¨ä¸Âèµ·æÂÂï¼ æÂ¨å°Âç¡æ³Â使ç¨æÂ¬æ©ÂçÂÂéÂÂæÂ§æÂÂæÂÂå¨ ã åªè¦Âé» æºÂå°ÂæÂªéÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨ä¾¿å¯ä¸Âç´使ç¨é»漿é»è¦ÂçÂÂéÂÂæÂ§æÂÂæÂÂå¨ ï¼Âå³使å¨徠æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âä¸Âï¼Âã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 36 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· 09 37 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 4 å¯çºèÂÂé»漿é»è¦ÂæÂÂé£æÂ¥çÂÂ輸堥ä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂå®Âç¸ å°ÂçÂÂ輸堥èÂÂ碼ã 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸åÂÂä¾Â溠@DVD ã LN ï¼ LINE ï¼ æÂ USB ï¼ ï¼Âç¶å¾Â使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸åÂÂ輸堥èÂÂ碼ã æÂ¤é  è¨Âç½®å¯使æÂ¬ æ©ÂçÂÂ輸堥侠æºÂè½符åÂÂé»漿é» 覠ä¸Âç¸å°Âç·¨èÂÂçÂÂè¦Â頻輸堥 ã 1 ä¾Â妠ï¼ÂèÂ¥ç·Âè·¯è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂç è¦Â頻輸 åº çºé£æÂÂ¥ è³ é»漿é» 覠ä¸ÂçÂÂ覠頻 輸 å ¥ 3 ï¼ è«Âé¸å LN PDP3 è¨Âå®Âå¼ã TVTN å¯å°Âé»漿é»覠åÂÂæÂÂè³堶堧建é¸å°å¨ ï¼Âè NONE Ã¥ÂÂä¿ÂçÂÂé»漿é» è¦ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¾ÂçÂÂ輸堥 ï¼Âä¸Âä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼ ã 5 å®ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 2 éÂÂå SR 模张1 æÂÂä¸ÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨ä¸Âç SHIFT SR éµã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å SR ON ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã è¦ÂéÂÂé SR æÂ§å¶ï¼Âè«Âé¸å SR OFF ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂå¨ SR Ã¥ÂÂè½åÂÂç¨æÂÂï¼Âå° SR é£æÂ¥ç·Âè« é¢æÂÂå°Âé»漿é»è¦ÂéÂÂé @è¨Âå®Â弿ÂÂä¿ÂæÂÂå¨ SR ON è¨Âå®Âã â¢ å³使å°ÂæÂ¬ç³»çµ±åÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©Âå¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¾ ï¼Âä» æÂÂä¿ÂæÂ SR è¨Âå®Âã 系統å¨éÂÂæ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂèªåÂÂé é³åÂÂè½å³æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã éÂÂæÂ¼æÂ§å¶輸åºé£æÂÂ¥ 許å¤Âå ÂéÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂé½æÂ¯æÂ´ SR CONTROL é£æÂ¥ï¼ æÂ¨åª é å°Â任你已é£æÂ¥è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂé æÂ§å¨å°ÂæºÂ丠åÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂç æÂ æÂÂå¨ï¼Âå³å¯使ç¨æÂÂæÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂã å¨æÂ¨ä½¿ç¨éÂÂæÂ§å¨ æÂÂï¼ÂæÂ§ å¶信è æÂÂç¶Âç±æÂ´åÂÂé£絠å°éÂÂé©ç¶çÂÂè¨Âå ä¸Âã æÂ¨ çÂÂä¸Âå¥Âå¨Âæ¨Âä¸Âå¿Âå §å å«å¤ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¤ Ã¥ÂÂè½便ç¸ç¶實ç¨ã 妠æÂÂæÂ¨é¸ æÂÂ使ç¨æÂ¤åÂÂè½ï¼ÂæÂ¨è³ å°Âå¿ é Âé£æÂ¥ä¸Âçµ é¡Âæ¯Âé³頻æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè³堶ä»Âè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂ丠@以æÂÂä¾ÂæÂ¥å°åÂÂè½ ã â¢ å¨任ä¸Â端 使 ç¨å« å®è²é 迷 ä½ æÂÂé  çÂÂ飿ÂÂ¥ ç· ï¼Âå¦å®@ï¼Âå° å ¶ ä»Âå Âé 訠å 丠ç CONTROL IN æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé£æÂ¥è³æÂ¬æ©Âä¸Âç CONTROL OUT æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã é å¯è®ÂæÂ¨èÂÂç± å°Âå ¶éÂÂæÂ§å¨æÂÂå æÂ¬æ©Âä¾ÂæÂ§å¶堶仠è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂã ç¶使ç¨ SR é£æÂ¥ç·Âé£æÂ¥æÂ¬è£Âç½®èÂÂå¦ä¸Âé¨è£Âç½®å é» 漿é»覠æÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以æÂÂå è£Âç½®åÂÂèªé 端é æÂ§å¨ çÂÂé»漿é»è¦ÂæÂÂæÂÂ端ä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ§æÂÂæÂÂå Âä»¶ã éÂÂ註 1 è«Â注æÂÂé¨å PDP 輸堥端 ï¼Âå¦Âï¼ PDP7 å¯ç¶æÂÂé»漿顯示å¨ä¸Âç ã PC 輸堥端ãÂÂï¼Âã 2⢠SR è¨Âå®Âå¨徠æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âä¸Âä»Âç¶æÂÂæÂÂã â¢ SR è¨Âå®Âä¸ÂæÂÂå½±é¿ FM/AM 調頻åÂÂè½ã Other connections.fm 37 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 38 ChH 第 10 ç« å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠é¸頠系統è¨Âå®Âå¼ 以 ä¸Âçº徠æ©Âè¨Âå®Âé¸ å®ä¸ÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯ç¨çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ã 諠å é±æ¯Â篠ä¸ÂçÂÂéÂÂ註說 æÂÂï¼ÂäºÂè§£èÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ç¸ éÂÂç æÂ´ å¤Âè³Âè¨Âã æ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¨åÂÂçÂÂ第ä¸Â頠訠å®Âå¼çÂÂçºé Â訠å¼ã 1 å°Â系統åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âã 2 æÂÂ丠SHIFT SETUP 並使ç¨ îÂÂ/î å ENTER 鏿ÂÂæÂ³è¦Â調æÂ´çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ã å¯使ç¨çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼å¦ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±Âä¸ÂæÂÂ示ã 1 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é²è¡Â調æÂ´ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 確 èªÂ並éÂÂåºã 系統å±Â示è¨Âç½® æÂ¤è¨Âå®Âå¼å¯éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂèªåÂÂå±Â示åÂÂè½ ï¼Âç¶æÂ¨å 次æÂÂä¸Â黿ºÂæÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¤åÂÂè½@@⢠DEMO ON â å¯éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå±Â示åÂÂè½ã â¢ DEMO OFF â å¯éÂÂéÂÂå±Â示åÂÂè½ã 頻çÂÂéÂÂè·Âè¨Âç½® 妠æÂÂæÂ¨ç¼ ç¾æÂ¨ç¡æ³ÂæÂ åÂÂ調é¸å°éÂȌ°ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ表 示頻 çÂÂéÂÂè·Âå¯è½ä¸Âé©ç¨æÂ¨æÂÂå¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂã â¢ AM 9K ⢠AM 10K DTS CD è¨Âå®Âå¼ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ DTS 編碼ç CD ï¼ÂæÂ¨æÂÂéÂÂè¦Âè®ÂæÂ´ æÂ¤é  è¨Âå®Â弿ÂÂè½è½å°解碼å¾ÂçÂÂè¨ÂèÂÂã â¢ NORMAL â ä¸Âè¬ CD æÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ æÂÂ亠DTS 編碼 CD 卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂæÂÂ輸åºéÂÂè¨Âã â¢ DTS-CD â é²衠DTS 編碼 CD çÂÂæÂ£ç¢ºè§£ç¢¼ï¼ ä¸Âè¬ CD æÂ²ç®çÂÂéÂÂé Âå¯è½æÂÂè·³éÂÂã æÂÂéµéÂÂè¨Âç½® ⢠LOCK ON â å¯令åÂÂé¢æÂ¿æÂÂéµåÂÂæÂ§å¶ç¡æ³ÂæÂ ä½Âã â¢ LOCK OFF â å¯æÂ¢å¾©åÂÂé¢æÂ¿æÂÂéµåÂÂæÂ§å¶çÂÂ丠è¬使ç¨ã è¨Âç½®ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂå¨ ç¡ ç å®ÂæÂ å¯å¨æÂ¨ ç¡ èÂÂç´Â丠å°ÂæÂÂå¾ å°Â系統 é æ©Âï¼ æÂ¨å®Âå ¨ç¡é ÂæÂÂå¿Âã 2 ⢠é£çºÂæÂ SLEEP 以é¸åÂÂé¸頠ã é¸åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸頠@⢠SLP ON â ç´Âå¨ä¸Âå°ÂæÂÂå¾ÂéÂÂæ© â¢ SLP OFF â åÂÂæ¶Âç¡ç å®ÂæÂ å¨é¸å SLP ON å¾Âï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以åÂÂæÂÂ丠SLEEP 以確 èªÂä¸Âä¸Âå©é¤ÂçÂÂæÂÂé ã æ¯Âæ¢Âç·Â代表素12 Ã¥ÂÂé ï¼Âå© é¤ÂæÂÂéÂÂï¼ ï¼ éÂÂ註 1 éÂÂç½®äºÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂå¾Âï¼Âè¨Âå®Âé¸å®æÂÂèªåÂÂéÂÂåºã 2 顯示å±Âå¨ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂè¨Â置好æÂÂæÂÂè®ÂæÂÂï¼Â黿ºÂæÂÂ示çÂÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂã SL P --- -- HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 38 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 39 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 調æÂÂ顯示å±Â亮度 æÂ¨å¯以調æÂ´ Ã¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±ÂæÂ åÂÂçÂÂ亮度ãÂÂ顯示 å± è¨Âçºè¼ÂæÂÂçÂÂè²彩æÂÂï¼Â黿ºÂæÂÂ示çÂÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂã 1 æÂÂ丠SHIFT SETUP 並使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é¸å DIMMER ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é²è¡Â調æÂ´ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 確 èªÂ並éÂÂåºã â¢ LIGHT â è¼Â亮è¨Âå®Âå¼ â¢ DARK â è¼ÂæÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ ç¢ÂçÂÂî¿堧容格å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¸容æÂ§ æÂ¬æ©Âé©åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂ種é¡Âå ï¼ÂåªÂé«Âï¼ åÂÂæ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂç¢Âç ã å¯æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ丠èάç¢ÂçÂÂå î¿æÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå è£Â丠æÂ æÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂå ¶ä¸Âä¸Â種æ¨ÂèªÂã ç¶èÂÂè«Â注æÂÂæÂÂ亠é¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂç ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¯å¯çÂÂéÂÂå¼ CD å DVD ï¼Âå¯è½ä»Â屬æÂ¼ ä¸Â坿ÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂæ ¼å¼Âã æÂ´å¤Âè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 ã â¢ æÂ¬æ©Â坿ÂÂæÂ¾ DVD R/ RW ç¢ÂçÂÂã â¢ æÂ¯ FUJIFILM Corporation çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã â¢ æÂ¯ DVD Format/Logo Licensing Corporation çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã â¢ æÂ¬æ©Â亦è KODAK Picture CD ç¸容ã æÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾å¨å¯æÂ¯æÂ´è½ç¢çÂÂåªç°ç«質 ã éÂÂè²éÂÂç IEC çÂÂè¶ ç´ VCD æ¨ÂæºÂï¼Â並å¯æÂ¯æÂ´å¯¬å±Âå¹Âç«é¢ã éÂÂæÂ¼ DualDisc çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DualDisc æÂ¯ä¸Â種堨æÂ°ãÂÂéÂÂé¢çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂï¼Âä¸Âé¢å¯容 ç´ DVD æ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂå½±å ãÂÂè²é³çÂÂï¼Âå¦ä¸Âé¢åÂÂå¯容素é DVD æ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂ堧容ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂ¸ä½Âé³頻åªÂé«Â堧容ã èÂÂæÂ¤ç¨®ç¢ÂçÂÂ容ç´Âé DVD é³頻çÂÂä¸Âé¢å ä¸Â符 CD-Audio çÂÂè¦Âæ ¼ï¼ÂæÂ å¯è½æÂÂç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã DualDisc ç DVD é¢å¯å¨æÂÂ¢åÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã DVD-Audio 堧容ä¸Âè½æÂÂæÂ¾ã æÂÂé DualDisc è¦Âæ ¼çÂÂæÂ´å¤Â詳ç¡è³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«Â洽詢碠çÂÂ製é åÂÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂé¶å®åÂÂã ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 DVD- Video DVD -R DVD-RW VCD Fu jicolor CD é³頻 CD CD-R CD-RW åªÂé« ç¸容格张CD-R/-RW ⢠CD-Audio ã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ã ISO 9660 CD-ROM* * 符å ISO 9660 Level 1 æÂ 2 ä¹Â樠æºÂã CD 實é«Âæ ¼å¼Âï¼ Mode1 ã Mode2 XA Form1 ã è Romeo å Joliet 堩種 æªÂæ¡Â系統ç¸容ã â¢ å¤ÂÃ¥ÂÂ段æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ å¦ â¢ æÂªæÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ å¦ DVD-R/-RW ⢠DVD-Video ï¼Âè¦Âé » 模å¼Âï¼ ãÂÂè¦Âé » éÂÂå½± ï¼ VR ï¼ * ã UDF Bridge DVD-ROM * 編輯é»Âå¯è½ç¡ æ³ å®Âå ¨æÂÂ砧編輯çÂÂæÂ¹ å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å°編輯é»ÂæÂÂç«é¢å¯è½æÂÂæÂ çÂÂæÂ«ç©ºç½çÂÂæÂ å½¢ã â¢ å¤ÂéÂÂéÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ å¦ â¢ æÂªæÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ å¦ VIDEO CD Super Video CD ( è¶ ç´ VCD) HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 39 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 40 ChH éÂÂæÂ¼ DVD R/DVD RW ç¸容æÂ§ å å¯æÂÂæÂ¾ä»¥ ãÂÂè¦Â頻模张@DVD-Video 模å¼Âï¼ ã éÂÂ製並已å®ÂæÂÂå°ÂçÂÂç DVD R/DVD RW ã ç¶è @æÂ äºÂå¨é 影æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂå®ÂæÂÂç 編輯堧容å¯ è½æÂÂç¡泠精確å°æÂÂæÂ¾ã éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX DivX æÂ¯ç±ä¾Âèª DivX, Inc. ç DivX î è¦Â頻編碼æÂ è¡ æÂÂ建ç«ÂçÂÂä¸Â種壠縮æÂ¸ä½Âè¦Âé » æ ¼å¼ÂãÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âå¯æÂ æÂ¾çÂÂéÂÂå¨ CD-R/ - RW å DVD-R/ - RW/ - ROM ç¢Âç ä¸Âç DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡Âã ä¿ÂæÂÂè DVD-Video ç¸å çÂÂè¡Â誠@ç¨ç¹ç DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂ稱你ãÂÂæ¨Âé¡Âã ã çÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âå¨çº CD-R/ - RW æÂ DVD-R/ - RW ç¢ÂçÂÂ丠ç æªÂæ¡Âî¿æ¨Âé¡Âå½å æÂÂï¼Âè«Âè¨Âä½Âå®Âå åºæÂ¬ä¸Âå°ÂæÂ æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯ÂçÂÂé ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã DivX è¦Âé »ç¸容æÂ§ ⢠æÂ£å¼ DivX î Certified ç¢åÂÂã â¢ æÂ¡ç¨ DivX î 媠é«ÂæªÂæ¡ çÂÂæ¨Â溠æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ¹ å¼ ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æÂÂæÂÂçÂÂæÂÂ DivX î å½± Ã¥ÂÂ堧容 ï¼Âå« DivX î 6 ï¼ ã 1 â¢ å¯æªÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ .avi å .divx ï¼Âå¿ é Â使ç¨éÂÂäºÂå¯檠åÂÂï¼Â以å©æÂ¬æ©Â辨è DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡Âï¼ ã è«Â注 æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¡ç¨ .avi 坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ辨è æÂ MPEG4 ï¼Âä½ æÂ æÂ é äºÂæªÂ桠並éÂÂä¸Âå®ÂæÂ¯ DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡Âï¼Â亦å æÂ¤ä¸Âè¦Âå¾Âè½å¨æÂ¬æ©Â丠æÂÂæÂ¾ã 顯示 DivX Ã¥ÂÂå¹ÂæªÂ桠以 ä¸ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçº DivX 夠é¨åÂÂå¹ æªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂé©ç¨ çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå çµÂã æÂ¨å¯以èÂÂç±è¨Âå® è½符åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡Âç åÂÂå¹Â誠訠ï¼Âå¨第 30 é Âç èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ ï¼ ï¼ÂæÂ¼è¢å¹Âä¸Â覠å°æÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂã 2 群絠1 ï¼ Albanian( é¿ç¾巴尼äºÂ誠) (sq), Basque ( å·´æÂ¯å Â誠) (eu), Catalan( Ã¥ÂÂæ³°ç¾ å°¼äºÂ誠) (ca), Danish( 丹 麥誠) (da), Dutch( è·èÂÂ誠) (nl), English( è±誠) (en), Faroese( æ³Â羠誠) (fo), Finnish( èÂÂ誠) (fi), French( æ³Â誠) (fr), German( 德誠) (de), Icelandic( å°島誠) (is), Irish( æÂÂç¾ èÂÂ誠)(ga), Italian( 義大å©誠) (it), Norwegian ( æÂªå¨Â誠)(no), Portuguese( è¡èÂÂçÂÂ誠) (pt), Rhaeto- Romanic ( éÂÂæÂÂç¾ æÂ¼æÂ¯èª ) (rm), Scottish( èÂÂæ ¼èÂÂ誠) (gd), Spanish ( 西çÂÂçÂÂ誠) (es), Swedish( çÂÂ堸誠) (sv) 群絠2 ï¼ Albanian( é¿ç¾巴尼äºÂ誠) (sq), Croatian( å Âç¾ å 西äºÂ誠) (hr), Czech( æÂ·å Â誠) (cs), Hungarian( Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂå©誠) é»蠦製你ç¢Âç â¢ 使ç¨ PC éÂÂ製çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå¯è½æÂÂå çºç¨以 製ä½Âç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂè»Âé«ÂæÂ¬èº«çÂÂè¨Âç½®èÂÂç¡æ³ÂæÂ æÂ¾ãÂÂæÂ¤æÂÂï¼Âè«Â檢æÂÂ¥ DVD-R/-RW æÂ CD-R/-RW è»Âé«ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå è£Âä¸ÂæÂ´å¤ éÂÂæÂ¼ç¸容æÂ§çÂÂ說æÂÂã â¢ 以å°Âå çÂÂéÂÂæÂ¹å¼ÂéÂÂ製çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âç¸容ã é³頻å£Â縮 ⢠MPEG-1 Audio Layer 3 (MP3) ã Wi ndows Media Audio (WMA) ã MPEG-4 AAC ⢠åÂÂ樣頻çÂÂï¼ 32 kHz/44.1 kHz/ 48 kHz ⢠ä½Âå ÂçÂÂï¼ ä»»ä½Âå³輸ç ï¼Â建è°æÂ¡ç¨ 128 kbps 以ä¸Â@⢠VBR ï¼Âå¯è®Âä½Âå ÂçÂÂï¼ MP3/WMA/ MPEG-4 AAC æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ å¦ â¢ WMA ç¡失çÂÂ編碼@å¦ â¢ DRM ï¼ÂæÂ¸ä½ ç 欠管 ç ï¼Âç¸容 æÂ§ï¼ ç¸ 容@å DRM ä¿Âè·ä¹Â鳿¨ÂæªÂæ¡Âå° ç¡泠å¨ æÂ¬æ©Âä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ãÂÂï¼ â¢ å¯æªÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ .mp3 ã .wma ã .m4a ï¼Âé 使ç¨éÂÂäºÂ坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂ以婿ÂÂæÂ¾å¨辨è MP3/ WMA/MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡Â@⢠æªÂæ¡ÂçµÂæ§ ï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ï¼ ä¸Â張碠çÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂå¤Âå¯å²å 299 Ã¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ï¼Âæ¯Âå è³ÂæÂÂ夾ä¸ÂæÂÂå¤Âå¯åÂÂæÂ¾ 648 è³ÂæÂÂ夾åÂÂ檠桠ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂä½µå¾Âï¼ JPEG æªÂ桠⢠Baseline JPEG å EXIF 2.2* éÂÂæ Â影堿ªÂæ¡Âå¯é 3072 x 2048 è§£æÂÂ度ç«素* çºæÂ¸ä½Âç¸æ©Âå°Âç¨ä¹ÂæªÂæ¡Â格张⢠éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ JPEG ç¸容æÂ§ï¼ å¦ â¢ å¯æªÂå @.jpg ï¼Âå¿ é Â使ç¨éÂÂäºÂ坿ªÂå @以å©æÂ¬æ©Â辨è JPEG æªÂæ¡Â@⢠æªÂæ¡ÂçµÂæ§ ï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ï¼ ä¸Â張碠çÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂå¤Âå¯å²å 299 Ã¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ï¼Âæ¯Âå è³ÂæÂÂ夾ä¸ÂæÂÂå¤Âå¯åÂÂæÂ¾ 648 è³ÂæÂÂ夾åÂÂ檠桠ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂä½µå¾Âï¼ åªÂé« ç¸容格张HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 40 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 41 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español (hu), Polish( æ³¢èÂÂ誠) (pl), Romanian( 羠馬尼äºÂ誠) (ro), Slovak( æÂ¯æ´Âä¼Âå Â誠) (sk), Slovenian( æÂ¯æ´Âç¶Âå°¼äºÂ誠) (sl) 群絠3 ï¼ Bulgarian( ä¿Âå å©äºÂ誠) (bg), Byelorussian( ç½俠羠æÂ¯èª ) (be), Macedonian( 馬堶é Â誠)(mk), Russian ( ä¿Â誠)(ru), Serbian( å¡Âç¾ç¶ÂäºÂ誠) (sr), Ukrainian( çÂÂå Âè 誠) (uk) 群絠4 ï¼ Hebrew( å¸Â伯ä¾Â誠) (iw), Yiddish( æÂÂ第ç·Â誠) (ji) 群絠5 ï¼ Turkish( Ã¥ÂÂè³堶誠) (tr) DivX ã DivX Certified 以åÂÂç¸éÂÂæ¨ÂèªÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¯ DivX, Inc. çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âï¼Â並ç²æÂÂæ¬Â使ç¨ã éÂÂæÂ¼ MPEG-4 AAC AAC ï¼ Advanced Audio Coding ï¼ÂæÂ¯ MPEG-4 AAC æ¨ÂæºÂçÂÂæ ¸å¿ÂæÂÂ衠@主è¦ÂçµÂå MPEG-2 AAC ï¼ æÂ¯æ§ÂæÂ MPEG-4 é³頻å£Â縮æÂÂè¡ÂçÂÂåºç¤Âã æÂÂ使ç¨ çÂÂæªÂæ¡Âæ ¼å¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂè¦Âç¨以é²衠AAC æªÂæ¡Âç·¨ 碼çÂÂæÂÂç¨ç¨Âå¼ÂèÂÂå®Âã æÂ¬æ©Â坿ÂÂæÂ¾ç± iTunes î æÂ ç·¨ç¢¼ï¼Â坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂçº ã .m4a ãÂÂç AAC æªÂæ¡Âã DRM æÂÂä¿Âè· çÂÂæªÂæ¡ ä¸Âè½æÂ æÂ¾ï¼Â以åÂÂç± æÂÂ亠iTunes î çÂÂæÂ¾ÂÂ編碼 çÂÂæªÂæ¡Âä¹Âå¯è½ç¡ æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂæªÂå å¯ è½ç¡æ³ÂæÂ£ç¢ºé¡¯ç¤ºã Apple å iTunes Ã¥ÂÂæÂ¯ Apple Inc. æÂ¼ç¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå ¶ä»ÂÃ¥ÂÂ家註 Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã éÂÂæÂ¼ WMA æÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾å¨å¯æÂÂæÂ¾ Windows Media Audio çÂÂ堧容 ã WMA æÂ¯ Windows Media Audio çÂÂ縮寫ï¼Âä¸Âçº Microsoft Corporation æÂÂç  ç¼åºä¾ÂçÂÂé³頻壠縮 æÂÂè¡ ã WMA å § 容å¯æÂ ç¨ Windows Media î Player version 7/7.1 ï¼ Windows Media î Player for Windows î XP ï¼ÂæÂ Windows Media î Player 9 Series çÂÂè»Âé«Âé²è¡Â編碼ã Windows Media æÂ¯ Microsoft Corporation å¨ ç¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂî¿æÂÂå ¶ä»ÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶çÂÂ註åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã æÂÂ¢åÂÂå« Microsoft Corporation æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä¹ÂæÂ è¡Âï¼ÂæÂªç¶ Microsoft Licensing, Inc. æÂÂæ¬Âè @ä¸Âå¾Âä»»æÂÂ使ç¨æÂÂæÂ£ä½Âã ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂ使ç¨åÂÂç¶Âè· æÂÂæÂ¿ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ æÂ¿ Ã¥ÂÂç¢Âç æÂÂï¼Âè«ÂæÂ¡ä½Âå ¶éÂÂ緣以 å Âå¨ç¢ÂçÂÂä»»ä½Â丠é¢ çÂÂä¸ÂæÂ ç´ÂãÂÂç°塵æÂÂå®çÂÂãÂÂå·²ç¶ÂæÂ å£ÂæÂÂé«Â污ç ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂå½±é¿æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂæÂÂè½ã 妠æÂÂç¢Âç ä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂÂç´ÂãÂÂç°塵ç ä¸Âæ½Âç©ï¼Âè«Â使ç¨ æÂÂè»ÂãÂÂä¹¾çÂ¥çÂÂå¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¦æÂÂ乾淨ã 諠ç´åÂÂè¼Âè¼Âç±ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Â央åÂÂå¤ÂæÂ¦æÂ ã 諠å¿以ç«å çÂÂæÂ¹å¼ÂæÂ¦æÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂ表é¢ã 妠æÂÂå¿ è¦Âï¼Âè« ç¨æÂÂå¸Âæ²¾ä¸Âé Âç²¾ ï¼ÂæÂÂå¸Â颿ÂÂ購買 ç CD/DVD 渠æ½Â工堷ä¾ÂæÂ´å¾¹åºÂ渠æ½Âç¢ÂçÂÂã çµÂ丠使 ç¨æÂ®ç¼ Ã¥ÂÂãÂÂç¨ÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå ¶ä»Â訠è¨Âç¨ä¾Â渠æ½Âé»Âè å±çÂÂçÂÂ渠æ½ÂÃ¥ÂÂã å²æÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ é¿å Âå°Âç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂå¨太å· ãÂÂ太æ¿ÂæÂÂ太ç± ï¼Âå æÂŒÂÂå° é½ å Âç´å°Âï¼ÂçÂÂç°墠ä¸Âã 丠è¦Âå°Âç´ å¼µæÂÂè²¼ç´Âé»Âå¨ 碠çÂÂä¸Âï¼ÂæÂÂç¨ éÂÂçÂÂãÂÂé¼ç çÂÂæÂ å ¶ä»Âå°Âé³ç æÂ¸å¯« ç¨堷å¨ä¸Âé¢æÂ¸å¯«ã éÂÂ樣æÂÂæÂÂå£Âç¢ÂçÂÂã éÂÂ註 1 ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å®¹éÂÂ大æÂ¼ 4 GB ç .avi è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡Âã 2 ⢠å¨å¤Âé¨åÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡Âé¨åÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¬æ©Âå¯æÂ¯æÂ´ä»¥ä¸ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹Âæ ¼å¼ÂæªÂæ¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂ稱 ï¼Âè«Â注æÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂäºÂæªÂæ¡Âä¸ÂæÂÂå¨ç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å®ä¸Â顯示@@.srt ã .sub ã .ssa ã .smi ⢠æÂÂäºÂå¤Âé¨åÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡Âå¯è½ç¡æ³ÂæÂ£ç¢ºé¡¯ç¤ºæÂÂå®Âå ¨ç¡æ³Â顯示ã â¢ å½±çÂÂæªÂæ¡ÂçÂÂæªÂÃ¥ÂÂå¿ é ÂéÂÂè¤Âåºç¾å¨å¤Âé¨åÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡ÂæªÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂéÂÂé ÂèÂÂã â¢ Ã¥ÂÂä¸Âå½±çÂÂæªÂæ¡Âè½夠åÂÂæÂÂçÂÂå¤Âé¨åÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¸éÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂå¤ÂéÂÂå®Âçº 10 ã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 41 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 42 ChH ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂé¿å ÂäºÂ頠碠çÂÂä¿Â以é«ÂéÂÂå¨æÂ¬ æ©Âå §æÂÂè½Âã 妠æÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂç¼çÂÂç è£ÂãÂÂ碠è£ÂãÂÂæÂÂæÂ²æÂ å ¶ä»ÂæÂ å£ÂæÂ å½¢ï¼Âè«Âå¿å éª置 æÂ¼æÂ¬æ©Âä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ â æÂÂçµÂæÂ¨å¯è½æÂÂ使æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂå£Âã æÂ¬æ© å¨è¨Â訠丠çºå å¯ 使 ç¨å³統ãÂÂå ¨ Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂ碠çÂÂã 堠éÂÂè²æÂ ï¼Âå°ÂæÂ¼å 使ç¨讠形çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂå¼Âèµ· çÂÂæÂ æÂÂ責任ï¼Âæ¦Âä¸Â負責ã DVD Video é©ç¨å°å æÂÂæÂÂç DVD Video ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå°ä¸Âå°åÂÂæ¨Â示@以æÂÂåº該ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ¼å ¨çÂÂé©ç¨çÂÂå°å ã æÂ¨ç DVD ç³» çµ± 亦æÂÂä¸Âå°å æ¨Â示 ï¼Âå°±å¨èÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âï¼ ã ä¾Âèª 丠ç¸ 容å°åÂÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå° ç¡æ³Âå¨æÂ¬æ©Âä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã å¨æÂ¤ æÂ æ³Âä¸Âï¼Âè¢å¹Âä¸ÂæÂÂåºç¾ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¯ï¼ éÂÂ堼容ç¢ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ碼 ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢Âç æ¨Â示 ALL çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå¯å¨任ä½ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨ä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã å®Âè£ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¿Â餠å®Âè£ÂæÂÂ示 æÂ¬ å ¬å¸帠æÂÂæÂ¨æÂªä¾Â幾年堧 é½è½ç¡æÂ ç 享ç¨æÂ¬ç³» çµ±ï¼Âå æÂ¤å¨é¸ æÂÂå®Âè£Âé¨你æÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¬è«Âç¢è¨Â以 ä¸Âå é»Âï¼ åÂÂå¿ ... î å¨éÂÂ風è¯好çÂÂ室堧使ç¨ã î 置æÂ¼å¹³å¦ã 水平çÂÂ表é¢ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¸æ¡ÂãÂÂæÂ±æÂ¶æÂÂé³é¿æÂ¶ 丠ã åÂÂå¿ ... î å¨é«Â溫æÂÂ極æ¿ÂçÂÂå°é»Â使ç¨ ï¼Âå æÂ¾ÂÂçÂÂæÂÂå ¶ä»ÂæÂÂç¢ çÂÂé«Âç±çÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂè¿Âã î 置æÂ¼çªÂ檯æÂÂå ¶ä»ÂæÂÂ使系統åÂÂå°é½å Âç´å°ÂçÂÂå°é»Âã î å¨å¤Âç°æÂÂ極æ¿ÂçÂÂç°å¢Âä¸Â使ç¨ã î ç´æÂ¥æÂºå¨æÂ´å¤§æ©ÂæÂÂé³ é¿ 系統裡使ç¨æÂÂæÂ é 漸讠ç±çÂÂå ¶ä»Âå Âä»¶ä¸Âã î å¨é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂ顯示å¨éÂÂè¿Â使ç¨ï¼Âå çºæÂÂå¯è½æÂÂç¢ç 干æÂ¾ â ç¹åÂ¥æÂ¯å¦ÂæÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂ使ç¨室堧天ç·ÂæÂÂã î å¨å»ÂæÂ¿æÂÂå ¶ä» æÂ ä½¿ç³»çµ±æÂ´é²å¨濠砠æÂÂè¸氣ä¹Â丠çÂÂå°é»Âã î å¨åÂÂæ¯Â毯æÂÂå°毯ä¸Â使ç¨ï¼ÂæÂÂè¦ÂèÂÂå¸ÂæÂ â éÂÂ樣å¯ è½æÂÂ妨ç¤Â系統主æ©ÂçÂÂæÂ£ç¢ºæÂ£ç±æÂÂæÂÂã î 置æÂ¼ä¸Â平穩çÂÂ表é¢ï¼ÂæÂÂé¢ç©Âä¸Â足以æÂ¯æÂÂ系統主橠åÂÂè ³çÂÂ表é¢ä¸Âã 渠æ½Âè®Â寫é ÂæÂ DVD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨çÂÂè®Â寫é Âä¸Âè¬使ç¨æÂ¯ä¸ÂæÂÂå¼Âé«ÂçÂÂï¼ ä½ å¦Âå æÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂå 穠ç°æÂÂé«Â污æÂÂï¼Â諠洽詢æÂ¨æÂÂå¨ å°çÂÂå  éÂÂæÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âå¿Âã éÂÂç¶è®ÂÃ¥ÂÂé Â渠æ½ÂÃ¥ÂÂ丠è¬ å¸Âé¢ä¸Âé½å¯買徠å°ï¼Âä½ÂæÂ¬å ¬å¸丠建è°使ç¨以 å Âå¯è½é æÂÂè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂé ÂæÂÂå£Âã 水氣åÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂ顠妠æÂÂå°ÂæÂ¬æ©Âç±溫æÂ çÂÂ室堧æÂŒÂ° 室å¤Âï¼ÂæÂÂ室堧溫 度é½ç¶ ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼Âå §é¨便å¯è½æÂÂæÂÂæ°´æ°£ Ã¥ÂÂçµÂã é ç¶ Ã¥ÂÂçµÂçÂÂæ°´æ°£ä¸ÂæÂ å°ÂæÂ¬æ©Âé æÂ æÂÂå£Âï¼Âä½Âå¯è½æÂ ä½¿æÂÂè½ çÂÂæÂÂéÂÂå §åÂÂå°影é¿ã 諠è®Âå ¶æÂÂä¸Âå°ÂæÂÂç æÂÂéÂÂæÂ¢å¾©è³è¼ÂæÂÂç±çÂÂ溫度ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¡ÂéÂÂæ©Âã æÂŒÂÂ系統主橠å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂå¿ è¦Âç§» Ã¥ÂÂå°主橠ï¼Âä¸ÂæÂ æÂ¾å¨堧 æÂÂç¢Âç @è«Âå Âå°Âå ¶åÂÂåº@ç¶å¾ÂæÂÂä¸Âå é¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç î STANDBY/ON 尠系統éÂÂæ©Âã çÂÂå°è¢å¹Âä¸Âç GOOD BYE å 樣æ¶Â失å¾Âï¼ åÂÂå°Â黿ºÂæÂ é ÂæÂÂä¸Âã 1 çµ ä¸Âå¯å¨ æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂå°Â主橠èÂÂèµ·æÂÂæÂŒÂ â å¯è½ æÂÂ使é«ÂéÂÂæÂÂè½Â丠çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂ壠ã éÂÂ註 1 å¦Âå¨ GOOD BYE Ã¥ÂÂ樣èªè¢å¹Âä¸Âæ¶Â失åÂÂ便å°Â主æ©ÂæÂÂé ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂ使系統æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå» çÂÂè¨Âç½®ã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 42 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 43 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español ç«é¢大å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ格张DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂè½æÂ¶éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ種çÂÂç«é¢æ¯Âä¾Âï¼Âç¯Âä¾ å¾Âä¸Â荺 4:3 çÂÂé»è¦Âç¯Âç®å°ç«é¢æ¯Âä¾Âé«Âé 7:3 ç CinemaScope 寬è¢å¹Âé»影 1 é½å¯以ã é»è¦Âæ©Âä¹ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ種ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂç«é¢æ¯Âä¾ ï¼ ä¾Â妠ãÂÂæ¨ÂæºÂã ç 4:3 以åÂÂ寬å±Âå¹ 16:9 ã 2 éÂÂ註 1 許å¤Â寬è¢å¹Âç¢ÂçÂÂ齿ÂÂç¡è¦Â系統çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼Âå æÂ¤ä¸Â管è¨Âå®Âå¼çºä½Âï¼Âç¢ÂçÂÂ齿ÂÂ以 letterbox çÂÂæ ¼å¼Â顯示ã è¨Âç½®æÂ 4:3 (Letter Box) æÂÂï¼Â寬è¢幠ç¢ÂçÂÂå¨顯示ç«é¢æÂÂï¼Âä¸Âä¸Â齿ÂÂåºç¾黠è²æ¢ÂéÂÂã è¨Âç½®æÂ 4:3 (Pan&Scan) æÂÂï¼Â寬è¢幠ç¢ÂçÂÂå¨顯示ç«é¢æÂÂï¼Âå·¦å³éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂªç çÂÂæÂ å½¢ã éÂÂç¶ç«é¢çÂÂèµ·ä¾Â大äºÂï¼Âä½ÂæÂ¨ çÂÂå°çÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¯å¯¦éÂÂçÂÂæÂ´åÂÂç«é¢ã 2 â¢å¦ÂæÂÂ卿¨Â溠4:3 çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âä¸ÂæÂ¡ç¨ 16:9 ï¼Â寬@çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼ÂæÂÂ寬è¢å¹Âé»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂ¡ç¨任ä½Âä¸Â種 4:3 è¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼Â便æÂÂå°Âè´ç«é¢失çÂÂã â¢ ç¶æÂ¨è§Âè³Â以 4:3 æ ¼å¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂ製çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ æÂ¨å¯以使ç¨é»è¦ÂæÂ§å¶åÂÂè½ä¾Â鏿ÂÂå½±åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾çÂÂæÂ¹å¼ ã æÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âå¯è½æÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ縮æÂ¾åÂÂ伸 å±ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ï¼Âç´°ç¯Âé¨åÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±æÂ¨é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂéÂÂçÂÂ使ç¨æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã â¢ æÂÂäºÂé»影çÂÂç«é¢æ¯Âä¾ÂæÂÂè¼ 16:9 寬ï¼Âå æÂ¤å³使æÂ¯ä½¿ç¨寬è¢å¹Âé»è¦Âæ©Âï¼ÂéÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂä»Âç¶æÂÂ以 ã letterbox ãÂÂçÂÂ樣å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 43 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 44 ChH æÂ éÂÂæÂÂé¤ 人åÂÂç¶Â常é¯å°Âä¸ÂæÂ£ç¢ºä¹ÂæÂÂä½Âç¶æÂÂ系統æÂ éÂÂæÂÂç°常 ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨èªÂçºæÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂé£裡ä¸Âå°Âå ï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ以ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé» é²è¡Â檢æÂ¥ã æÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âå¯è½æÂ¯ä¾Âèª堶ä»Âè£Âç½®ã è«Âä»Â細檢æÂ¥å ¶ä»Â使ç¨ä¸ÂçÂÂè£Âç½®åÂÂéÂȌ¨è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂã å¦ÂæÂÂ卿ÂÂ¥ èÂÂéÂÂ以ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé»Âå¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡ÂéÂÂæÂ¯ç¡æ³ÂæÂ¹åÂÂï¼ è«Âå°±è¿Â洽詢æÂ¨çÂÂå ÂéÂÂæÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âå¿ÂæÂÂç¶Âé·å @åÂÂä¾Â代çºç¶Âä¿® ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂ æÂ¬ç³»çµ±æÂ¯å çºå å°éÂÂéÂȍÂÂ夠ä¾ÂæÂÂæÂÂè´使ç¡泠æÂ£å¸¸æÂÂä½Âï¼Âè«Â尠黿ºÂæÂÂé Âå¾Â輸åº æÂÂ座ä¸ÂæÂÂ丠åÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå»ï¼Â以åÂÂ復æÂ£å¸¸çÂÂæÂÂä½ÂçÂÂæ Âã ä¸ÂèÂŒÂÂé¡ åÂÂ顠解決辦泠黿ºÂæ²ÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂçªÂç¶ éÂÂæ© ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¯è½æÂ æÂÂä¸Âé¯誤è¨ÂæÂ¯é¡¯ç¤ºï¼ ã â¢ éÂÂéÂÂæ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂè«ÂçÂÂå¾ ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂã â¢ 確å®Â主æ©Âä¸ÂçÂÂç·ÂæÂÂç¡é¬Âè«çÂÂæÂ å½¢ã å¦ÂæÂÂé¬Âè«ï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂé æÂÂ系統èªåÂÂéÂÂæ©Âã â¢ 檢æÂ¥æÂÂè²å¨é£æÂ¥æÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢ºã â¢ 確å®Â主黿ºÂçÂÂé»å£Â確實é©ç¨æÂ¼æÂŒÂÂæ©Â種ã â¢ Ã¥ÂÂ試éÂÂä½Âé³éÂÂã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âä»Âç¶åÂÂå¨ï¼Âè«Âå°ÂæÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂè³æÂÂè¿ÂçÂÂå ÂéÂÂæÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âå¿ÂæÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂç¶Âé·å èÂÂæÂ¥åÂÂç¶Âä¿®ã é¸æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½å¾Âï¼Âæ²ÂæÂÂè²é³ 輸åºã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ£ä½¿ç¨å¤Âé¨輸堥ï¼Âè«Â確å®Âè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂé£æÂ¥æÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢º ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 33 é Âç é£ æÂ¥è¼Âå©é³頻è¨Âå ï¼Âã â¢ æÂÂä¸ÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨ä¸Âç MUTE 以éÂÂéÂÂéÂÂé³åÂÂè½ã â¢ 調é«Âé³éÂÂã æ²ÂæÂÂè²é³ä¾Âèªç°ç¹Âè²æÂ ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ã â¢ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 27 é Âç ãÂÂè²éÂÂä½ÂæºÂãÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ 以檢æÂ¥æÂÂè²å¨ä½ÂæºÂã â¢ å·²é¸å TUNER æÂÂï¼Âå è½以ç«Âé«Âè²è½åÂÂä¾ÂæºÂã â¢ 確èªÂæÂªé¸å AUTO ã STEREO æÂ VIRTUAL 模张ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 15 é Âç èÂÂè½æÂ¨ çÂÂ系統 ï¼Âã â¢ æÂ£ç¢ºå°å°ÂæÂÂè²å¨æÂ¥ä¸ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã @ã â¢ èÂ¥ä¾ÂæºÂæÂ¯ 96 kHz ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ以ç«Âé«Âè²æÂÂæÂ¾ã ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂä½ÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨ã â¢ æÂ´æÂÂé»池ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã @ã â¢ è«Âå¨ 7 m å §çÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Â以 30 ð çÂÂè§Â度å°ÂæºÂéÂÂæÂ§æÂÂæÂÂ卿ÂÂä½ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Â裠æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã @ã â¢ ç§»é¤éÂÂç¤Âç©æÂÂå¾Âå ¶ä»Âä½Âç½®æÂÂä½Âã â¢ é¿å ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸ÂçÂÂéÂÂæÂ§æÂÂæÂÂå¨åÂÂå°é½å Âç´å°Âã â¢ 確èªÂæÂªå°Âä»»ä½Âç©åÂÂæÂÂå ¥ CONTROL IN æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã â¢ è¥系統çºç¨丠SR é£æÂ¥ç·Âé£æÂ¥è³é»漿é»è¦Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè«Â確èªÂé»漿é»è¦Â黿ºÂå·²é åÂÂã å°ÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨å°ÂæºÂé»漿é»è¦Â以便è½æÂÂä½Â系統ã â¢ å¦Âè¦ÂæÂÂä½Âå ¶å®Âå ÂéÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âè«Â確å®ÂæÂ§å¶é£æÂ¥ç·ÂèÂÂé¡Âæ¯Âé³頻é£æÂ¥ç·Âå·²é£æÂ¥ã 顯示å±Âä¸ÂæÂÂ顯示 TRAYLOCK ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂç¡ æ³ÂéÂÂåºç¢Âç¤ã â¢ æÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç î OPEN/CLOSE ï¼ÂéÂÂåºï¼Âéµä¸ÂæÂ¾ç´Âå «ç§ÂéÂÂã æÂ¥èÂÂ便å¯使 ç¨ î OPEN/CLOSE ï¼ÂéÂÂåºï¼Âéµä¾ÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂç¢Âç¤ã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 44 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 45 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español DVD/CD/VCD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨ 顯示å±Âä¸Âåºç¾ SND. DEMO çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ æÂ¬æ©Âç¡æ³ÂæÂ¥åÂÂæÂ§å¶ã â¢ æÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç î ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ï¼Âéµä¸ÂæÂ¾ç´ÂäºÂç§ÂéÂÂã ç¢Âç¤æÂÂèªåÂÂéÂÂåºï¼Â表示 ãÂÂ鳿ÂÂå±Â示ãÂÂ模å¼Âå·²åÂÂæ¶Âã åÂÂ顠解決辦泠åÂÂ顠解決辦泠ç¢ÂçÂÂå¨置堥å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂèªåÂÂé åºã â¢ 渠æ½Âç¢ÂçÂÂ並å°Âç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ£ç¢ºå°ÂæºÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âæ§½ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂ DVD-video ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂå°åÂÂ代碼èÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âä¸ÂçÂÂ代碼ä¸Âç¸符ï¼Â該ç¢ÂçÂÂ便ä¸Âè½ 使ç¨ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 42 é Âç DVD Video é©ç¨å°å ï¼Âã å¨æÂ¤æÂ æ³Âä¸Âï¼Âè¢å¹Âä¸ÂæÂÂåº ç¾ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¯ï¼ éÂÂ堼容ç¢ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ碼 î¿ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢Âç ã â¢ è®ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨堧é¨çÂÂæ°´æ°£æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂè¸ç¼ã é¿å Âå¨空調è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂè¿Â使ç¨æÂ¬æ©Âã ç¡æ³Âé²è¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå¨置堥æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂï¼Âè«ÂéÂÂæÂ°å°Âç¢ÂçÂÂæ¨Â籤颿ÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¾å ¥ã 影åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸ÂæÂ¢ï¼Âä¸ÂæÂÂéµ ç¡æ³Â使ç¨ã â¢ æÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ï¼ÂæÂÂéÂ括Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂéµéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å Âå°Â黿ºÂéÂÂéÂÂï¼Âç¶å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂ使ç¨åÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç î STANDBY/ON æÂÂéµå°Â黿ºÂæÂ éÂÂã è¨Âå®Âå¼堨鍿¶Âé¤ã â¢ 黿ºÂç¼çÂÂä¸ÂæÂ·æÂÂï¼Âå°ÂæÂÂæ¶Âé¤è¨Âå®Âå¼ã æ²ÂæÂÂå½±åÂÂî¿æ²ÂæÂÂè²彩ã â¢ 檢æÂ¥é£ç·ÂæÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢ºä»¥åÂÂæÂÂé ÂæÂ¯å¦å®Âå ¨æÂÂå ¥ã â¢ æÂ¥é±é»è¦Âæ©Âî¿顯示å¨çÂÂ使ç¨æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Â以確å®Âè¨Âå®Âå¼æÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢ºã â¢ èÂ¥æÂ¯é¸å éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼å»已ç¨è²差è¦Âé »é£æÂ¥ç·Âä¾Âé£æÂ¥éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂä¿¡èÂÂä¸Âç¸ 容çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âï¼Âå°Âå®Âå ¨ç¡æ³ÂçÂÂå°任ä½Âç«é¢ã 使ç¨åÂÂæÂÂæÂ S-video 端åÂÂæÂ¥ä¸Âé»覠æ©Âå¾Âï¼Âè«Âå° è²差è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼è®ÂæÂ´çº éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 29 é Âç è¦Â頻輸 åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ ï¼Âã è¢å¹Âç«é¢æÂÂé·æÂÂæ¯Âä¾Âæ² è®Âã â¢ é»è¦Âæ©Âå±Âå¹ çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ä¸ÂæÂ£ç¢ºã éÂÂæÂ°è¨Âç½®é»è¦Âæ©Âè¢å¹ÂçÂÂé¸頠ï¼Â使堶èÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨ çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âî¿顯示å¨ç¸符 ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 29 é Âç è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ ï¼Âã ç¶å¨ VCR ä¸ÂæÂÂéÂÂé AV 鏿ÂÂå¨é²è¡ÂéÂÂ製ï¼Â便æÂ å¹²æÂ¾å°影åÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ æÂ¬ç³»çµ±çºæÂ¡ç¨é²æÂ·æÂÂè¡Âï¼Â以é¿å ÂéÂÂé VCR æÂ AV 鏿ÂÂå¨ç¼çÂÂéÂÂ製æÂÂå½±åÂÂæÂ¹ é¢çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âã éÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã ç«é¢å¨æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå°干 æÂ¾æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾ä¸ÂçÂÂæ¼Âé»Âã â¢ æÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾å¨è Macro-Vision System é²æÂ·ç³»çµ±ç¸容ã æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂå §å«é²æÂᏬÂèÂÂï¼ èÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¤ç¨®ç¢ÂçÂÂ卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼Âå¨ç«é¢ä¸Âä¸ÂäºÂå°æÂ¹æÂÂåºç¾å¦Âç·Âæ¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂéÂÂ訠ï¼Âè¦Â使ç¨ çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¼ÂèÂÂå®Âï¼ ã éÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã â¢ ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âç¹åÂ¥çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨åÂÂè½åÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂã éÂÂå¯è½æÂÂå°Âè´ç«é¢å¨åÂÂè½å·è¡Âç¶æÂÂï¼ çÂÂæÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾æ¼Âé»ÂæÂÂè¼Âå¾®æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂç¾象ã éÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Â便å çºç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ堧容ä¹ÂéÂÂçÂʌᨍ°èÂÂæÂ´å çªÂ顯ï¼Âä½Â並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂ éÂÂæÂÂè´ã DVD è CD é³éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ顯 å·®ç°ã â¢ DVD è CD 使ç¨çÂÂéÂÂ製æÂ¹å¼Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂã éÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 45 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 46 ChH 調諧å¨ USB 飿ÂÂ¥ CD-ROM å Âç¢Âç¡æ³Â辨 èÂÂã â¢ 確宠CD-ROM æÂ¯ä½¿ç¨ ISO 9660 çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæ ¼å¼ÂéÂÂ製ã æÂ´å¤ÂéÂÂæÂ¼ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§ç è³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 39 é Âç ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 ã ç¡æ³Â辨è DVD-ROM 碠çÂÂã â¢ 確宠DVD-ROM æÂ¯æÂ¡ç¨ UDF bridge æ ¼å¼ÂéÂÂ製ã æÂ´å¤ÂéÂÂæÂ¼ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§çÂÂè³ è¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 39 é Âç ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 ã æªÂæ¡Âç¡æ³Âå¨ç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂî¿ ç¸çÂÂçÂÂ覽å¨ç¶ä¸Â顯示ã â¢ ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡Âå¿ é Â以æÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂ坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂå½åÂÂï¼ è¬å¦Âï¼ MP3 æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .mp3 ï¼ WMA æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .wma ï¼ MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .m4a ï¼ JPEG æÂ¡ç¨ .jpg ï¼Â大寫 æÂÂå°Â寫é½å¯以@ã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 39 é Âç ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ WMA æÂ MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡Âã â¢ éÂÂäºÂæªÂæ¡ÂçºæÂ¡ç¨ DRM ï¼ÂæÂ¸ä½ÂçÂÂæ¬Â管çÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂ製çÂÂã éÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã åÂÂ顠解決辦泠åÂÂ顠解決辦泠æÂ¶è½éÂȌ°廣æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ顯 çÂÂéÂÂé³ã â¢ è«ÂæÂ¥ä¸ AM 天締ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã ï¼Â並å 以調æÂ´æÂ¹åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä½Âç½®ï¼Â以å¾Âå° æÂÂä½³çÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶æ¢Âä»¶ã æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以å¦å¤ÂæÂ¥ä¸Âæ¢Â堧鍿ÂÂå¤Âé¨ AM 天締ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 33 é Âç é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨天締ï¼Âã â¢ å®Â堨伸å±Âé FM ç·ÂÃ¥ÂÂ天ç·Âï¼Â調æÂ´æÂÂä½³æÂ¥æÂ¶çÂÂä½Âç½®ï¼Âç¶å¾Âåºå®ÂæÂ¼çÂÂä¸Âã æÂ¨ä¹ å¯以å¦å¤ÂæÂ¥ä¸ÂçµÂå¤Âé¨ FM 天締ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 33 é Âç é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨天締ï¼Âã â¢ éÂÂéÂÂå ¶ä»Âå¯è½é æÂÂéÂÂè¨ÂçÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå°Â堶移走ã â¢ 調諧éÂÂè·Âä¸Âé©ç¨æÂ¨æÂÂå¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶æÂÂå°åÂÂã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 38 é Âç 頻çÂÂéÂÂè·Âè¨Âç½® 說 æÂÂ以åÂÂæÂÂ調諧éÂÂè·Âã èªåÂÂ調諧åÂÂè½ç¡æ³ÂæÂ¥æÂ¶ å°æÂÂäºÂéÂȌ°ã â¢ éÂȌ°è¨ÂèÂÂ微弱ã èªåÂÂ調諧åÂÂè½å è½åµ測å°è¨ÂèÂÂç¼å°Âè¯好çÂÂç¡ç·ÂéÂȌ°ã æÂ³è¦ ç²å¾ÂæÂ´å éÂÂæÂÂçÂÂ調諧æ¢Âä»¶ï¼Âå¯æÂ¥ä¸Âä¸ÂçµÂ室å¤Â天ç·Âã åÂÂ顠解決辦泠æÂ¬ç³»çµ±ç¡æ³Â辨è USB 大éÂÂå²åÂÂè£Âç½®ã â¢ 確å®Â已尠USB æÂ¥é Âå®Âå ¨æÂÂå ¥æÂ¬æ©Âå §ã â¢ 確èªÂè¨ÂæÂ¶é«Âæ ¼å¼Âçº FAT16 æÂ FAT32 ã â¢ ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ´å §å»ºæÂ USB éÂÂç·Âå¨ç USB è£Âç½®ã æªÂæ¡Âç¡æ³Âå¨å°Â覽å¨î¿ ç¸çÂÂçÂÂ覽å¨ä¸Â顯示ã â¢ æªÂæ¡Âå¿ é Âè¦ÂæÂÂæÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂ坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ è¬å¦Âï¼ MP3 æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .mp3 ï¼ WMA æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .wma ï¼ MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .m4a ï¼ JPEG æÂ¡ç¨ .jpg ï¼Â大寫æÂÂå°Â寫é½å¯以@ã â¢ 確å®ÂæªÂæ¡Â許坿¬ÂæÂªåÂÂéÂÂå¶ ï¼ÂéÂÂéÂÂå¯Â碼çÂÂï¼ ã ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ WMA æÂ MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡Âã â¢ éÂÂäºÂæªÂæ¡ÂçºæÂ¡ç¨ DRM ï¼ÂæÂ¸ä½ÂçÂÂæ¬Â管çÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂ製çÂÂã éÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 46 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 47 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español HDMI 飿ÂÂ¥ é¯誤è¨ÂæÂ¯ Ã¥ÂÂ顠解決辦泠ç¡ HDMI é³頻輸åºã â¢ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 35 é Âç åÂÂæÂ HDMI é³頻è¨Âå®Âå¼ 確å®Âå·²é¸å AUDIO ON ã ç¡ HDMI è¦Â頻輸åºã â¢ 確å®Âå¨éÂÂå°Â使ç¨è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âä¸Âï¼Âå·²é¸åÂÂæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾å¨ä½Âçº HDMI 輸堥 ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ使ç¨æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ã â¢ 確誠HDMI é£æÂ¥ç·Âå·²æÂ£ç¢ºæÂ¥ä¸Âä¸ÂæÂªæÂÂå£Âã â¢ 確èªÂ使ç¨ HDMI ä»Âé¢æÂ¥ä¸ÂçÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂå·²éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âè HDMI ç¸容 ï¼ÂéÂÂäºÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂé Âè DVI å HDCP ï¼ High Bandwidth Digital Content Protection ï¼Âç¸容@ã â¢ è¦Âé£æÂ¥çÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂèÂÂå®Âï¼Â使ç¨ DVI é£æÂ¥å¯è½å°Âè´信èÂÂå³輸ä¸Âç©©ã â¢ 確å®ÂæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾å¨ä¸ÂçÂÂè§£æÂÂ度èÂÂ使ç¨ HDMI é£æÂ¥çÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âè´ã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 29 é  ç è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ è®ÂæÂ´è§£æÂÂ度ã â¢ èÂ¥è®ÂæÂ´è§£æÂÂ度å¾Âç«é¢ä¸ÂçÂÂ空ç½ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ表示é¸åÂÂçÂÂè§£æÂÂ度èÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂ顯示å¨ä¸Â符ã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 35 é Âç éÂÂæÂ°è¨Âå® HDMI é£絠éÂÂæÂ°è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå» é Âè¨Âå¼ã å¨è®ÂæÂ´ HDMI è²彩 è¨Âå® å¼å¾Âï¼Â顯示å¨çÂÂè²彩 åº ç¾åÂÂé¡ ï¼Â第 30 é Âï¼ ã â¢ è¦Âé£æÂ¥çÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂèÂÂå®Âï¼ÂæÂÂ亠HDMI è²彩 è¨Âå®Âå¼å¯è½é æÂÂç«é¢ç¡æ³ÂæÂ£ç¢ºé¡¯ç¤ºã æÂ¤æÂÂï¼Âè«Âè¦ÂçÂÂæ³Â使ç¨é»è¦Âæ©ÂçÂÂè¦Â頻輸堥è¨Âå®Âå¼é¸å RGB ã æÂÂè å¯æÂ¢å¾©å ÂÃ¥ÂÂç HDMI è²彩 è¨Âå®Âå¼ã è¨ÂæÂ¯ 說æÂ 2CH ONLY ⢠æÂÂä½Âå é©ç¨æÂ¼éÂÂè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂï¼Âå ç®åÂÂä¾ÂæºÂçºå¤Âè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂèÂÂç¡æ³Âé²è¡Âã 96K ⢠æÂÂä½Âå ä¾ÂæºÂçº 96 kHz æÂ¸ä½ÂèÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå°ç¦ÂæÂ¢ã REC MODE ⢠å çºéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂ製模å¼ÂçÂÂç·£æÂ ï¼ÂæÂÂ以æÂÂ使æÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°éÂÂå¶ ï¼Â第 33 é Âï¼ ã SND. DEMO â¢ é³æÂÂå±Â示åÂÂè½åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±å¨ 第 44 é Âç æÂ éÂÂæÂÂé¤ ç ä¸ÂèÂŒÂÂé¡ ä¹Âç¯Â說 æÂÂã NOISY ⢠å èÂÂæÂ¯éÂÂé³太é«ÂèÂÂç¡æ³Âé Âå©å®ÂæÂ MCACC è¨Âå®Âã ERR MIC â¢ å¨ MCACC è¨Âå®ÂæÂÂéÂÂï¼Âå æÂªå°Â麥å Â風æÂ¥ä¸ÂæÂÂé£æÂ¥ä¸ÂæÂ£ç¢ºèÂÂç¼çÂÂé¯誤ã ERR SP â¢ å¨ MCACC è¨Âå®ÂæÂÂéÂÂï¼Âå æÂªå°ÂæÂÂè²å¨æÂ¥ä¸ÂæÂÂé£æÂ¥ä¸ÂæÂ£ç¢ºèÂÂç¼çÂÂé¯誤ã MUTING â¢ ç±æÂ¼é³æÂÂ被éÂÂé³ï¼Âå æÂ¤ä½¿ç¨æÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°éÂÂå¶ ï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠MUTE ï¼Âã STEREO ⢠æÂÂä½Âå é¸åÂÂé¸å°å¨èÂÂç¡æ³Âé²è¡Âã TRAYLOCK ⢠ç¢Âç¤éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 44 é Âç æÂ éÂÂæÂÂé¤ ç ä¸ÂèÂŒÂÂé¡ ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã KEYLOCK ⢠æÂÂéµéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¨ã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 38 é Âç æÂÂéµéÂÂè¨Âç½® 說æÂÂã PHONESIN ⢠æÂÂä½Âå è³æ©ÂæÂÂä¸ÂèÂÂç¡æ³Âé²è¡Âã HDMI ERR ⢠å¦ÂéÂÂç§»é£æÂÂè§£æÂÂ示ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±åÂÂè¿°ç HDMI 飿ÂÂ¥ ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âä»Âå¨ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 35 é Âç éÂÂæÂ°è¨Âå® HDMI é£絠ã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 47 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 48 ChH éÂÂæÂ°è¨Â置系統 諠使ç¨å é¢æÂ¿æÂ§å¶å°Â系統 è¨Âå®Âå¼éÂÂæÂ° è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå» é Âè¨Âå¼ã â¢ é ÂÃ¥ÂÂ系統éÂÂæ©ÂæÂÂ丠î STANDBY/ON 並æÂÂä½ î USB ã 丠次å¨æÂ¨ éÂÂæ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂç³» çµ±è¨Âå®Âå¼é½å°ÂæÂ è¢«é 置ã 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® æÂÂäºÂèªÂè¨Âé¸頠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 30 é Âç èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ ï¼ è½è®ÂæÂ¨å¾Âä¸Âå èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® ç 136 種èªÂè¨Âç¶ ä¸Âè¨Âå®ÂÃ¥ÂÂ人åÂÂ好çÂÂèªÂè¨Âã 1 é¸æÂ ãÂÂå ¶ä»ÂèªÂè¨Âã ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以鏿ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代碼æÂÂæÂ¯æÂ¸åÂÂ代 碼ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以鏿ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代碼æÂÂæÂ¯æÂ¸åÂÂ代碼ã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå®ÂæÂ´èªÂè¨Â種顠åÂÂ代碼çÂÂ渠å®ã USB ERR ⢠æÂ´å¤ÂèÂÂæÂ¤ç¸éÂÂçÂÂè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 25 é Âç 使ç¨ USB ä»Âé¢ ç éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 ä¹Â篠說æÂÂã EEP ERR ⢠ç¶Âä¿®äºÂå®Âè«Â洽詢æÂ¨çÂÂå ÂéÂÂæÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âå¿ÂæÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂç¶Âé·åÂÂã EXIT ⢠æÂ¤è¨ÂæÂ¯æÂÂå¨é¸å®éÂÂç½®ä¸Â段æÂÂéÂÂå¾ÂèªåÂÂéÂÂåºæÂÂåºç¾ã è¨ÂæÂ¯ 說æÂ HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 48 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 49 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® èªÂ訠ï¼ÂèªÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代碼@ã èªÂè¨Â代碼 Ã¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼渠å® Ã¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ã åÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代碼 Japanese (ja), 1001 English (en), 0514 French (fr), 0618 German (de), 0405 Italian (it), 0920 Spanish (es), 0519 Dutch (nl), 1412 Russian (ru), 1821 Chinese (zh), 2608 Korean (ko), 1115 Greek (el), 0512 Afar (aa), 0101 Abkhazian (ab), 0102 Afrikaans (af), 0106 Amharic (am), 0113 Arabic (ar), 0118 Assamese (as), 0119 Aymara (ay), 0125 Azerbaijani (az), 0126 Bashkir (ba), 0201 Byelorussian (be), 0205 Bulgarian (bg), 0207 Bihari (bh), 0208 Bislama (bi), 0209 Bengali (bn), 0214 Tibetan (bo), 0215 Breton (br), 0218 Catalan (ca), 0301 Corsican (co), 0315 Czech (cs), 0319 Welsh (cy), 0325 Danish (da), 0401 Bhutani (dz), 0426 Esperanto (eo), 0515 Estonian (et), 0520 Basque (eu), 0521 Persian (fa), 0601 Finnish (fi), 0609 Fiji (fj), 0610 Faroese (fo), 0615 Frisian (fy), 0625 Irish (ga), 0701 Scots-Gaelic (gd), 0704 Galician (gl), 0712 Guarani (gn), 0714 Gujarati (gu), 0721 Hausa (ha), 0801 Hindi (hi), 0809 Croatian (hr), 0818 Hungarian (hu), 0821 Armenian (hy), 0825 Interlingua (ia), 0901 Interlingue (ie), 0905 Inupiak (ik), 0911 Indonesian (in), 0914 Icelandic (is), 0919 Hebrew (iw), 0923 Yiddish (ji), 1009 Javanese (jw), 1023 Georgian (ka), 1101 Kazakh (kk), 1111 Greenlandic (kl), 1112 Cambodian (km), 1113 Kannada (kn), 1114 Kashmiri (ks), 1119 Kurdish (ku), 1121 Kirghiz (ky), 1125 Latin (la), 1201 Lingala (ln), 1214 Laothian (lo), 1215 Lithuanian (lt), 1220 Latvian (lv), 1222 Malagasy (mg), 1307 Maori (mi), 1309 Macedonian (mk), 1311 Malayalam (ml), 1312 Mongolian (mn), 1314 Moldavian (mo), 1315 Marathi (mr), 1318 Malay (ms), 1319 Maltese (mt), 1320 Burmese (my), 1325 Nauru (na), 1401 Nepali (ne), 1405 Norwegian (no), 1415 Occitan (oc), 1503 Oromo (om), 1513 Oriya (or), 1518 Panjabi (pa), 1601 Polish (pl), 1612 Pashto, Pushto (ps), 1619 Portuguese (pt), 1620 Quechua (qu), 1721 Rhaeto-Romance (rm), 1813 Kirundi (rn), 1814 Romanian (ro), 1815 Kinyarwanda (rw), 1823 Sanskrit (sa), 1901 Sindhi (sd), 1904 Sangho (sg), 1907 Serbo-Croatian (sh), 1908 Sinhalese (si), 1909 Slovak (sk), 1911 Slovenian (sl), 1912 Samoan (sm), 1913 Shona (sn), 1914 Somali (so), 1915 Albanian (sq), 1917 Serbian (sr), 1918 Siswati (ss), 1919 Sesotho (st), 1920 Sundanese (su), 1921 Swedish (sv), 1922 Swahili (sw), 1923 Tamil (ta), 2001 Telugu (te), 2005 Tajik (tg), 2007 Thai (th), 2008 Tigrinya (ti), 2009 Turkmen (tk), 2011 Tagalog (tl), 2012 Setswana (tn), 2014 Tonga (to), 2015 Turkish (tr), 2018 Tsonga (ts), 2019 Tatar (tt), 2020 Twi (tw), 2023 Ukrainian (uk), 2111 Urdu (ur), 2118 Uzbek (uz), 2126 Vietnamese (vi), 2209 Volapük (vo) , 2215 Wolof (wo), 2315 Xhosa (xh), 2408 Yoruba (yo), 2515 Zulu (zu), 2621 é¿根廷 , 0118, ar 澳洲 , 0121, au 奧å°å© , 0120, at æ¯Âå©æÂ , 0205, be 巴西 , 0218, br å æÂ¿å¤§ , 0301, ca æÂºå© , 0312, cl ä¸Âå , 0314, cn 丹麥 , 0411, dk 菠, 0609, fi æ³Âå , 0618, fr å¾·å , 0405, de é¦Â港 , 0811, hk å°度 , 0914, in å°尼 , 0904, id 義大å© , 0920, it æÂ¥æÂ¬ , 1016, jp éÂÂå , 1118, kr 馬ä¾Â西亠, 1325, my 墨西åÂÂ¥ , 1324, mx è·è , 1412, nl ç´Â西è , 1426, nz æÂªå¨ , 1415, no å·´åºæÂ¯å¦ , 1611, pk è²å¾Âè³ , 1608, ph è¡èÂÂç , 1620, pt ä¿Âå ï¼Âä¿Âç¾ æÂ¯è¯é¦@, 1821, ru æÂ°å å¡ , 1907, sg 西çÂÂç , 0519, es çÂÂ士 , 0308, ch çÂÂå ¸ , 1905, se å°ç£ , 2023, tw æ³°å , 2008, th è±å , 0702, gb ç¾Âå , 2119, us HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 49 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 50 ChH è¦Âæ ¼ ⢠æÂ´å¤§å¨é¨å æÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ輸åº@åÂÂç½®ãÂÂä¸Âç½®ãÂÂç°ç¹Âè² . . . . . . æ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂè²é 100 W ï¼ 1 kHz ï¼ 10 % T.H.D. ï¼ 4 ⦠@éÂÂä½Âé³ . . . . . 100 W ï¼ 100 Hz ï¼ 10 % T.H.D. ï¼ 4 ⦠@⢠ç¢ÂçÂÂé¨å æÂ¸ä½Âé³頻ç¹æÂ§ . . . . . . . DVD fs ï¼ 96 kHz ï¼ 24-bit é¡Âå . . . . . . DVD 系統@VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD 系統å å Âç¢ÂæÂ¸ä½Âé³é¿系統 é »çÂÂé¿æÂ . . . . . . . . . 4 Hz è³ 44 kHz ï¼ 96 kHz Ã¥ÂÂ樣çÂÂï¼ / 4 Hz è³ 22 kHz ï¼ 48 kHz Ã¥ÂÂ樣çÂÂï¼ æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 測éÂÂéÂÂå¶ ( ñ 0.001 % W.PEAK ï¼Â以丠(JEITA) ⢠FM 調諧å¨é¨å 頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87.5 MHz å° 108 MHz 天締. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ⦠ï¼Âä¸Â平衡张⢠AM 調諧å¨é¨å 頻çÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ æÂ¡ç¨ 9 kHz éÂÂè· . . . . . . 531 kHz å° 1602 kHz æÂ¡ç¨ 10 kHz éÂÂè· . . . . . 530 kHz å° 1700 kHz 天締. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ç°åÂÂ天締⢠堶仠é»溠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC 110 V ï¼ 50 Hz/60 Hz æ¶ÂèÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 W å¾ æ©Âæ¶ÂèÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.30 W 尺寸 . . . 420 mm @寬 ï¼ x 60 mm ï¼ é« ï¼ x 332 mm ï¼ æ·± ï¼ éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 kg ⢠é Âä»¶ ï¼ DVD/CD æÂ¥æÂ¶å¨@éÂÂæÂ§å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 AA/R6 ä¹¾é»池ï¼Âç¨以確èªÂ系統æÂÂä½Âï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 è¦Âé »é£æÂ¥ç· ï¼Âé»Âè²æÂÂé Âï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 AM ç°åÂÂ天締. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 FM 天締. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 麥å Â風 ï¼Âç¨æÂ¼èªå MCACC è¨Â置@. . . . . . . . . 1 黿ºÂç· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 å®Âè£ÂæÂÂå æÂ¾ÂÂä½ÂæÂÂå S-DV363 æÂÂè²å¨系統 ⢠åÂÂç½®î¿ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . å°ÂéÂÂå¼ÂæÂ¸æÂ¶å ï¼Âé²ç£Â@系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Hz å° 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W 尺寸 . . . 100 mm @寬 ï¼ x 100 mm ï¼ é« ï¼ x 100 mm ï¼ æ·± ï¼ éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.54 kg ⢠ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . å°ÂéÂÂå¼ÂæÂ¸æÂ¶å ï¼Âé²ç£Â@系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Hz å° 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W 尺寸 . . . . 220 mm @寬 ï¼ x 90 mm ï¼ é« ï¼ x 100 mm ï¼ æ·± ï¼ éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.70 kg ⢠éÂÂä½Âé³ å¤Âç®± . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ä½Âé³åÂÂå°Âè½å°å 系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå¼ é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Hz å° 2.5 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W 尺寸 . . . 221 mm @寬 ï¼ x 401.5 mm ï¼ é« ï¼ x 390 mm ï¼ æ·± ï¼ éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5 kg ⢠é Âä»¶ æÂÂè²å¨é£æÂ¥ç· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 æÂÂæÂ¶ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 èº絲 ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¶ç¨@. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 鲿»Â墠ï¼Âå°ÂçÂÂï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 鲿»Â墠ï¼Â大çÂÂï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 50 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 51 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español S-DV2T æÂÂè²å¨系統 ⢠åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . å°ÂéÂÂå¼Âè½å°å ï¼Âé²ç£Â@系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨@ä½Âé³ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå x 2 é«Âé³å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 cm Ã¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Hz å° 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W 尺寸 . . . . 260 mm ï¼Â寬@x 1096.3 mm ï¼Âé«Âï¼ x 260 mm ï¼Â深@éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 kg ⢠ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ è S-DV363 ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ç¸å @å¦Âä¸Âè¿° ï¼ ã â¢ ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . å°ÂéÂÂå¼ÂæÂ¸æÂ¶å ï¼Âé²ç£Â@系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Hz å° 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W 尺寸 . . 100 mm ï¼Â寬@x 100 mm ï¼Âé«Âï¼ x 100 mm ï¼Â深@éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.54 kg ⢠é Âä»¶ æÂÂè²å¨é£æÂ¥ç· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 鲿»Â墠ï¼Âå°ÂçÂÂï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 鲿»Â墠ï¼Â大çÂÂï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 æÂÂè²å¨åº座 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 èº絲 ï¼ÂåºÂ座ç¨@. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 S-DV4T æÂÂè²å¨系統 ⢠åÂÂç½®î¿ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ è S-DV2T ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ç¸å @å¦Âä¸Âè¿° ï¼Âã â¢ ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ è S-DV363 ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ç¸å @å¦Âä¸Âè¿° ï¼ ã â¢ é Âä»¶ æÂÂè²å¨é£æÂ¥ç· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 鲿»Â墠ï¼Â大çÂÂï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 æÂÂè²å¨åº座 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 èº絲 ï¼ÂåºÂ座ç¨@. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 S-DV2SW æÂÂè²å¨系統 ⢠éÂÂä½Âé³ è S-DV363 éÂÂä½Âé³ç¸å @å¦Âä¸Âè¿° ï¼ ã â¢ é Âä»¶ æÂÂè²å¨é£æÂ¥ç· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 鲿»Â墠ï¼Â大çÂÂï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 éÂÂ註 â¢ çºæ±Âç¢å æÂ¹è¯ï¼Âè¦Âæ ¼ å 訠è¨Âå¦ÂæÂ è® æÂ´ï¼ÂæÂ ä¸Âå¦è¡ÂéÂÂçÂ¥ã ç± Dolby Laboratories æÂÂæ¬Â製é ã ãÂÂæÂÂæ¯Âã ã ã Dolby ã ã ã Pro Logic ãÂÂè é D æ¨ÂèªÂæÂ¯ Dolby Laboratories çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã â DTS âÂÂÃ¥ÂÂâ DTS Digital Surround âÂÂçºæÂ¸ç¢¼å½± é¢系統堬å¸ ï¼ DTS, Inc. ï¼ÂçÂÂ註åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã æÂ¥æÂ¬å ÂéÂÂå ¬å¸åºçÂÂã çÂÂ欠é 2007 æÂ¥æÂ¬å ÂéÂÂå ¬å¸ã çÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂæÂÂã æÂÂ¢åÂÂç¶ÂNEC堬叿ÂÂæ¬Âï¼Â使ç¨FontAvenue î Ã¥ÂÂé«ÂãÂÂFontAvenueçºNECå ¬å¸çÂÂ註åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã æÂÂ¢åÂÂæÂÂ使ç¨çÂÂçÂÂæ¬Âä¿Âè·æÂÂè¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°Âå©以å 堶ä»Â屬æÂ¼ Macrovision Corporation çÂÂçÂ¥è ç¢æ¬Âä¿Âè·ãÂÂ使ç¨該çÂÂæ¬Âä¿Âè·æÂÂè¡Âå¿ é ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾ Macrovision Corporation çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂä¸Âç¶ Macrovision Corporation çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂåªè½ç¨ æÂ¼å®¶åºÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂè§Âè³ÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè§£å¯Âç 亦屬æÂ¼ç¦ÂæÂ¢ä¹ÂÃ¥ÂÂã DRM(æÂ¸ä½ÂçÂÂæ¬Â管çÂÂ)æÂ¯ä¸Â種èÂÂç±éÂÂå¶ å£Â縮é³頻æªÂæ¡Âå è½å¨é»蠦以å¤ÂéÂÂ製æÂ¤ 種æªÂæ¡Âå°Âç¨çÂÂè£Âç½®(æÂÂå ¶ä»ÂéÂÂ製è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂ) æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âå°ÂçºæÂÂæÂÂé Âé²éÂÂæ³ÂæÂ·è²ÂèÂÂè¨Â訠çÂÂé²æÂ·æÂÂè¡ÂãÂÂç¸éÂÂ詳細è³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± Ã¥ÂÂ人é»蠦åÂÂî¿æÂÂè»Âé«ÂæÂÂéÂÂçÂÂ使ç¨æÂÂå æÂÂ說æÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 51 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
PIONEER CORPORATION 4-1, Meguro 1-Chome, Meguro-ku, Tokyo 153-8654, Japan PIONEER ELECTRONICS (USA) INC. P.O. BOX 1540, Long Beach, California 90801-1540, U.S.A. TEL: (800) 421-1404 PIONEER ELECTRONICS OF CANADA, INC. 300 Allstate Parkway, Markham, Ontario L3R 0P2, Canada TEL: 1-877-283-5901, 905-479-4411 PIONEER EUROPE NV Haven 1087, Keetberglaan 1, B-9120 Melsele, Belgium TEL: 03/570.05.11 PIONEER ELECTRONICS ASIACENTRE PTE. LTD. 253 Alexandra Road, #04-01, Singapore 159936 TEL: 65-6472-7555 PIONEER ELECTRONICS AUSTRALIA PTY. LTD. 178-184 Boundary Road, Braeside, Victoria 3195, Australia, TEL: (03) 9586-6300 PIONEER ELECTRONICS DE MEXICO S.A. DE C.V. Blvd.Manuel Avila Camacho 138 10 piso Col.Lomas de Chapultepec, Mexico,D.F . 1 1000 TEL: 55-9178-4270 K002_B_En <XRE3164-A> Printed in HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 52 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Location: bottom of the unit The exclamation point within an equilateral triangle is intended to alert the user to the presence of important operating and maintenance (ser vicing) instructions in the literature accompanying the appliance. The lightning flash with arrowhead symbol, within an equilateral triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of uninsulated "dangerous voltage" within the product's enclosure that may be of sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric shock to persons. CAUTION: TO PREVENT THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE P ARTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL. CAUTION RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT OPEN IMPOR T ANT D3-4-2-1-1_En-A W ARNING This equipment is not waterproof. T o prevent a fir e or shock hazard, do not place any container filed with liquid near this equipment (such as a vase or flower pot) or expose it to dripping, splashing, rain or moisture. D3-4-2-1-3_A_En W ARNING The voltage of the available power supply differs according to country or r egion. Be sure that the power supply voltage of the area wher e this unit will be used meets the requir ed voltage (e.g., 230 V or 120 V) written on the rear panel. D3-4-2-1-4_A_En Before plugging in for the first time, read the following section carefully . W ARNING To prevent a fir e hazard, do not place any naked flame sources (such as a lighted candle) on the equipment. D3-4-2-1-7a_A_En VENTILA TION CAUTION When installing this unit, make sure to leave space around the unit for ventilation to impr ove heat radiation (at least 10 cm at top, 10 cm at rear , and 10 cm at each side). W ARNING Slots and openings in the cabinet are pr ovided for ventilation to ensure r eliable operation of the product, and to pr otect it from overheating. T o prevent fir e hazard, the openings should never be blocked or covered with items (such as newspapers, table-cloths, curtains) or by operating the equipment on thick carpet or a bed. D3-4-2-1-7b_A_En CAUTION The ST ANDBY/ON switch on this unit will not completely shut off all power from the AC outlet. Since the power cord ser ves as the main disconnect device for the unit, you will need to unplug it from the AC outlet to shut down all power . Therefore, make sure the unit has been installed so that the power cord can be easily unplugged from the AC outlet in case of an accident. T o avoid fire hazard, the power cord should also be unplugged from the AC outlet when left unused for a long period of time (for example, when on vacation). D3-4-2-2-2a_A_En Thank you for buying this Pioneer product. Please read through these operating instructions so that you will know how to operate your model properly. After you have finished reading the instructions, put them in a safe place for future reference . cover & anki.fm 2 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Operating Environment Operating environment temperature and humidity : 5 úC to 35 úC ( 41 úF to 95 úF); less than 85 %RH (cooling vents not blocked) Do not install this unit in a poorly ventilated area, or in locations exposed to high humidity or direct sunlight (or strong artificial light) D3-4-2-1-7c_A_En CAUTION This product is a class 1 laser product, but this product contains a laser diode higher than Class 1. To ensure continued safety , do not remove any covers or attempt to gain access to the inside of the product. Refer all servicing to qualified personnel. The following caution label appears on your unit. Location: top of the unit CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT D3-4-2-1-8_B_En CAUTION : CLASS 3B VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER VRW2159 EXPOSURE TO THE BEAM. RADIA TION WHEN OPEN, A VOID If the AC plug of this unit does not match the AC outlet you want to use, the plug must be removed and appropriate one fitted. Replacement and mounting of an AC plug on the power supply cord of this unit should be per formed only by qualified ser vice personnel. If connected to an AC outlet, the cut-off plug can cause severe electrical shock. Make sure it is properly disposed of after removal. The equipment should be disconnected by removing the mains plug from the wall socket when left unused for a long period of time (for example, when on vacation). D3-4-2-2-1a_A_En POWER-CORD CAUTION Handle the power cord by the plug. Do not pull out the plug by tugging the cord and never touch the power cord when your hands are wet as this could cause a short circuit or electric shock. Do not place the unit, a piece of furniture, etc., on the power cord, or pinch the cord. Never make a knot in the cord or tie it with other cords. The power cords should be routed such that they are not likely to be stepped on. A damaged power cord can cause a fire or give you an electrical shock. Check the power cord once in a while. When you find it damaged, ask your nearest PIONEER authorized ser vice center or your dealer for a replacement. S002_En This product is for general household purposes. Any failure due to use for other than household purposes (such as long-term use for business purposes in a restaurant or use in a car or ship) and which requires repair will be charged for even during the warranty period. K041_En HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 3 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
4 En 01 Controls and displays Front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 02 Getting started Home theater sound setup . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Using the Auto MCACC setup for optimal surround sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Using the on-screen displays . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Playing discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Basic playback controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Resume and Last Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 DVD-Video disc menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Video CD/Super VCD PBC menus . . . . . . 13 Listening to the radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Improving poor FM reception . . . . . . . . . 14 Reducing AM reception noise . . . . . . . . . 14 Memorizing stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Listening to station presets . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Listening to other sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 03 Listening to your system Auto listening mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Listening in surround sound . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Dolby Pro Logic II Music settings . . . . . . 15 Using Front Stage Surround Advance . . . .16 Using Advanced Surround . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Listening in stereo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Listening with headphones . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Listening with Acoustic Calibration EQ . . .16 Using the Sound Retriever . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Enhancing dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Using the Tone controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Adjusting the bass and treble . . . . . . . . . 17 Quiet and Midnight modes . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Boosting the bass level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 04 Disc playback features Scanning discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Playing in slow motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Frame advance/frame reverse . . . . . . . . . . 18 Playing a JPEG slideshow . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Browsing DVD or Video CD/Super VCD discs with the Disc Navigator . . . . . . . . . . 19 Browsing WMA, MP3, MPEG-4 AAC, DivX video and JPEG files with the Disc Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Using Playlists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Programming playlists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Listening to playlists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Clearing files from a playlist . . . . . . . . . . 21 Looping a section of a disc . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Using repeat play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Using random play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Creating a program list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Other functions available from the program menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Searching a disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Switching subtitles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Switching language/audio channels . . . . . 23 Zooming the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Switching camera angles . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Displaying disc information . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 05 USB playback Using the USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Basic playback controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Scanning files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Playing a JPEG slideshow . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Browsing files with the Navigator . . . . . . . 26 06 Surround sound settings Using the Setup menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 07 Video Adjust menu Video Adjust menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Contents HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 4 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
5 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español 08 Initial Settings menu Using the Initial Settings menu . . . . . . . . 29 Video Output settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Language settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Display settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Options settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Parental Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 About DivXî VOD content . . . . . . . . . . . 32 09 Other connections Connecting external antennas . . . . . . . . . 33 Connecting auxiliary audio components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Recording mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Connecting the S-video output . . . . . . . . . 34 Connecting using the component video output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 About progressive scan video . . . . . . . . 34 Connecting using HDMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Switching the HDMI audio setting . . . . . 35 Resetting the HDMI connection . . . . . . . 35 About HDMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Using this unit with a Pioneer plasma television . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 SR Setup for Pioneer plasma televisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Switching on the SR mode . . . . . . . . . 37 About control out connections . . . . . . . . . 37 10 Additional information Optional system settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Setting the sleep timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Dimming the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Disc/content format playback compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Disc compatibility table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 About DVD R/DVD RW compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 About DivX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 About MPEG-4 AAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 About WMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Using and taking care of discs . . . . . . . . . . 41 DVD Video regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Installation and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . 42 Hints on installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Cleaning the pickup lens . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Problems with condensation . . . . . . . . . . 42 Moving the system unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Screen sizes and disc formats . . . . . . . . . . 43 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 DVD/CD/Video CD player . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 USB connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 HDMI connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Resetting the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Using the language code list . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Language code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Country/Area code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 5 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Controls and displays 01 6 En Chapter 1 Controls and displays Front panel 1 î STANDBY/ON Switches the system on or into standby. 2 PLAY LIST buttons Add tracks (during playback), or select a playlist (while stopped) (page 20). 3 î OPEN/CLOSE Opens/closes the disc tray. 4 î DVD/CD Selects the DVD/CD function and starts/ pauses/resumes playback. 5 î î î î Stops playback. 6 î USB Selects the USB function and starts/pauses playback. 7 VOLUME /â buttons 8 USB interface Connect a USB device for playback (see USB playback on page 25). 9 PHONES jack Connect headphones. 10 Indicator Lights blue when the power is on (except when the dimmer/sleep timer is active). 11 Remote Sensor 12 Display See Display below. DVD/CD VOLUME OPEN/CLOSE USB STANDBY/ON PLAY LIST 1 PLAY LIST 2 PLAY LIST 3 5 6 7 4 3 2 1 8 9 12 11 10 HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 6 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Controls and displays 01 7 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Remote control 1 î STANDBY/ON Switches the system on or into standby. 2 Function select buttons Selects the source you want to listen to ( DVD/ CD , TUNER , USB , LINE ). 3 Number buttons, CLEAR, DISPLAY and DVD controls CLEAR Clears an entry. DISPLAY Displays/changes disc information shown on-screen (page 24). SHIFT AUDIO Selects audio channel/language (page 23). SHIFT SUBTITLE Displays/changes the subtitles (page 23). SHIFT ANGLE Changes camera angle during DVD multi- angle scene playback (page 24). SHIFT ZOOM Changes the screen zoom level (page 23). 4 TOP MENU â Displays the top menu of a DVD disc in the play position â this may be the same as pressing MENU (page 13). SHIFT SETUP â Use to make various system and surround sound settings (page 14, 27 and 39). 5 Cursor, ENTER and tuning buttons îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î â Use the cursor buttons to navigate on-screen displays and menus. ENTER â Selects an option or executes a command. TUNE /â â Tunes the radio. ST /â â Selects station presets when listening to the radio. 6 HOME MENU â Displays (or exits) the on- screen menu for Initial Settings, Play Mode functions, etc. SHIFT MCACC â Starts the Auto MCACC setup (page 10). 7 Sound controls F.S.SURR â Selects Front Stage Surround Advance mode (page 16). SURROUND â Selects a Surround mode (page 15) or switches to stereo playback (page 16). ADVANCED â Selects a Pioneer original surround mode (page 16) . SOUND â Accesses the sound menu to adjust the tone, bass and treble, etc. (page 15 to 17 and 33). HOME MENU PLAYLIST STANDBY /ON SHIFT LINE TOP MENU RETURN TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND CLEAR SLEEP MUTE DISPLAY 12 3 1 2 3 45 6 78 9 0 ADVANCED TUNE TUNE ST ST ENTER USB SUBTITLE AUDIO ZOOM ANGLE SETUP SR F.S.SURR MENU OPEN/CLOSE INPUT CHANNEL VOLUME DVD/CD TUNER (FM/AM) SOUND RETRIEVER VOLUME TV CONTROL 1 2 3 8 9 4 7 12 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 5 6 10 HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 7 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Controls and displays 01 8 En 8 Playback controls See Basic playback controls on page 12, Disc playback features on page 18 and USB playback on page 25 for an explanation of these controls. 9 TV CONTROL buttons These control Pioneer plasma televisions. 10 SHIFT Press to access the controls highlighted in green. 11 SOUND RETRIEVER â Press to restore CD quality sound to compressed audio sources (page 17). 12 î OPEN/CLOSE Opens/closes the disc tray. 13 PLAYLIST buttons Add tracks (during playback), or select a playlist (while stopped) (page 20). 14 MENU â Press to display a USB menu, or the Navigator (page 13, 18 and 26). SHIFT SR â Switches the SR mode on/ off (page 36). 15 RETURN â Returns to a previous menu screen. SHIFT TEST TONE â Outputs the test tone (for speaker setup) (page 27). 16 SLEEP Press to set the sleep timer (page 38). 17 MUTE Mutes the sound (press again to cancel). 18 VOLUME /â Adjusts the volume. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 8 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Controls and displays 01 9 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Display 1 DTS Lights during playback of a DTS source (page 15). 2 PRGSVE Lights when progressive scan video output is selected (page 29). 3 SOUND Lights when the Sound Retriever is active (page 17). 4 SURR. Lights when one of the Advanced surround listening modes is selected (page 16). F.SURR. Lights when one of the Front Stage Surround Advance mode is selected (page 16). 5 RPT and RPT -1 RPT lights during repeat play. RPT-1 lights during repeat one-track play (page 21). 6 REC MODE Lights when Recording mode is on (page 33). 7 PGM Lights during program play (page 20 and 22). 8 Tuner indicators â Lights when a broadcast is being received. â Lights when a stereo FM broadcast is being received in auto stereo mode. â Lights when FM mono reception is selected. 9 RDM Lights during random play (page 21). 10 kHz/MHz Indicates the frequency unit shown in the character display ( kHz for AM, MHz for FM). 11 Character display 12 Lights when sleep timer is active (page 38). 13 î Lights during playback. 14 2 PL II Lights during Dolby Pro Logic II decoding (page 15). 15 2 D Lights during playback of a Dolby Digital source (page 15). PRGSVE SOUND DTS F .SURR. 2 PL 2 D RPT -1 kHz PGM MHz RDM REC MODE 7 13 9 10 8 5 12 14 3 15 11 2 1 4 6 HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 9 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 02 10 En Chapter 2 Getting started Home theater sound setup Place your speakers as shown below for optimal surround sound (see the Speaker Setup Guide for more placement tips). ⢠Standard surround setup â This is a standard multichannel surround sound speaker setup for optimal 5.1 channel home theater sound. Depending on the size and characteristics of your room, you can choose to use the following setup option: 1 ⢠Front surround setup â This setup is ideal when rear surround speaker placement isn't possible or you want to avoid running long speaker cables in your listening area. For HTZ363DVD: For HTZ565DVD and HTZ767DVD: After placing your speakers, see Using the Auto MCACC setup for optimal surround sound below to complete your surround setup. Using the Auto MCACC setup for optimal surround sound The Multichannel Acoustic Calibration (MCACC) system measures the acoustic characteristics of your listening area, taking into account ambient noise and testing for channel delay and channel level. After you have set up the microphone provided with your system, the receiver uses the information from a series of test tones to optimize the speaker settings and equalization (Acoustic Calibration EQ) for your particular room. 2 Important ⢠These test tones are loud; however, do not turn the volume down during setup as this may result in a sub-optimal calibration. Note 1 See Using Front Stage Surround Advance on page 16 to select a front surround mode when using this setup. Fr o nt left Surround left Listening position Center Subwoofer Fr ont right Surround right F ront left Fr o nt right Surround left Surround right Listening position Center Subwoofer 2 You only need to use the Auto MCACC setup once (unless you change the placement of your speakers or your room layout). Fr o nt left Fr o nt right Surround left Surround right Listening position Center Subwoofer HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 10 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 02 11 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español ⢠Make sure the mic and speakers are not moved during the MCACC setup. 1 Connect the microphone to the MCACC MIC jack on the rear panel. 2 Place the microphone at your normal listening position. Place it about ear height, and make sure it is level by using a table or chair. Make sure there are no obstacles between the speakers and the microphone. 3 If the system is off, press î STANDBY/ON to turn the power on. If the tuner is selected, switch the input source. 4 Press SHIFT MCACC. Try to be as quiet as possible after pressing SHIFT MCACC . The volume increases automatically and the system outputs a series of test tones. ⢠Press SHIFT MCACC to cancel and revert to the previous Auto MCACC settings. ⢠If the noise level is too high, NOISY blinks in the display for five seconds. To exit and check the noise levels 1 , press SHIFT MCACC , or to try again, press ENTER when RETRY shows in the display. ⢠If you see an ERR MIC or ERR SP message in the display, there may be a problem with your mic or the speaker connections. To try again, press ENTER when you see RETRY 2 . When the MCACC setup is complete, the volume level returns to normal and COMPLETE 3 shows in the display, indicating that the MCACC setup is complete and Acoustic Calibration EQ has been activated. 4 Using the on-screen displays For ease of use, this system makes extensive use of graphical on-screen displays (OSDs). All the screens are navigated in basically the same way, using î , î , î , î to change the highlighted item and pressing ENTER to select it. 5 Important ⢠Throughout this manual, âÂÂSelectâ means use the cursor buttons to highlight an item on-screen, then press ENTER . PLAYLIST STANDBY /ON LINE 12 3 1 2 3 45 6 78 9 USB SUBTITLE AUDIO ZOOM ANGLE OPEN/CLOSE DVD/CD TUNER (FM/AM) SOUND RETRIEVER HOME MENU TOP MENU RETURN TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND CLEAR DISPLAY 0 ADVANCED TUNE TUNE ST ST ENTER SETUP SR F.S.SURR MENU SHIFT SLEEP MUTE INPUT CHANNEL VOLUME VOLUME TV CONTROL VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO ANTENNA HDMI OUT SETUP MIC CONTROL IN MCACC FM UNBAL 75 ⦠AM LOOP Note 1⢠If the room environment is not optimal for the Auto MCACC setup (too much ambient noise, echo off the walls, obstacles blocking the speakers from the microphone) the final settings may be incorrect. Check for household appliances (air conditioner , fridge, fan, etc.), that may be affecting the environment and switch them off if necessary. ⢠Some older TVs may interfere with the operation of the mic. If this seems to be happening, switch off the TV during the Auto MCACC setup. 2 If this doesnâÂÂt work, press SHIFT MCACC , turn off the power, and check the problem indicated by the error message, then try the Auto MCACC setup again. 3 If COMPLETE doesnâÂÂt appear, it is likely an error occurred during the setup. Please check all connections and try again. 4 See Listening with Acoustic Calibration EQ on page 16 to switch on/off Acoustic Calibration EQ. 5 The screen saver will appear after five minutes of inactivity. Button What it does HOME MENU Displays/exits the on-screen display îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî Changes the highlighted menu item ENTER Selects the highlighted menu item Getting_started.fm 11 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 02 12 En Tip ⢠The button guide at the bottom of every OSD screen shows you which buttons youâÂÂll need to use for that screen. Playing discs The basic playback controls for playing DVD, CD, Video CD/Super VCD, DivX video and WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC discs are covered here. Further functions are detailed in chapter 4. 1 If the player isnâÂÂt already on, switch it on. If youâÂÂre playing a disc with video, also turn on your TV and make sure that it is set to the correct video input. 2 Press î OPEN/CLOSE to load a disc. Load a disc with the label side facing up, using the disc tray guide to align the disc (if youâÂÂre loading a double-sided DVD disc, load it with the side you want to play face down). 3 Press î (play) to start playback. If youâÂÂre playing a DVD or Video CD/Super VCD, a menu may appear. See DVD-Video disc menus and Video CD/Super VCD PBC menus on page 13 to navigate these. If you loaded a disc containing JPEGs, a slideshow will start. See Playing a JPEG slideshow on page 18 for more on this. ⢠If a disc contains a mixture of DivX video and other media file types (MP3, for example), first select whether to play the DivX video files ( DivX ) or the other media file types ( MP3 / WMA / JPEG / MPEG-4 AAC ) from the on-screen display. 4 Adjust the volume. Use the VOLUME control. Basic playback controls The following table shows the basic controls on the remote for playing discs 1 . You can find other playback features in the chapter 4. RETURN Returns to the main menu without saving changes Button What it does Note 1 You may find with some DVD discs that some playback controls donâÂÂt work in certain parts of the disc. Button What it does î Starts/resumes normal playback. ⢠If the display shows RESUME or LAST MEM playback starts from the resume or last memor y point (see Resume and Last Memory below). î P auses/unpauses a disc. î Stops playback or cancels the resume function (if the display shows RESUME ). î P ress to start fast reverse scanning. î P ress to start fast for ward scanning. î Skips to the start of the current track or chapter , then previous tracks/chapters. î Skips to the next track or chapter . Numbers Use to enter a title/chapter/track number . P ress ENTER to select. ⢠If the disc is stopped, playback starts from the selected title (for DVD) or track (for CD/Video CD/Super VCD). ⢠If the disc is playing, playback jumps to the start of the selected title (VR mode DVD-R/-RW), chapter (DVD - Video) or track (CD/V ideo CD/Super VCD). HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 12 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 02 13 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Resume and Last Memory When you stop playback of a disc, RESUME shows in the display indicating that you can resume playback from that point. With DVDs and Video CD/Super VCDs, even if ejected, the play position is stored in memory. 1 The next time you load the disc, the display shows LAST MEM and you can resume playback. If you want to clear the resume point, press î (stop) while RESUME is displayed. DVD-Video disc menus Many DVD-Video discs contain menus from which you can select what you want to watch. Sometimes DVD-Video menus are displayed automatically when you start playback; others only appear when you press MENU or TOP MENU . Video CD/Super VCD PBC menus Some Video CD/Super VCDs have menus from which you can choose what you want to watch. These are PBC (Playback control) menus. You can play a PBC Video CD/Super VCD without having to navigate the PBC menu by starting playback using a number button to select a track, rather than the î (play) button. Listening to the radio The tuner can receive both FM and AM broadcasts, and lets you memorize your favorite stations so you donâÂÂt have to manually tune in every time you want to listen. 1 Press TUNER to switch to the tuner, then press repeatedly to select the AM or FM band. The display shows the band and frequency. 2 Tune to a frequency. There are three tuning modes â manual, auto, and high-speed: ⢠Manual tuning : Press TUNE /â repeatedly to change the displayed frequency. ⢠Auto tuning : Press and hold TUNE /â until the frequency display starts to move, then release. The tuner will stop on the next station it finds. Repeat to keep searching. ⢠High-speed tuning : Press and hold TUNE /â until the frequency display starts to move rapidly. Keep the button held down until you reach the frequency you want. If necessary, fine tune the frequency using the manual tuning method. Note 1⢠The Last Memory function may not work with some discs. ⢠For DVD-Video discs (except VR mode DVD-R/-RW), the player stores the play position of the last five discs. Button What it does TOP MENU Displays the âÂÂtop menuâ of a DVD disc â this varies with the disc. MENU Displays a DVD disc menu â this varies with the disc and may be the same as the âÂÂtop menuâÂÂ. îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî Moves the cursor around the screen. ENTER Selects the current menu option. RETURN Returns to the previously displayed menu screen. Numbers Highlights a numbered menu option (some discs only). P ress ENTER to select. Button What it does RETURN Displays the PBC menu. Numbers Selects numbered menu options. P ress ENTER to select. î Displays the previous menu page (if there is one). î Displays the next menu page (if there is one). HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 13 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 02 14 En Improving poor FM reception If youâÂÂre listening to an FM station in stereo but the reception is weak, you can improve the sound quality by switching to mono. 1 Tune to an FM radio station then press SHIFT SETUP . 2 Use îÂÂ/î to choose FM MODE then press ENTER . 3 Use îÂÂ/î to select FM MONO then press ENTER . The mono indicator ( ) lights when the tuner is in mono reception mode. Select FM AUTO above to switch back to auto- stereo mode (the stereo indicator ( ) lights when receiving a stereo broadcast). Reducing AM reception noise If AM reception seems particularly poor, or the AM radio station youâÂÂre listening to seems noisy, try using the Noise Cut feature for better sound quality. 1 Tune to an AM radio station then press SHIFT SETUP . 2 Use îÂÂ/î to choose NOISECUT then press ENTER . 3 Use îÂÂ/î to select the noise cut mode then press ENTER . Select an effect level between 1 and 3. Memorizing stations You can save up to 30 station presets so that you always have easy access to your favorite stations without having to tune in manually each time. 1 Tune to an AM or FM radio station. Select mono or auto-stereo reception (FM) or the Noise Cut mode (AM) as necessary. These settings are saved along with the preset. 2 Press SHIFT SETUP and use îÂÂ/î to choose âÂÂST.MEM.â then press ENTER . 3 Use îÂÂ/î to select the station preset you want then press ENTER . Listening to station presets 1 Make sure the TUNER function is selected. 2 Use the ST /â buttons to select a station preset. ⢠You can also use the number buttons to do this. Listening to other sources You can connect auxiliary sources (TV, satellite receiver, etc.) to this unit for playback through the speaker system. See Connecting auxiliary audio components on page 33 for more on this. ⢠To connect a USB device to the USB terminal, see USB playback on page 25. 1 Make sure that the external source (TV, satellite receiver, etc.) is switched on. 2 Press LINE to select the source. 3 If necessary, start playback of the source. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 14 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Listening to your system 03 15 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 3 Listening to your system Auto listening mode The Auto listening mode is the simplest way to listen to any source as it was mastered: the output from the speakers mirrors the channels in the source material. ⢠If you set up the system for Front surround (page 10), the Front Surround modes will give the best results. ⢠Press SURROUND to select the AUTO listening mode. 1 Listening in surround sound You can listen to stereo or multichannel sources in surround sound. 2 Surround sound is generated from stereo sources using one of the Dolby Pro Logic decoding modes. ⢠If you set up the system for Front surround (page 10), the Front Surround modes will give the best results. ⢠Press SURROUND repeatedly to select a listening mode. 1 The choices that appear in the display will vary according to the type of source thatâÂÂs playing. ⢠AUTO â Auto listening mode (see above) ⢠DOLBY PL (Dolby Pro Logic) â 4.1 channel surround sound (use with any two-channel source) ⢠MOVIE (Dolby Pro Logic II Movie) â Pro Logic II 5.1 channel surround sound, especially suited to movie sources (use with any two-channel source) ⢠MUSIC (Dolby Pro Logic II Music) â Pro Logic II 5.1 channel surround sound, especially suited to music sources (use with any two-channel source) ⢠STEREO â See Listening in stereo below Dolby Pro Logic II Music settings When listening in Dolby Pro Logic II Music mode, there are three settings you can adjust: Center Width, Dimension, and Panorama. 1 With Dolby Pro Logic II Music mode active, press SOUND . 2 Use îÂÂ/î to select âÂÂC WIDTHâÂÂ, âÂÂDIMEN.â or âÂÂPANORAMAâ then press ENTER to confirm. ⢠C WIDTH (Center Width) â Provides a better blend of the front speakers by spreading the center channel between the front right and left speakers, making it sound wider (higher settings) or narrower (lower settings). ⢠DIMEN. (Dimension) â Adjusts the depth of the surround sound balance from front to back, making the sound more distant (minus settings), or more forward (positive settings). ⢠PANORAMA â Extends the front stereo image to include the surround speakers for a âÂÂwraparound' effect. Note 1 If the source is Dolby Digital or DTS, the corresponding indicator lights in the front panel display. 2 Note that when the tuner is selected, multichannel playback is not possible. TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND ADVANCED TUNE F.S.SURR TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND ADVANCED TUNE F.S.SURR HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 15 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Listening to your system 03 16 En Using Front Stage Surround Advance The Front Stage Surround Advance modes are effective when you are using the Front surround speaker setup as described on page 10. 1 ⢠Press F.S.SURR to select a Front Stage Surround Advance mode. Press repeatedly to select FOCUS5.1 , WIDE5.1 or EXTRAPWR . ⢠FOCUS5.1 â Use to provide a rich surround sound effect directed to the center area where the left and right speakersâ sound projection converges. ⢠WIDE5.1 â Use to provide a surround sound effect to a wider area than FOCUS5.1 mode. ⢠EXTRAPWR â Outputs stereo sound (in the case of multi-channel sources, down-mixed stereo sound) from the surround speakers for powerful stereo effect. Using Advanced Surround The Advanced Surround effects can be used with any multichannel or stereo source for a variety of additional surround sound effects. 1 These modes are designed to provide optimum listening effect when using the Standard surround setup described on page 10. ⢠Press ADVANCED to select an Advanced Surround mode. Press repeatedly to select ACTION, UNPLUGED, EXPANDED, TV SURR., SPORTS, ADV.GAME, VIRTUAL or X-STEREO (Extended Stereo) . Listening in stereo You can listen to any source â stereo or multichannel â in stereo. When playing a multichannel source, all channels are downmixed to the front left/right speakers and the subwoofer. ⢠Press SURROUND repeatedly until STEREO shows in the display. Listening with headphones When headphones are connected, only the STEREO (default) and PHONES SURROUND (virtual surround sound for headphones) modes are available. ⢠With headphones connected, press ADVANCED to select PHONES SURROUND or SURROUND to select STEREO . Listening with Acoustic Calibration EQ You can listen to sources using the Acoustic Calibration Equalization set in Using the Auto MCACC setup for optimal surround sound on page 10. 2 1 Press SOUND and use îÂÂ/î to select MCACC EQ then press ENTER . Note 1 Note that when the tuner is selected, multichannel playback is not possible. HOME MENU TOP MENU RETURN TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND 0 ADVANCED TUNE TUNE ST ST ENTER SETUP SR F.S.SURR MENU TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND ADVANCED TUNE F.S.SURR 2 Acoustic Calibration EQ is not available when headphones are connected. TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND ADVANCED TUNE F.S.SURR HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 16 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Listening to your system 03 17 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español 2 Use îÂÂ/î to select EQ ON or EQ OFF then press ENTER to confirm . ⢠If you select EQ OFF , equalization is set to off but speaker settings (channel delay and channel level) remain in effect. ⢠EQ ON is selected automatically after the Auto MCACC setup is completed. Using the Sound Retriever When audio data is removed during the WMA/ MP3/MPEG-4 AAC compression process, sound quality often suffers from an uneven sound image. The Sound Retriever feature employs new DSP technology that helps bring CD quality sound back to compressed 2- channel audio by restoring sound pressure and smoothing jagged artifacts left over after compression. ⢠While listening to a stereo source, press SOUND RETRIEVER to switch the sound retriever on or off. Enhancing dialog The Dialog Enhancement feature is designed to make the dialog stand out from other background sounds in a TV or movie soundtrack. 1 Press SOUND and use îÂÂ/î to select DIALOGUE then press ENTER . 2 Use îÂÂ/î to select the amount of dialog enhancement then press ENTER to confirm. Select between OFF , MID or MAX . Using the Tone controls You can change the tonal balance of the sound by using the tone control menu. 1 Press SOUND and use îÂÂ/î to select TONE then press ENTER . 2 Use îÂÂ/î to select the option you want to adjust and press ENTER . The Bass/Treble, Quiet and Midnight features cannot be used at the same time. Adjusting the bass and treble Use the tone controls to adjust the bass and treble. ⢠Use îÂÂ/î to select BASS or TREBLE then use îÂÂ/î to adjust the tone. Press ENTER to confirm . Quiet and Midnight modes The Quiet listening feature reduces excessive bass or treble in a sound source. The Midnight listening feature allows you to hear effective surround sound of movies at low volume levels. ⢠After pressing ENTER, the setting switches on/off. ⢠To cancel the Quiet or Midnight listening modes, select BASS/TRE . Boosting the bass level There are two bass modes you can use to enhance the bass in a source. 1 1 Press SOUND and use îÂÂ/î to select BASSMODE then press ENTER . 2 Use îÂÂ/î to adjust the sound then press ENTER to confirm . Select between OFF, MUSIC or CINEMA . Note 1 The Bass Mode is not available when headphones are connected. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 17 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback features 04 18 En Chapter 4 Disc playback features Important ⢠Many of the functions covered in this chapter apply to DVD discs, Video CDs/ Super VCDs, CDs, DivX video and WMA/ MP3/MPEG-4 AAC/JPEG discs, although the exact operation of some varies slightly with the kind of disc loaded. ⢠Some DVDs restrict the use of some functions (random or repeat, for example) in some or all parts of the disc. This is not a malfunction. ⢠When playing Video CD/Super VCDs, some of the functions are not available during PBC playback. If you want to use them, start the disc playing using a number button to select a track. Scanning discs You can fast-scan discs forward or backward at various different speeds. 1 ⢠During playback, press î or î to start scanning. Press repeatedly to increase the scanning speed (shown on-screen). ⢠To resume playback, press î (play). 2 Playing in slow motion You can play DVDs, Video CD/Super VCDs and DivX video at four different forward slow motion speeds. DVD discs can also be played in reverse slow motion. 1 During playback, press î (pause). 2 Press and hold îÂÂ/î or îÂÂ/î until slow motion playback starts. Press repeatedly to change the slow motion speed (shown on-screen). ⢠To resume playback, press î (play). 2 Frame advance/frame reverse You can advance or back up DVD discs frame- by-frame. With Video CD/Super VCDs and DivX video you can only use frame advance. 1 During playback, press î (pause). 2 Press îÂÂ/î or îÂÂ/î to reverse or advance a frame at a time. ⢠To resume playback, press î (play). 2 Playing a JPEG slideshow After loading a disc containing JPEG pictures, press î to start a slideshow from the first folder/picture on the disc. 3 The player displays the pictures in each folder in alphabetical order. ⢠If the disc contains WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC files, playback of the slideshow and audio files repeats. During audio playback, you can still use the skip ( î / î ), scan ( î / î ) and pause ( î ) functions. Pictures are automatically adjusted so that they fill as much of the screen as possible. Note 1 Only one speed is available for DivX video discs. 2⢠Depending on the disc, normal playback may automatically resume when a new chapter is reached on a DVD disc. ⢠For Video CDs/Super VCDs in PBC mode and WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC tracks (in Scan Mode only), normal playback resumes when you reach the beginning or the end of a track. 3⢠The time it takes for the player to load a file increases with large file sizes. ⢠Discs can contain up to 299 folders and up to 648 folders and files combined. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 18 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback features 04 19 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español While the slideshow is running: Browsing DVD or Video CD/ Super VCD discs with the Disc Navigator Use the Disc Navigator to browse through the contents of a DVD or Video CD/Super VCD disc to find the part you want to play. 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select âÂÂDisc Navigator â from the on- screen menu. 2 Select a view option. The options available depend on the kind of disc loaded and whether the disc is playing or not, but include: ⢠Title â Titles from a DVD-Video disc. ⢠Chapter â Chapters from the current title of a DVD-Video disc. ⢠Track â Tracks from a Video CD/Super VCD disc. ⢠Time â Thumbnails from a Video CD/Super VCD disc at 10 minute intervals. ⢠Original: Title â Original titles from a VR mode DVD-R/-RW disc. ⢠Playlist: Title â Playlist titles from a VR mode DVD-R/-RW disc. ⢠Original: Time â Thumbnails from the Original content at 10 minute intervals. ⢠Playlist: Time â Thumbnails from the Playlist at 10 minute intervals. The screen shows up to six moving thumbnail images displayed one after another. To display the previous/next six thumbnails, press î / î . 3 Select the thumbnail image for what you want to play. You can use either îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î and ENTER to select a thumbnail, or the number buttons. To select using the number buttons, enter a two-digit number then press ENTER . Button What it does î P auses the slideshow (or audio); press again to restart. î Jumps to the previous picture (or audio ï¬Âle with audio playback). î Jumps to the next picture (or audio ï¬Âle with audio playback). îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î P auses the slideshow and rotates/ï¬Âips the displayed picture (P ress î (play) to restart slideshow). SHIFT ZOOM P auses the slideshow and zooms the picture. P ress again to toggle between 1x, 2x and 4x zoom (P ress î (play) to restart slideshow). MENU Displays the Disc Navigator screen (see below). Disc Navigator Disc Navigator Title Chapter 01 04 02 05 03 06 Disc Navigator: Title 01- 49: - - HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 19 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback features 04 20 En Browsing WMA, MP3, MPEG-4 AAC, DivX video and JPEG files with the Disc Navigator Use the Disc Navigator to find a particular file or folder by filename. 1 Press HOME MENU and select â Disc Navigatorâ from the on-screen menu. 2 Use îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î and ENTER to navigate. Use îÂÂ/î to move up and down the folder/file list. Use î to return to the parent folder. 1 Use ENTER or î to open a highlighted folder. ⢠When a JPEG file is highlighted, a thumbnail image is displayed on the right. 3 To play the highlighted track or DivX video file or display the highlighted JPEG file, press ENTER. ⢠When a WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC or DivX video file is selected, playback begins from that file, and continues until the end of the folder. ⢠When a JPEG file is selected, a slideshow begins, starting with that file, and continues to the end of the folder. Tip ⢠You can also play a JPEG slideshow while listening to WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC playback. Simply select the audio file you want to listen to followed by the JPEG from which you want the slideshow to start. Playback of both the slideshow and the audio files repeats. Playback controls are effective for the JPEG slideshow only. ⢠To play the contents of the whole disc rather than just the current folder, exit the Disc Navigator and start playback using the î (play) button. Using Playlists With this feature, you can make up to three playlists of 30 files each for discs containing WMA, MP3, MPEG-4 AAC and JPEG files. Since this unit will remember all playlists for the last ten discs you have loaded, this is useful for if you have a large number of files that you want to organize quickly and easily. 2 Programming playlists 1 With the disc stopped, press HOME MENU and select âÂÂDisc Navigatorâ from the on-screen menu. 2 Select the file you want to add to the playlist. See Browsing WMA, MP3, MPEG-4 AAC, DivX video and JPEG files with the Disc Navigator above if you donâÂÂt know how to do this. 3 Press PLAY LIST 1, 2 or 3. The file is added to the playlist you select. 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 until youâÂÂre done. Note 1 You can also do this by going to the â .. â folder at the top, then pressing ENTER . 00:00 / 00:00 0kbps Folder1 Folder2 Folder3 Folder4 File1 File2 File3 File4 File5 Folder 2 00:00 / 00:00 0kbps 2 The disc must be loaded for the files in your playlist to play back. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 20 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback features 04 21 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Tip ⢠To add files without the on-screen display, simply press PLAY LIST 1 , 2 or 3 during normal playback of the file you want (except when a JPEG slideshow is playing at the same time as audio). Listening to playlists ⢠With playback stopped, p ress PLAY LIST 1, 2 or 3. During playback, PGM lights in the front panel display. If no playlist has been programmed, NO LIST shows in the display. ⢠If the playlist contains both JPEG and audio files, playback of the slideshow and audio files starts. Clearing files from a playlist 1 Start playback of your playlist. 2 From the âÂÂDisc Navigatorâ screen, select the file you want to remove from the playlist and press CLEAR . Looping a section of a disc The A-B Repeat function allows you to specify two points (A and B) within a track (CD, Video CD/Super Video CD) or title (DVD) that form a loop which is played over and over. 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂA-B RepeatâÂÂ. 3 Press ENTER on âÂÂA(Start Point)â to set the loop start point. 4 Press ENTER on âÂÂB(End Point)â to set the loop end point. After pressing ENTER , playback jumps back to the start point and plays the loop. 5 To resume normal playback, select âÂÂOffâÂÂ. Using repeat play In addition to various repeat play options, itâÂÂs also possible to use repeat play together with program play (see Creating a program list on page 22). 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂRepeatâ then select a repeat play option. 1 If program play is active, select Program Repeat to repeat the program list, or Repeat Off to cancel. ⢠For DVD discs, select Title Repeat or Chapter Repeat . ⢠For CDs and Video CD/Super VCDs, select Disc Repeat or Track Repeat . ⢠For DivX video discs, select Title Repeat (or Repeat Off ). Using random play Use this function to play titles or chapters (DVD-Video) or tracks (CD and Video CD/Super VCD) in a random order. 2 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. Play Mode Note 1 You canâÂÂt use repeat play with WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC discs. 2⢠You can set the random play option when a disc is playing or stopped. However, you canâÂÂt use random play together with program play. ⢠You canâÂÂt use random play with VR format DVD-R/-RW discs, WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC discs, DivX video discs, or while a DVD disc menu is being displayed. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 21 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback features 04 22 En 2 Select âÂÂRandomâ then select an option. ⢠For DVD discs, select Random Title or Random Chapter . ⢠For CDs and Video CD/Super VCDs, select On or Off to switch random play on or off. Tip ⢠Use the following controls during random play: ⢠Random play remains in effect until you select Random Off from the random play menu options. Creating a program list This feature lets you program the play order of titles/chapters/tracks on a disc. 1 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂProgramâ then select âÂÂCreate/Editâ from the list of program options. 3 Use îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î and ENTER to select a title, chapter or track for the current step in the program list. ⢠For a DVD disc, you can add a title or a chapter. ⢠For a CD or Video CD/Super VCD, select a track to add to the program list. After pressing ENTER to select the title/ chapter/track, the step number automatically moves down one. 4 Repeat step 3 to build up a program list. A program list can contain up to 24 steps. ⢠You can insert steps by just highlighting the position where you want the new step to appear and entering a title/chapter/track number. ⢠To delete a step, highlight it and press CLEAR . 5 To play the program list, press î (play). Program play remains active until you turn off program play (see below), erase the program list (see below), eject the disc or switch off. Tip ⢠Use the following controls during program play: Other functions available from the program menu There are a number of other options in the program menu in addition to Create/Edit. ⢠Playback Start â Starts playback of a saved program list ⢠Playback Stop â Turns off program play, but does not erase the program list ⢠Program Delete â Erases the program list and turns off program play Button What it does î Selects a new track/title/chapter at random. î Returns to the beginning of the current track/title/chapter; further presses select another random track/title/chapter. Note 1 You canâÂÂt use Program play with VR format DVD-R/-RW discs, WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC discs, DivX video discs, or while a DVD disc menu is being displayed. Button What it does HOME MENU Save the program list and exit without starting playback. î Skip to the next step in the program list. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 22 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback features 04 23 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Searching a disc You can search DVD discs by title or chapter number, or by time; CDs and Video CD/Super VCDs by track number or time; DivX video discs by time. 1 Press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂSearch ModeâÂÂ. The search options that appear depend on the kind of disc loaded. 3 Select a search mode. ⢠The disc must be playing in order to use time search. 4 Use the number buttons to enter a title, chapter or track number, or a time. ⢠For a time search, enter the number of minutes and seconds into the currently playing title (DVD/ DivX video) or track (CD/ Video CD/Super VCD) you want playback to resume from. For example, press 4 , 5 , 0 , 0 to have playback start from 45 minutes into the disc. For 1 hour, 20 minutes and 30 seconds, press 8 , 0 , 3 , 0 . 5 Press ENTER to start playback. Switching subtitles Some DVD discs and DivX video discs have subtitles in one or more languages; the disc box will usually tell you which subtitle languages are available. You can switch subtitle language during playback. 1 ⢠Press SHIFT SUBTITLE repeatedly to select a subtitle option. ⢠To set subtitle preferences, see Language settings on page 30. ⢠See Displaying DivX subtitle files on page 40 for more on DivX subtitles. Switching language/audio channels When playing discs recorded with dialog in two or more languages, or with dual-mono audio 2 you can switch these during playback. 3 ⢠Press SHIFT AUDIO repeatedly to select an audio language option. ⢠To set audio language preferences, see Language settings on page 30. Zooming the screen Using the zoom feature you can magnify a part of the screen by a factor of 2 or 4, while watching a DVD, DivX video title or Video CD/ Super VCD or playing a JPEG disc. 1 During playback, use the SHIFT ZOOM button to select the zoom factor (Normal, 2x or 4x). 2 Use îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î to change the zoomed area. You can change the zoom factor and the zoomed area freely during playback. 4 Note 1 Some discs only allow you to change subtitle language from the disc menu. Press TOP MENU or MENU to access. 2 Some Super VCDs have two soundtracks. With these discs you can switch between the two soundtracks as well as individual channels in each. 3 Some discs only allow you to change audio language from the disc menu. Press TOP MENU or MENU to access. 4⢠Since DVD, Video CD/Super VCD, DivX video title and JPEG pictures have a fixed resolution, picture quality will deteriorate, especially at 4x zoom. This is not a malfunction. ⢠If the navigation square at the top of the screen disappears, press SHIFT ZOOM again to display it. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 23 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Disc playback features 04 24 En Switching camera angles Some DVD discs feature scenes shot from two or more angles â check the disc box for details. When a multi-angle scene is playing, a icon appears on screen (this can be switched off if you prefer â see Display settings on page 30). ⢠During playback (or when paused), press SHIFT ANGLE to switch angle. Displaying disc information Various track, chapter and title information can be displayed on-screen during playback. ⢠To show/switch/hide the information displayed, press DISPLAY repeatedly. Limited disc information also appears in the front panel display. Press DISPLAY to change the displayed information. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 24 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
USB playback 05 25 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 5 USB playback Using the USB interface It is possible to listen to two-channel audio 1 and watch JPEG files using the USB interface on the front of this unit. Connect a USB mass storage device 2 as shown below. 1 With the player switched on, press USB. Make sure your TV is on and set to the correct video input. 2 Connect your USB device. The USB terminal is located on the front panel. 3 Press î (play) to start playback. If your USB device contains JPEGs, a slideshow will start. See Playing a JPEG slideshow on page 26 for more on this. ⢠Make sure USB DATA is showing in the front panel display (or the system is in standby) when disconnecting. Important If a USB ERR message lights in the display, it may mean that the power requirements of the USB device are too high for this player, or that the device is incompatible. Try the following: ⢠Switch the player off, then on again. ⢠Reconnecting the USB device with the player switched off. ⢠Selecting to another input source (like DVD/CD ), then back to USB . ⢠Using a dedicated AC adapter (supplied with the device) for USB power. If this doesnâÂÂt remedy the problem, it is likely your USB device is incompatible. Basic playback controls The following table shows the basic controls on the remote for USB playback. Note 1 This includes playback of WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC files (except files with copy-protection or restricted playback). It is not possible to play DivX files through the USB terminal. 2⢠Compatible USB devices include external magnetic hard drives, portable flash memory (particularly keydrives) and digital audio players (MP3 players) of format FAT16/32. It is not possible to connect this unit to a personal computer for USB playback . ⢠Pioneer cannot guarantee compatibility (operation and/or bus power) with all USB mass storage devices and assumes no responsibility for any loss of data that may occur when connected to this unit. ⢠With large amounts of data, it may take longer for the system to read the contents of a USB device. USB mass storage device USB (T ype A) Button What it does î Starts normal playback. î P auses/unpauses playback. î Stops playback. î P ress to start fast reverse scanning. î P ress to start fast for ward scanning. î Skips to the start of the current ï¬Âle, then previous ï¬Âles. î Skips to the next ï¬Âle. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 25 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
USB playback 05 26 En Scanning files You can fast-scan forward or backward at various different speeds. ⢠During playback, press î or î . Press repeatedly to increase the scanning speed (shown on-screen). ⢠To resume playback, press î (play). 1 Playing a JPEG slideshow Press î to start a slideshow from the first folder/picture. 2 The pictures in each folder are displayed in order. ⢠If the device contains WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC files, playback of the slideshow and audio files repeats. During audio playback, you can still use the skip ( î / î ), scan ( î / î ) and pause ( î ) functions. Pictures are automatically adjusted so that they fill as much of the screen as possible. While the slideshow is running: Browsing files with the Navigator Use the Navigator to find WMA, MP3, MPEG-4 AAC and JPEG files or folders by name. 3 1 Press MENU then use îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î and ENTER to navigate. Use îÂÂ/î to move up/down the folder/file list. Use î to return to the parent folder. 4 Use ENTER or î to open a highlighted folder. ⢠When a JPEG file is highlighted, a thumbnail image is displayed on the right. 2 To play the highlighted track or display the highlighted JPEG file, press ENTER. ⢠When a WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC file is selected, playback begins from that file, and continues until the end of the folder. ⢠When a JPEG file is selected, a slideshow begins, starting with that file, and continues to the end of the folder. Tip ⢠You can also play a JPEG slideshow while listening to WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC playback. Simply select the audio file you want to listen to followed by the JPEG from which you want the slideshow to start. Playback of both the slideshow and the audio files repeats. Playback controls are effective for the JPEG slideshow only. ⢠To play all of the contents, rather than just the current folder, exit the Navigator and start playback using the î (play) button. Note 1 With WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC tracks, playback automatically resumes at the end or beginning of the track. 2⢠The time it takes for the player to load a file increases with large file sizes. ⢠USB devices can contain up to 299 folders and up to 648 folders and files combined. Button What it does î P auses the slideshow (or audio); press again to restart. î Jumps to the previous picture (or audio ï¬Âle with audio playback). î Jumps to the next picture (or audio ï¬Âle with audio playback). îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î P auses the slideshow and rotates/ï¬Âips the current picture (P ress î to restart slideshow). SHIFT ZOOM P auses the slideshow and zooms the picture. P ress again to toggle between 1x, 2x and 4x zoom (P ress î to restart slideshow). MENU Displays the Navigator screen (see below). 3 Filenames may be displayed incorrectly with some digital audio players. 4 You can also do this by going to the â .. â folder at the top, then pressing ENTER . Button What it does HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 26 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Surround sound settings 06 27 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 6 Surround sound settings Using the Setup menu From the Setup menu you can access all the surround sound settings of the system 1 , including channel levels, speaker distances and dynamic range adjustment. The Auto MCACC feature (page 10) should give you the best surround sound setup. However you may find that by further adjustment of the surround sound settings you can improve the surround sound in your listening room. 1 Press SHIFT SETUP and use îÂÂ/î then ENTER to choose the setting you want to adjust. The available settings are shown in the front panel display. 2 2 Use îÂÂ/î to adjust then press ENTER to confirm and exit. ⢠Note that using the Auto MCACC (page 10) again overwrites the speaker settings. Channel level setting Set the relative channel levels from your main listening position. 3 Use îÂÂ/î to switch between channels in the following order: ⢠L â Front left speaker ⢠C â Center speaker ⢠R â Front right speaker ⢠SR â Surround right speaker ⢠SL â Surround left speaker ⢠SW â Subwoofer The channel level range is ñ10 dB. Speaker distance setting Specifies the distance from your listening position to your speakers. When DISTANCE appears, press ENTER , then use îÂÂ/î to adjust the distance, and îÂÂ/î to switch between the following speakers: ⢠L â Front left speaker ⢠C â Center speaker ⢠R â Front right speaker ⢠SR â Surround right speaker ⢠SL â Surround left speaker ⢠SW â Subwoofer Each speaker can be adjusted between 0.3 m and 9.0 m . The default setting is 3.0 m . Dynamic Range Control Specifies dynamic range adjustment to Dolby Digital or some DTS soundtracks. If low level sound or dialog seem difficult to hear properly, this can help by bringing up the low level sounds, while controlling high level peaks. ⢠DRC OFF (default) â No dynamic range adjustment (use when listening at higher volumes) ⢠DRC MID â Mid setting ⢠DRC HIGH â Dynamic range is reduced (loud sounds are reduced in volume while quieter sounds are increased) Note 1 There are other settings you can adjust from the Setup menu; these are explained in Improving poor FM reception on page 14 and Dimming the display on page 39. 2 The setup menu is exited automatically after 5 minutes of inactivity. 3⢠You canâÂÂt adjust center/surround when Stereo or Virtual playback is selected (or with stereo sources using the Auto mode). ⢠The Channel level setting is not available when headphones are connected. ⢠The speaker volume can be adjusted at any time by pressing SHIFT TEST TONE and then using îÂÂ/î to adjust the channel levels. The test tone automatically moves from speaker to speaker in the order listed above. You should hear the test tone at t he same volume from each speaker when seated in the main listening position. Press ENTER when youâÂÂre finished. ⢠Since the subwoofer produces ultra-low frequencies it may seem quieter than it actually is. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 27 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Video Adjust menu 07 28 En Chapter 7 Video Adjust menu Video Adjust menu From the Video Adjust screen you can adjust settings that affect picture presentation. 1 Press HOME MENU and select âÂÂVideo Adjustâ from the on-screen display. 2 Make settings using îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î and ENTER . You can adjust the following settings: ⢠Sharpness â Adjusts the sharpness of edges in the picture ( Fine , Standard , Soft ) ⢠Brightness â Adjusts the overall brightness ( âÂÂ20 to 20 ) ⢠Contrast â Adjusts the contrast between light and dark ( âÂÂ16 to 16 ) ⢠Gamma â Adjusts the âÂÂwarmthâ of the picture ( High , Medium , Low , Off ) ⢠Hue â Adjusts the red/green balance ( Green 9 to Red 9 ) ⢠Chroma Level â Adjusts how saturated colors appear ( âÂÂ9 to 9 ) Adjust the Brightness, Contrast, Hue and Chroma Level settings using îÂÂ/î . 3 Press ENTER to return to the Video Adjust screen, or HOME MENU to exit. V ideo Adjust Sharpness Brightness Contrast Gamma Hue Chroma Level Standard 0 0 Off 0 0 î î î î î î V ideo Adjust Brightness min max 0 HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 28 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 08 29 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 8 Initial Settings menu Using the Initial Settings menu The Initial Settings menu provides audio and video output settings, parental lock settings, and display settings, among others. If an option is grayed out it means that it cannot be changed at the current time. This is usually because a disc is playing. Stop the disc, then change the setting. 1 Press DVD/CD . 2 With playback stopped, press HOME MENU and select âÂÂInitial SettingsâÂÂ. 3 Use îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î and ENTER to select the setting and option you want to set. All the settings and options are explained on the following pages. 1 Video Output settings Note 1⢠In the table, the default setting is shown in bold : other settings are shown in italics . ⢠Some settings, such as TV Screen , Audio Language and Subtitle Language may be overridden by the DVD disc. Often these settings can also be made from the DVD disc menu. ⢠The HDMI Resolution and HDMI Color settings only need to be set if you connected this player to an HDMI-compatible component using the HDMI connector. 2 This setting can only be used when you are connected via HDMI and have the HDMI resolution set to 1920x1080i or 1280x720p. When using this setting, only the HDMI connection is available. Initial Settings Setting Option What it means TV Screen (See also Screen sizes and disc formats on page 43.) 4:3 (Letter Box) Set if you have a conventional 4:3 TV. Widescreen movies are shown with black bars top and bottom. 4:3 (Pan & Scan) Set if you have a conventional 4:3 TV. Widescreen movies are shown with the sides cropped so that the image fills the screen. 16:9 (Wide) Set if you have a widescreen TV. 16:9 (Compressed) Set if you have a widescreen TV. 4:3 material is shown with black bars on either side of the screen. 2 HDMI Resolution (See Connecting using HDMI on page 35.) 1920x1080i Set if your TV supports 1920 x 1080 pixel interlace video. 1280x720p Set if your TV supports 1280 x 720 pixel progressive-scan video. 720x480p Set if your TV supports 720 x 480 pixel progressive-scan video. 720x480i Set if your TV supports 720 x 480 pixel interlace video. HDMI Color* (See Connecting using HDMI on page 35.) * Default changes depending on device connected. Full range RGB If colors are weak, this gives brighter colors and deeper black (default setting for HDMI-compatible DVI devices). RGB Use this setting if colors appear overly rich on the Full Range RGB setting. Component Outputs 8-bit component video format (default setting for HDMI-compatible devices). Initial settings menu.fm 29 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 08 30 En Language settings Display settings Component Out (See also Connecting using the component video output on page 34.) Interlace Set if your TV is not compatible with progressive scan video. Progressive Set if your TV is compatible with progressive scan video (see your TVâÂÂs instruction manual for details). Press ENTER once more to confirm (or RETURN to cancel). Note that progressive scan video is only output from the component video jacks. Setting Option What it means Audio Language English If there is an English soundtrack on the disc, it is played. Chinese If there is a Chinese soundtrack on the disc, it is played. Other Language Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed (see Using the language code list on page 48). Subtitle Language English If there are English subtitles on the disc they are displayed. Chinese If there are Chinese subtitles on the disc they are displayed. Other Language Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed (see Using the language code list on page 48). DVD Menu Language w/Subtitle Lang. DVD disc menus are displayed in the same language as your selected subtitle language, if possible. Languages as displayed DVD menus are displayed in the selected language, if possible. Other Language Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed (see Using the language code list on page 48). Subtitle Display On Subtitles are displayed in your selected subtitle language. Off Subtitles are always off by default when you play a DVD disc. Setting Option What it means OSD Language English On-screen displays of the player are in English. On-screen displays of the player are in Chinese. Angle Indicator On A camera icon is displayed on-screen during multi-angle scenes on a DVD disc. Off No multi-angle indication is shown. Setting Option What it means Initial settings menu.fm 30 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 08 31 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Options settings Parental Lock ⢠Default level: Off ; Default password: none ; Default Country/Area code: us (2119) To give you some control over what your children watch on your DVD player, some DVD- Video discs feature a Parental Lock level. If your player is set to a lower level than the disc, the disc wonâÂÂt play. Some discs also support the Country/Area Code feature. The player does not play certain scenes on these discs, depending on the Country/Area Code you set. Registering a new password Register a password to change the Parental Lock level or enter a Country/Area code. 1 1 Select âÂÂPasswordâÂÂ. 2 Use the number buttons to input a four- digit password then press ENTER . Changing your password To change your password, confirm your existing password then enter a new one. 1 Select âÂÂPassword ChangeâÂÂ, input your existing password, then press ENTER . 2 Enter a new password and press ENTER . Setting/changing the Parental Lock 1 Select âÂÂLevel ChangeâÂÂ. 2 Use number buttons to enter your password, then press ENTER . 3 Select a new level and press ENTER . ⢠Press î repeatedly to lock more levels (more discs will require the password); press î to unlock levels. You canâÂÂt lock level 1. Angle Indicator On A camera icon is displayed on-screen during multi-angle scenes on a DVD disc. Off No multi-angle indication is shown. Setting Option What it means Parental Lock â See Parental Lock below. DivX(R) VOD Display See About DivXî VOD content below. Setting Option What it means Note 1⢠Not all discs use Parental Lock, and will play without requiring the password first. ⢠If you forget your password, youâÂÂll need to reset the player to register a new password (see Resetting the system on page 48). Vi deo Output Language Display Options Parental Lock DivX (R) VOD Password Level Change Country Code Initial Settings HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 31 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 08 32 En Setting/changing the Country/Area code You can find the Country/Area code list on page 49. 1 Select âÂÂCountry CodeâÂÂ, input your password, then press ENTER . 2 Select a Country/Area code then press ENTER . There are two ways you can do this: ⢠Select by code letter: Use îÂÂ/î to change the Country/Area code. ⢠Select by code number: Press î then use the number buttons to enter the four-digit Country/Area code. The new Country/Area code takes effect after ejecting the disc once. About DivX î VOD content In order to play DivX VOD (video on demand) content on this player, you first need to register the player with your DivX VOD content provider. You do this by generating a DivX VOD registration code, which you submit to your provider. 1 Important ⢠DivX VOD content is protected by a DRM (Digital Rights Management) system. This restricts playback of content to specific, registered devices. ⢠If you load a disc that contains DivX VOD content not authorized for your player, the message Authorization Error is displayed and the content will not play. Displaying your DivX VOD registration code 1 Press HOME MENU and select âÂÂInitial SettingsâÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂOptionsâÂÂ, then âÂÂDivX (R) VODâÂÂ. 3 Select âÂÂDisplayâÂÂ. Your eight-digit registration code is displayed. Make a note of the code as you will need it when you register with a DivX VOD provider. Playing DivX î VOD content Some DivX VOD content may only be playable a fixed number of times. When you load a disc containing this type of DivX VOD content, the remaining number of plays is shown on-screen and you then have the option of playing the disc (thereby using up one of the remaining plays), or stopping. If you load a disc that contains expired DivX VOD content (for example, content that has zero remaining plays), the message Rental Expired is displayed. If your DivX VOD content allows an unlimited number of plays, then you may load the disc into your player and play the content as often as you like, and no message will be displayed. Note 1 Resetting the player (as described in Resetting the system on page 48) will not cause you to lose your registration code. Vi deo Output Language Display Options Display Initial Settings Parental Lock DivX (R) VOD HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 32 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Other connections 09 33 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 9 Other connections Connecting external antennas For an external AM antenna, use 5 m to 6 m of vinyl-insulated wire and set up either indoors or outdoors. Leave the loop antenna connected. Only use the included AM loop antenna. For an external FM antenna, use a PAL connector to hook up an external FM antenna. Connecting auxiliary audio components Using the stereo analog inputs, you can connect an external component such as a tape deck or MD player for playback through this system. ⢠Connect the AUDIO IN jacks to the analog outputs of an external playback component. Connect using RCA pin-plug stereo cables. Recording mode The recording mode allows you to make surround-compatible analog recordings from the LINE OUT jacks 1 . Dolby multichannel sources are downmixed to stereo for improved playback with systems that can provide matrix- decoding (like Dolby Pro Logic). 1 Press SOUND . 2 Use îÂÂ/î to select a REC MODE, then press ENTER. 3 Use îÂÂ/î to choose MODE ON or MODE OFF and then press ENTER to confirm. ⢠MODE ON â A surround-compatible downmix (left-total/right-total, or Lt/Rt) of Dolby multichannel sources is output, (suitable for Dolby Surround Pro Logic or other matrix decoding). ⢠MODE OFF â A simple stereo downmix (left-only/right-only, or Lo/Ro) is output (suitable for playback on a two-channel stereo system or on headphones). Outdoor antenna 5 m to 6 m Indoor antenna (vinyl-coated wire) AM LOOP ANTENNA P AL connector Note 1⢠When the recording mode is on, most sound features cannot be used. The display will briefly blink REC MODE if you try and use a prohibited function while the recording mode is on. ⢠When the recording mode is off, the audio from the analog output jacks may be interrupted, depending on the operation. ⢠The recording mode switches off if you change the input function ( DVD/CD , TUNER , etc.) or switch the power off. SURROUND FRONT SPEAKERS (4 ⦠AUDIO R L R R L L R L O UT Y C R / P R C B / P B N ENT D EO OUT LINE IN OUT CONTROL To a udio output T ape deck, etc. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 33 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Other connections 09 34 En Connecting the S-video output If your TV has an S-video input, you can use this instead of the standard video output for a better quality picture. ⢠Use an S-video cable to connect the S- VIDEO OUT to an S-video input on your TV. Line up the small triangle above the jack with the same mark on the plug before plugging in. Connecting using the component video output If your TV has component video inputs, you can use these instead of the standard video output to connect this system to your TV. 1 This should give you a higher quality picture than the S-video output. ⢠Use a component video cable to connect the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT to a set of component inputs on your TV. About progressive scan video Compared to interlace video, progressive scan video effectively doubles the scanning rate of the picture, resulting in a very stable, flicker- free image. Progressive scan video is available only from the component video output. Compatibility of this player with progressive-scan and high-definition TVs This player is compatible with progressive video Macro Vision System Copy Guard. 2 R L VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO ANTENNA HDMI OUT SETUP MIC CONTROL IN MCACC FM UNBAL 75 ⦠AM LOOP TV To S-video input Note 1 The component video output is switchable between interlaced and progressive formats. See Video Output settings on page 29. 2 Consumers should note that not all high-definition television sets are fully compatible with this product and may cause artifacts to be displayed in the picture. In case of 525 progressive scan picture problems, it is recommended that the user swi tch the connection to the âÂÂstandard definitionâ output (Interlace). If there are questions regarding our TV set compatibility with this model, please contact our customer service center. VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO ANTENNA HDMI OUT SETUP MIC CONTROL IN MCACC FM UNBAL 75 ⦠AM LOOP TV To component input HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 34 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Other connections 09 35 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Connecting using HDMI If you have a HDMI or DVI (with HDCP) equipped monitor or display, you can connect it to this player using a commercially available HDMI cable for high quality digital video. 1 See About HDMI below for more about the HDMI connection. ⢠Use an HDMI cable to connect the HDMI OUT interconnect on this player to an HDMI interconnect on a HDMI-compatible monitor. ⢠The arrow on the cable connector body should be face up for correct alignment with the connector on the player. You can also adjust the HDMI settings for resolution and color. For more on these settings see Video Output settings on page 29. Switching the HDMI audio setting To listen to audio from the HDMI interconnect, make sure youâÂÂve specified the HDMI audio output setting. 1 Switch the system into standby. 2 Press SHIFT SETUP and use îÂÂ/î to choose HDMI OUT then press ENTER . 3 Use îÂÂ/î to choose the setting you want then press ENTER . ⢠AUDIO ON â Audio signals are output through the HDMI interconnect ⢠AUDIO OFF â Switches off HDMI audio Resetting the HDMI connection If you get an error message (the display shows HDMI ERR ) or if the screen goes blank (for example, after changing the resolution), check the troubleshooting guide on page 46. If this doesnâÂÂt solve the problem, follow the steps below to reset the HDMI connection. 1 Switch the system into standby. 2 Press SHIFT SETUP and use îÂÂ/î to choose HDMI INI then press ENTER . The system will restart and the HDMI settings are automatically reset to the factory defaults. See Video Output settings on page 29 for more on these settings. About HDMI HDMI (High Definition Multimedia Interface) supports both video and audio on a single digital connection for use with DVD players, DTV, set-top boxes, and other AV devices. HDMI was developed to provide the technologies of High Bandwidth Digital Content Protection (HDCP) as well as Digital Visual Interface (DVI) in one specification. HDCP is used to protect digital content transmitted and received by DVI-compliant displays. Note 1⢠An HDMI connection can only be made with DVI-equipped components compatible with both DVI and High Bandwidth Digital Content Protection (HDCP). If you choose to connect to a DVI connector, you will need a separate adaptor (DVI î HDMI) to do so. A DVI connection, however, does not support audio signals. Consult your local audio dealer for more information. ⢠Depending on the component you have connected, using a DVI connection may result in unreliable signal transfers. ⢠When you change the component connected to the HDMI output, you will also need to change the HDMI settings to match the new component (see Video Output settings on page 29 to do this). SURROUND SUB WOOFER FRONT CENTER SPEAKERS (4 ⦠- 6 ⦠) AUDI O R L R R L L R L VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO ANTENNA OUT LINE IN OUT IN MCACC FM UNBAL 75 ⦠AM LOOP CONTROL HDMI OUT SETUP MIC CONTROL HDMI-compatible display To HDMI connector HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 35 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Other connections 09 36 En HDMI has the capability to support standard, enhanced, or high-definition video plus standard to multichannel surround-sound audio. HDMI features include uncompressed digital video, a bandwidth of up to 2.2 gigabytes per second (with HDTV signals), one connector (instead of several cables and connectors), and communication between the AV source and AV devices such as DTVs. HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI licensing LLC. Using this unit with a Pioneer plasma television If you have a Pioneer plasma television 1 , you can use an SR cable 2 to connect it to this unit and take advantage of various convenient features, such as controlling this unit via the plasma televisionâÂÂs remote sensor, automatic video input switching of the plasma television, and automatic volume muting on the plasma television. Important ⢠When using the CONTROL IN jack for the first time, you must first remove the protective seal that covers the jack. ⢠With an SR cable connected, the remote must now be pointed towards your plasma television rather than the remote sensor of this unit in order to control this system. ⢠Use a 3-ringed miniplug SR cable to connect the CONTROL IN jack of this unit through a media receiver to the CONTROL OUT jack of your plasma television. 3 Before you can use the extra SR features, you need to make a few settings in the unit. See SR Setup for Pioneer plasma televisions below for detailed instructions. SR Setup for Pioneer plasma televisions Make the following settings if you have connected a Pioneer plasma television to this unit using an SR cable. Note that the number of video inputs available will depend on the plasma television youâÂÂve connected. 1 Press SHIFT SR on the remote. 2 Use the îÂÂ/î to select SETUP, then press ENTER. 3 Use îÂÂ/î to select the setting you want. ⢠VoL.C OFF â This unit does not control the volume of the plasma television. ⢠VOL.C ON â When this unit is switched to one of the inputs that use the plasma television ( DVD , or another one of functions below), the volume on the plasma television is muted so only sound from this system is heard. Note 1 This system is compatible with all Pioneer plasma televisions from 2003 onward. 2 The 3-ringed SR cable from Pioneer is commercially available under the part number ADE7095. Contact the Pioneer Customer Support division for more information on obtaining an SR cable. VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO ANTENNA MCACC FM UNBAL 75 AM LOOP IN HDMI OUT SETUP MIC CONTROL OUT CONTROL Pioneer plasma television 3 You wonâÂÂt be able to use the remote sensor of this unit with the CONTROL IN jack of this unit connected to the CONTROL OUT jack of your plasma television. You can use the remote sensor of the plasma television (even in standby) as long as the power isnâÂÂt switched off. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 36 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Other connections 09 37 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español 4 Assign any input source connected to the plasma television to the corresponding input number. Use îÂÂ/î to select the source ( DVD , LN ( LINE ) or USB ), then îÂÂ/î to select the input number. This matches this unitâÂÂs input source with a numbered video input on the plasma television. 1 For example, select the LN PDP3 setting if the video output of your line component is connected to video input 3 on the plasma television. TVTN switches the plasma television to its built-in tuner and NONE leaves the plasma television input as is (no switching takes place). 5 When you're finished, press ENTER . 2 Switching on the SR mode 1 Press SHIFT SR on the remote. 2 Use îÂÂ/î to select SR ON then press ENTER. To switch SR control off, select SR OFF . ⢠If you disconnect the SR cable or switch the plasma television off while SR is on, the SR ON setting remains. ⢠The SR setting is maintained even after switching this system into standby then back on. Automatic muting will be effective when this system is switched on. About control out connections Many Pioneer components support SR CONTROL connections, by which you can use the remote controls of any connected components by aiming them at the sensor of just one component. When you use a remote control, the control signal is passed along the chain to the appropriate component. This can be useful when you have multiple components contained inside an entertainment center. If you choose to use this feature, you must make sure that you also have at least one set of analog audio jacks connected to another component for grounding purposes. ⢠Using a cable with mono mini-plugs on either side (sold separately), connect the CONTROL IN jack on another Pioneer component to the CONTROL OUT jack on this unit. This will allow you to control the other component by pointing its remote at this unit. When this unit is connected to both another device and a plasma television with an SR cable, you can control all components by pointing their respective remote controls at the sensor for the plasma television. Note 1 Note that certain PDP inputs (ex. PDP7 ) may be referred to on your plasma display as âÂÂPC InputâÂÂ. 2⢠The SR setting remains in effect even in standby. ⢠The SR setting does not affect the FM/AM tuner function. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 37 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 38 En Chapter 10 Additional information Optional system settings All the available settings in the standby setup menu are listed below. See the notes in each section for more information about the settings. The first setting in each section is the default. 1 Switch the system into standby. 2 Press SHIFT SETUP and use îÂÂ/î then ENTER to choose the setting you want to adjust. The available settings are shown in the front panel display. 1 3 Use îÂÂ/î to adjust then press ENTER to confirm and exit. System demo setting Switches the automatic demo feature on or off (this starts when you plug in for the first time): ⢠DEMO ON â Switches the demo feature on. ⢠DEMO OFF â Switches the demo feature off. Frequency step setting If you find that you canâÂÂt tune into stations successfully, the frequency step may not be suitable for your country/region. ⢠AM 9K ⢠AM 10K DTS CD setting If you play a DTS-encoded CD, you will need to change this setting to hear the decoded signal. ⢠NORMAL â Regular CD playback; some DTS-encoded CDs output a noisy signal. ⢠DTS-CD â Proper decoding of DTS- encoded CDs; the beginning of regular CD tracks may be skipped. Key lock setting ⢠LOCK ON â Makes the front panel buttons and controls inoperative. ⢠LOCK OFF â Restores regular use of the front panel buttons and controls. Setting the sleep timer The sleep timer switches off the system after about an hour so you can fall asleep without worrying about it. 2 ⢠Press SLEEP repeatedly to select an option. Choose between the following options: ⢠SLP ON â Switches off after about an hour ⢠SLP OFF â Cancels the sleep timer After selecting SLP ON , you can press SLEEP again to check how much time is left. Each line indicates approximately 12 minutes (remaining): Note 1 The setup menu is exited automatically after 5 minutes of inactivity. 2 The display dims when the sleep timer is set, and the power indicator is turned off. SL P --- -- HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 38 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 39 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Dimming the display You can adjust the brightness of the text in the front panel display. When the display is set to a darker color, the Power Indicator is turned off. 1 Press SHIFT SETUP and use îÂÂ/î to select DIMMER then press ENTER . 2 Use îÂÂ/î to adjust then press ENTER to confirm and exit. ⢠LIGHT â Brighter setting ⢠DARK â Darker setting Disc/content format playback compatibility This player is compatible with a wide range of disc types (media) and formats. Playable discs will generally feature one of the following logos on the disc and/or disc packaging. Note however that some disc types, such as recordable CD and DVD, may be in an unplayable format. See the Disc compatibility table below for more information. ⢠This unit will play DVD R/ RW discs. ⢠is a trademark of FUJIFILM Corporation. ⢠is a trademark of DVD Format/Logo Licensing Corporation. ⢠Also compatible with KODAK Picture CD. This player supports the IECâÂÂs Super VCD standard for superior picture quality, dual soundtracks, and widescreen support. About DualDisc playback A DualDisc is a new two -sided disc, one side of which contains DVD content video, audio, etc. while the other side contains non-DVD content such as digital audio material. The non-DVD, audio side of the disc is not compliant with the CD Audio specification and therefore may not play. The DVD side of a DualDisc plays in this product. DVD-Audio content will not play. For more detailed information on the DualDisc specification, please refer to the disc manufacturer or disc retailer. Disc compatibility table DVD- Video DVD -R DVD-RW Vid e o CD Fu jicolor CD Audio CD CD-R CD-RW Media Compatible formats CD-R/-RW ⢠CD-Audio, Video CD/Super VCD, ISO 9660 CD-ROM* * ISO 9660 Level 1 or 2 compliant. CD physical format: Mode1, Mode2 XA Form1. Romeo and Joliet file systems are both compatible. ⢠Multi-session playback: No ⢠Unfinalized disc playback: No DVD-R/-RW ⢠DVD- Video (Video mode), V ideo R ecording (VR)*, UDF Bridge DVD -ROM * Edit points may not play exactly as edited; screen may go momentarily blank at edited points. ⢠Multi Border playback: No ⢠Unï¬Ânalized playback: No VIDEO CD Super Video CD (Super VCD) HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 39 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 40 En About DVD R/DVD RW compatibility Only DVD R/DVD RW discs recorded in âÂÂVideo Mode (DVD Video Mode)â which have been finalized, can be played back. However, some editing made during the recording may not be played back accurately. About DivX DivX is a compressed digital video format created by the DivX î video codec from DivX, Inc. This player can play DivX video files burned on CD-R/ - RW and DVD-R/ - RW/ - ROM discs. Keeping the same terminology as DVD-Video, individual DivX video files are called âÂÂTitlesâÂÂ. When naming files/titles on a CD-R/ - RW or DVD-R/ - RW disc prior to burning, keep in mind that by default they will play in alphabetical order. DivX video compatibility ⢠Official DivX î Certified product. ⢠Plays all versions of DivX î video (including DivX î 6) with standard playback of DivX î media files. 1 ⢠File extensions: .avi and .divx (these must be used for the player to recognize DivX video files). Note that all files with the .avi extension are recognized as MPEG4, but not all of these are necessarily DivX video files and therefore may not be playable on this player. PC-created disc ⢠Discs recorded using a PC may not be playable due to the setting of the software used to create the disc. In these instances, check the DVD-R/- RW or CD-R/-RW software manual or disc boxes for more on compatibility. ⢠Discs recorded in packet write mode are not compatible. Compressed audio ⢠MPEG-1 Audio Layer 3 (MP3), Windows Media Audio (WMA), MPEG - 4 AAC ⢠Sampling rates: 32 kHz/44.1 kHz/ 48 kHz ⢠Bit-rates: Any (128 kbps or higher recommended) ⢠VBR (variable bit rate) MP3/WMA/ MPEG-4 AAC playback: No ⢠WMA lossless encoding: No ⢠DRM (Digital Rights Management) compatible: Y es (DRM-protected audio ï¬Âles will not play in this player .) ⢠File extensions: .mp3, .wma, .m4a (these must be used for the player to recognize MP3/WMA/MPEG -4 AAC ﬠles) ⢠File structure (may differ): Up to 299 folders on a disc; up to 648 folders and ï¬Âles (combined) within each folder JPEG file ⢠Baseline JPEG and EXIF 2.2* still image files up to a resolution of 3072 x 2048 *File format for digital still cameras ⢠Progressive JPEG compatible: No ⢠File extensions: .jpg (must be used for the player to recognize JPEG files) ⢠File structure (may differ): Up to 299 folders on a disc; up to 648 folders and files (combined) within each folder Media Compatible formats Note 1 Playback of .avi video files larger than 4 GB is not possible. Additional_information.fm 40 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 41 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Displaying DivX subtitle files The font sets listed below are available for DivX external subtitle files. You can see the proper font set on-screen by setting the Subtitle Language (in Language settings on page 30) to match the subtitle file. 1 Group 1: Albanian (sq), Basque (eu), Catalan (ca), Danish (da), Dutch (nl), English (en), Faroese (fo), Finnish (fi), French (fr), German (de), Icelandic (is), Irish (ga), Italian (it), Norwegian (no), Portuguese (pt), Rhaeto-Romanic (rm), Scottish (gd), Spanish (es), Swedish (sv) Group 2: Albanian (sq), Croatian (hr), Czech (cs), Hungarian (hu), Polish (pl), Romanian (ro), Slovak (sk), Slovenian (sl) Group 3: Bulgarian (bg), Byelorussian (be), Macedonian (mk), Russian (ru), Serbian (sr), Ukrainian (uk) Group 4: Hebrew (iw), Yiddish (ji) Group 5: Turkish (tr) DivX, DivX Certified, and associated logos are trademarks of DivX, Inc. and are used under license. About MPEG-4 AAC Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) is at the core of the MPEG-4 AAC standard, which incorporates MPEG-2 AAC, forming the basis of the MPEG-4 audio compression technology. The file format and extension used depend on the application used to encode the AAC file. This unit plays back AAC files encoded by iTunes î bearing the extension â .m4a âÂÂ. DRM-protected files will not play, and files encoded with some versions of iTunes î may not play, or filenames may display incorrectly. Apple and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. About WMA This player can playback Windows Media Audio content. WMA is an acronym for Windows Media Audio and refers to an audio compression technology developed by Microsoft Corporation. WMA content can be encoded by using Windows Media î Player version 7.7.1, Windows Media î Player for Windows î XP, or Windows Media î Player 9 series. Windows Media is either a registered trademark or trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. This product includes technology owned by Microsoft Corporation and cannot be used or distributed without a license from Microsoft Licensing, Inc. Using and taking care of discs Handling discs Hold the disc by its edges when handling so as not to leave fingerprints, dirt or scratches on either side of the disc. Damaged or dirty discs can affect playback performance. If a disc becomes marked with fingerprints, dust, etc., clean using a soft, dry cloth. Wipe lightly from the center of the disc using straight strokes. DonâÂÂt wipe the disc surface with circular strokes. If necessary, use a cloth soaked in alcohol, or a commercially available CD/DVD cleaning kit to clean a disc more thoroughly. Never use benzine, thinner or other cleaning agents such as those designed for cleaning vinyl records. Note 1⢠For external subtitle files the following subtitle format filename extensions are supported (please note that these files are not shown within the disc navigation menu): .srt, .sub, .ssa, .smi ⢠Some external subtitle files may be displayed incorrectly or not at all. ⢠The filename of the movie file has to be repeated at the beginning of the filename for the external subtitle file. ⢠The number of external subtitle files which can be switched for the same movie file is limited to a maximum of 10. Additional_information.fm 41 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 42 En Storing discs Avoid leaving discs in excessively cold, humid, or hot environments (including under direct sunlight). DonâÂÂt glue paper or put stickers onto the disc, or use a pencil, ball-point pen or other sharp-tipped writing instrument. These could all damage the disc. Discs to avoid Discs spin at high speed inside the player. If a disc is cracked, chipped, warped, or otherwise damaged, donâÂÂt risk using it in your playerâ you could end up damaging the unit. This unit is designed for use with conventional, fully circular discs only. Pioneer disclaims all liability arising in connection with the use of shaped discs. DVD Video regions All DVD Video discs carry a region mark that indicates which region(s) of the world the disc is compatible with. Your DVD system also has a region mark (on the rear panel). Discs from incompatible regions will not play in this player. In this instance, the following message appears on-screen: Incompatible disc region number CanâÂÂt play disc Discs marked ALL play in any player. Installation and maintenance Hints on installation We want you to enjoy using this system for years to come, so please bear in mind the following points when choosing a location: Do... î Use in a well-ventilated room. î Place on a solid, flat, level surface, such as a table, shelf or stereo rack . DonâÂÂt... î Use in a place exposed to high temperatures or humidity, including near radiators and other heat-generating appliances. î Place on a window sill or other place where the system will be exposed to direct sunlight. î Use in an excessively dusty or damp environment. î Place directly on top of an amplifier, or other component in your stereo system that becomes hot in use. î Use near a television or monitor as you may experience interference â especially if the television uses an indoor antenna. î Use in a kitchen or other room where the system may be exposed to smoke or steam. î Use on a thick rug or carpet, or cover with cloth â this may prevent proper cooling of the system unit. î Place on an unstable surface, or one that is not large enough to support all four of the system unitâÂÂs feet. Cleaning the pickup lens The DVD playerâÂÂs lens should not become dirty in normal use, but if for some reason it should malfunction due to dust or dirt, consult your nearest Pioneer authorized service center. Although lens cleaners are commercially available, we do not recommend using them since some may damage the lens. Problems with condensation Condensation may form inside the player if it is brought into a warm room from outside, or if the temperature of the room rises quickly. Although the condensation wonâÂÂt damage the player, it may temporarily impair performance. Leave it to adjust to the warmer temperature for about an hour before switching on. Additional_information.fm 42 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 43 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Moving the system unit If you need to move the main unit, first remove a disc if thereâÂÂs one in the player, then press î STANDBY/ON on the front panel to turn the system off. Wait for GOOD BYE to disappear from the display, then unplug the power cord. 1 Never lift or move the unit during playback â discs rotate at high speeds and may damage. Screen sizes and disc formats DVD-Video discs come in different screen aspects, ranging from TV programs, which are generally 4:3, to CinemaScope widescreen movies 2 , with an aspect ratio of up to about 7:3. Televisions also come in different aspect ratios; âÂÂstandardâ 4:3 and widescreen 16:9. 3 Note 1 Unplugging the unit before GOOD BYE disappears from the display may cause the system to return to the factory settings. 2 Many widescreen discs override the systemâÂÂs settings so that the disc is shown in letterbox format regardless of the setting. Set to 4:3 (Letter Box) , widescreen discs are shown with black bars top and bottom. Set to 4:3 (Pan&Scan) , widescreen discs are shown with the left and right sides cropped. Although the picture looks larger, you donâÂÂt actually see the whole picture. 3⢠Using the 16:9 (Wide) setting with a standard 4:3 TV, or one of the 4:3 settings with a widescreen TV, will result in distortion. ⢠When you watch discs recorded in 4:3 format, you can use the TV controls to select how the picture is presented. Your TV may offer various zoom and stretch options; see the instructions that came with your TV for details. ⢠Some movie aspect ratios are wider than 16:9, so even with a widescreen TV, these discs will still play in a âÂÂletterboxâ style. Additional_information.fm 43 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 44 En Troubleshooting Incorrect operations are often mistaken for trouble and malfunctions. If you think that there is something wrong with this component, check the points below. Sometimes the trouble may lie in another component. Investigate the other components and electrical appliances being used. If the trouble cannot be rectified even after exercising the checks listed below, ask your nearest Pioneer authorized service center or your dealer to carry out repair work. ⢠If the system does not operate normally due to external effects such as static electricity disconnect the plug from the outlet and insert again to return to normal operating conditions. General Problem Remedy The power does not turn on, or switches off suddenly (an error message may be displayed at startup). ⢠Wait for one minute before switching back on. ⢠Make sure there are no loose strands of wire touching the unit. This could cause the system to shut off automatically. ⢠Check that the speakers are connected correctly. ⢠Make sure the voltage of the mains power source is correct for the model. ⢠Try reducing the volume level. ⢠If the problem persists, take it to your nearest Pioneer authorized service center or your dealer for servicing. No sound is output when a function is selected. ⢠If youâÂÂre using the line input, make sure the component is connected correctly (see Connecting auxiliary audio components on page 33). ⢠Press MUTE on the remote control to turn muting off. ⢠Turn up the volume. No sound from surround or center speakers. ⢠Refer to Channel level setting on page 27 to check the speaker levels. ⢠When TUNER is selected, you can only hear the source in stereo. ⢠Check that you havenâÂÂt selected the AUTO , STEREO or VIRTUAL mode (see Listening to your system on page 15). ⢠Connect the speakers properly (refer to the Setup Guide). ⢠If the source is 96 kHz, it will be played in stereo. CanâÂÂt operate the remote control. ⢠Replace the batteries (refer to the Setup Guide). ⢠Operate within 7 m, 30ð of the remote sensor (refer to the Setup Guide). ⢠Remove any obstacles or operate from another position. ⢠Avoid exposing the remote sensor on the front panel to direct light. ⢠Check that thereâÂÂs nothing mistakenly plugged into the CONTROL IN jack. ⢠If the system is connected to a Pioneer plasma television with an SR cable, check that the plasma television is switched on. Point the remote control at the plasma television in order to operate the system. ⢠To operate other Pioneer components, make sure that the control cable and analog audio cable are connected. TRAYLOCK shows in the display and the tray canâÂÂt be ejected. ⢠Press and hold î OPEN/CLOSE on the front panel for about eight seconds. Then the tray can be opened/closed using î OPEN/CLOSE . HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 44 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 45 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español DVD/CD/Video CD player SND. DEMO shows in the display and the unit canâÂÂt be controlled. ⢠Press and hold î (stop) on the front panel for about five seconds. The disc tray ejects automatically to indicate the Sound Demo mode is disabled. Problem Remedy Problem Remedy The disc is ejected automatically after loading. ⢠Clean the disc and align the disc properly in the disc guide. ⢠If the region number on a DVD-video disc does not match the number on the player, the disc cannot be used (see DVD Video regions on page 42). In this instance, the following message appears on screen: Incompatible disc region number / CanâÂÂt play disc . ⢠Allow time for any condensation inside the player to evaporate. Avoid using the player near an air-conditioning unit. Playback not possible. ⢠If the disc is loaded upside down, reload the disc with label side face up. Picture playback stops and buttons cannot be used. ⢠Press î (stop), then î (play) to start playback again. ⢠Switch the power off once, then on again using the front panel î STANDBY/ON button. Settings are canceled. ⢠When the power is cut, settings will be canceled. No picture/No color. ⢠Check that connections are correct and that plugs are inserted fully. ⢠Check the manual of the TV/monitor to make sure the settings are correct. ⢠If the Progressive setting is selected and you have used component video cables to connect a TV that is not compatible with a progressive scan signal, you will not be able to see any picture at all. W ith your TV connected using either the composite or S-video terminals, change the Component Out setting to Interlace (see Video Output settings on page 29). Screen is stretched or aspect doesnâÂÂt change. ⢠The TV Screen setting is incorrect. Set the TV Screen option to match the TV/ monitor you're using (see Video Output settings on page 29). When recorded on a VCR or passed through an AV selector, there is disturbance in the playback picture. ⢠This system uses copy-protection technology which may prevent recording or cause picture problems when connected through a VCR or AV selector. This is not a malfunction. Picture disturbance during playback or dark. ⢠This player is compatible with Macro-Vision System copy guard. Some discs include a copy prevention signal, and when this type of disc is played back, stripes etc., may appear on some sections of the picture depending on the TV. This is not a malfunction. ⢠Discs respond differently to particular player functions. This may result in the screen becoming black for a brief instant or shaking slightly when the function is executed. These problems are largely due to differences between discs and disc content and are not malfunctions of this player. Noticeable difference in DVD and CD volume. ⢠DVDs and CDs use different recording methods. This is not a malfunction. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 45 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 46 En Tuner USB connection HDMI connection CD-ROM disc is not recognized. ⢠Make sure that the CD-ROM was recorded using the ISO 9660 disc format. See Disc compatibility table on page 39 for more on disc compatibility. DVD-ROM disc is not recognized. ⢠Make sure that the DVD-ROM was recorded using the UDF bridge format. See Disc compatibility table on page 39 for more on disc compatibility. Files donâÂÂt show up in the Disc Navigator/ Photo Browser. ⢠The files on the disc must be named with the correct file extension: .mp3 for MP3 files; .wma for WMA files; .m4a for MPEG-4 AAC files; .jpg for JPEG files (upper or lower-case is OK). See Disc compatibility table on page 39. CanâÂÂt play WMA or MPEG-4 AAC files. ⢠The files were recorded using DRM (digital rights management). This is not a malfunction. Problem Remedy Problem Remedy Considerable noise in radio broadcasts. ⢠Connect the AM antenna (refer to the Setup Guide ) and adjust the direction and position for best reception. You may also connect an additional internal or external AM antenna (refer to Connecting external antennas on page 33). ⢠Fully extend the FM wire antenna, position for best reception, and secure to a wall. You may also connect an outdoor FM antenna (see Connecting external antennas on page 33). ⢠Turn off other equipment that may be causing the noise or move it further away. ⢠The tuning interval is incorrect for your country or region. See Frequency step setting on page 38 to switch the tuning interval. Auto tuning does not pick up some stations. ⢠The radio signal is weak. Auto tuning will only detect radio stations with a good signal. For more sensitive tuning, connect an outdoor antenna. Problem Remedy USB mass storage device is not recognized by the system. ⢠Make sure you have completely inserted the USB connector to this unit. ⢠Check that the memory format is FAT16 or FAT32. ⢠USB devices with an internal USB hub are not supported. Files donâÂÂt show up in the Navigator/Photo Browser. ⢠The files must have the correct file extension: .mp3 for MP3 files; .wma for WMA files; .m4a for MPEG-4 AAC files; .jpg for JPEG files (upper or lower-case is OK). ⢠Make sure the file permission hasnâÂÂt been restricted (through a password, etc.). CanâÂÂt play WMA or MPEG-4 AAC files. ⢠The files were recorded using DRM (digital rights management). This is not a malfunction. Problem Remedy No HDMI audio output. ⢠See Switching the HDMI audio setting on page 35 to make sure that AUDIO ON is selected. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 46 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 47 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Error Messages No HDMI video output. ⢠Make sure that youâÂÂve selected this player as the HDMI input in the settings for the component youâÂÂre using (refer to the componentâÂÂs instruction manual). ⢠Check that the HDMI cable is connected properly and isnâÂÂt damaged. ⢠Check that components connected using the HDMI interface are switched on and HDMI compatible (components must be compatible with both DVI and High Bandwidth Digital Content Protection (HDCP)). ⢠Depending on the component you have connected, using a DVI connection may result in unreliable signal transfers. ⢠Make sure the resolution on this player matches that of the component you have connected using HDMI. See Video Output settings on page 29 to change the HDMI resolution. ⢠If the screen goes blank after changing the resolution, it means the you selected a resolution incompatible with your monitor. See Resetting the HDMI connection on page 35 to reset to the factory defaults. Color problems occur with your monitor after changing the HDMI Color setting (page 30). ⢠Depending on the connected equipment, some HDMI Color settings may cause the picture to be displayed incorrectly. In this case, use the TVâÂÂs own video input settings to select RGB, if possible. Alternatively, revert to the previous HDMI Color setting. Problem Remedy Message Description 2CH ONL Y ⢠An operation is prohibited because it is only applicable to 2 channel sources, while the current source is a multichannel source. 96K ⢠An operation is prohibited because the source is 96 kHz digital. REC MODE ⢠An operation is prohibited because the Recording mode is on (page 33). SND. DEMO ⢠The sound demo is on. See General in Troubleshooting on page 44. NOISY ⢠Background noise is too high to complete MCACC setup successfully . ERR MIC ⢠An error occured during MCACC setup because the microphone is not connected or is not connected properly . ERR SP ⢠An error occured during MCACC setup because the speakers are not connected or are not connected properly . MUTING ⢠An operation is prohibited because the sound is muted (press MUTE ). STEREO ⢠An operation is prohibited because the tuner is selected. TRAYLOCK ⢠The tray lock is on. See General in Troubleshooting on page 44. KEYLOCK ⢠The key lock is enabled. See Key lock setting on page 38. PHONESIN ⢠An operation is prohibited because the headphones are connected. HDMI ERR ⢠See HDMI connection above for troubleshooting tips. See also Resetting the HDMI connection on page 35 if the problem persists. USB ERR ⢠See Important in Using the USB interface on page 25 for more on this. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 47 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 48 En Resetting the system Use the front panel controls to reset all system settings to the factory default. ⢠With the system on, press î STANDBY/ ON while holding down î USB. The next time you switch on, all the system settings should be reset. Using the language code list Some of the language options (see Language settings on page 30) allow you to set your preferred language from any of the 136 languages in the Language code list below. 1 Select âÂÂOther LanguageâÂÂ. 2 Use îÂÂ/î to select either a code letter or a code number. 3 Use îÂÂ/î to select a code letter or a code number. See the Language code list below for a complete list of languages and codes. EEP ERR ⢠Contact your Pioneer authorized service center or your dealer for servicing. EXIT ⢠Appears when a menu is automatically exited after a set period of inactivity. Message Description HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 48 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 49 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Language code list Language (Language code letter), Language code Country/Area code list Country/Area, Country/Area code, Country/Area code letter Japanese (ja), 1001 English (en), 0514 French (fr), 0618 German (de), 0405 Italian (it), 0920 Spanish (es), 0519 Dutch (nl), 1412 Russian (ru), 1821 Chinese (zh), 2608 Korean (ko), 1115 Greek (el), 0512 Afar (aa), 0101 Abkhazian (ab), 0102 Afrikaans (af), 0106 Amharic (am), 0113 Arabic (ar), 0118 Assamese (as), 0119 Aymara (ay), 0125 Azerbaijani (az), 0126 Bashkir (ba), 0201 Byelorussian (be), 0205 Bulgarian (bg), 0207 Bihari (bh), 0208 Bislama (bi), 0209 Bengali (bn), 0214 Tibetan (bo), 0215 Breton (br), 0218 Catalan (ca), 0301 Corsican (co), 0315 Czech (cs), 0319 Welsh (cy), 0325 Danish (da), 0401 Bhutani (dz), 0426 Esperanto (eo), 0515 Estonian (et), 0520 Basque (eu), 0521 Persian (fa), 0601 Finnish (fi), 0609 Fiji (fj), 0610 Faroese (fo), 0615 Frisian (fy), 0625 Irish (ga), 0701 Scots-Gaelic (gd), 0704 Galician (gl), 0712 Guarani (gn), 0714 Gujarati (gu), 0721 Hausa (ha), 0801 Hindi (hi), 0809 Croatian (hr), 0818 Hungarian (hu), 0821 Armenian (hy), 0825 Interlingua (ia), 0901 Interlingue (ie), 0905 Inupiak (ik), 0911 Indonesian (in), 0914 Icelandic (is), 0919 Hebrew (iw), 0923 Yiddish (ji), 1009 Javanese (jw), 1023 Georgian (ka), 1101 Kazakh (kk), 1111 Greenlandic (kl), 1112 Cambodian (km), 1113 Kannada (kn), 1114 Kashmiri (ks), 1119 Kurdish (ku), 1121 Kirghiz (ky), 1125 Latin (la), 1201 Lingala (ln), 1214 Laothian (lo), 1215 Lithuanian (lt), 1220 Latvian (lv), 1222 Malagasy (mg), 1307 Maori (mi), 1309 Macedonian (mk), 1311 Malayalam (ml), 1312 Mongolian (mn), 1314 Moldavian (mo), 1315 Marathi (mr), 1318 Malay (ms), 1319 Maltese (mt), 1320 Burmese (my), 1325 Nauru (na), 1401 Nepali (ne), 1405 Norwegian (no), 1415 Occitan (oc), 1503 Oromo (om), 1513 Oriya (or), 1518 Panjabi (pa), 1601 Polish (pl), 1612 Pashto, Pushto (ps), 1619 Portuguese (pt), 1620 Quechua (qu), 1721 Rhaeto-Romance (rm), 1813 Kirundi (rn), 1814 Romanian (ro), 1815 Kinyarwanda (rw), 1823 Sanskrit (sa), 1901 Sindhi (sd), 1904 Sangho (sg), 1907 Serbo-Croatian (sh), 1908 Sinhalese (si), 1909 Slovak (sk), 1911 Slovenian (sl), 1912 Samoan (sm), 1913 Shona (sn), 1914 Somali (so), 1915 Albanian (sq), 1917 Serbian (sr), 1918 Siswati (ss), 1919 Sesotho (st), 1920 Sundanese (su), 1921 Swedish (sv), 1922 Swahili (sw), 1923 Tamil (ta), 2001 Telugu (te), 2005 Tajik (tg), 2007 Thai (th), 2008 Tigrinya (ti), 2009 Turkmen (tk), 2011 Tagalog (tl), 2012 Setswana (tn), 2014 Tonga (to), 2015 Turkish (tr), 2018 Tsonga (ts), 2019 Tatar (tt), 2020 Twi (tw), 2023 Ukrainian (uk), 2111 Urdu (ur), 2118 Uzbek (uz), 2126 Vietnamese (vi), 2209 Volapük (vo), 2215 Wolof (wo), 2315 Xhosa (xh), 2408 Yoruba (yo), 2515 Zulu (zu), 2621 Argentina, 0118, ar Australia, 0121, au Austria, 0120, at Belgium, 0205, be Brazil, 0218, br Canada, 0301, ca Chile, 0312, cl China, 0314, cn Denmark, 0411, dk Finland, 0609, fi France, 0618, fr Germany, 0405, de Hong Kong, 0811, hk India, 0914, in Indonesia, 0904, id Italy, 0920, it Japan, 1016, jp Korea, Republic of, 1118, kr Malaysia, 1325, my Mexico, 1324, mx Netherlands, 1412, nl New Zealand, 1426, nz Norway, 1415, no Pakistan, 1611, pk Philippines, 1608, ph Portugal, 1620, pt Russian Federation, 1821, ru Singapore, 1907, sg Spain, 0519, es Switzerland, 0308, ch Sweden, 1905, se Taiwan, 2023, tw Thailand, 2008, th United Kingdom, 0702, gb United States of America, 2119, us HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 49 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 50 En Specifications ⢠Amplifier section RMS Power Output: Front, Center, Surround . . . 100 W per channel (1 kHz, 10 % T.H.D., 4 ⦠) Subwoofer . . . 100 W (100 Hz, 10 % T.H.D., 4 ⦠) ⢠Disc section Digital audio characteristics . . . . . . . . . DVD fs: 96 kHz, 24-bit Type . . . . . . . DVD system, Video CD/Super VCD system and Compact Disc digital audio system Frequency response . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Hz to 44 kHz (96 kHz sampling) / 4 Hz to 22 kHz (48 kHz sampling) Wow and Flutter . . . . . . . .Limit of measurement (ñ0.001 % W.PEAK) or less (JEITA) ⢠FM tuner section Frequency range . . . . . . . . 87.5 MHz to 108 MHz Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ⦠, unbalanced ⢠AM tuner section Frequency range: With 9 kHz step . . . . . . . . 531 kHz to 1602 kHz With 10 kHz step . . . . . . . 530 kHz to 1700 kHz Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loop antenna ⢠Miscellaneous Power requirements . . . . . AC 110 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 W Power consumption in standby . . . . . . . . . 0.30 W Dimensions . . . . . . . 420 mm (W) x 60 mm (H) x 332 mm (D) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 kg ⢠Accessories (DVD/CD receiver) Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 AA/R6 dry cell batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (to confirm system operation) Video cable (yellow plugs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 AM loop antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 FM antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Microphone (for Auto MCACC setup) . . . . . . . . 1 Power cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Setup Guide These operating instructions S-DV363 Speaker system ⢠Front/surround speakers Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . Closed-box bookshelf type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way system Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W Dimensions . . . . . . . 100 mm (W) x 100 mm (H) x 100 mm (D) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.54 kg ⢠Center speaker Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . Closed-box bookshelf type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way system Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W Dimensions . . . . . . . . 220 mm (W) x 90mm (H) x 100 mm (D) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.70 kg ⢠Subwoofer Enclosure . . . . . . . Bass-reflex floorstanding type System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm 1-way system Speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Hz to 2.5 kHz Maximum Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W Dimensions . . . . . 221 mm (W) x 401.5 mm (H) x 390 mm (D) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5 kg ⢠Accessories Speaker cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Screws (for brackets). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Non-skid pads (small) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Non-skid pads (large) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 S-DV2T Speaker system ⢠Front speakers Enclosure . . . . . . . Closed-box floorstanding type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-way system HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 50 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 10 51 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Speakers: Woofer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone typex2 Tweeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 cm semi-dome type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W Dimensions . . . . 260 mm (W) x 1096.3 mm (H) x 260 mm (D) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 kg ⢠Center speaker Same as S-DV363 Center speaker ( see above ). ⢠Surround speakers Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . Closed-box bookshelf type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way system Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W Dimensions . . . . . . . 100 mm (W) x 100 mm (H) x 100 mm (D) Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.54 kg ⢠Accessories Speaker cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Non-skid pads (small) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Non-skid pads (large) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Speaker stand bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Screws (for bases) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 S-DV4T Speaker system ⢠Front/surround speakers Same as S-DV2T Front speakers ( see above ). ⢠Center speaker Same as S-DV363 Center speaker ( see above ). ⢠Accessories Speaker cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Non-skid pads (large) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Speaker stand bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Screws (for bases) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 S-DV2SW Speaker system ⢠Subwoofer Same as S-DV363 Subwoofer ( see above ). ⢠Accessories Speaker cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Non-skid pads (large) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Note ⢠Specifications and design subject to possible modification without notice, due to improvements. Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories.âÂÂDolbyâÂÂ, âÂÂPro Logicâ and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. âÂÂDTSâ and âÂÂDTS Digital Surroundâ are registered trademarks of DTS, Inc. Published by Pioneer Corporation. Copyright é 2007 Pioneer Corporation. All rights reserved. This product includes F ontAvenueî fonts licenced by NEC corporation. Fo ntA venue is a r egister ed trademark of NEC Corporation. This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is pr otected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited uses only unless other wise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. DRM (digital rights management) copy protection is a technology designed to prevent unauthorized copying by restricting playback, etc. of compressed audio files on devices other than the PC (or other recor ding equipment) used to recor d it. F or detailed information, please see the instruction manuals or help files that came with your PC and/or software. HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 51 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ä½Âç½®ï¹ÂæÂ¬æ©Âä¸Âé¢æÂ¿ä¸ ã D3-4-2-1-7b_B_ChH D3-4-2-1-7c_A_ChH D3-4-2-2-2a_A_ChH æÂÂè¬ÂæÂ¨è³¼è²·æÂŒÂ°å ÂéÂÂç¢åÂÂã è«Âå¾¹åºÂé±è®ÂæÂ¾Â ä½ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Â以便æÂ£ç¢ºå°æÂÂä½ÂæÂ¨çÂÂç¢åÂÂãÂÂå¨é±è®Âå®ÂæÂ¾ÂÂå å¾Âï¼Âè«Âå°Â堶妥çºä¿Â管ï¼Â便æÂ¼ æÂ¥å¾ åÂÂèÂÂã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 2 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT D3-4-2-1-8_A_ChH CAUTION : CLASS 3B VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER VRW2159 EXPOSURE TO THE BEAM. RADIA TION WHEN OPEN, A VOID HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 3 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
4 ChH ç®é 01 æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 Ã¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 éÂÂæÂ§å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 顯示屠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 02 éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ å®¶åºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢é³æÂÂè¨Âç½® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 使ç¨èªå MCACC è¨Âç½®åÂÂè½ï¼Â以ç¢çÂÂæÂÂä½³ç ç°ç¹Âè²æÂÂæÂ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 使ç¨å¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢ ï¼ OSD ï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 åºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂæÂÂçµÂè¨ÂæÂ¶æÂÂæÂ¾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD PBC é¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 èÂÂè½æÂ¶é³橠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 æÂ¹å FM æÂ¥æÂ¶ä¸Âè¯ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 æÂÂå¶ AM æÂ¥æÂ¶éÂÂ訠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 è¨ÂæÂ¶éÂȌ° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 æÂ¶è½é Âè¨ÂéÂȌ° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 èÂÂè½堶ä»Âä¾Â溠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 03 èÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 èªåÂÂèÂÂè½模张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 以ç°ç¹Âè²èÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Dolby Pro Logic II Music è¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . 15 使ç¨ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²é²éÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . 16 使ç¨ ãÂÂå Âé²ç°ç¹Âè²ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 以ç«Âé«Âè²èÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 æÂ´ä¸Âè³æ©ÂèÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 使ç¨ ãÂÂé³場è£ÂæÂ£çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½èÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . 16 使ç¨ ãÂÂè²é³修æÂ£å¨ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 å 強å°Âç½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 使ç¨ ãÂÂé³調æÂ§å¶ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 調æÂ´ä½Âé³åÂÂé«Âé³ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 ãÂÂå¯ÂéÂÂãÂÂå ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¤ÂãÂÂ模张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 å éÂÂä½Âé³é³é . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 04 ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 æ ¢åÂÂä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 æ ¼é²î¿格éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 使ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂçÂÂ覽 DVD æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ç¢Âç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 å¯å©ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½çÂÂ覽 WMA ã MP3 ã MPEG-4 AAC ã DivX è¦Âé »å JPEG çÂÂæªÂæ¡ . . . 20 使ç¨æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 製ä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 èÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 渠餿ÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ä¸ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ段 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 使ç¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 使ç¨é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 建ç«Âç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯é¸å®ä¸Âå ¶ä»Âå¯ç¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . 22 æÂÂç´¢ç¢Âç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂå°Âç½èªÂè¨Âî¿é³頻è²é . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 æÂ¾å¤§ç«é¢ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂè§Â度 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 顯示ç¢ÂçÂÂè³Â訠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 05 USB æÂÂæÂ¾ 使ç¨ USB ä»Âé¢ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 åºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 æÂÂæÂÂæªÂæ¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 å©ç¨ ãÂÂå°Â覽å¨ãÂÂçÂÂ覽æªÂæ¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 06 ç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ 使ç¨ ãÂÂè¨Âå®ÂãÂÂé¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 07 ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂé¸å® ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂé¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 4 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
5 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 08 ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 使ç¨ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 顯示å±Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 é¸頠è¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 æÂÂ人éÂÂå® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 éÂÂæÂ¼ DivXî VOD 堧容 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 09 å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨天締. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 é£æÂ¥è¼Âå©é³頻è¨Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 éÂÂ製模张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 飿ÂÂ¥ S-video 輸åº . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 使ç¨è²差è¦Â頻輸åºé£æÂÂ¥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 éÂÂæÂ¼éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 使ç¨ HDMI 飿ÂÂ¥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Ã¥ÂÂæÂ HDMI é³頻è¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 éÂÂæÂ°è¨Âå® HDMI é£絠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 éÂÂæÂ¼ HDMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 æÂ¬æ©ÂèÂÂå ÂéÂÂé»漿é»è¦ÂçÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂç¨ . . . . . . . . . . 36 å ÂéÂÂé»漿é»è¦Âç SR è¨Âç½® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 éÂÂå SR 模张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 éÂÂæÂ¼æÂ§å¶輸åºé£æÂÂ¥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 10 å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠é¸頠系統è¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 è¨Âç½®ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂå¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 調æÂÂ顯示å±Â亮度 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 ç¢ÂçÂÂî¿堧容格å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¸容æÂ§ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 éÂÂæÂ¼ DVD R/DVD RW ç¸容æÂ§ . . . . . . . . . . . 40 éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 éÂÂæÂ¼ MPEG-4 AAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 éÂÂæÂ¼ WMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂ使ç¨åÂÂç¶Âè· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 DVD Video é©ç¨å°å . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 å®Âè£ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¿Â餠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 å®Âè£ÂæÂÂ示 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 渠æ½Âè®Â寫é ÂæÂ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 æ°´æ°£åÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 æÂŒÂÂ系統主橠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 ç«é¢大å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ格张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 æÂ éÂÂæÂÂé¤ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 ä¸ÂèÂŒÂÂé¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 DVD/CD/VCD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 調諧å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 USB 飿ÂÂ¥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 HDMI 飿ÂÂ¥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 é¯誤è¨ÂæÂ¯ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 éÂÂæÂ°è¨Â置系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Ã¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼渠å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 è¦Âæ ¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 5 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 01 6 ChH 第 1 ç« æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 Ã¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ 1 î STANDBY/ON å¯å°Â系統éÂÂæ©ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âã 2 PLAY LIST æÂÂéµ å¯æÂ°å¢ÂæÂ²ç® ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ æÂÂé¸åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® ï¼Âå æÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼ ï¼Â第 20 é Âï¼ ã 3 î OPEN/CLOSE éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂî¿éÂÂéÂÂç¢Âç¤ã 4 î DVD/CD é¸å DVD/CD Ã¥ÂÂè½並éÂÂå§Âî¿æÂ«åÂÂî¿æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ã 5 î î î î åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾ã 6 î USB é¸å USB Ã¥ÂÂè½並éÂÂå§Âî¿æÂ«åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 7 VOLUME /â æÂÂéµ 8 USB ä»Âé¢ é£æÂÂ¥ USB è£Âç½®æÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 25 é Âç USB æÂ æÂ¾ ï¼Âã 9 PHONES æÂÂå æÂ¥ä¸Âè³æ©Âã 10 æÂÂ示ç ç¶é»æºÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¤çÂÂå°Â亮èÂÂè² ï¼Âä½Âä¸Âå æÂ¬ä½¿ç¨亮 度調ç¯Âå¨î¿ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂçÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ã 11 éÂÂæÂ§æÂÂæÂÂå¨ 12 顯示屠è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå 顯示屠ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã DVD/CD VOLUME OPEN/CLOSE USB STANDBY/ON PLAY LIST 1 PLAY LIST 2 PLAY LIST 3 5 6 7 4 3 2 1 8 9 12 11 10 HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 6 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 01 7 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español éÂÂæÂ§å¨ 1 î STANDBY/ON å¯å°Â系統éÂÂæ©ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âã 2 Ã¥ÂÂè½é¸åÂÂæÂÂéµ å¯é¸å æÂ¨è¦Âè è½çÂÂä¾Â溠@DVD/CD ã TUNER ã USB ã LINE ï¼ ã 3 æÂ¸åÂÂéµã CLEAR ã DISPLAY å DVD æÂ§å¶ CLEAR 渠é¤輸堥頠ç®ã DISPLAY å¯顯示î¿è®ÂæÂ´è¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂè³Â訠ï¼Â第 24 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT AUDIO å¯é¸åÂÂé³頻è²éÂÂî¿å°Âç½èªÂ訠ï¼Â第 23 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT SUBTITLE å¯顯示î¿è®ÂæÂ´åÂÂå¹ ï¼Â第 23 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT ANGLE å¯è®ÂæÂ´ DVD å¤Âè§Â度場度æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ觠度@第 24 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT ZOOM å¯è®ÂæÂ´ç«é¢æÂ¾å¤§çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¸ ï¼Â第 23 é Âï¼ ã 4 TOP MENU â å¯å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âç½®ä¸Â顯示 DVD 碠çÂÂçÂÂä¸Â層é¸å®ï¼ÂæÂ¤é  åÂÂè½å¯è½åÂÂæÂÂ丠MENU ç¸å ï¼Â第 13 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT SETUP â ç¨ 以é²è¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂ種 系統åÂÂç°繠鳿ÂÂè¨Âç½® ï¼Â第 14 ã 27 å 39 é Âï¼ ã 5 游æ¨ÂæÂÂéµ@ENTER Ã¥ÂÂ調諧æÂÂéµ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î â 使ç¨游æ¨ÂæÂÂéµå¯ å°Â覽å¨å±Â顯 示ç«é¢åÂÂé¸å®ã ENTER â å¯é¸åÂÂé¸頠æÂÂå·è¡Âå½令ã TUNE /â â å¯調é¸æÂ¶é³æ©Âã ST /â â å¯ é¸åÂÂæÂ¶ è½æÂ¶é³ æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ³ 覠æÂ¶è½ç é Âè¨ÂéÂȌ°ã 6 HOME MENU â å¯顯示 ï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂåºï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå§ è¨Âç½®ãÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½çÂÂçÂÂå¨å±Â顯示é¸å®ã SHIFT MCACC â å¯ éÂÂå§Âèª å MCACC è¨Âå® ï¼Â第 10 é Âï¼ ã 7 鳿ÂÂæÂ§å¶ F.S.SURR â é¸æÂ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²é²éÂÂãÂÂ模张ï¼Â第 16 é Âï¼ ã SURROUND â é¸åÂÂç°ç¹Âè²模张ï¼Â第 15 é Âï¼ æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè³ç«Âé«Âè²æÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼Â第 16 é Âï¼ ã ADVANCED â å¯é¸åÂÂå ÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂçÂÂç°ç¹Âè²模 å¼Â@第 16 é Âï¼ ã SOUND â å¯åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ鳿ÂÂé¸å®調æÂ´é³調ãÂÂä½Âé³ Ã¥ÂÂé«Âä½Âç ï¼Â第 15 è³ 17 å 33 é Âï¼ ã HOME MENU PLAYLIST STANDBY /ON SHIFT LINE TOP MENU RETURN TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND CLEAR SLEEP MUTE DISPLAY 12 3 1 2 3 45 6 78 9 0 ADVANCED TUNE TUNE ST ST ENTER USB SUBTITLE AUDIO ZOOM ANGLE SETUP SR F.S.SURR MENU OPEN/CLOSE INPUT CHANNEL VOLUME DVD/CD TUNER (FM/AM) SOUND RETRIEVER VOLUME TV CONTROL 1 2 3 8 9 4 7 12 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 5 6 10 HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 7 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 01 8 ChH 8 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 12 é Âç åºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ ãÂÂ第 18 é Âç ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 以åÂÂ第 25 é Âç USB æÂÂæÂ¾ æÂÂé éÂÂäºÂæÂ§å¶çÂÂ說æÂÂã 9 TV CONTROL æÂÂéµ éÂÂäºÂæÂÂéµå¯æÂ§å¶å ÂéÂÂé»漿é»è¦Âã 10 SHIFT æÂÂä¸Âå¯åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½æÂÂç¶ åÂÂçÂÂæÂ§å¶ã 11 SOUND RETRIEVER â æÂÂä¸Âå¯尠CD Ã¥ÂÂ質è² é³æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂå£Â縮é³頻ä¾Â溠ï¼Â第 17 é Âï¼ ã 12 î OPEN/CLOSE éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂî¿éÂÂéÂÂç¢Âç¤ã 13 PLAYLIST æÂÂéµ å¯æÂ°å¢ÂæÂ²ç® ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂé¸åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼ ï¼Â第 20 é Âï¼ ã 14 MENU â æÂÂä¸Âå¯顯示 USB é¸å®æÂÂå°Â覽å¨ ï¼Â第 13 ã 18 å 26 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT SR â å¯éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂé SR 模张ï¼Â第 36 é Âï¼ ã 15 RETURN â å¯è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å®ç«é¢ã SHIFT TEST TONE â å¯輸åº測試é³調 ï¼Âç¨æÂ¼æÂÂè²å¨è¨Â置@ï¼Â第 27 é Âï¼ ã 16 SLEEP æÂÂä¸Â以è¨Âç½®ç¡ç å®ÂæÂ ï¼Â第 38 é Âï¼ ã 17 MUTE å¯å°Âè²é³éÂÂé ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå³å¯åÂÂæ¶ÂéÂÂé³@ã 18 VOLUME /â å¯調æÂ´é³éÂÂã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 8 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 01 9 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 顯示屠1 DTS æÂ¤çÂÂæÂ¼æÂÂæÂ¾ DTS ä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起ï¼Â第 15 é Âï¼ ã 2 PRGSVE å¨é¸åÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Â頻輸åºæÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 29 é Âï¼ ã 3 SOUND å¨è²é³修æÂ£å¨åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮ç ï¼Â第 17 é Âï¼ ã 4 SURR. å¨ é¸åÂÂå ¶ 丠ä¸Â種堠é² ç°ç¹Âè² è è½模张æÂ æÂ äº®èµ· ï¼Â第 16 é Âï¼ ã F.SURR. å ¶ ä¸Âä¸Âå å 置ç°繠è² é²éÂÂ模 å¼ é¸åÂÂæÂ æÂ äº® 起@第 16 é Âï¼ ã 5 RPT å RPT-1 RPT å¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã RPT-1 å¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾å®æÂ²æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 21 é Âï¼ ã 6 REC MODE å¨åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂ製模å¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 33 é Âï¼ ã 7 PGM æÂ¤çÂÂå¨ç¯Âç®æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 20 å 22 é Âï¼ ã 8 調諧卿ÂÂ示ç â æÂ¤çÂÂå¨æÂ¥æÂ¶å°廣æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã â æÂ¤çÂÂå¨èªåÂÂç«Âé«Âè²模å¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶å°章é«Âè² FM 廣æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã â æÂ¤çÂÂå¨é¸å FM å®è²éÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶æÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ã 9 RDM 鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 21 é Âï¼ ã 10 kHz/MHz çºæÂÂ示åÂÂå Â顯示å±Âä¸ÂæÂÂ顯示çÂÂé »çÂÂå®你@kHz é©ç¨æÂ¼ AM ï¼ MHz é©ç¨æÂ¼ FM ï¼ ã 11 Ã¥ÂÂå Â顯示屠12 æÂ¤çÂÂå¨ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 38 é Âï¼ ã 13 î æÂ¤çÂÂ卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã 14 2 PL II æÂ¤çÂÂå¨ Dolby Pro Logic II 解碼æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 15 é Âï¼ ã 15 2 D æÂ¤çÂÂ卿ÂÂæÂ¾ Dolby Digital ä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 15 é Âï¼ ã PRGSVE SOUND DTS F .SURR. 2 PL 2 D RPT -1 kHz PGM MHz RDM REC MODE 7 13 9 10 8 5 12 14 3 15 11 2 1 4 6 HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 9 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 02 10 ChH 第 2 ç« éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ å®¶åºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢é³æÂÂè¨Âç½® è« ä¾Â砧丠åÂÂæÂ¹å¼ÂæÂºæÂ¾ æÂÂè²å¨ï¼Â使堶ç¢çÂÂæÂ ä½³ç° ç¹Âé³æÂ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂ鱿ÂÂè²å¨å®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾ÂæÂ´å¤ÂéÂÂæÂ¼ æÂºè¨Âä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂ示@ã â¢ æ¨ÂæºÂç°ç¹Âè²è¨Âç½® â éÂÂæÂ¯ä¸Â種è½æÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂä½³ 5.1 è²éÂÂå®¶åºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢é³æÂÂçÂÂæ¨ÂæºÂå¤Âè²éÂÂç°繠è²æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½®æÂ¹å¼Âã 諠è¦ÂæÂ¿é çÂÂ大å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¹æÂ§é¸ æÂÂ使ç¨以丠çÂÂè¨Âå®Âé¸ é  ï¼ 1 ⢠åÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²è¨Âç½® â æÂ¤ç¨®è¨Âç½®æÂ¹å¼Âå¨ç¡æ³Âé² è¡Âå¾Âç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨çÂÂæÂºè¨ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¨å¸ÂæÂÂè½é¿ å Âå¨èÂÂè½åÂÂå §ä½Âè¨ÂéÂÂé·çÂÂæÂÂè²å¨ç·ÂæÂÂï¼Âç¸ ç¶çÂÂ實ç¨ã é©ç¨æÂ¼ HTZ363DVD ï¼ é©ç¨æÂ¼ HTZ565DVD å HTZ767DVD ï¼ è¨Â置好æÂÂè²å¨å¾Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå 使ç¨èªå MCACC è¨Âç½®åÂÂè½ @以ç¢çÂÂæÂÂä½³çÂÂç°ç¹Âè²æÂÂæÂ å®ÂæÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂè¨Âå®Âã 使ç¨èªå MCACC è¨Âç½®åÂÂè½ï¼Â以 ç¢çÂÂæÂÂä½³çÂÂç°ç¹Âè²æÂÂæÂ å¤ è²éÂÂé³ å ´ èªåÂÂ裠æÂ£ ï¼ MCACC ï¼Âç³» çµ±å¯測 é æÂ¨ èÂÂè½åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå §çÂÂé³ å ´ç¹æÂ§ï¼Âå°Âå¨é éÂÂè¨Âç´Âå ¥è éÂÂï¼Â並測試 è²éÂÂå»¶é²åÂÂè²éÂÂé³éÂÂã å¨æÂ¨å®ÂæÂÂç³» çµ± éÂÂè´ÂçÂÂ麥å Â風訠置å¾Âï¼ÂæÂ¥æÂ¶å¨便 å¯使ç¨ä¾Âèª 丠é£串測試é³調ç è³Âè¨Âï¼Âå°ÂæÂÂè²å¨ è¨Âå®Âå¼åÂÂç åÂÂæÂÂæÂ ï¼Âé³場è£ÂæÂ£çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ï¼Â調æÂ´è³æÂÂ符åÂÂå 人ç¹åÂ¥æÂ¿éÂÂæ¢Âä»¶çÂÂçÂÂæ Âã 2 éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 ⢠測試 é³éÂÂ徠大 ï¼Âä½Âå¨ è¨Âå®ÂæÂ é 諠å¿調你é³ éÂÂï¼Â以å ÂéÂÂä½ÂæÂÂä½³è£ÂæÂ£åÂÂ質ã éÂÂ註 1 使ç¨æÂ¤é  è¨Âå®ÂæÂÂï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 16 é Âç 使ç¨ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²é²éÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂé¸åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²模å¼Âã 左åÂÂç½® å·¦ç°繠èÂÂè½ä½Âç½® ä¸Âç½® éÂÂä½Âé³ å³åÂÂç½® å³ç°繠左åÂÂç½® å³åÂÂç½® å·¦ç°繠å³ç°繠èÂÂè½ä½Âç½® ä¸Âç½® éÂÂä½Âé³ 2 æÂ¨åªéÂÂè¦Â使ç¨èªå MCACC è¨Âç½®ä¸Â次 ï¼Âé¤éÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂæÂÂè²å¨æÂºç½®æÂÂ室堧é³è¨ÂæÂÂæÂÂè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ã 左åÂÂç½® å³ç°繠ä¸Âç½® éÂÂä½Âé³ å·¦ç°繠èÂÂè½ä½Âç½® å³åÂÂç½® Getting_started.fm 10 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 02 11 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español ⢠MCACC è¨Âç½®æÂÂé @è«Â確å®Âä¸Âè¦Âç§»åÂÂ麥å Â風 Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂè²å¨ã 1 é£æÂ¥éº¥å Â風è³å¾Âé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç MCACC MIC æÂ åÂÂã 2 è«Âå°Â麥å Â風æÂ¾å¨æÂ¨ä¸ÂèÂÂè½çÂÂä½Âç½®ä¸Âã è«Âå°Âå ¶ç½®æÂ¼ 大ç´Âè³æÂµçÂÂé«Â度 ï¼Â並æÂÂ好å©ç¨桠å æÂÂ椠åÂÂ以確ä¿Âæ°´å¹³ã 確å®ÂæÂÂè²å¨èÂÂ麥å Â風ä¹ÂéÂÂæ²ÂæÂÂä»»ä½ÂéÂÂç¤Âç©ã 3 è¥系統éÂÂéÂÂï¼Âè«ÂæÂ î STANDBY/ON éÂÂå é»æºÂã èÂ¥é¸åÂÂé¸å°å¨ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ輸堥ä¾ÂæºÂã 4 æÂÂ丠SHIFT MCACC ã å¨æÂÂ丠SHIFT MCACC å¾Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂä¿ÂæÂÂå®ÂéÂÂã é³éÂÂæÂÂèªå æÂÂé«Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ系統æÂÂ輸 åºä¸Âé£串測 試 é³調ã â¢ æÂÂ丠SHIFT MCACC Ã¥ÂÂæ¶Â並åÂÂ復å ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂèª å MCACC è¨Âå®Âå¼ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂéÂÂé³é³éÂÂ太髠@NOISY Ã¥ÂÂ樣便æÂÂå¨è¢幠ä¸Â顯示素亠秠éÂÂæÂÂé ã è¦ÂéÂÂåº 並 檢æÂ¥é é³ é³é 1 ï¼Âè«ÂæÂ SHIFT MCACC ï¼ÂæÂÂå¨ RETRY Ã¥ÂÂ樣åº ç¾æÂ¼ è¢ å¹Â丠æÂ ï¼ å 試丠次ï¼ÂæÂ ä¸ ENTER ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âè¦Âå° ERR MIC æÂ ERR SP ç è¨ÂæÂ¯å 樣ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ表示 æÂ¨ ç 麥å Â風 æÂ æÂÂè²å¨ å¨ é£æÂ¥ä¸ æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡ ã è¦Âå 試ä¸Â次 æÂÂï¼Âè«ÂæÂ¨å¨ 覠å° RETRY 2 Ã¥ÂÂ樣æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã MCACC è¨Âå®Âå®ÂæÂÂæÂ ï¼Âé³éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂ£å¸¸ä¸Â顯示 å±ÂæÂÂ顯示 COMPLETE 3 ï¼Â表示 MCACC è¨Âå®Âå® æÂÂä¸Âé³場è£ÂæÂ£çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½已åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã 4 使ç¨å¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢ ï¼ OSD ï¼ çº äºÂ使ç¨ æÂ¹ä¾¿ï¼ÂæÂ¬ç³»çµ±æÂ¡ ç¨äºÂ大éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå½¢å çÂÂå¨ å±Â顯示ç«é¢ ï¼ OSD ï¼Âã æÂ æÂÂç«é¢ çÂÂå°Â覽æÂ¹å¼ åºæÂ¬ä¸Â並ç¡ä¸Âå ï¼Âè«Â使ç¨ î ã î ã î ã î éµè®ÂæÂ´åÂÂç½頠ç® @並æÂÂ丠ENTER å®ÂæÂÂé¸åÂÂã 5 éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 ⢠æÂ´æÂ¾ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ãÂÂé¸åÂÂã æÂ¯æÂÂ使ç¨游æ¨ÂæÂÂéµåÂÂç½ å¨å±Âç«é¢ä¸ÂçÂÂé  ç®ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ä¹ÂæÂÂã PLAYLIST STANDBY /ON LINE 12 3 1 2 3 45 6 78 9 USB SUBTITLE AUDIO ZOOM ANGLE OPEN/CLOSE DVD/CD TUNER (FM/AM) SOUND RETRIEVER HOME MENU TOP MENU RETURN TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND CLEAR DISPLAY 0 ADVANCED TUNE TUNE ST ST ENTER SETUP SR F.S.SURR MENU SHIFT SLEEP MUTE INPUT CHANNEL VOLUME VOLUME TV CONTROL VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO ANTENNA HDMI OUT SETUP MIC CONTROL IN MCACC FM UNBAL 75 ⦠AM LOOP éÂÂ註 1 ⢠è¥室堧ç°å¢Â並éÂÂå®Âå ¨é©åÂÂèªå MCACC è¨Âå® ï¼ÂéÂÂé³ãÂÂçÂÂå£Âè¿´é³太å¤Âï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂç¤Âç©æÂÂ卿ÂÂè²å¨èÂÂ麥å Â風ä¹Âé @@æÂÂçµÂè¨Âå®Âå¼å¯ è½æÂÂä¸ÂæÂ£ç¢ºã è«Â確èªÂå®¶éÂȍ¨å ï¼Â空調ãÂÂå°箱ãÂÂé»風æÂÂçÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¯å¦æÂÂå½±é¿ç°å¢Âï¼Â並è¦ÂéÂÂè¦Âå°Âå®ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂéÂÂã â¢ æÂÂäºÂèÂÂå¼ÂçÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âå¯è½æÂÂå¹²æÂ¾å°麥å Â風çÂÂæÂÂä½Âã èÂ¥ç¼çÂÂæÂ¤ç¨®æÂ å½¢ï¼Âé²è¡Âèªå MCACC è¨Âå®ÂæÂÂï¼Âè«Âå°Âé»è¦Âæ©ÂéÂÂéÂÂã 2 èÂ¥ä»ÂæÂªè½æÂÂæÂÂæÂ¹åÂÂï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠SHIFT MCACC å°Â黿ºÂéÂÂéÂÂï¼Â並確誠ERR è¨ÂæÂ¯æÂÂ代表çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âï¼Âç¶å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ試ä¸Â次èªå MCACC 訠å®Âã 3 å¦ÂæÂÂè¢å¹Âä¸Â並æÂªé¡¯ç¤º COMPLETE Ã¥ÂÂ樣ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ表示å¯è½å¨è¨Âç½®æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂé¯誤ç¼çÂÂã è«Â檢æÂ¥æÂÂæÂÂæÂ¥ç·Â並åÂÂ試ä¸Â次ã 4 è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 16 é Âç 使ç¨ ãÂÂé³場è£ÂæÂ£çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½èÂÂè½ éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂî¿éÂÂéÂÂé³場è£ÂæÂ£çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ã 5 è¢å¹Âä¿ÂèÂ፬ÂåºÂæÂÂå¨系統éÂÂç½®äºÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂå¾Âåºç¾ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ HOME MENU 顯示î¿éÂÂåºå¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢ ï¼ OSD ï¼ îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî è®ÂæÂ´åÂÂç½çÂÂé¸å®頠ç® ENTER é¸åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½çÂÂé¸å®頠ç® RETURN è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂ主é¸å®ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂä»»ä½Âè®ÂæÂ´ HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 11 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 02 12 ChH æÂÂ示 â¢ å¨ OSD ç«é¢ä¸ÂæÂ¹çÂÂæÂÂ鵿ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¯åÂÂ訴æÂ¨æÂÂä½ ç«é¢æÂÂéÂÂ使ç¨çÂÂæÂÂéµã ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ é©ç¨æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ã CD ã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ã DivX 覠頻å WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂåºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾ æÂ§å¶ï¼Âå¨æÂ¤åÂÂé©ç¨ã é²éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½æÂÂå¨第 4 ç« ä¸Â詳 細說æÂÂã 1 å¦ÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨å°ÂæÂªéÂÂæ©Âï¼Âè«Âå°Âå®ÂéÂÂæ©Âã 妠æÂÂæÂ¨æÂ£ 卿ÂÂæÂ¾å«æÂ å½±åÂÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ å°Âé» è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂéÂÂ並確å®Âè¨Âç½®çÂÂæÂ¯æÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂè¦Â頻輸堥ã 2 æÂÂ丠î OPEN/CLOSE 以置堥ç¢ÂçÂÂã 樠籤é¢æÂ ä¸Â置堥ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼Âå© ç¨ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âæ§½å°Â溠ç¢Âç ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ç½®å ¥çÂÂæÂ¯éÂÂé¢ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼Â置堥æÂÂè«Âå° æÂ³è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂä¸Â颿ÂÂä¸Âï¼ ã 3 æÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â以éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂæÂ¯ DVD æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼Â便æÂ åºç¾ä¸Âé¸å® ã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 13 é Âç VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD PBC é¸å® å DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å® 堧容ï¼Â以ç çÂ¥å°Â覽çÂÂæÂ¹æ³Âã èÂ¥æÂ¯æÂ¨ç½®å ¥çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂç¶ä¸Âå«æÂ JPEG ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂå§Âå¹» çÂÂçÂÂç§ ã èÂÂå ¶ç¸éÂÂçÂÂæÂ´å¤Âè³Â訠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 18 é  ç æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã â¢ èÂ¥ç¢ÂçÂÂå §å« DivX è¦Âé »åÂÂå ¶ä»ÂåªÂé«ÂæªÂæ¡Âé¡Âå ï¼Âä¾Â妠MP3 ï¼ ï¼Âé¦Âå Âè«Âå¾Âè¢å¹ÂæÂÂä½Âç«é¢ ï¼ OSD ï¼Âä¸Âé¸åÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡ ï¼ DivX ï¼ÂæÂÂå ¶ä»ÂåªÂé«ÂæªÂæ¡Âé¡Âå @MP3 / WMA / JPEG / MPEG-4 AAC ï¼ ã 4 é³éÂÂ調æÂ´ã è«Â使ç¨ VOLUME ä¾ÂæÂ§å¶é³éÂÂã åºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ ä¸Â表丠åÂÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨ ä¸Âç¨以æÂÂæÂ¾ç¢Âç çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé  åºæÂ¬ æÂ§å¶ã 1 æÂ¨ å¯以å¨第 4 ç« ä¸ÂæÂ¾å°堶ä»ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å è½ã éÂÂ註 1 å¨æÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂ亠DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨æÂÂç¼ç¾æÂÂäºÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶å¯è½ç¡æ³Âç¨ä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂäºÂé¨åÂÂã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î éÂÂå§Âî¿æÂ¢å¾©æÂ£å¸¸æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂè¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示 RESUME æÂ LAST MEM çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âæ¥Â便æÂÂå¾ÂæÂ¢å¾© æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂæÂÂå¾Âè¨ÂæÂ¶çÂÂä½Âç½®éÂÂå§ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ä¸Âå æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂæÂÂçµÂè¨ÂæÂ¶æÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼Âã î æÂ«åÂÂî¿繼çºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂã î å¯åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¶ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ ï¼Â妠æÂÂè¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示 RESUME Ã¥ÂÂ樣@ã î æÂÂä¸Âå¯éÂÂå§ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¿«è½Âã î æÂÂä¸Âå¯éÂÂå§ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âå¿«è½Âã î å¯跳è³ç®åÂÂæÂ²ç®æÂÂç« ç¯ÂçÂÂéÂÂé Âï¼Â以å åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ²ç®î¿章ç¯Âã î å¯跳è³ä¸Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ²ç®æÂÂç« ç¯Âã æÂ¸åÂÂéµ å¯ç¨以輸堥æ¨Âé¡Âî¿章ç¯Âî¿æÂ²ç®çÂÂç·¨èÂÂã æÂÂ丠ENTER éµ以ä½Âåºé¸æÂÂã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ÂæÂÂ鏿¨Âé¡ ï¼ DVD ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç® ï¼ CD/VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼ÂçÂÂéÂÂé ÂèÂÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ£å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ÂæÂÂ鏿¨Âé¡ ï¼ VR 模张DVD-R/-RW ï¼ ãÂÂ章篠@DVD- Video ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç® ï¼ CD/VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼ çÂÂéÂÂé ÂèÂÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 12 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 02 13 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂæÂÂçµÂè¨ÂæÂ¶æÂÂæÂ¾ æÂ¨åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ ï¼ RESUME Ã¥ÂÂ樣æÂÂåºç¾å¨è¢ å¹Âä¸Âï¼Â表示æÂ¨å¯以å¾Â該é»Âä½Âç½®ä¾ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ã å°ÂæÂ¼ DVD å VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD èÂÂ訠ï¼Âå³使éÂÂåº@æÂÂæÂ¾ä½Â置亦æÂÂå²åÂÂå¨è¨ÂæÂ¶é«Â裠ã 1 ä¸Â次æÂ¨ç½®å ¥ç¢ çÂÂæÂ ï¼ è¢å¹Âä¸Â峿ÂÂ顯示 LAST MEM çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣ï¼Âå æÂÂè®ÂæÂ¨å¾ÂæÂ¤æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ³è¦ æ¸ é¤æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ç ä½Âç½®ï¼Âè«Âå¨è¢幠丠顯示 RESUME çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ï¼ ã DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å® 許夠DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂå §å«æÂ¨å¯以é¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦Âè§Â賠堧容çÂÂé¸å®ã æÂÂæÂÂï¼ DVD-Video é¸å®æÂÂèªåÂÂå¨æÂ¨éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ é¡¯ç¤ºå¨è¢å¹Â丠@堶ä»Âç¢ÂçÂÂåªæÂÂå¨æÂ¨æÂÂ丠MENU æÂ TOP MENU æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ顯示ã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD PBC é¸å® æÂÂ亠VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD å ·æÂÂæÂ¨å¯å¾Âä¸Âé¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦Âè§ è³Â堧容çÂÂé¸å® ã éÂÂäºÂ便æÂ¯ PBC ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ï¼Âé¸ å®ã æÂ¨å¯以ç´æÂ¥å©ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµé¸åÂÂæÂ²ç®ï¼Âä¸Âç¨æÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂéµä¾ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂèÂÂç¡é Âå°Â覽 PBC é¸å®ï¼Â便坿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ´å¼µ PBC VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ã èÂÂè½æÂ¶é³橠調諧å¨å¯以æÂÂ¥ FM å AM 堩種廣æÂÂï¼Â並è®ÂæÂ¨è½ 夠å°Âèª己 æÂÂè½çÂÂéÂȌ° è¨ÂæÂ¶ä¸Âä¾Âï¼ÂéÂÂ樣就丠忠毠次å¨è¦ÂæÂ¶è½æÂÂéÂÂå¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ調é¸ã 1 æÂÂ丠TUNER 以åÂÂæÂÂ調諧å¨ï¼Âç¶å¾Âé£çºÂæÂ ä»¥é¸å AM æÂ FM 波段ã è¢å¹ÂæÂ¤æÂÂæÂÂ顯示波段åÂÂé »çÂÂã 2 調é¸éÂÂè¦ÂçÂÂé »çÂÂã éÂÂ裡æÂÂä¸Â種調諧模张â æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂèªåÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé«ÂéÂÂ@⢠æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ調諧 ï¼ é£çºÂæÂ TUNE /â 以æÂ¹è®ÂæÂÂ顯示 çÂÂé »çÂÂã â¢ èªåÂÂ調諧 ï¼ æÂÂä½ TUNE /â ï¼Âç´å°æÂÂ顯示ç 頻çÂÂé å§Âè®Âå çº æÂ¢ï¼Âç¶å¾Âå° æÂ éµæÂ¾é ã 丠æÂ¦æÂ¾å°ä¸Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂȌ°ï¼Â調諧å¨å³æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢åÂÂä½ ã éÂÂè¤ÂæÂ¥é©Â以繼çºÂæÂÂå°Âã â¢ é«ÂéÂÂ調諧 ï¼ æÂÂä½ TUNE /â ï¼Âç´å°顯示çÂÂé » çÂÂéÂÂå§Âå¿« é è®Âå çºæÂ¢ã 繼çºÂæÂ ä½ÂæÂÂéµ ï¼Âç´ å°æÂ¨æÂ¾å° æÂ éÂÂ覠çÂÂé »ç ã å¦ÂæÂ å¿ è¦Âï¼Âå¯使 ç¨æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ調諧åÂÂè½ä¾Â微調頻çÂÂã éÂÂ註 1 â¢ãÂÂæÂÂçµÂè¨ÂæÂ¶æÂÂæÂ¾ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½å¯è½ä¸Âé©ç¨æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¼ DVD-Video ç¢Âç ï¼Âé¤ VR 模张DVD-R/-RW å¤Âï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¬æ©Âå¯å²åÂÂæÂÂå¾ÂäºÂçÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âç½®ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ TOP MENU 顯示 DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂç ãÂÂä¸Â層é¸å®ã â æÂ¤é  åÂÂè½æÂÂè¦Âç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂã MENU å¯顯示 DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å® â éÂÂæÂÂä¾Â碠çÂÂè æÂ æÂÂä¸Âå ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¯ è½è ãÂÂ丠層é¸å®ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ç¸åÂÂã îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî å¨ç«é¢ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢移åÂÂ游æ¨Âã ENTER é¸åÂÂç®åÂÂé¸å®ä¸ÂçÂÂé¸頠ã RETURN è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂ顯示çÂÂé¸å®ç«é¢ã æÂ¸åÂÂéµ å¯ é¸åÂÂç·¨ æÂÂèÂÂ碼 çÂÂé¸ å®é¸頠ï¼Âå é© ç¨æÂ¼æÂÂäºÂ碠çÂÂï¼ ã æÂÂ丠ENTER éµ以ä½Âåºé¸æÂÂã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ RETURN 顯示 PBC é¸å®ã æÂ¸åÂÂéµ é¸åÂÂç·¨æÂÂèÂÂ碼çÂÂé¸å®é¸頠ã æÂÂ丠ENTER éµ以ä½Âåºé¸æÂÂã î 顯示åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å®頠ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂæÂÂç 話@ã î 顯示ä¸Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å®頠ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂæÂÂç 話@ã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 13 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 02 14 ChH æÂ¹å FM æÂ¥æÂ¶ä¸Âè¯ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ£å¨以ç«Âé«Âè²æÂ¶è½ FM éÂȌ°ï¼Âä½ÂæÂ¥æÂ¶å» 徠微弱ï¼Âé£麼 æÂ¨å¯以å°Âå® åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå®è²éÂÂä¾ æÂ¹å è²é³çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ質ã 1 調é¸è³ FM 廣æÂÂéÂȌ°ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠SHIFT SETUP ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸æÂ FM MODE ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å FM MONO ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 調諧 å¨å¨å®è²éÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶æ¨¡å¼ ä¸ ï¼ å®è²éÂÂæÂÂ示ç @ï¼ÂæÂÂ亮起ã é¸å FM AUTO 以åÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂèªåÂÂç«Âé«Âè²模张ï¼ÂæÂ¶ è½ç«Âé«Âè²廣æÂÂæÂ ï¼ ç«Âé«Âè²æÂÂ示ç @@æÂ äº® èµ·ï¼ ã æÂÂå¶ AM æÂ¥æÂ¶éÂÂ訠èÂÂ¥ AM æÂ¥æÂ¶æÂ æ³ÂéÂÂ常ä¸Â好ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ£å¨æÂ¶è½ç AM éÂȌ°太éÂÂåµéÂÂï¼ åÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂ試使ç¨ ãÂÂéÂÂè¨ÂæÂÂå¶ãÂÂå è½調æÂ´è³è¼Âä½³çÂÂé³質ã 1 調諧è³ AM 廣æÂÂéÂȌ°ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠SHIFT SETUP ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµé¸æÂ NOISECUT ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é¸åÂÂéÂÂè¨ÂæÂÂå¶模å¼Âï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã é¸å 1 å° 3 ä¹ÂéÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä½ÂæºÂã è¨ÂæÂ¶éÂȌ° æÂ¨å¯å²åÂÂå¤Âé 30 Ã¥ÂÂé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ° ï¼ è®ÂæÂ¨æ°¸é å¯以輠輠é¬Âé¬Â便 è½æÂ¶è½åÂÂæÂ çÂÂéÂȌ°ï¼ÂèÂÂç¡é Âæ¯Â次 é½覠æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ調é¸ã 1 調諧è³ AM æÂ FM 廣æÂÂéÂȌ°ã ä¾ÂéÂÂè¦Âé¸åÂÂå®è²éÂÂæÂÂèªåÂÂç«Âé«Âè²æÂ¥æÂ¶ï¼ FM ï¼ÂæÂ ãÂÂéÂÂè¨ÂæÂÂå¶ã 模张@AM ï¼ ã éÂÂäºÂè¨Âå®Â弿ÂÂèÂÂé  è¨Âå¼ä¸Âä½µå²åÂÂã 2 æÂÂ丠SHIFT SETUP éµ並ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµé¸æÂ ã ST.MEM. ã ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸åÂÂæÂ¨è¦ÂæÂ¶è½çÂÂé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ°@ç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã æÂ¶è½é Âè¨ÂéÂȌ° 1 確å®Âå·²é¸å TUNER Ã¥ÂÂè½ã 2 使ç¨ ST /â æÂÂéµ以é¸åÂÂä¸Âé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ°ã â¢ æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµä¾Âé¸åÂÂé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ°ã èÂÂè½堶ä»Âä¾Â溠å¯å°Âè¼Âå©ä¾Â溠ï¼Âé»è¦Âæ©ÂãÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶å¨çÂÂï¼Â飿ÂÂ¥ è³æÂ¬æ© ä¸Âï¼ÂéÂÂéÂÂæÂÂè²å¨系統æÂÂæÂ¾ã èÂÂå ¶ç¸éÂÂç æÂ´å¤Âè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 33 é Âç é£æÂ¥è¼Âå©é³頻訠å ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã â¢ è¦Âå°Â丠USB è£Âç½®é£æÂ¥è³ USB 端åÂÂ丠@è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 25 é Âç USB æÂÂæÂ¾ ã 1 確å®Âå¤Âé¨ä¾Â溠@TV ãÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶å¨çÂÂï¼Â已綠éÂÂæ©Âã 2 æÂÂ丠LINE 以é¸åÂÂä¾ÂæºÂã 3 å¦ÂæÂÂå¿ è¦Âï¼Âå¯éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¾ÂæºÂã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 14 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
èÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 03 15 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 第 3 ç« èÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 èªåÂÂèÂÂè½模张èªåÂÂèÂÂè½模å¼ÂæÂ¯ èÂÂè½主è¦ÂæÂ§ å¶çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ種ä¾ÂæºÂæÂ ç°¡ å®çÂÂæÂ¹æ³Âï¼ èª æÂÂè²å¨çÂÂ輸åºåÂÂæÂ åºä¾Â溠é¡ÂæÂÂ丠çÂÂéÂÂéÂÂã â¢ èÂ¥å°Â系統è¨Âå®ÂçºåÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè² ï¼Â第 10 é Âï¼ ï¼ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²ãÂÂ模å¼Âå°ÂæÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂä½³çµÂæÂÂã â¢ æÂÂ丠SURROUND 以é¸å AUTO èÂÂè½模张ã 1 以ç°ç¹Âè²èÂÂè½ æÂ¨å¯以ç°ç¹Âè²ä¾ÂèÂÂè½ç«Âé«Âè²æÂÂå¤Âè²éÂÂä¾Â溠ã 2 ç° ç¹Âè²ä¾ÂèªæÂ¼æÂ¡ç¨æÂÂ種 Dolby Pro Logic 解碼模张çÂÂç«Âé«Âè²ä¾ÂæºÂã â¢ èÂ¥å°Â系統è¨Âå®ÂçºåÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè² ï¼Â第 10 é Âï¼ ï¼ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²ãÂÂ模å¼Âå°ÂæÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂä½³çµÂæÂÂã â¢ é£çºÂæÂ SURROUND 以é¸åÂÂä¸Â種èÂÂè½模张ã 1 顯示å±Âä¸ÂæÂÂåºç¾ çÂÂ鏿ÂÂæÂÂä¾ æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂä¾ÂæºÂé¡Âå è æÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂã â¢ AUTO â èªåÂÂèÂÂè½模张ï¼Âå¦ÂÃ¥ÂÂ述@⢠DOLBY PL (Dolby Pro Logic ï¼ â å¯ç¢ç 4.1 è²éÂÂç°ç¹Âé³æÂ ï¼Âé©ç¨æÂ¼éÂÂè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂ@⢠MOVIE (Dolby Pro Logic II Movie ï¼ â Pro Logic II 5.1 è²éÂÂç°ç¹Âé³æÂ ï¼ ç¹åÂ¥é©åÂÂé»影侠æºÂï¼ å¯ç¨æÂ¼ä»»ä½Âä¸Â種éÂÂè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂ@⢠MUSIC (Dolby Pro Logic II Music ï¼ â å¯ç¢ç Pro Logic II 5.1 è²éÂÂç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂï¼Âç¹åÂ¥é©åÂÂé³ æ¨Âä¾Â溠ï¼Âé©ç¨æÂ¼éÂÂè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂ@⢠STEREO â è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ä¸Âå 以ç«Âé«Âè²èÂÂè½ ä¹Â篠說æÂ Dolby Pro Logic II Music è¨Âå®Âå¼ å¨以 Dolby Pro Logic II Music 模å¼ÂèÂÂè½æÂ ï¼ æÂ¨å¯ 以調æÂ´ä¸Âé  è¨Âå®Âå¼@ä¸Â置寬度ãÂÂ尺寸åÂÂå ¨æÂ¯ã 1 å¨ Dolby Pro Logic II Music 模å¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âï¼ æÂÂ丠SOUND ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å ã C WIDTH ã ã ã DIMEN. ãÂÂæÂ ã PANORAMA ã ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 確èªÂã â¢ C WIDTH ï¼Âä¸Â置寬度@â èÂÂç±伸å±Âå³åÂÂç½® èÂÂå·¦å 置æÂÂè² å¨ ä¹ éÂÂçÂÂ丠置 è²éÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂä¾ æÂ´ çº寬廣çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ç¯Âå @ä¾Âç¢çÂÂæÂ´å¯¬ ï¼Âé« è¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ´çª ï¼Âä½Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼ÂçÂÂ鳿ÂÂã â¢ DIMEN. ï¼Â尺寸@â å¯調æÂ´ç±åÂÂå°å¾ÂçÂÂç°繠鳿ÂÂ平衡 @令鳿ÂÂè½起ä¾ÂæÂ´é ï¼Âè² è¨Âå®Âå¼@@æÂÂæÂ´è¿ ï¼ÂæÂ£è¨Âå®Âå¼@ã â¢ PANORAMA ï¼Âå ¨æÂ¯ï¼ â å¯延伸åÂÂç½®ç«Âé« è²æÂ åÂÂ以涵èÂÂç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ï¼Âç¢ç ãÂÂç°æÂ±ã çÂÂæÂÂæÂÂã éÂÂ註 1 èÂ¥ä¾ÂæºÂçº Dolby Digital æÂ DTS ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±Âä¸ÂçÂÂç¸å°ÂæÂÂ示çÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã 2 注æÂÂï¼Âé¸åÂÂé¸å°å¨æÂÂï¼Âç¡æ³Âé²è¡Âå¤Âè²éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND ADVANCED TUNE F.S.SURR TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND ADVANCED TUNE F.S.SURR HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 15 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
èÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 03 16 ChH 使ç¨ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²é²éÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ ç¶æÂ¨ä½¿ç¨第 10 é  ä¸ÂæÂÂè¿°çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨訠å®ÂæÂÂï¼ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²é²éÂÂãÂÂ模å¼Âå°Âç¹åÂ¥æÂÂç¨ã 1 ⢠æÂÂ丠F.S.SURR 以é¸å ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®ç°ç¹Âè²é²éÂÂã 模å¼Âã é£çºÂæÂÂ以é¸å FOCUS5.1 ã WIDE5.1 æÂ EXTRAPWR ã â¢ FOCUS5.1 â 使ç¨å°Âå¯ç´æÂ¥å°Â左峿ÂÂè²å¨é³ æÂÂæÂÂå°Âæ¶µèÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂä¸Âç½®åÂÂå @æÂÂä¾Âè±Âå¯ÂçÂÂç° ç¹Âè²æÂÂæÂÂã â¢ WIDE5.1 â 使ç¨以輠FOCUS5.1 模å¼Âï¼Âå° æÂ´å¤§çÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂä¾Âç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂã â¢ EXTRAPWR â å¾Âç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨輸åºç«Âé«Âè²é³ æÂÂï¼ èÂ¥çº夠è²éÂÂä¾ æºÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âæ·· Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂç« é«Âé³ æÂÂï¼ ï¼Â以ç²å¾Â強大çÂÂç«Âé«Âè²æÂÂæÂÂã 使ç¨ ãÂÂå Âé²ç°ç¹Âè²ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ ãÂÂå Âé² ç° ç¹ è²ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯ æÂÂé ÂæÂ æÂ çÂÂå¤Âè² é æÂÂç« é«Âä¾ÂæºÂ使ç¨ï¼Â以ç²å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂ種é¡Âå¤ÂçÂÂç°ç¹Âè²é³æÂÂã 1 ç¶使ç¨ 第 10 é Âä¸ÂæÂÂè¿°çÂÂæ¨ÂæºÂç°ç¹Âè¨Âå®ÂæÂ ï¼ éÂÂ亠模å¼Âå°Â坿ÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂä½³çÂÂèÂÂè½æÂÂæÂÂã â¢ æÂÂ丠ADVANCED 以é¸åÂÂä¸Â種å Âé²ç°ç¹Âè²模 å¼Âã é£çºÂæÂÂä¸Â以é¸æÂ ACTION ã UNPLUGED ã EXPANDED ã TV SURR. ã SPORTS ã ADV.GAME ã VIRTUAL æÂ X-STEREO ï¼ÂæÂ´å±Âç«Âé«Âè²@ã 以ç«Âé«Âè²èÂÂè½ æÂ¨å¯以å¨ ç« é«Âè²é³æÂÂä¸ÂèÂÂè½任你丠種ä¾Â溠â ç«Âé«Âè² æÂÂå¤Âè²éÂÂã å¨ æÂÂæÂ¾å¤Âè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ è²éÂÂæÂ ç¶Â縮混å¾Âå³ éÂÂè³åÂÂ置左î¿å³ æÂÂè²å¨åÂÂé ä½Âé³ä¹Âä¸Âã â¢ é£çºÂæÂ SURROUND ç´å°顯示å±Âä¸Âåºç¾ STEREO çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣çºæÂ¢ã æÂ´ä¸Âè³æ©ÂèÂÂè½ å¨æÂ´ä¸Âè³æ©ÂæÂ ï¼ å¯使ç¨çÂÂ模å¼ÂåªæÂ STEREO ï¼Âé  è¨Âå¼ï¼Âå PHONES SURROUND ï¼Âè³æ©Âå°Âç¨è æÂÂ°ç¹Âè²@ã â¢ è³æ©ÂæÂ¥ä¸ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠ADVANCED 以é¸å PHONES SURROUND ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ SURROUND 以 é¸å STEREO ã 使ç¨ ãÂÂé³場è£ÂæÂ£çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½èÂÂè½ æÂ¨å¯以使ç¨第 10 é Âç 使ç¨èªå MCACC è¨Âç½® Ã¥ÂÂè½@以 ç¢çÂÂæÂ ä½³çÂÂç°ç¹Âè²æÂÂæÂ ä¸ÂæÂ è¨ å® ç ãÂÂé³場è£ÂæÂ£çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½èÂÂè½ä¾ÂæºÂã 2 1 æÂÂ丠SOUND 並使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é¸å MCACC EQ ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã éÂÂ註 1 注æÂÂï¼Âé¸åÂÂé¸å°å¨æÂÂï¼Âç¡æ³Âé²è¡Âå¤Âè²éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã HOME MENU TOP MENU RETURN TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND 0 ADVANCED TUNE TUNE ST ST ENTER SETUP SR F.S.SURR MENU TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND ADVANCED TUNE F.S.SURR 2 ãÂÂé³場è£ÂæÂ£çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½å¨æÂ´ä¸Âè³æ©ÂæÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä½Âç¨ã TEST TONE MCACC SURROUND SOUND ADVANCED TUNE F.S.SURR HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 16 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
èÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 03 17 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å EQ ON ï¼ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¨éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ æÂ EQ OFF ï¼ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¨éÂÂéÂÂï¼ ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 確èªÂã â¢ èÂ¥é¸å EQ OFF ï¼ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½æÂÂè¨Âå®ÂçºéÂÂéÂÂï¼ ä½ æÂÂè²å¨ 訠宠å¼ ï¼ è²éÂÂå»¶ é² å è² éÂÂä½Â溠@ä»Âç¶æÂÂæÂÂã â¢ èªå MCACC è¨Âå®Âå®ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂèªåÂÂé¸å EQ ON ã 使ç¨ ãÂÂè²é³修æÂ£å¨ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ é³頻è³ÂæÂÂå¨ WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC å£Â縮éÂÂ稠移é¤æÂ ï¼Âè²é³åÂÂ質 é 常æÂÂåº ç¾ ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂå» çÂÂé³å ã ãÂÂè²é³修æÂ£å¨ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½æÂ¡ç¨æÂÂæÂ°ç DSP æÂÂè¡Âï¼Âè½ èÂÂç±æÂ¢å¾©è²å£ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¿®æÂ´å£Â縮å¾ÂæÂÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂ人 工缺 é·ï¼Âå° CD Ã¥ÂÂ質çÂÂè²é³æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂå£Â縮çÂÂéÂÂè²éÂÂé³ é »ã â¢ èÂÂè½ç«Âé«Âè²ä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠SOUND RETRIEVER éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂè²é³修æÂ£å¨åÂÂè½ã å 強å°Âç½ ãÂÂå° ç½強å ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ æÂ¯çº窠顯é»覠æÂ é»影å è² 帶 èÂÂæÂ¯é³æÂÂçÂÂå°Âç½èÂÂè¨Âè¨ÂçÂÂã 1 æÂÂ丠SOUND 並使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é¸å DIALOGUE ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸åÂÂå°Âç½強åÂÂçÂÂç¨Â度ï¼Âç¶徠æÂÂ丠ENTER 確èªÂã é¸å OFF ã MID æÂ MAX ã 使ç¨ ãÂÂé³調æÂ§å¶ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ æÂ¨å¯å©ç¨é³調æÂ§å¶é¸å®è®ÂæÂ´è²é³çÂÂé³調平衡ã 1 æÂÂ丠SOUND 並使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é¸å TONE ï¼ ç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦Â調æÂ´çÂÂé¸頠ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂ ä¸ ENTER ã ãÂÂä½Âé³ãÂÂî¿ ã é«Âé³ã ã ãÂÂå¯ÂéÂÂãÂÂå ã åÂÂå¤ÂãÂÂçÂÂå è½ç¡æ³ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ使ç¨ã 調æÂ´ä½Âé³åÂÂé«Âé³ 使ç¨é³調æÂ§å¶調æÂ´ä½Âé³åÂÂé«Âé³ã â¢ 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é¸å BASS æÂ TREBLE ï¼ ç¶å¾Â使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 調æÂ´é³調ã æÂÂ丠ENTER 確èªÂ調æÂ´ã ãÂÂå¯ÂéÂÂãÂÂå ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¤ÂãÂÂ模张寠éÂÂèÂÂè½åÂÂè½ å¯éÂÂä½Âè²é³ä¾Â溠ä¸ÂéÂÂ度çÂÂä½Âé³æÂ é«Âé³ã å å¤ÂèÂÂè½ Ã¥ÂÂè½å¯è®ÂæÂ¨ä»¥ä½ åº¦çÂÂé³éÂÂè è½æÂÂæÂÂå¼· Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂé»影ç°ç¹Âè²ã â¢ 卿ÂÂ丠ENTER å¾ ï¼ å³å¯éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂî¿éÂÂéÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ ã â¢ è¦ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¶ ãÂÂå¯ÂéÂÂãÂÂå ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¤ÂãÂÂèÂÂè½模å¼Âï¼ è« é¸å BASS/TRE ã å éÂÂä½Âé³é³é æÂ¬ æ©Âå ±æÂ äºÂ種ä½Âé³模å¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯ ç¨ä¾Âå¢Âå¼·ä¾ÂæºÂ丠çÂÂä½Âé³é³éÂÂã 1 1 æÂÂ丠SOUND 並使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é¸å BASSMODE ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµ調æÂ´è²é³ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER éµ確èªÂã é¸å OFF ï¼ÂéÂÂï¼ ï¼ MUSIC ï¼Â鳿¨Âï¼ æÂ CINEMA ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢@ã éÂÂ註 1 ä½Âé³模å¼Âå¨æÂ´ä¸Âè³æ©ÂæÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä½Âç¨ã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 17 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 18 ChH 第 4 ç« ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 ⢠å³使æÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½çÂÂ實éÂÂæÂÂä½ÂæÂÂå 置堥çÂÂç¢Âç 種é¡ÂèÂÂæÂÂäºÂ許ä¸ÂçÂÂå·®ç°ï¼ÂæÂ¬ç« æÂÂæ¶µèÂÂçÂÂ許 å¤ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ä»Âå¯é©ç¨æÂ¼ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ã CD ã DivX è¦Â頻以å WMA/MP3/ MPEG-4 AAC/JPEG ç¢ÂçÂÂã â¢ æÂÂ亠DVD æÂÂéÂÂå¶æÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ ï¼Âä¾Âå¦Â鍿©ÂæÂÂé è¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ å°Âç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂé¨åÂÂæÂÂå ¨é¨çÂÂ使ç¨ ã éÂÂ並 ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã â¢ 卿ÂÂæÂ¾ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD æÂ ï¼ æÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½å¨ PBC æÂ æÂ¾æÂÂé 並ä¸Âé© ç¨ã å¦ÂæÂ æÂ¨ æÂ³ è¦Â使ç¨ é äºÂå è½@è«Â使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµé¸åÂÂæÂ²ç®ä¾ÂéÂÂå§Âç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂæÂ æÂ¾ã ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ æÂ¨å¯以åÂÂ種çÂÂéÂÂ度åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âå¿«éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂã 1 ⢠æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î æÂ î 以éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂÂã é£çºÂæÂÂ以å¢Âå æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂ度 ï¼Âå¦Âå¨å±Â顯示@ã â¢ è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµã 2 æ ¢åÂÂä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æÂ¨å¯以åÂÂ種栢åÂÂä½ÂéÂÂ度ä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD å DivX è¦Âé »ã DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂéÂÂå¯以åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ ¢å ä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂ«åÂÂï¼Âéµã 2 æÂÂä½ îÂÂ/î æÂ îÂÂ/î éÂ括Âç´å°éÂÂå§Âæ ¢å ä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾çºæÂ¢ã é£çºÂæÂÂ以è®ÂæÂ´æ ¢åÂÂä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾éÂÂ度 ï¼Âå¦Âå¨å±Â顯示@ã â¢ è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµã 2 æ ¼é²î¿格éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æÂ¨å¯以éÂÂæ ¼åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ÂéÂÂçÂÂæÂ¹å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂã å°ÂæÂ¼ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD å DivX è¦Âé » ï¼ æÂ¨åªå¯以使 ç¨格鲿ÂÂæÂ¾ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂ«åÂÂï¼Âéµã 2 æÂÂ丠îÂÂ/î æÂ îÂÂ/î 以å¾ÂéÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé²çÂÂæÂ¹ å¼Âä¸Â次ä¸Âæ ¼æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµã 2 æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ å¨置堥堧å« JPEG Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå¾Âï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠îÂʊȴ éÂÂå§Âå¾ ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂ第 ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾î¿å çÂÂéÂÂå§Âå¹»ç çÂÂç§ ã 3 æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Âé ÂåºÂä¾Â顯示æ¯Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾 ä¸ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂã â¢ è¥該è£Â置堧å«æÂ WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡ ï¼ åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂÃ¥ÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂä¸ÂæÂ·éÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾ã é³頻 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ éÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨ ä»Âç¶å¯ 以 使ç¨跳 é @î / î @ãÂÂæÂ æÂ ï¼ î / î @åÂÂæÂ«å @î @çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé  åÂÂè½ã åÂÂçÂÂæÂÂèªåÂÂ調æÂ´ä»¥ç¡éÂÂ填滿æÂ´åÂÂè¢å¹Âç«é¢ã éÂÂ註 1 DivX è¦Âé »ç¢ÂçÂÂå é©ç¨ä¸Â種éÂÂ度ã 2 ⢠è¦Âç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂå®Âï¼ÂæÂ£å¸¸çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂå¨è®ÂÃ¥ÂÂå° DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂæÂ°çÂÂç« ç¯ÂæÂÂï¼ÂèªåÂÂæÂ¢å¾©ã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¼ PBC 模å¼Âä¸Âç VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD 以å WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 ACC æÂ²ç® ï¼Âé ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ模å¼ÂãÂÂä¸Âï¼Âï¼ å°éÂÂæÂ²ç®çÂÂéÂÂé ÂæÂÂçµÂå°¾æÂ å°ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂ£å¸¸æÂÂæÂ¾ã 3 ⢠æÂ¬æ©Âå°Âä¸Â份æªÂæ¡Âè¼Âå ¥çÂÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂé¨èÂÂæªÂæ¡Â容éÂÂæÂÂ大èÂÂå¢Âå ã â¢ ä¸Âå¼µç¢ÂçÂÂå¯å å«å¤Âé 299 Ã¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾å 648 Ã¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä½µçÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾èÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 18 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 19 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂ@使ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂçÂÂ覽 DVD æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ç¢Âç 使ç¨ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂå¯çÂÂ覽æÂ´å¼µ DVD æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂ堧容ï¼ÂæÂ¾å°æÂ¨æÂ³è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂé¨åÂÂã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並å¾Âå¨屠é¸å®ä¸Âé¸å ã ç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂã ã 2 鏿ÂÂ檢è¦Âé¸頠ã å¯ 以使ç¨ çÂÂé¸頠è¦Â置堥ç ç¢ÂçÂÂ種é¡Âå æÂ¯å¦è¦ÂæÂ æÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂå®Âï¼Âç¶èÂÂä»Âå å«@⢠æ¨Âé¡ â æÂ DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæ¨Âé¡Âã â¢ 章篠â æÂ DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂç®åÂÂæ¨Âé¡Âä¸ÂçÂÂç« ç¯Âã â¢ æÂ²ç® â æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæÂ²ç®ã â¢ æÂÂé â æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Â毠10 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂ丠åÂÂçÂÂ縮åÂÂã â¢ Original: æ¨Âé¡ â æÂ VR 模张DVD-R/-RW ç¢Âç ä¸ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âæ¨Âé¡Âã â¢ Playlist: æ¨Âé¡ â æÂ VR 模张DVD-R/-RW ç¢Âç ç¶ä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®æ¨Âé¡Âã â¢ Original: æÂÂé â æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Â堧容ä¸Â毠10 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂ丠åÂÂçÂÂ縮åÂÂã â¢ Playlist: æÂÂé â æÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ä¸Â毠10 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂ丠åÂÂçÂÂ縮åÂÂã æÂ´ Ã¥ÂÂè¢å¹Âç«é¢ Ã¥ÂÂå¾Âä¸Â次æÂÂå¤Âå¯ æÂ¥é£顯示å Â張縮 å 影åÂÂã 覠顯示åÂÂä¸ÂçµÂî¿ä¸Âä¸ÂçµÂå Â張縮åÂÂï¼ÂæÂ ä¸ î / î ã 3 é¸åÂÂæÂ¨è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂ縮åÂÂå½±åÂÂã æÂ¨å¯使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER 鵿ÂÂæÂ¸åÂÂéµé¸ Ã¥ÂÂ縮åÂÂã 覠使ç¨æÂ¸ Ã¥ÂÂéµé¸åÂÂæÂ ï¼Âè«Â輸堥堩ä½ÂæÂ¸ Ã¥ÂÂï¼Âç¶徠æÂÂ丠ENTER ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ ï¼ÂæÂÂé³頻ï¼ÂçÂÂæÂ æÂ¾ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯åÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã î å¯跳è³åÂÂä¸Âå¼µåÂÂç ï¼ÂæÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ çÂÂé³頻æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ ã î å¯跳è³ä¸Âä¸Âå¼µåÂÂç ï¼ÂæÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ çÂÂé³頻æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ ã îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â並æÂÂè½ î¿翻åÂÂæÂÂ顯示çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµ以åÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¹» çÂÂçÂÂç§Âï¼ ã SHIFT ZOOM å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â並å°Âå çÂÂæÂ¾å¤§ã åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯åÂÂæÂ 1x ã 2x å 4x çÂÂæÂ¾å¤§åÂÂæÂ¸ ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµ以åÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¹» çÂÂçÂÂç§Âï¼ ã MENU å¯顯示 ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂç«é¢ ï¼Âå é±以ä¸Â說æÂÂï¼ ã ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âå ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âå æ¨Â顠章篠01 04 02 05 03 06 ç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂ: æ¨Âé¡ 01- 49: - - HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 19 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 20 ChH å¯å©ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½çÂÂ覽 WMA ã MP3 ã MPEG-4 AAC ã DivX è¦Âé »å JPEG çÂÂæªÂ桠使ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂæÂÂç §æªÂÃ¥ÂÂå°ÂæÂ¾ä¸Âç¹å®ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ æÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並å¾Âå¨å±Â顯示é¸å®丠é¸å ã ç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂã ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER ä¾ÂçÂÂ覽ã 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î å¯ä¸Âä¸Âç§»åÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾î¿æªÂæ¡Â渠å®ã 使ç¨ î 以åÂÂå°根è³ÂæÂÂ夾ã 1 使ç¨ ENTER æÂ î å¯éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂç½çÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ã â¢ ç¶åÂÂç½ JPEG æªÂ桠@便æÂÂä¸Â縮åÂÂå½±åÂÂ顯示å¨ è¢å¹Âå³å´ã 3 è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂç½çÂÂå½±é³è»ÂæÂ DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ é¡¯ç¤ºåÂÂç½ç JPEG æªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂï¼Â坿ÂÂ丠ENTER ã â¢ ç¶已é¸å WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC æÂ DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡ ï¼ åÂÂæÂÂèª該æªÂæ¡ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å°æÂ´åÂÂè³ æÂÂ夾çµÂæÂÂçºæÂ¢ã â¢ ç¶é¸åÂÂ亠JPEG æªÂæ¡ ï¼ å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Â峿ÂÂéÂÂ姠@並 å¾ÂæÂÂ鏿ªÂæ¡ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ ä¸Âç´å°æÂ´åÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾æÂ æÂ¾å®ÂçºæÂ¢ã æÂÂ示 ⢠å¨èÂÂè½ WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ ï¼ ä¹Âå¯以åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Âã åªéÂÂé¸å æÂ³è¦ÂèÂÂè½çÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ ï¼ åÂÂé¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¹»ç çÂÂç§Âç JPEG æªÂæ¡Âå³å¯ã æÂ¤æÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂÃ¥ÂÂé³ 頻檠æ¡ÂæÂÂå æÂÂä¸ÂæÂ· é è¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã åÂÂé  æÂ æÂ¾æÂ§ å¶å é©ç¨æÂ¼ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Âã â¢ è¦ÂæÂ æÂ¾æÂ´å¼µ 碠çÂÂèÂÂ丠æÂ¯ åªæÂÂç® å è³ÂæÂÂ夾 ç 堧容 ï¼Âè«Âå  é åº ãÂÂ碠ç 尠åÂÂã ï¼Âç¶徠使 ç¨ î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂéµä¾ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 使ç¨æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® é  åÂÂæÂ¤é  åÂÂè½@æÂ¨ å¯以尠å«æÂ WMA ã MP3 ã MPEG-4 AAC å JPEG æªÂæ¡Âç ç¢ÂçÂÂ@製ä½ÂæÂ ä¸ ä»½ æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® @毠份 30 å æªÂæ¡Âï¼ ã ç±æÂ¼ æÂ¬ æ©ÂæÂ è¨ ä½ÂæÂÂå¾ åÂÂ張置 å ¥ç¢Âç çÂÂæÂÂæÂ æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® ï¼ÂéÂÂå¨ æÂ¨ æÂ³è¦Âå¿« éÂÂä¸Âè¼ é¬Âå°æÂ´ çÂÂ大é çÂÂæªÂæ¡ æÂ ï¼Âç¸ç¶ æÂÂç¨ ã 2 製ä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® 1 å¨ç¢ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並徠å¨å±Â顯示é¸å®ä¸Âé¸å ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂã ã 2 é¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦Âå å°æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ä¸ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã èÂ¥ä¸ÂçÂ¥éÂÂæÂÂ麼åÂÂï¼ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ä¸Âè¿° å¯å©ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå° åÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½çÂÂ覽 WMA ã MP3 ã MPEG-4 AAC ã DivX è¦Âé »å JPEG çÂÂæªÂæ¡ ã 3 æÂÂ丠PLAY LIST 1 ã 2 æÂ 3 ã æÂ¤æÂÂæªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂå å°æÂÂé¸åÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ä¸Âã 4 éÂÂè¤ÂæÂ¥é© 2 å 3 ï¼Âç´å°æÂ´åÂÂæÂÂä½Âå®ÂæÂÂã éÂÂ註 1 æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以é²堥æÂÂä¸Â層ç ã .. ãÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ä¾Âå®ÂæÂÂæÂ¤é  åÂÂä½Âã 00:00 / 00:00 0kbps Folder1 Folder2 Folder3 Folder4 File1 File2 File3 File4 File5 Folder 2 00:00 / 00:00 0kbps 2 該ç¢ÂçÂÂå¿ é Â置堥æÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾å¨æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ç¶ä¸ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 20 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 21 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español æÂÂ示 ⢠è¦Â卿²ÂæÂÂå¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢çÂÂæÂ æ³Âä¸Âå 堥æªÂæ¡ ï¼ åªé å¨ æÂ£å¸¸æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ é æªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ丠PLAY LIST 1 ã 2 æÂ 3 å³å¯ ï¼Âé¤å¨æÂÂæÂ¾é³頻çÂÂå æÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Âå¤Âï¼ ã èÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å® â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠PLAY LIST 1 ã 2 æÂ 3 ã æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±Âä¸Âç PGM æÂÂ示çÂÂæÂ äº®èµ·ã èÂÂ¥ æÂªè¨Âå®Âä»»ä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ顯示å±Â丠æÂ é¡¯ç¤º NO LIST ã â¢ èÂ¥æÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®堧å«æÂ JPEG Ã¥ÂÂé³頻堩種æªÂæ¡Âï¼ åÂÂæÂÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂÃ¥ÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡Âã 渠餿ÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ä¸ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ 1 éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ¨çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ã 2 å¾Âã ç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂç«é¢ä¸Âï¼Âé¸åÂÂæÂ³å¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ä¸Â渠é¤çÂÂæªÂæ¡Â並æÂÂ丠CLEAR ã 循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ段 ã A-B é è¤ÂãÂÂå è½å¯è®ÂæÂ¨æÂÂå®Âä¸Âå½±é³軠@CD ã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼ÂæÂÂä¸Âæ¨Âé¡ ï¼ DVD ï¼Âä¸ÂçÂÂå ©é» ï¼ A å B ï¼ ï¼Âä¾Âä¸Âç´ä¸ÂæÂ·å°循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ã A-B éÂÂè¤Âã ã 3 å¨ã A ï¼ÂéÂÂå§Âé»Âï¼ ãÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 以è¨Âç½® 循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂéÂÂå§Âé»Âã 4 å¨ã B ï¼ÂçµÂæÂÂé»Âï¼ ãÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 以è¨Âç½® 循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂçµÂæÂÂé»Âã å¨æÂÂ丠ENTER å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âæ¥ÂæÂÂè·³åÂÂè³éÂÂå§Âé»Âï¼ ç¶å¾ÂéÂÂå§Â循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾ã 5 è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂ£å¸¸æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âè«Âé¸å ãÂÂéÂÂã ã 使ç¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ é¤ äºÂÃ¥ÂÂ種 çÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾é¸頠å¤Âï¼Âä¹Âå¯以å°ÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾åÂÂç¨ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸Â起使ç¨ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 22 é ÂçÂʌȼ ç«Âç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å® ï¼ ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂéÂÂè¤Âã ï¼Âç¶å¾Âé¸åÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾é¸頠ã 1 妠æÂÂç¨Â庠æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âå¯é¸ å éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¨Âå¼ ä¾ éÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®ï¼ÂæÂ é¸å éÂÂéÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾ Ã¥ÂÂæ¶ÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ ï¼ å¯é¸å éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂ é è¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç« ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ CD å VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD æÂ ï¼ å¯é¸å éÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾å®碠æÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ²ç® ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ DivX è¦Âé »ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ ï¼ å¯é¸å éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ ï¼ÂæÂ éÂÂéÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼Âã 使ç¨é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ å¯ 使ç¨æÂ¤ é  åÂÂè½以鍿ÂÂç é ÂåºÂä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂÂç« ç¯Âï¼ DVD-Video ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç® ï¼ CD å VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼ ã 2 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼ éÂÂ註 1 WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC ç¢ÂçÂÂç¡æ³Â使ç¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 2 ⢠æÂ¨å¯以å¨ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼Âè¨Âç½®é¨æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂé¸頠ã ç¶èÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨ç¡æ³Âå°Â鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂé Âç¨ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸Â起使ç¨ã â¢ æÂ¨ä¸Âè½使ç¨é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ VR 格张DVD-R/-RW ç¢ÂçÂÂã WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 ç¢ÂçÂÂã DivX è¦Âé »ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂå¨ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®已 顯示çÂÂæÂ æ³Âä¸Â使ç¨ã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 21 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 22 ChH 2 é¸å ãÂÂ鍿©Âã ï¼Âç¶å¾Âé¸åÂÂä¸Âé¸頠ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ ï¼ å¯é¸å é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂ é¨ æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç« ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ CD å VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD æÂ ï¼ å¯é¸å éÂÂæÂ é 以éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂ鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ã æÂÂ示 â¢ é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂ使ç¨以ä¸ÂæÂ§å¶åÂÂè½ : â¢ é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂç¹¼çºÂå·衠@ç´å°æÂ¨å¾Â鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾é¸ å®é¸頠ä¸Âé¸åÂÂ亠鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾éÂÂéÂÂçºæÂ¢ã 建ç«Âç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å® æÂ¬ é  åÂÂè½ å¯è®ÂæÂ¨ç·¨è¼¯ç¢Âç ä¸Âæ¨Âé¡Âî¿章ç¯Âî¿æÂ²ç® çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾é ÂåºÂç¨ÂåºÂã 1 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂç¨ÂåºÂ編輯ãÂÂç¶å¾Âå¾Âç¨ÂåºÂ編輯é¸頠渠å®ä¸Âé¸å ãÂÂç·¨åºÂåµ建î¿編輯ã ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER 以é¸åÂÂä¸Â樠é¡ÂãÂÂç« ç¯ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç®ä½Âçºç®åÂÂå¨ç¯Âç®渠å®ä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂ¥ é©Âã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¼ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨éÂÂå¯以å¢Âå æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¯ç« ç¯Âã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¼ CD æÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼ å¯é¸åÂÂæÂ²ç®å å° ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®ä¹Âä¸Âã å¨æÂÂ丠ENTER é¸åÂÂæ¨Âé¡Âî¿章ç¯Âî¿æÂ²ç®徠@編庠æÂ¥é©Âç·¨èÂÂæÂÂèªåÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âç§»åÂÂä¸Âä½Âã 4 è«ÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂ¥é© 3 以建ç«Âä¸Âç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®ã ä¸Â份稠åºÂ編輯渠å®ä¸Âå¯å å«å¤Âé 24 å 編åºÂæÂÂ¥ é©Âã â¢ æÂ¨åª éÂÂå°ÂæÂ¨ æÂ³ 顯示æÂ° ç·¨ åºÂæÂ¥é© ç ä½Âç½®åÂʊȴ Ã¥ÂÂç½åÂÂ輸堥æ¨Âé¡Âî¿章ç¯Âî¿æÂ²ç®編è @便å¯æÂ å ¥ç·¨åºÂæÂ¥é©Âã â¢ è¦Âåªé¤編åºÂæÂ¥é© ï¼ è«Âå°Âå ¶åÂÂç½å¾ÂæÂÂ丠CLEAR å³å¯ã 5 è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®ï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ éµã 稠åºÂ編輯渠宿ÂÂç¹¼ çºÂÃ¥ÂÂå¨ï¼Âç´å°æÂ¨ éÂÂéÂÂç¨ÂåºÂæÂ æÂ¾ï¼ åÂÂé±以ä¸Â說æÂÂï¼ ã åªé¤ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å® ï¼Âå é±以ä¸Â說æÂÂï¼ ï¼ÂéÂÂåºç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂéÂÂæ©ÂçºæÂ¢ã æÂÂ示 ⢠ç¨ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂ使ç¨以ä¸ÂæÂ§å¶åÂÂè½ : ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯é¸å®ä¸Âå ¶ä»Âå¯ç¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ å¨ç¨Â庠編輯é¸å®丠å°ÂæÂÂé¤äºÂç·¨åºÂåµ 建î¿編輯以 å¤ÂçÂÂå ¶ä»Âé¸頠ã â¢ ç·¨åºÂæÂÂæÂ¾éÂÂå§ â å¯éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å²åÂÂçÂÂç¨ÂåºÂç·¨ 輯渠å® â¢ ç·¨åºÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂæÂ¢ â å¯éÂÂéÂÂç¨ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âä½Âä¸ÂæÂ åªé¤ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å® â¢ ç·¨åºÂåªé¤ â å¯åªé¤ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®並éÂÂéÂÂ稠åºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸Âé¸åÂÂä¸ÂæÂ°çÂÂæÂ²ç®î¿樠é¡Âî¿章ç¯Âã î å¯è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ç®åÂÂæÂ²ç®î¿æ¨Âé¡Âî¿章篠çÂÂéÂÂé Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯é¨æ©Âé¸åÂÂå ¶ä» çÂÂæÂ²ç®î¿æ¨Âé¡Âî¿章ç¯Âã éÂÂ註 1V R æ ¼å¼Âç DVD-R/-RW ç¢ÂçÂÂã WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC ç¢ÂçÂÂã DivX è¦Âé »ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®顯示æÂÂï¼Âç¡æ³Â使ç¨ç¨ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾å è½ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ HOME MENU å¯å²åÂÂç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®並éÂÂåºä½Â丠æÂÂæÂ¾ã î å¯跳è³ç¨ÂåºÂ編輯渠å®ä¸ÂçÂÂä¸Âä¸Âå 編åºÂæÂ¥é©Âã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 22 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 23 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español æÂÂç´¢ç¢Âç æÂ¨å¯以æÂÂæ¨Âé¡ÂæÂÂç« ç¯Âç·¨è @æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂä¾ÂæÂ ç´¢ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ CD å VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD 坿ÂÂæÂ²ç®編 èÂÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂï¼ DivX è¦Âé »ç¢ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ坿ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂç´¢ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ãÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂæÂÂ索模å¼Âã ã æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾çÂÂæÂÂç´¢é¸頠æÂÂè¦Â置堥çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ種é¡ÂèÂÂå®Âã 3 é¸åÂÂæÂÂ索模å¼Âã â¢ ç¢ÂçÂÂå¿ é ÂæÂÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä»¥ä¾¿ä½¿ç¨æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂç´¢åÂÂè½ ã 4 使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµ輸堥æ¨Âé¡ÂãÂÂç« ç¯ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç®編èÂÂï¼ æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂã â¢ 使ç¨æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂç´¢æÂÂï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂç §æÂ¨æÂ³è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ çÂÂä½Âç½®ä¾Â輸堥ç®åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ ï¼ DVD/DivX è¦Âé »ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç® ï¼ CD/VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼Âç åÂÂéÂÂæÂ¸åÂÂç§ÂæÂ¸ã ä¾Âå¦Âï¼ÂæÂÂ丠4 ã 5 ã 0 ã 0 峿ÂÂå¾Âç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂ第 45 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂä½Âç½®éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã æÂ³è¦Â輸堥 1 å°ÂæÂÂã 20 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂå 30 ç§ÂæÂÂï¼Âå¯ æÂÂ丠8 ã 0 ã 3 ã 0 ã 5 æÂ ENTER éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã åÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ æÂÂ亠DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂå DivX è¦Âé »ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä¸Â種以丠èªÂè¨ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹Âï¼Âå¨ ç¢ÂçÂÂå è£Âä¸ÂæÂÂ渠æ¥ÂÃ¥ÂÂ訴æÂ¨å¯ 以 使ç¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Â種é¡Âã æÂ¨å¯以卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ éÂÂä¾Âå æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âã 1 ⢠é£çºÂæÂ SHIFT SUBTITLE 以é¸åÂÂä¸Â種åÂÂå¹ é¸頠ã â¢ è¦Âè¨Âç½®åÂÂå¹ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ好è¨Âå®Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 30 é Âç èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ çÂÂä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã â¢ æÂ´å¤ÂéÂÂæÂ¼ DivX Ã¥ÂÂå¹ÂçÂÂè³Â訠@è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 40 é  ç 顯示 DivX Ã¥ÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡ çÂÂä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã åÂÂæÂÂå°Âç½èªÂè¨Âî¿é³頻è²é å¨ æÂÂæÂ¾é æÂÂ堩種以ä¸ÂèªÂ訠å°Âç½堧容ï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂé å®è² éÂÂé³æÂ çÂÂç¢Âç æÂ 2 æÂ¨å¯以 卿ÂÂæÂ¾ æÂ éÂÂä¾Âå æÂÂéÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ã 3 ⢠é£çºÂæÂ SHIFT AUDIO 以é¸åÂÂä¸Â種å°Âç½èªÂ訠é¸頠ã â¢ è¦Âè¨Âç½®å°Âç½èªÂè¨ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ好è¨Âå®Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 30 é Âç èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ çÂÂä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã æÂ¾å¤§ç«é¢ 使ç¨æÂ¾å¤§åÂÂè½ï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以å¨è§Âè³ DVD ã DivX è¦Âé » æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂ VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ï¼ æÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼ å°Âç«é¢æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¨ä½ÂæÂ¾å¤§ 2 Ã¥ÂÂæÂ 4 Ã¥ÂÂã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼Â使ç¨ SHIFT ZOOM æÂÂéµ以é¸ Ã¥ÂÂæÂ¾å¤§çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¸ ï¼ÂæÂ£å¸¸ã 2x æÂ 4x ï¼ ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î ä¾Âè®ÂæÂ´ç¸®æÂ¾åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã æÂ¨ å¯以å¨ æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂèª ç±åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¤§åÂÂæÂ¸ ï¼Â以åÂÂæÂ¾ 大åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã 4 éÂÂ註 1 æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂå å Â許æÂ¨å¾Âç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®ä¸Âä¾ÂæÂ¹è®ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âã æÂÂ丠TOP MENU æÂ MENU éµå³å¯é²堥é¸å®ã 2 æÂÂäºÂè¶ ç´ VCD éÂÂæÂÂ堩種é³è»Âã å¨æÂÂæÂ¾éÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以åÂÂæÂÂéÂÂ堩種é³è»Âï¼Â以åÂÂæ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂé³è»Âç¨æÂÂçÂÂè²éÂÂã 3 æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂå å Â許æÂ¨å¾Âç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®ä¸Âä¾ÂæÂ¹è®Âå°Âç½èªÂè¨Âã æÂÂ丠TOP MENU æÂ MENU éµå³å¯é²堥é¸å®ã 4 â¢ ç±æÂ¼ DVD ã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ã DivX è¦Âé »æ¨Âé¡Âå JPEG Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂåªæÂÂåºå®ÂçÂÂè§£æÂÂ度 ï¼ å æÂ¤ç«質ç¹åÂ¥å¨æÂ¾å¤§ 4x æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ失çÂÂçÂÂæÂ å½¢ã éÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç«é¢ä¸ÂæÂ¹çÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¹å¡Âæ¶Â失ï¼Âå¯æÂ SHIFT ZOOM Ã¥ÂÂå°Âå®Â顯示å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 23 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ 04 24 ChH Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂè§Â度 æÂÂ亠DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ以堩種ä¸Âè§Â度æÂÂæÂÂèÂÂæÂÂçÂÂå ´ æÂ¯ â è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ç¢ÂçÂÂå è£Âä¸ÂçÂÂ詳細說æÂÂã å¨æÂÂæÂ¾å¤Âè§Â度場æÂ¯æÂ ï¼ å±Âå¹Âä¸ÂæÂÂåºç¾ çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ示 ï¼ÂæÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以鏿ÂÂå°Âå®ÂéÂÂé â è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 30 é Âç 顯示å±Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ ï¼Âã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂé ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ«åÂÂæÂÂï¼ ï¼ æÂÂ丠SHIFT ANGLE 以åÂÂæÂÂè§Â度ã 顯示ç¢ÂçÂÂè³Â訠æÂ æÂ¾æÂÂé ï¼Âå¯å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂ種æÂ²ç® ãÂÂç« ç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âé¡Âç è³Â訠顯示å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âã â¢ è¦Â顯示î¿åÂÂæÂÂî¿é±èÂÂ顯示çÂÂè³Â訠@å¯é£çºÂæÂ DISPLAY ã æÂ éÂÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂè³Âè¨Â亦 æÂÂåºç¾åÂÂé¢æÂ¿çÂÂè¢å¹Âä¸Âã æÂ ä¸ DISPLAY 以è®ÂæÂ´æÂÂ顯示çÂÂè³Âè¨Âã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 24 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
USB æÂÂæÂ¾ 05 25 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 第 5 ç« USB æÂÂæÂ¾ 使ç¨ USB ä»Âé¢ å©ç¨æÂ¬æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢ç USB ä»Âé¢就å¯以èÂÂè½éÂÂè²éÂÂé³ é » 1 並è§Âç JPEG æªÂæ¡Âã æÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¹å¼Âé£æÂ¥ä¸ USB 大éÂÂå²åÂÂè£Âç½® 2 ã 1 éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂ丠USB ã 確å®Âé»è¦Âæ©Âå·²éÂÂ並è¨Âå®ÂçºæÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂè¦Â頻輸堥ã 2 é£æÂ¥æÂ¨ç USB è£Âç½®ã USB 端åÂÂçÂÂä½Â置就å¨åÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âã 3 æÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â以éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã èÂ¥æÂ¯æÂ¨ç USB è£Âç½®ç¶ä¸Âå«æÂ JPEG ï¼ åÂÂæÂÂéÂÂå§Âå¹» çÂÂçÂÂç§ ã èÂÂå ¶ç¸éÂÂçÂÂæÂ´å¤Âè³Â訠@è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 26 é  ç æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã â¢ 確å®Âå¨è«é¢æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ系統å¨徠æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âä¸Âï¼ ï¼Âå é¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±Âä¸ÂæÂÂ顯示 USB DATA ã éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 è¥顯示å±Âä¸Âç USB ERR è¨ÂæÂ¯æÂÂ示çÂÂ亮起 ï¼ åÂÂ表 示該 USB è£Âç½®çÂÂ黿ºÂéÂÂæ±Âå°ÂæÂ¼æÂ¬æ©Âä¾Â說太é«Âï¼ æÂÂ該è£Âç½®ä¸Âç¸容ã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂ試以ä¸ÂæÂ¹æ³Â@⢠éÂÂéÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã â¢ éÂÂæÂ°å¨æÂÂæÂ¾å¨éÂÂéÂÂæÂÂå° USB è£Âç½®æÂ¥ä¸Âã â¢ é¸åÂÂå ¶ä»Â輸堥ä¾ÂæºÂï¼Â妠DVD/CD ï¼ ï¼ ç¶å¾Âå é Âé¸å USB ã â¢ 使ç¨åÂÂå» å°Âç¨ç AC 黿ºÂè®Âå£Âå¨ ï¼Âé¨è£Âç½®é è´Âï¼Âä¾ÂæÂ USB 黿ºÂã èÂ¥ä¸Âè¿°æÂ¹å¼Âç¡æ³Â解決åÂÂé¡Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ該æÂ¯æÂ¨ç USB è£Âç½®ä¸Âç¸容ã åºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ ä¸Â表çº說æÂÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨å¨ USB æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ¹é¢æÂÂ使ç¨çÂÂ丠äºÂåºæÂ¾Â§å¶ã éÂÂ註 1 éÂÂå æÂ¬ WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡Âï¼Âé¤å«é²æÂ·å §å®¹æÂÂéÂÂå¶æÂÂæÂ¾å §å®¹çÂÂæªÂæ¡Âå¤Âï¼ çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ã ç¡æ³ÂéÂÂé USB 端åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DivX æªÂæ¡Âã 2 ⢠ç¸容ç USB è£Âç½®å æÂ¬å±¬æÂ¼ FAT16/32 æ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂç£Âç¢Âæ©Âã å¯æÂÂå¼Âå¿«éÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¶é«Âï¼Âç¹æ®Âé¨身ç¢Âï¼ åÂÂæÂ¸ä½Âé³頻æÂÂæÂ¾å¨@MP3 æÂÂæÂ¾å¨@ã æÂ¬æ©Âä¸Âè½é£æÂ¥è³åÂÂ人é»蠦ä¸Âé²衠USB æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å ÂéÂÂæ¦Âä¸Âä¿ÂèÂÂæÂÂæÂ USB 大éÂÂå²åÂÂè£Âç½®çÂÂç¸容æÂ§ ï¼ÂæÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂ坿µÂæÂÂ黿ºÂï¼Âï¼Â亦ä¸ÂæÂ¿æÂÂé£æÂ¥è³æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂå¯è½é æÂÂè³ÂæÂÂéº失çÂÂç¸éÂÂ責 ä»»ã â¢ è³ÂæÂÂå«éÂÂå¾Â大æÂÂï¼Â系統æÂÂéÂÂè¦Âè¼Âé·çÂÂæÂÂéÂÂä¾Âè®Âå USB è£Âç½®çÂÂ堧容ã USB 大éÂÂå²åÂÂè£Âç½® USB ( A å ) æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î éÂÂå§ÂæÂ£å¸¸æÂÂæÂ¾ã î æÂ«åÂÂî¿解é¤æÂ«åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã î åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾ã î æÂÂä¸Âå¯éÂÂå§ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¿«è½Âã î æÂÂä¸Âå¯éÂÂå§ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âå¿«è½Âã î å¯跳è³ç®åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æªÂæ¡ÂçÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢ä½Â置@åÂÂè·³è³åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã î å¯跳è³ä¸Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 25 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
USB æÂÂæÂ¾ 05 26 ChH æÂÂæÂÂæªÂæ¡ æÂ¨å¯以åÂÂ種çÂÂéÂÂ度åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âå¿«éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î æÂ î ã é£çºÂæÂÂ以å¢Âå æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂ度 ï¼Âå¦Âå±Âå¹Âä¸ÂæÂÂ示@ã â¢ è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ æÂÂ丠î å¯éÂÂå§Âå¾Â第ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾î¿åÂÂçÂÂéÂÂå§Âå¹»ç çÂÂç§Âã 2 æ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ä¸ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂæÂÂä¾ÂåºÂ顯示ã â¢ è¥該è£Â置堧å«æÂ WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂÃ¥ÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂä¸ÂæÂ·éÂÂ褠æÂÂæÂ¾ã é³頻æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨ä»Âç¶å¯以使ç¨跳 éÂÂï¼ î / î @ãÂÂæÂÂæÂ ï¼ î / î ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ« Ã¥ÂÂï¼ î ï¼ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé  åÂÂè½ã åÂÂçÂÂæÂÂèªåÂÂ調æÂ´ä»¥ç¡éÂÂ填滿æÂ´åÂÂè¢å¹Âç«é¢ã 幻çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼ å©ç¨ ãÂÂå°Â覽å¨ãÂÂçÂÂ覽æªÂ桠使ç¨ ãÂÂå°Â覽å¨ãÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ稱æÂÂå° WMA ã MP3 ã MPEG-4 AAC å JPEG æªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ã 3 1 æÂÂ丠MENU ï¼Âç¶å¾Â使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER é²è¡Âå°Â覽ã 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î ä¸Âî¿ä¸Âç§»åÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾î¿æªÂæ¡Â渠å®ã 使ç¨ î 以åÂÂå°根è³ÂæÂÂ夾ã 4 使ç¨ ENTER æÂ î å¯éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂç½çÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ã â¢ ç¶åÂÂç½ JPEG æªÂæ¡Âï¼Â便æÂÂä¸Â縮åÂÂå½±åÂÂ顯示å¨ è¢å¹Âå³å´ã 2 è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂç½çÂÂæÂ²ç®æÂÂ顯示åÂÂç½ç JPEG 檠æ¡Âï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã â¢ ç¶已é¸å WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡ ï¼ å æÂÂèª 該æªÂæ¡ é å§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ å° æÂ´åÂÂè³ æÂ å¤¾çµÂæÂ çº æÂ¢ã â¢ ç¶é¸åÂÂ亠JPEG æªÂæ¡ ï¼ å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Â峿ÂÂéÂÂ姠@並 å¾ÂæÂÂ鏿ªÂæ¡ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ ä¸Âç´å°æÂ´åÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾æÂ æÂ¾å®ÂçºæÂ¢ã æÂÂ示 ⢠å¨èÂÂè½ WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ ï¼ ä¹Âå¯以åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Âã åªéÂÂé¸å æÂ³è¦ÂèÂÂè½çÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ ï¼ åÂÂé¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¹»ç çÂÂç§Âç JPEG æªÂæ¡Âå³å¯ã æÂ¤æÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂÃ¥ÂÂé³ 頻檠æ¡ÂæÂÂå æÂÂä¸ÂæÂ· é è¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã åÂÂé  æÂ æÂ¾æÂ§ å¶å é©ç¨æÂ¼ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Âã â¢ 欲æÂ æÂ¾çÂÂ丠å æÂ¯ç®å ç è³ÂæÂÂ夾 è æÂ¯å ¨é¨ ç 堧容æÂÂï¼Âè«ÂéÂÂåº ãÂÂå°Â覽å¨ãÂÂ並使ç¨ î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂéµã éÂÂ註 1 å¦Âçº WMA/MP3/MPEG-4 AAC æÂ²ç®ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂèªåÂÂå¾Â該æÂ²ç®çÂÂæÂÂçµÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä½Âç½®èªåÂÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ã 2 ⢠æÂ¬æ©Âå°Âä¸Â份æªÂæ¡Âè¼Âå ¥çÂÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂé¨èÂÂæªÂæ¡Â容éÂÂæÂÂ大èÂÂå¢Âå ã â¢ USB è£Âç½®å¯容ç´Âå¤Âé 299 Ã¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ï¼Â以å 648 Ã¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä½µçÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾åÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»ç çÂÂç§ ï¼ÂæÂÂé³頻ï¼ÂçÂÂæÂ æÂ¾ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯åÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã î å¯跳è³åÂÂ丠張åÂÂç ï¼ÂæÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ çÂÂé³頻æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ ã î å¯跳è³ä¸Â丠張åÂÂç ï¼ÂæÂÂé³頻æªÂæ¡ çÂÂé³頻æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ ã îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å¯æÂ« Ã¥ÂÂå¹»çÂÂç ç§Â並æÂÂè½Âî¿ ç¿»è½Âç® Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î å¯éÂÂæÂ°éÂÂå§Âå¹» çÂÂçÂÂç§Âï¼ ã SHIFT ZOOM å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ @並å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç æÂ¾å¤§ ã åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯åÂÂæÂ 1 Ã¥ÂÂã 2 Ã¥ÂÂå 4 Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂæÂ¾å¤§åÂÂæÂ¸ï¼ÂæÂ ä¸ î @æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ éµ以åÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂ æÂ¾å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Âï¼ ã MENU å¯顯示 ãÂÂå°Â覽å¨ã ç«é¢ ï¼Â妠ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ã 3 æÂÂäºÂæÂ¸ä½Âé³頻æÂÂæÂ¾å¨å¨顯示æªÂæ¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂ稱æÂÂå¯è½æÂÂä¸ÂæÂ£ç¢ºã 4 æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以é²堥æÂÂä¸Â層ç ã .. ãÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ä¾Âå®ÂæÂÂæÂ¤é  åÂÂä½Âã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 26 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ 06 27 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 第 6 ç« ç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ 使ç¨ ãÂÂè¨Âå®ÂãÂÂé¸å® å¾ ãÂÂè¨Âå®ÂãÂÂé¸å®ä¸Âï¼Âå¯åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ系統çÂÂæÂÂæÂÂç°ç¹Âé³ æÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ 1 ï¼Âå æÂÂ²éÂÂä½Â溠ãÂÂæÂÂè²å¨éÂÂè·ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ  ç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂ調æÂ´çÂÂã èªå MCACC Ã¥ÂÂè½ ï¼Â第 10 é Âï¼ æÂÂè½帶給æÂ¨æÂÂä½³çÂÂç°ç¹Âé³ æÂÂè¨Âå®Âã ç¶è ï¼ÂæÂ¨æÂ ç¼ç¾èÂÂç±é² ä¸ÂæÂ¥èª¿æÂ´ç°ç¹Âé³ æÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼ÂéÂÂè½ æÂ¹ Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂå¨èÂÂè½室堧çÂÂç°ç¹ÂæÂÂæÂÂã 1 æÂÂ丠SHIFT SETUP 並使ç¨ îÂÂ/î å ENTER 鏿ÂÂæÂ³è¦Â調æÂ´çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ã å¯使ç¨çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼å¦ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±Âä¸ÂæÂÂ示ã 2 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é²è¡Â調æÂ´ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 確 èªÂ並éÂÂåºã â¢ 注æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ度使ç¨èªå MCACC ï¼Â第 10 é Âï¼ æÂÂ覠èÂÂå ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂæÂÂè²å¨è¨Âå®Âå¼ã ãÂÂè²éÂÂä½ÂæºÂãÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ è¨Âç½®æÂ¨ä¸»è¦ÂèÂÂè½ä½Âç½®çÂÂç¸å°Âè²éÂÂé³éÂÂã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î ä¾Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé ÂåºÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè²éÂÂ@⢠L â 左åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ⢠C â ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ⢠R â å³åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ⢠SR â å³ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ ⢠SL â 左ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ ⢠SW â éÂÂä½Âé³ è²éÂÂé³éÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂçº ñ 10 dB ã æÂÂè²å¨éÂÂè·Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ å¯æÂÂå®ÂæÂ¨èÂÂè½ä½Âç½®è³æÂ¨æÂÂè²å¨çÂÂè·Âé¢ã ç¶ DISTANCE åºç¾å¨è¢å¹Â丠ï¼Âè«ÂæÂ ENTER ï¼Âç¶ å¾Â使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以調æÂ´éÂÂè·Âï¼Â以åÂÂæÂÂ丠îÂÂ/îÂʊȴ Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂæÂÂè²å¨@⢠L â 左åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ⢠C â ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ⢠R â å³åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ⢠SR â å³ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ ⢠SL â 左ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ ⢠SW â éÂÂä½Âé³ Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂè²å¨å¯調æÂ´å¨ 0.3 m å° 9.0 m ä¹ÂéÂÂã é Â訠å¼çº 3.0 m ã åÂÂæ Âç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ§å¶ å¯æÂÂå® Dolby Digital æÂÂä¸Â亠DTS 鳿ÂÂè²è»ÂçÂÂå 栠ç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂ調 æÂ´å¼ãÂÂèÂ¥ç¡æ³ÂæÂ£ç¢ºè½ å°ä½ÂéÂÂ鳿ÂÂæÂÂ尠話 çÂÂè²é³ï¼Âé å¯æÂÂå©æÂ¼æÂÂé«Â你鳿ÂÂçÂÂé³éÂÂï¼Â並 æÂÂæÂÂæÂ§å¶é«ÂéÂÂçÂÂé³éÂÂã â¢ DRC OFF ï¼Âé Âè¨Âå¼@â ç¡åÂÂæ Âç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂ調æÂ´ï¼Â以 è¼Âé«Âé³éÂÂèÂÂè½æÂÂ使ç¨@⢠DRC MID â é©ä¸Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ â¢ DRC HIGH â åÂÂæ Âç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂ縮渠ï¼Â大è²é³æÂÂé³é éÂÂä½Âï¼ÂèÂÂè¼ÂéÂÂ鳿ÂÂé³éÂÂå¢Âé«Âï¼ éÂÂ註 1 å¾Âè¨Âå®Âé¸å®ä¸Âï¼ÂéÂÂå¯調æÂ´å ¶ä»ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼ÂéÂÂäºÂè¨Âå®Â弿ÂÂå¨ 第 14 é Âç æÂ¹å FM æÂ¥æÂ¶ä¸Âè¯ Ã¥ÂÂ第 39 é Âç 調æÂÂ顯示å±Â亮度 ä¹Â篠說æÂÂã 2 éÂÂç½®äºÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂå¾Âï¼Âè¨Âå®Âé¸å®æÂÂèªåÂÂéÂÂåºã 3 ⢠é¸åÂÂç«Âé«Âè²æÂÂèÂÂæÂÂ²æÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ÂæÂÂå©ç¨èªåÂÂ模å¼ÂèÂÂè½ç«Âé«Âè²ä¾ÂæºÂï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âç¡æ³Â調æÂ´ä¸Âç½®î¿ç°ç¹Âè²éÂÂã â¢ è³æ©ÂæÂ¥ä¸ÂæÂÂç¡æ³Âè¨Âå®Âè²éÂÂä½ÂæºÂå¼ã â¢ æÂÂè²å¨é³éÂÂå¯é¨æÂÂæÂÂ丠SHIFT TEST TONE é²è¡Â調æÂ´ï¼ ç¶å¾Â使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 調æÂ´è²éÂÂä½ÂæºÂã 測試鳿ÂÂèªåÂÂä¾Âä¸Âè¿°é ÂåºÂå¾Âä¸ÂæÂÂè²å¨ ç§»åÂÂè³å¦ä¸ÂæÂÂè²å¨ã ç¶åÂÂå¨主è¦ÂèÂÂè½ä½Â置丠@æÂ¨æÂÂ該æÂÂè½å°ä¾Âèªæ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè²å¨åÂÂ樣é³éÂÂçÂÂ測試é³調 ã å¨æÂ¨å®ÂæÂÂæÂ ï¼ æÂÂ丠ENTER ã â¢ ç±æÂ¼éÂÂä½Â鳿ÂÂç¢çÂÂè¶ ä½ÂéÂÂé »çÂÂï¼Âå æÂ¤è½起ä¾ÂæÂÂæ¯Â實éÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂé³éÂÂå®ÂéÂÂä¸ÂäºÂã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 27 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂé¸å® 07 28 ChH 第 7 ç« ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂé¸å® ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂé¸å® å¾ ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ç«é¢ä¸Âï¼ æÂ¨å¯以調æÂ´è½ å½±é¿影åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並å¾Âå¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢丠é¸å ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ã ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER ä¾Âå®ÂæÂÂè¨Âå® å¼ã æÂ¨å¯以調æÂ´ä»¥ä¸ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼@⢠é³度 â å¯調æÂ´ç«é¢éÂÂç·£çÂÂé³å©度 @精細ã æ¨Â溠ã æÂÂå @⢠亮度 â å¯調æÂ´æÂ´é«ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾çÂÂ亮度 ï¼ âÂÂ20 è³ 20 @⢠å°Âæ¯Â度 â å¯調æÂ´äº®èÂÂæÂÂä¹ÂéÂÂçÂÂå°Âæ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾ ï¼ âÂÂ16 è³ 16 ï¼ â¢ ä¼½çª â å¯調æÂ´å½±åÂÂç ãÂÂæÂÂ度ã @é«Âã ä¸Âã 你ãÂÂé @⢠è²調 â å¯調æÂ´ç´ î¿綠平衡 ï¼ ç¶ è² 9 è³ ç´ è² 9 @⢠è²度çÂÂç´ â å¯調è²彩åÂÂç¾çÂÂ飽åÂÂ度 ï¼ âÂÂ9 è³ 9 @使ç¨ îÂÂ/î ä¾Â調æÂ´äº®åº¦ãÂÂå°Âæ¯Â度ãÂÂè²調åÂÂè²度 çÂÂç´ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ã 3 æÂÂ丠ENTER 以è¿Âå ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ç« é¢ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ HOME MENU éÂÂåºåÂÂè½ç«é¢ã è¦Â頻調æÂ´ é³度 亮度 å°Âæ¯Â度 ä¼½çª è²調 è²度çÂÂç´ æ¨Â溠0 0 é 0 0 î î î î î î è¦Â頻調æÂ´ 亮度 æÂÂå° æÂÂ大 0 HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 28 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 08 29 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 第 8 ç« ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 使ç¨ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ã é¸å®æÂÂä¾Âé³頻åÂÂè¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ ã æÂÂ人éÂÂå®Âï¼Â以åÂÂ顯示è¨Âå®Âå¼çÂÂã å¦ÂæÂÂé¸頠å ç¾淡åºçÂÂç°è²ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ表 示æÂ¤æÂÂç¡泠æÂÂ¥ Ã¥ÂÂè®ÂæÂ´ã æÂ¤ç¨®æÂ å½¢éÂÂ常æÂ¯å çºç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ£å¨ æÂÂæÂ¾çÂʍ᣾ ã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè®ÂæÂ´è¨Âå®Âå¼ã 1 æÂÂ丠DVD/CD ã 2 Ã¥ÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ã ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å ENTER 以é¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦Â訠å®ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼åÂÂé¸頠ã æÂ æÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼å é¸頠å°ÂæÂÂå¨å¾Â纠çÂÂ堧容ä¸Â詳å 說 æÂÂã 1 è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ éÂÂ註 1 ⢠å¨表ä¸Âï¼Âé Âè¨Â弿ÂÂ以 ç²Âé«Âå 顯示@堶ä»ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼åÂÂæÂÂ以 æÂÂé«Âå 顯示å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âã â¢ æÂÂäºÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ ï¼ åÂÂæÂ¯ é»è¦Âæ©Âå±Âå¹ ã å°Âç½èªÂè¨Âå åÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âå¯è½尠DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂ並ä¸Âå ·æÂÂç¨ ã éÂÂ常éÂÂäºÂè¨Âå®Âå¼亦å¯徠DVD çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂé¸ å®ä¸Âä¾Âå®ÂæÂÂè¨Âç½®ã â¢ HDMI è§£æÂÂ度 è HDMI è²彩 è¨Âå®Âå¼åªæÂÂå¨æÂ¨å©ç¨ HDMI æÂ¥é Âå°ÂæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æ©Âé£æÂ¥è³ HDMI ç¸容è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂå¿ è¦Âé²è¡Âè¨Âå®Âã 2 ç¶æÂ¨ç¶Âç± HDMI é£æÂ¥æÂ¹å¼Âã 並尠HDMI è§£æÂÂ度è¨Âçº 1920x1080i æÂ 1280x720p æÂÂï¼ æÂÂè½使ç¨æÂ¤è¨Âå® ã 使ç¨æÂ¤è¨Âå®Âå¼æÂ ï¼ æÂ¨åª è½使ç¨ HDMI é£æÂ¥æÂ¹å¼Âã åÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ é»è¦Âæ©Âå±Âå¹ ï¼Âå¦è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 43 é Âç ç« é¢大å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ格张çÂÂä¹ ç¯Â說æÂÂãÂÂï¼ 4:3 (Letter Box) å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨çÂÂæÂ¯å³統 4:3 é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ã 寬è¢å¹Âé»影 卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼Âä¸Âä¸Âå ©å´æÂÂæÂÂé»Âè²æ¢ÂéÂÂã 4:3 (Pan & Scan) å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨çÂÂæÂ¯å³統 4:3 é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ã 寬è¢å¹Âé»影 卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂæÂÂè£ÂæÂÂå·¦å³堩å´ä¸Âé¨åÂÂï¼Â以å©填滿æÂ´åÂÂè¢å¹Âã 16:9 (Wide) å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨çÂÂæÂ¯å¯¬è¢å¹Âé»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ã 16:9 ï¼ Compressed ï¼ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨çÂÂæÂ¯å¯¬è¢å¹Âé»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ã æÂÂæÂ¾ 4:3 çÂÂå § 容æÂÂï¼Âç«é¢堶ä¸Âä¸Âå´å°Â顯示é»Âè²æ¢ÂéÂÂã 2 HDMI è§£æÂÂ度 ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 35 é Âç 使ç¨ HDMI 飿ÂÂ¥ ãÂÂï¼ 1920x1080i èÂ¥é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂ¯æÂ´ 1920 x 1080 ç«素éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè«Âè¨Âå®ÂæÂ¤é  ã 1280x720p èÂ¥é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂ¯æÂ´ 1280 x 720 ç«素éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè«Âè¨Âå®ÂæÂ¤é  ã 720x480p èÂ¥é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂ¯æÂ´ 720 x 480 ç«素éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼Âè«Âè¨Âå®ÂæÂ¤é  ã 720x480i èÂ¥é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂ¯æÂ´ 720 x 480 ç«素éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼Âè«Âè¨Âå®ÂæÂ¤é  ã Initial settings menu.fm 29 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 08 30 ChH èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ 顯示å±Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ HDMI è²彩 * ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 35 é Âç 使 ç¨ HDMI 飿ÂÂ¥ ãÂÂï¼ * é Âè¨Â弿ÂÂè¦Âé£æÂ¥çÂÂ訠åÂÂæÂ¹è®Âã é²é RGB è²彩微弱æÂÂï¼Â坿ÂÂä¾ÂæÂ´äº®éºÂçÂÂè²彩åÂÂæÂ´æ·±çÂÂé»Âè² ï¼ÂæÂ¤é Âè¨Âå¼ é©ç¨æÂ¼ HDMI ç¸容ç DVI è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ã RGB 使ç¨ ãÂÂé²é RGB ãÂÂå®Â弿ÂÂï¼ÂèÂ¥è²彩太éÂÂ飽滿ï¼Âè«Âè¨Âå®ÂæÂ¤é  ã è²差 å¯輸åº 8-bit çÂÂè²差è¦Â頻格张ï¼ÂæÂ¤é Âè¨Âå¼é©ç¨æÂ¼ HDMI ç¸容訠åÂÂï¼Âã è²差è¦Â頻輸åº ï¼Âå¦è«Âä¸Âä½µåÂÂéÂ񇪪 34 é  ç 使ç¨è²差è¦Â頻輸åºé£ æÂÂ¥ çÂÂä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂãÂÂï¼ éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ æÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂèÂ¥ä¸Âé©ç¨æÂ¼éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé »æÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ã éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ æÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âå¦ÂæÂÂé©ç¨æÂ¼éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé »æÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ï¼Âè«Âå é±æÂ¨é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂä½ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂ詳細說æÂÂï¼Âã åÂÂæÂÂä¸Â次 ENTER 確誠ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂ丠RETURN Ã¥ÂÂæ¶Âè¨Â置@ã è«Â注æÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé »å å¯ç¶Âç±è²差è¦Âé »æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ輸åºã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ å°Âç½èªÂ訠è±誠èÂ¥ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âå·²æÂÂè±èªÂè²è»Âï¼Â峿ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 漢誠èÂ¥å Âç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂç¼é³ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 堶ä»ÂèªÂ訠é¸åÂÂæÂÂ顯示以å¤ÂçÂÂèªÂ訠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 48 é Âç 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® ï¼Âã åÂÂå¹ÂèªÂ訠è±誠èÂ¥ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂè±èªÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹Âï¼Â峿ÂÂ顯示ã 漢誠èÂ¥å Âç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°Â顯示ã 堶ä»ÂèªÂ訠é¸åÂÂæÂÂ顯示以å¤ÂçÂÂèªÂ訠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 48 é Âç 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® ï¼Âã DVD èÂÂå®èªÂ訠åÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âé£å å¯è½çÂÂ話@DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®æÂÂ以åÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂé¸åÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âç¸åÂÂçÂÂèªÂ訠顯示ã åÂÂ顯示çÂÂèªÂ訠å¯è½çÂÂ話@DVD é¸å®æÂÂ以æÂÂé¸çÂÂèªÂè¨Â顯示ã 堶ä»ÂèªÂ訠é¸åÂÂæÂÂ顯示以å¤ÂçÂÂèªÂ訠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 48 é Âç 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® ï¼Âã åÂÂå¹Â顯示 é åÂÂå¹ÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂé¸çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Â顯示ã é å¨æÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂæÂÂä¾Âé Âè¨ÂæÂ¹å¼Âä¿ÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂçÂÂçÂÂæ Âã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ å¨å±Â顯示èªÂ訠è±誠è¢å¹Â顯示ç«é¢æÂÂæÂÂè±èªÂ顯示ã ä¸ÂæÂ æÂÂæÂ¾å¨çÂÂç«é¢顯示çºä¸ÂæÂÂçÂÂæÂ‹Â è§Â度æÂÂ示ç é å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂå¤Âè§Â度場æÂ¯æÂÂéÂÂï¼Âè¢å¹Âä¸ÂæÂÂ顯示ç¸橠åÂÂ示ã é ä¸Â顯示å¤Âè§Â度æÂÂ示åÂÂ示ã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 30 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 08 31 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español é¸頠è¨Âå®Âå¼ æÂÂ人éÂÂ宠⢠é Âè¨ÂçÂÂç´ ï¼ é ï¼Âé Âè¨Âå¯Â碼 ï¼ ç¡ ï¼Âé Âè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿ å°åÂÂ代碼@us ï¼ 2119 ï¼ çºäºÂè®ÂæÂ¨å¯以æÂ§å¶ä¸Âè®ÂæÂ¨çÂÂå°Âå©使ç¨æÂ¨ç DVD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨è§Âè³Âå½±çÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ亠DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ ãÂÂæÂ äººéÂÂå® ãÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç´Âå è½ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ ç æÂÂæÂ¾å¨ 訠置çÂÂçÂÂç´Âè¼Âç¢ÂçÂÂçºä½Âï¼Âç¢ÂçÂÂ便ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¹ æÂÂæÂ¯æÂ´ ãÂÂå 家î¿å°åÂÂ代 碼ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ã æÂ¬æ©Âç¡æ³ÂæÂ æÂ¾éÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âç æÂÂäºÂå ´æÂ¯ï¼Âè¦ÂæÂ¨ 訠置ç ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ãÂÂèÂÂå®Âã çÂȎÂÂæÂ°å¯Â碼 è«Â輸堥å¯Â碼以è®ÂæÂ´ ã æÂ äººéÂÂå®Âã ç ç´ÂæÂ è¼¸å ¥ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ã ã 1 1 é¸å ãÂÂå¯Â碼ã ã 2 使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµ輸堥åÂÂä½ÂæÂ¸åÂÂå¯Â碼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã æÂ´æÂÂå¯Â碼 覠æÂ´æÂ¹å¯ ç¢¼ï¼Âè«Âå Â確èªÂç¾æÂÂ寠碼ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ輸堥æÂ°ç å¯Â碼ã 1 é¸å ãÂÂæÂ´æÂÂå¯Â碼ã ï¼Â輸堥ç¾è¡ÂçÂÂå¯Â碼ï¼Âç¶ å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 2 輸堥æÂ°å¯Â碼並æÂÂ丠ENTER ã è¨Âç½®î¿æÂ¹è® ãÂÂæÂÂ人éÂÂå®Âã 1 é¸å ãÂÂæÂ¹è®Âç´Âå¥ã ã 2 使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµ輸堥æÂ¨çÂÂå¯Â碼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 é¸åÂÂæÂ°çÂÂçÂÂç´Â並æÂÂ丠ENTER ã â¢ é£çºÂæÂ î 以éÂÂå®Âå¨æÂ´é«ÂçÂÂ層次 ï¼ÂæÂ´å¤Âç¢Âç éÂÂè¦Â使ç¨å¯Â碼@@æÂÂ丠î 以åÂÂæ¶ÂéÂÂå®Â層次 ã æÂ¨ä¸Âè½éÂÂå¨çÂÂç´ 1 ã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ æÂÂ人éÂÂå® â è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå æÂÂ人éÂÂ宠說æÂÂã DivX (R) VOD Display è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX î VOD 堧容 說æÂÂã . éÂÂ註 1 ⢠並éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ種é¡ÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂé½é©ç¨ ãÂÂæÂÂ人éÂÂå®ÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ï¼ÂèÂÂä¸Â亦ç¡é Âå Â輸堥å¯Â碼æÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨å¿Âè¨Âå¯Â碼ï¼ÂæÂ¨æÂÂéÂÂè¦Âå°ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨éÂÂç½®æÂÂè½ç»è¨ÂæÂ°çÂÂå¯Â碼 ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 48 é Âç éÂÂæÂ°è¨Â置系統 ï¼Âã è¦Â頻輸åº èªÂ訠顯示屠é¸頠æÂÂ人éÂÂå® DivX (R) VOD å¯Â碼 æÂ¹è®ÂçÂÂæ  åÂÂ家代碼 Ã¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 31 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 08 32 ChH è¨Âç½®î¿è®ÂæÂ´ ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ã æÂ¨å¯以å¾Â第 49 é Âç åÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼渠å® ç¶丠æÂ¾å°ã 1 é¸å ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ家代碼ã ï¼Â輸堥å¯Â碼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 2 é¸åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã å¨æÂ¤æÂÂä¾Â堩種è¨Âç½®çÂÂæÂ¹æ³Â@⢠æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代碼é¸åÂÂ@使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµ以è®ÂæÂ´ãÂÂå 家î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ã ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¸åÂÂ代碼é¸åÂÂï¼ æÂÂ丠î éÂ括Âç¶å¾Â使ç¨æÂ¸ Ã¥ÂÂéµ輸堥åÂÂä½ÂæÂ¸åÂÂç ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ã ã å¨éÂÂåºç¢ÂçÂÂå¾Âï¼ æÂ°ç ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ã 便章å³çÂÂæÂÂã éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX î VOD 堧容 çº亠讠DivX VOD ï¼Âé¨é¸ è¦Âé »ï¼ÂçÂÂ堧容è½ å¨æÂ¬ æ©Âä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂ¨å¿ é Âå ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¨ç DivX VOD 堧容侠æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂȎÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âç è³ÂæÂ ã æÂ¨å¯以èÂÂç±ç¢çÂÂä¸Âçµ DivX VOD çÂȎÂÂ代碼 ï¼ ç¼éÂÂ給æÂ¨çÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¾Âå®ÂæÂ çÂȎÂÂä½Âæ¥Âã 1 éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 ⢠DivX VOD 堧容å DRM ï¼ÂæÂ¸ä½ÂçÂÂæ¬Â管çÂÂï¼ ç³» çµ±æÂÂä¿Âè· ã é æÂÂéÂÂå¶ åª æÂÂä¸Â亠ç¹å®ÂãÂÂå·²ç» éÂÂçÂÂè£Âç½®æÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨å¨æÂ¬æ©Â堧置堥ä¸ÂçÂÂæÂªç¶ÂæÂÂæ¬Â使ç¨ ï¼ å § å« DivX VOD 堧容çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ è¢å¹Âä¸Â峿ÂÂ顯示 Authorization Error ï¼ÂæÂÂæ¬Âé¯誤@çÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¯ ï¼ åÂÂæÂÂ堧容亦ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 顯示æÂ¨ç DivX VOD çÂȎÂÂ代碼 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂé¸頠ã ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂ¯ ã DivX (R) VOD ã ã 3 é¸å ã Display ã ã è¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示æÂ¨çÂÂå «ä½ÂæÂ¸åÂÂçÂȎÂÂ代碼ã è«Âè¨Âä¸Â代碼ï¼Âå çºå¨åÂÂæÂ¨ç DivX VOD ä¾ÂæÂÂå çÂȎÂÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂè¦Âç¨å°ã æÂÂæÂ¾ DivX î VOD 堧容 æÂÂ亠DivX VOD 堧容å è½ä½Âä¸Âå®ÂæÂÂéÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ã å¨ æÂ¨ç½®å ¥å«æÂÂæÂ¤ç¨® DivX VOD 堧容çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼Âå© 餠æÂÂæÂ¾æ¬¡æÂ¸ä¾¿æÂÂ顯 示å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âï¼Âç¶ å¾ÂæÂ¨ä¾¿å¯以 鏿ÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢Âç ï¼Âå æÂ¤å¯以ç¨ä¸Âå ¶ä¸Âä¸Â種å©餠æÂ æÂ¾æ¬¡æÂ¸ï¼ ï¼ÂæÂÂå æÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾ ã 妠æÂÂæÂ¨ç½® å ¥ çÂÂæÂ¯å« æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂå·²éÂÂç DivX VOD 堧容 ï¼Âä¾Âå¦Âï¼Â堧容ç å©é¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¬¡æÂ¸æÂ¯é¶@ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¢å¹Âä¸Â便æÂÂ顯示 Rental Expired ï¼Âç§ÂæÂÂå·²éÂÂï¼ çÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¯ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ç DivX VOD 堧容å Â許ä¸ÂéÂÂ次æÂ¸çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ é£ æÂ¨ä¾¿å¯以å°Âç¢Âç 置堥æÂ¬æ©Âï¼Â並æÂ æÂ¾æÂ¨å¸¸çÂÂç 堧容ï¼Âè¢å¹Âä¸Â亦ä¸ÂæÂÂ顯示任ä½Âè¨ÂæÂ¯ã éÂÂ註 1 éÂÂç½®æÂ¬æ© ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 48 é Âç éÂÂæÂ°è¨Â置系統 ä¸ÂçÂÂä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂï¼Âä¸Âè´使æÂ¨å¤±åÂȾ¨çÂÂçÂȎÂÂ代碼ã è¦Â頻輸åº èªÂ訠顯示屠é¸頠Display Ã¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® æÂÂ人éÂÂå® DivX (R) VOD HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 32 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· 09 33 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 第 9 ç« å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨天締æÂ³è¦ÂæÂÂæÂÂå¤Âé¨ AM 天締ï¼Âå¯使ç¨ 5 m è³ 6 m ä¹ ç¯åºéÂÂ屬ç·Â並å®Âè£Âå¨室堧æÂÂ室 å¤Âã ä¿Âç é£æÂ¥è çÂÂç°åÂÂ天ç·ÂãÂÂéÂÂ使ç¨é¨éÂÂç AM ç°形天ç·Âã è¦ÂæÂ³æÂÂæÂÂå¤Âé¨ç FM 天ç·Âï¼Âå¯使ç¨ PAL é£æÂ¥é  æÂ¥ä¸Âä¸Âçµ FM 天ç·Âã é£æÂ¥è¼Âå©é³頻è¨Âå 使ç¨ç«Âé«Âè²é¡Âæ¯Â輸堥å¯é£æÂ¥å¡å¼ÂéÂÂé³座æÂ MD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨çÂÂå¤Âé¨è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âç¶Âç±æÂ¬ç³»çµ±æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ 飿ÂÂ¥ AUDIO IN æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè³å¤Â鍿ÂÂæÂ¾è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂé¡ æ¯Â輸åºä¸Âã å¯使ç¨ RCA éÂÂé ÂÃ¥ÂÂç«Âé«Âè²é£æÂ¥ç·Âä¾Âé£æÂ¥ã éÂÂ製模张éÂÂ製模å¼Âè®ÂæÂ¨å¯以éÂÂé LINE OUT æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé²è¡Âç° ç¹Âè²ç¸容çÂÂé¡Âæ¯ÂéÂÂ製 1 ã Dolby å¤Âè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂ縮 æ··æÂÂç«Âé«Âè² ï¼ è®Âå¯以æÂÂä¾Âç©é£解碼 ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¯ Dolby Pro Logic ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½çÂÂ系統è½æÂÂæÂ´å¥½çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂæÂÂã 1 æÂÂ丠SOUND ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î ä¾Âé¸æÂ REC MODE ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ ä¸ ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é¸æÂ MODE ON æÂ MODE OFF ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 確èªÂã â¢ MODE ON ï¼Â模å¼ÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ â å¯輸åºç°ç¹Âè² ç¸容縮混 ï¼ left-total/right-total æÂ Lt/Rt ï¼ ç Dolby å¤Âè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂï¼ ï¼Âé©ç¨æÂ¼ Dolby Surround Pro Logic æÂÂå ¶ä»Âç©é£解碼@ã â¢ MODE OFF ï¼Â模å¼ÂéÂÂéÂÂï¼ â å¯輸åºå®ç´Âç ç«Âé«Âè²縮混 ï¼ left-only/right-only æÂ Lo/Ro ï¼ ï¼Âé©åÂÂéÂÂè²éÂÂç«Âé«Âè²系統æÂÂè³æ©ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ ã 室å¤Â天締5 m è³ 6 m 室堧天締ï¼Âä¹Âç¯åº塠æÂÂéÂÂ屬ç·Âï¼ AM LOOP ANTENNA PA L é£æÂ¥é  éÂÂ註 1 ⢠éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂ製模å¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âç¡æ³Â使ç¨å¤ÂæÂ¸é³æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨å¨éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂ製模å¼ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ試使ç¨ç¦Âç¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ï¼Â顯示å±Âä¸Â便æÂÂçÂÂæÂ«éÂÂç REC MODE ã â¢ ç¶éÂÂ製模å¼ÂéÂÂéÂÂï¼Âä¾Âèªé¡Âæ¯Â輸åºçÂÂè²é³å°Âå¯è½æÂÂä¸ÂæÂ·ï¼Âä¸ÂéÂÂéÂÂè¦Âè¦Âç¶æÂÂæÂÂä½ÂçÂÂæ¢Âä»¶èÂÂå®Âã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ¹è®Â輸堥åÂÂè½ ï¼ DVD/CD ã TUNER çÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂ黿ºÂï¼ÂéÂÂ製模å¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂã SURROUND FRONT SPEAKERS (4 ⦠AUDIO R L R R L L R L O UT Y C R / P R C B / P B N ENT D EO OUT LINE IN OUT CONTROL è³é³頻 輸åº å¡å¼ÂéÂÂé³座ç HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 33 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· 09 34 ChH 飿ÂÂ¥ S-video 輸åº å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âä¸ÂæÂ S-video 輸堥 ï¼ æÂ¨å¯以使ç¨ æÂ¤ç«¯åÂÂ代æÂ¿æ¨ÂæºÂè¦Â頻輸åº以å¾ÂæÂ´å¥½çÂÂç«質ã â¢ 使ç¨ S-video é£æÂ¥ç·Â飿ÂÂ¥ S-VIDEO OUT è³ æÂ¨é»è¦Âæ©Âä¸Âç S-video 輸堥ã å¨ æÂÂå ¥å ï¼Âè«Âå°ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âç å°Âä¸Âè§Âå°ÂæºÂæÂÂé  ä¸Âç ç¸åÂÂæ¨Â示ã 使ç¨è²差è¦Â頻輸åºé£æÂÂ¥ 妠æÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Â丠æÂÂè²差è¦Âé » 輸堥ï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以使 ç¨éÂÂ亠端åÂÂ代æÂ¿æ¨ æºÂè¦Â頻輸åºä¾Âé£ æÂ¥æÂ¬ç³»çµ±è³ æÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Â丠ã 1 éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä¾ S è¦Â頻輸åºæÂ´ä½³çÂÂç« 質ã â¢ 使ç¨è²差è¦Âé »é£æÂ¥ç·Â飿ÂÂ¥ COMPONENT VIDEO OUT è³æÂ¨é»è¦Âæ©Âä¸ÂçÂÂè²差輸堥çµÂã éÂÂæÂ¼éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » ç¸ è¼ÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » ï¼ÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » æÂ´è½æÂÂæÂÂç å åÂÂå½±åÂÂçÂÂæÂ æÂÂé »çÂÂï¼Âç¢çÂÂç¸ ç¶穩å®Âï¼Âç¡跳å çÂÂå½±åÂÂã éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂ覠頻å å¯éÂÂéÂÂè²差è¦Â頻輸åº 端åÂÂ輸åºã æÂ¬æ©ÂèÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé«Âå³çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âä¹Âç¸容æÂ§ æÂ¬æ©ÂèÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » Macro Vision System Copy Guard ç¸容ã 2 R L VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO ANTENNA HDMI OUT SETUP MIC CONTROL IN MCACC FM UNBAL 75 ⦠AM LOOP é»è¦Âæ© è³ S-video 輸堥 éÂÂ註 1 è²差è¦Â頻輸åºå¯å¨éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂæ ¼å¼Âä¹ÂéÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 29 é Âç è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã 2 æ¶Âè²»è æÂÂ注æÂÂï¼Â並éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂé«Âå³çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½èÂÂæÂÂ¢åÂÂå®Âå ¨ç¸容ï¼Âä¸Âå¯è½å°Âè´ç«é¢ä¸Âåºç¾人çºé æÂÂçÂÂç¾象ã å°ÂæÂ¼ 525 éÂÂè¡ÂæÂ æÂÂç«é¢åÂÂ顠@建è°使ç¨è å¯å°Âé£æÂ¥ç«¯åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè³ ãÂÂæ¨ÂæºÂè§£æÂÂ度ã 輸åº ï¼ÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼ ä¾Âå 以æÂ¹å ã å¦ÂæÂÂç¼çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂèÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âå¨ç¸容 æÂ§æÂ¹é¢çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âï¼Âè«ÂèÂÂæÂ¬å ¬å¸çÂÂ客æÂÂä¸Âå¿Âè¯繫ã VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO ANTENNA HDMI OUT SETUP MIC CONTROL IN MCACC FM UNBAL 75 ⦠AM LOOP é»è¦Âæ© è³è²差輸堥 HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 34 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· 09 35 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 使ç¨ HDMI 飿ÂÂ¥ èÂ¥é Âå HDMI æÂ DVI ï¼ÂçµÂå HDCP ï¼ÂçÂÂ顯示å¨ æÂÂ顯示è£Âç½®ï¼Âå¯å©ç¨ä¸Âè¬å¸Âé¢ä¸Âç HDMI 飿ÂÂ¥ ç·Âå°Âå®Â飿ÂÂ¥ è³æÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾å¨ï¼Â以æÂÂä¾ é«ÂÃ¥ÂÂ質çÂÂæÂ¸ ä½ è¦Âé »ã 1 欲äºÂè§£æÂ´å¤ÂéÂÂæÂ¼ HDMI é£æÂ¥çÂÂè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 丠å éÂÂæÂ¼ HDMI ã â¢ 使ç¨ HDMI é£æÂ¥ç·Âå°ÂæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾å¨ç HDMI OUT é£çµÂ端åÂÂé£æÂ¥è³ HDMI ç¸容顯示å¨ä¸Âç HDMI é£çµÂ端åÂÂã â¢ é£ æÂ¥ç·ÂæÂÂ¥ é  çÂÂç®Âé  æÂ æÂÂä¸Âç²¾ 確 å°ÂæºÂæÂ æÂ¾ å¨ çÂÂæÂ¥é  ã æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以調æÂ´è§£æÂÂ度åÂÂè²彩ç HDMI è¨Âå®Âå¼ã 欲äºÂè§£èÂÂé äºÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ç¸éÂÂç æÂ´å¤Âè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«Âå é± 第 29 é Âç è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ ã åÂÂæÂ HDMI é³頻è¨Âå®Âå¼ 欲ç¶Âç± HDMI é£çµÂ端åÂÂèÂÂè½é³頻ï¼Âè«Â確å®Â已訠好 HDMI é³頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ã 1 å°Â系統åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âã 2 æÂÂ丠SETUP 並使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸æÂ HDMI OUT ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é¸æÂÂæÂ³è¦ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã â¢ AUDIO ON â é³頻信èÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂé HDMI é£çµÂ端 Ã¥ÂÂ輸åº â¢ AUDIO OFF â éÂÂé HDMI é³頻 éÂÂæÂ°è¨Âå® HDMI é£絠èÂ¥åºç¾é¯誤è¨ÂæÂ¯ ï¼Â顯示å±Â顯示 HDMI ERR ï¼ÂæÂ èÂÂ¥ ç«é¢丠çÂÂ空ç½ ï¼Âå¦Âå¨è®ÂæÂ´è§£æÂ åº¦å¾Âï¼ ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè« åÂÂéÂ񇪪 46 é  çÂÂçÂÂ飿ÂÂè§£æÂÂå ã èÂ¥ä»Âç¡æ³Â解決å é¡Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè«Âä¾Âä¸Âè¿°æÂ¥é©ÂéÂÂæÂ°è¨Âå® HDMI é£çµÂã 1 å°Â系統åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âã 2 æÂÂ丠SHIFT SETUP 並使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é¸æÂ HDMI INI ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 系統æÂÂéÂÂæÂ°åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ丠HDMI è¨Âå®Â弿ÂÂèªåÂÂéÂÂæÂ°è¨ å åÂÂå» é Âè¨Âå¼ã 欲äºÂè§£èÂÂéÂÂäºÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ç¸éÂÂçÂÂæÂ´ å¤Âè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 29 é Âç è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ ã éÂÂæÂ¼ HDMI HDMI ï¼ High Definition Multimedia Interface ï¼ å¯æÂ¯æÂ´ä»¥ å® ä¸ÂæÂ¸ ä½Â飿ÂÂ¥ ç· é£æÂÂ¥ DVD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨ ã DTV ãÂÂæ© ä¸ÂçÂÂå 堶 ä»Âå½±é³ 訠åÂÂï¼Â並åÂÂæÂ æÂ ä¾Â覠頻åÂÂé³頻 ã HDMI çÂÂç Âç¼æÂ¯çºäºÂæÂÂä¾Âè½尠HDCP ï¼ High Bandwidth Digital Content Protection ï¼ è DVI ï¼ Digital Visual Interface ï¼Âå ©é  æÂÂè¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂè éÂÂ註 1 ⢠HDMI é£æÂ¥æÂ¹å¼Âå é©ç¨æÂ¼è DVI å HDCP ï¼ High Bandwidth Digital Content Protection ï¼ ç¸容ç DVI Ã¥ÂÂè¨Âå ã èÂ¥é¸æÂÂé£æÂ¥è³ DVI æÂ¥é Âï¼ åÂÂéÂÂ使ç¨å¦å¤ÂçÂÂè½ÂæÂ¥é  ï¼ DVI î HDMI ï¼ å®ÂæÂÂé£æÂ¥ã ç¶èÂÂï¼ DVI é£æÂ¥æÂ¹å¼Â並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ´é³頻信èÂÂã 欲äºÂè§£æÂ´å¤Âç¸éÂÂè³Â訠@è«Âæ´½ç¶å°é³é¿ç¶Âé·åÂÂã â¢ è¦Âé£æÂ¥çÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂèÂÂå®Âï¼Â使ç¨ DVI é£æÂ¥å¯è½å°Âè´信èÂÂå³輸ä¸Âç©©ã â¢ èÂ¥æÂ¹è®Âé£æÂ¥è³ HDMI 輸åºçÂÂè¨Âå @ä¹Âå¿ é Âè®ÂæÂ´ HDMI è¨Âå®Âå¼以符åÂÂæÂ°çÂÂè¨Âå ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 29 é Âç è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ å®ÂæÂÂæÂ¤é  æÂÂä½Âï¼Âã SURROUND SUB WOOFER FRONT CENTER SPEAKERS (4 ⦠- 6 ⦠) AUDI O R L R R L L R L VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO ANTENNA OUT LINE IN OUT IN MCACC FM UNBAL 75 ⦠AM LOOP CONTROL HDMI OUT SETUP MIC CONTROL HDMI ç¸容顯示 è³ HDMIæÂ¥é  HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 35 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· 09 36 ChH çºä¸ÂçÂÂè¦Âæ ¼ã HDCP æÂ¯ç¨ä¾Âä¿Âè·ç± DVI ç¸容顯 示卿ÂÂå³輸åÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶çÂÂæÂ¸ä½Â堧容ã HDMI æÂÂæÂ è½æÂ¯æÂ´ æ¨ÂæºÂãÂÂå¢Âå¼·æÂÂé« ç«質覠頻å 夠è²éÂÂç° ç¹Âè²é³æÂÂæ¨ÂæºÂç è½åÂÂã HDMI çÂÂå è½ å æÂ¬ï¼ÂæÂªå£Â縮æÂ¸ä½Âè¦Âé »ã æ¯Âç§Âå¯é 2.2 GB 頻寬 ï¼Âå« HDTV ä¿¡èÂÂï¼ ãÂÂå®ä¸ÂæÂ¥é  ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ代æÂ¸æ¢ÂæÂ¥ç· åÂÂæÂ¥ç·Âï¼ ï¼Â以åÂÂè½å¨影é³ä¾ÂæºÂå DTV çÂÂå½±é³訠åÂÂéÂÂé²è¡ÂéÂÂè¨ÂçÂÂã HDMI ã HDMI æ¨ÂèªÂå High-Definition Multimedia Interface Ã¥ÂÂçº HDMI licensing LLC çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨ÂæÂÂ註åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã æÂ¬æ©ÂèÂÂå ÂéÂÂé»漿é»è¦ÂçÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂç¨ èÂ¥æÂÂå ÂéÂÂé»漿é»覠1 ï¼Â便å¯å©ç¨ SR é£æÂ¥ç· 2 é£ æÂÂ¥ æÂ¬æ©Â並 Ã¥ÂÂç¨åÂÂ頠便 å©åÂÂè½ï¼Âå¦ÂéÂÂéÂÂé»漿 é»覠ç éÂÂæÂ§æÂ æÂÂå¨æÂ§å¶æÂ¬ æ©ÂãÂÂèªåÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂé»漿é» è¦Âç è¦Â頻輸堥ï¼Â以åÂÂèªåÂÂéÂÂéÂÂé»漿é»è¦ÂçÂÂè²é³çÂÂã éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 ⢠é¦Â次使ç¨ CONTROL IN æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ ï¼ æÂ¨å¿ é Âå ÂæÂ ä¸Âè¦ÂèÂÂä½ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂä¿Âè·貼ç´Âã â¢ å¨使ç¨ SR é£æÂ¥ç·Âé£æÂ¥çÂÂæÂ æ³Âä¸Âï¼ÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨ ç¾å¨忠é ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé»漿é»è¦Âå°Â溠@èÂÂéÂÂæÂ¬æ©ÂçÂÂé æÂ§æÂÂæÂÂå¨ï¼ÂæÂÂè½æÂÂæÂÂæÂ§å¶æÂ¬ç³»çµ±ã â¢ 使ç¨ 3-ringed è¿·æÂ¨æÂÂé  SR é£æÂ¥ç· ï¼ å°ÂæÂ¬ æ©Âç CONTROL IN æÂÂå éÂÂéÂÂåªÂé«ÂæÂ¥æÂ¶å¨é£æÂÂ¥ è³æÂ¨é»漿é»è¦Âä¸Âç CONTROL OUT æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã 3 å¨æÂ¨å¯以使ç¨é¡Âå¤Âç SR Ã¥ÂÂè½ä¹ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨éÂÂè¦Âå  å¨æÂ¬æ©Âä¸Âå®ÂæÂÂä¸ÂäºÂè¨Âç½® ã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå å ÂéÂÂé»漿 é»è¦Âç SR è¨Âç½® ä¸Â詳細說æÂÂã å ÂéÂÂé»漿é»è¦Âç SR è¨Âç½® å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨ SR é£æÂ¥ç·Âå°Âå ÂéÂÂé»漿é»è¦Âé£æÂ¥è³ æÂ¬æ©Â丠ï¼Âè«Âé²è¡Â以ä¸Âè¨Âç½®ã 諠注æÂÂï¼Âå¯以使ç¨ çÂÂè¦Â頻輸堥æÂ¸éÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé£æÂ¥çÂÂé»漿é»è¦ÂèÂÂå®Âã 1 æÂÂä¸ÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨ä¸Âç SHIFT SR éµã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é¸å SETUP ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸åÂÂæÂ¨è¦ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ã â¢ VOL.C OFF â æÂ¬æ©Âç¡æ³ÂæÂ§å¶é»漿é»è¦ÂçÂÂé³ éÂÂã â¢ VOL.C ON â ç¶æÂ¬æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè³å¯使ç¨é»漿é»覠çÂÂ輸堥 ï¼ DVD ï¼ÂæÂÂ以ä¸Âç¶ä¸Âå ¶ä»ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½@@åÂÂé»漿é»è¦Âä¸ÂçÂÂé³éÂÂæÂÂéÂÂé @以便è½è½å°侠èªæÂ¬ç³»çµ±æÂÂ輸åºçÂÂ鳿ÂÂã éÂÂ註 1 æÂ¬ç³»çµ±è 2003 å¹´ä¹ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂç¢çÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå ÂéÂÂé»漿é»è¦Âç¸容ã 2 å ÂéÂÂå ¬å¸ç 3-ringed SR é£æÂ¥ç· ï¼ÂæÂÂè ADE7095 ï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¨å¾Âå¸Âé¢ä¸Âé½å¯以買å¾Âå°ãÂÂæÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾ SR é£æÂ¥ç·ÂçÂÂæÂ´å¤Âè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«Â洽堠éÂÂ客æÂ¶æÂ¯æÂ´é¨éÂÂã VIDEO OUT VIDEO Y C R / P R C B / P B COMPONENT VIDEO S-VIDEO ANTENNA MCACC FM UNBAL 75 AM LOOP IN HDMI OUT SETUP MIC CONTROL OUT CONTROL å ÂéÂÂé»漿é»覠3 ç¶æÂ¬æ©Âç CONTROL IN æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂèÂÂæÂ¨é»漿é»è¦Âç CONTROL OUT æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé£æÂ¥å¨ä¸Âèµ·æÂÂï¼ æÂ¨å°Âç¡æ³Â使ç¨æÂ¬æ©ÂçÂÂéÂÂæÂ§æÂÂæÂÂå¨ ã åªè¦Âé» æºÂå°ÂæÂªéÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨ä¾¿å¯ä¸Âç´使ç¨é»漿é»è¦ÂçÂÂéÂÂæÂ§æÂÂæÂÂå¨ ï¼Âå³使å¨徠æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âä¸Âï¼Âã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 36 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· 09 37 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 4 å¯çºèÂÂé»漿é»è¦ÂæÂÂé£æÂ¥çÂÂ輸堥ä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂå®Âç¸ å°ÂçÂÂ輸堥èÂÂ碼ã 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸åÂÂä¾Â溠@DVD ã LN ï¼ LINE ï¼ æÂ USB ï¼ ï¼Âç¶å¾Â使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸åÂÂ輸堥èÂÂ碼ã æÂ¤é  è¨Âç½®å¯使æÂ¬ æ©ÂçÂÂ輸堥侠æºÂè½符åÂÂé»漿é» 覠ä¸Âç¸å°Âç·¨èÂÂçÂÂè¦Â頻輸堥 ã 1 ä¾Â妠ï¼ÂèÂ¥ç·Âè·¯è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂç è¦Â頻輸 åº çºé£æÂÂ¥ è³ é»漿é» 覠ä¸ÂçÂÂ覠頻 輸 å ¥ 3 ï¼ è«Âé¸å LN PDP3 è¨Âå®Âå¼ã TVTN å¯å°Âé»漿é»覠åÂÂæÂÂè³堶堧建é¸å°å¨ ï¼Âè NONE Ã¥ÂÂä¿ÂçÂÂé»漿é» è¦ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¾ÂçÂÂ輸堥 ï¼Âä¸Âä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼ ã 5 å®ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 2 éÂÂå SR 模张1 æÂÂä¸ÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨ä¸Âç SHIFT SR éµã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å SR ON ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã è¦ÂéÂÂé SR æÂ§å¶ï¼Âè«Âé¸å SR OFF ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂå¨ SR Ã¥ÂÂè½åÂÂç¨æÂÂï¼Âå° SR é£æÂ¥ç·Âè« é¢æÂÂå°Âé»漿é»è¦ÂéÂÂé @è¨Âå®Â弿ÂÂä¿ÂæÂÂå¨ SR ON è¨Âå®Âã â¢ å³使å°ÂæÂ¬ç³»çµ±åÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©Âå¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¾ ï¼Âä» æÂÂä¿ÂæÂ SR è¨Âå®Âã 系統å¨éÂÂæ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂèªåÂÂé é³åÂÂè½å³æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã éÂÂæÂ¼æÂ§å¶輸åºé£æÂÂ¥ 許å¤Âå ÂéÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂé½æÂ¯æÂ´ SR CONTROL é£æÂ¥ï¼ æÂ¨åª é å°Â任你已é£æÂ¥è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂé æÂ§å¨å°ÂæºÂ丠åÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂç æÂ æÂÂå¨ï¼Âå³å¯使ç¨æÂÂæÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂã å¨æÂ¨ä½¿ç¨éÂÂæÂ§å¨ æÂÂï¼ÂæÂ§ å¶信è æÂÂç¶Âç±æÂ´åÂÂé£絠å°éÂÂé©ç¶çÂÂè¨Âå ä¸Âã æÂ¨ çÂÂä¸Âå¥Âå¨Âæ¨Âä¸Âå¿Âå §å å«å¤ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¤ Ã¥ÂÂè½便ç¸ç¶實ç¨ã 妠æÂÂæÂ¨é¸ æÂÂ使ç¨æÂ¤åÂÂè½ï¼ÂæÂ¨è³ å°Âå¿ é Âé£æÂ¥ä¸Âçµ é¡Âæ¯Âé³頻æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè³堶ä»Âè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂ丠@以æÂÂä¾ÂæÂ¥å°åÂÂè½ ã â¢ å¨任ä¸Â端 使 ç¨å« å®è²é 迷 ä½ æÂÂé  çÂÂ飿ÂÂ¥ ç· ï¼Âå¦å®@ï¼Âå° å ¶ ä»Âå Âé 訠å 丠ç CONTROL IN æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé£æÂ¥è³æÂ¬æ©Âä¸Âç CONTROL OUT æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã é å¯è®ÂæÂ¨èÂÂç± å°Âå ¶éÂÂæÂ§å¨æÂÂå æÂ¬æ©Âä¾ÂæÂ§å¶堶仠è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂã ç¶使ç¨ SR é£æÂ¥ç·Âé£æÂ¥æÂ¬è£Âç½®èÂÂå¦ä¸Âé¨è£Âç½®å é» 漿é»覠æÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以æÂÂå è£Âç½®åÂÂèªé 端é æÂ§å¨ çÂÂé»漿é»è¦ÂæÂÂæÂÂ端ä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ§æÂÂæÂÂå Âä»¶ã éÂÂ註 1 è«Â注æÂÂé¨å PDP 輸堥端 ï¼Âå¦Âï¼ PDP7 å¯ç¶æÂÂé»漿顯示å¨ä¸Âç ã PC 輸堥端ãÂÂï¼Âã 2⢠SR è¨Âå®Âå¨徠æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âä¸Âä»Âç¶æÂÂæÂÂã â¢ SR è¨Âå®Âä¸ÂæÂÂå½±é¿ FM/AM 調頻åÂÂè½ã Other connections.fm 37 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 38 ChH 第 10 ç« å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠é¸頠系統è¨Âå®Âå¼ 以 ä¸Âçº徠æ©Âè¨Âå®Âé¸ å®ä¸ÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯ç¨çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ã 諠å é±æ¯Â篠ä¸ÂçÂÂéÂÂ註說 æÂÂï¼ÂäºÂè§£èÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ç¸ éÂÂç æÂ´ å¤Âè³Âè¨Âã æ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¨åÂÂçÂÂ第ä¸Â頠訠å®Âå¼çÂÂçºé Â訠å¼ã 1 å°Â系統åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âã 2 æÂÂ丠SHIFT SETUP 並使ç¨ îÂÂ/î å ENTER 鏿ÂÂæÂ³è¦Â調æÂ´çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ã å¯使ç¨çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼å¦ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±Âä¸ÂæÂÂ示ã 1 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é²è¡Â調æÂ´ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 確 èªÂ並éÂÂåºã 系統å±Â示è¨Âç½® æÂ¤è¨Âå®Âå¼å¯éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂèªåÂÂå±Â示åÂÂè½ ï¼Âç¶æÂ¨å 次æÂÂä¸Â黿ºÂæÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¤åÂÂè½@@⢠DEMO ON â å¯éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå±Â示åÂÂè½ã â¢ DEMO OFF â å¯éÂÂéÂÂå±Â示åÂÂè½ã 頻çÂÂéÂÂè·Âè¨Âç½® 妠æÂÂæÂ¨ç¼ ç¾æÂ¨ç¡æ³ÂæÂ åÂÂ調é¸å°éÂȌ°ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ表 示頻 çÂÂéÂÂè·Âå¯è½ä¸Âé©ç¨æÂ¨æÂÂå¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂã â¢ AM 9K ⢠AM 10K DTS CD è¨Âå®Âå¼ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ DTS 編碼ç CD ï¼ÂæÂ¨æÂÂéÂÂè¦Âè®ÂæÂ´ æÂ¤é  è¨Âå®Â弿ÂÂè½è½å°解碼å¾ÂçÂÂè¨ÂèÂÂã â¢ NORMAL â ä¸Âè¬ CD æÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ æÂÂ亠DTS 編碼 CD 卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂæÂÂ輸åºéÂÂè¨Âã â¢ DTS-CD â é²衠DTS 編碼 CD çÂÂæÂ£ç¢ºè§£ç¢¼ï¼ ä¸Âè¬ CD æÂ²ç®çÂÂéÂÂé Âå¯è½æÂÂè·³éÂÂã æÂÂéµéÂÂè¨Âç½® ⢠LOCK ON â å¯令åÂÂé¢æÂ¿æÂÂéµåÂÂæÂ§å¶ç¡æ³ÂæÂ ä½Âã â¢ LOCK OFF â å¯æÂ¢å¾©åÂÂé¢æÂ¿æÂÂéµåÂÂæÂ§å¶çÂÂ丠è¬使ç¨ã è¨Âç½®ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂå¨ ç¡ ç å®ÂæÂ å¯å¨æÂ¨ ç¡ èÂÂç´Â丠å°ÂæÂÂå¾ å°Â系統 é æ©Âï¼ æÂ¨å®Âå ¨ç¡é ÂæÂÂå¿Âã 2 ⢠é£çºÂæÂ SLEEP 以é¸åÂÂé¸頠ã é¸åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸頠@⢠SLP ON â ç´Âå¨ä¸Âå°ÂæÂÂå¾ÂéÂÂæ© â¢ SLP OFF â åÂÂæ¶Âç¡ç å®ÂæÂ å¨é¸å SLP ON å¾Âï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以åÂÂæÂÂ丠SLEEP 以確 èªÂä¸Âä¸Âå©é¤ÂçÂÂæÂÂé ã æ¯Âæ¢Âç·Â代表素12 Ã¥ÂÂé ï¼Âå© é¤ÂæÂÂéÂÂï¼ ï¼ éÂÂ註 1 éÂÂç½®äºÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂå¾Âï¼Âè¨Âå®Âé¸å®æÂÂèªåÂÂéÂÂåºã 2 顯示å±Âå¨ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂè¨Â置好æÂÂæÂÂè®ÂæÂÂï¼Â黿ºÂæÂÂ示çÂÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂã SL P --- -- HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 38 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 39 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español 調æÂÂ顯示å±Â亮度 æÂ¨å¯以調æÂ´ Ã¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå±ÂæÂ åÂÂçÂÂ亮度ãÂÂ顯示 å± è¨Âçºè¼ÂæÂÂçÂÂè²彩æÂÂï¼Â黿ºÂæÂÂ示çÂÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂã 1 æÂÂ丠SHIFT SETUP 並使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é¸å DIMMER ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î é²è¡Â調æÂ´ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 確 èªÂ並éÂÂåºã â¢ LIGHT â è¼Â亮è¨Âå®Âå¼ â¢ DARK â è¼ÂæÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ ç¢ÂçÂÂî¿堧容格å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¸容æÂ§ æÂ¬æ©Âé©åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂ種é¡Âå ï¼ÂåªÂé«Âï¼ åÂÂæ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂç¢Âç ã å¯æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ丠èάç¢ÂçÂÂå î¿æÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå è£Â丠æÂ æÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂå ¶ä¸Âä¸Â種æ¨ÂèªÂã ç¶èÂÂè«Â注æÂÂæÂÂ亠é¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂç ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¯å¯çÂÂéÂÂå¼ CD å DVD ï¼Âå¯è½ä»Â屬æÂ¼ ä¸Â坿ÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂæ ¼å¼Âã æÂ´å¤Âè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 ã â¢ æÂ¬æ©Â坿ÂÂæÂ¾ DVD R/ RW ç¢ÂçÂÂã â¢ æÂ¯ FUJIFILM Corporation çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã â¢ æÂ¯ DVD Format/Logo Licensing Corporation çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã â¢ æÂ¬æ©Â亦è KODAK Picture CD ç¸容ã æÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾å¨å¯æÂ¯æÂ´è½ç¢çÂÂåªç°ç«質 ã éÂÂè²éÂÂç IEC çÂÂè¶ ç´ VCD æ¨ÂæºÂï¼Â並å¯æÂ¯æÂ´å¯¬å±Âå¹Âç«é¢ã éÂÂæÂ¼ DualDisc çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DualDisc æÂ¯ä¸Â種堨æÂ°ãÂÂéÂÂé¢çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂï¼Âä¸Âé¢å¯容 ç´ DVD æ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂå½±å ãÂÂè²é³çÂÂï¼Âå¦ä¸Âé¢åÂÂå¯容素é DVD æ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂ堧容ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂ¸ä½Âé³頻åªÂé«Â堧容ã èÂÂæÂ¤ç¨®ç¢ÂçÂÂ容ç´Âé DVD é³頻çÂÂä¸Âé¢å ä¸Â符 CD-Audio çÂÂè¦Âæ ¼ï¼ÂæÂ å¯è½æÂÂç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã DualDisc ç DVD é¢å¯å¨æÂÂ¢åÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã DVD-Audio 堧容ä¸Âè½æÂÂæÂ¾ã æÂÂé DualDisc è¦Âæ ¼çÂÂæÂ´å¤Â詳ç¡è³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«Â洽詢碠çÂÂ製é åÂÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂé¶å®åÂÂã ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 DVD- Video DVD -R DVD-RW VCD Fu jicolor CD é³頻 CD CD-R CD-RW åªÂé« ç¸容格张CD-R/-RW ⢠CD-Audio ã VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD ã ISO 9660 CD-ROM* * 符å ISO 9660 Level 1 æÂ 2 ä¹Â樠æºÂã CD 實é«Âæ ¼å¼Âï¼ Mode1 ã Mode2 XA Form1 ã è Romeo å Joliet 堩種 æªÂæ¡Â系統ç¸容ã â¢ å¤ÂÃ¥ÂÂ段æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ å¦ â¢ æÂªæÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ å¦ DVD-R/-RW ⢠DVD-Video ï¼Âè¦Âé » 模å¼Âï¼ ãÂÂè¦Âé » éÂÂå½± ï¼ VR ï¼ * ã UDF Bridge DVD-ROM * 編輯é»Âå¯è½ç¡ æ³ å®Âå ¨æÂÂ砧編輯çÂÂæÂ¹ å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å°編輯é»ÂæÂÂç«é¢å¯è½æÂÂæÂ çÂÂæÂ«ç©ºç½çÂÂæÂ å½¢ã â¢ å¤ÂéÂÂéÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ å¦ â¢ æÂªæÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ å¦ VIDEO CD Super Video CD ( è¶ ç´ VCD) HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 39 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 40 ChH éÂÂæÂ¼ DVD R/DVD RW ç¸容æÂ§ å å¯æÂÂæÂ¾ä»¥ ãÂÂè¦Â頻模张@DVD-Video 模å¼Âï¼ ã éÂÂ製並已å®ÂæÂÂå°ÂçÂÂç DVD R/DVD RW ã ç¶è @æÂ äºÂå¨é 影æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂå®ÂæÂÂç 編輯堧容å¯ è½æÂÂç¡泠精確å°æÂÂæÂ¾ã éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX DivX æÂ¯ç±ä¾Âèª DivX, Inc. ç DivX î è¦Â頻編碼æÂ è¡ æÂÂ建ç«ÂçÂÂä¸Â種壠縮æÂ¸ä½Âè¦Âé » æ ¼å¼ÂãÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âå¯æÂ æÂ¾çÂÂéÂÂå¨ CD-R/ - RW å DVD-R/ - RW/ - ROM ç¢Âç ä¸Âç DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡Âã ä¿ÂæÂÂè DVD-Video ç¸å çÂÂè¡Â誠@ç¨ç¹ç DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂ稱你ãÂÂæ¨Âé¡Âã ã çÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âå¨çº CD-R/ - RW æÂ DVD-R/ - RW ç¢ÂçÂÂ丠ç æªÂæ¡Âî¿æ¨Âé¡Âå½å æÂÂï¼Âè«Âè¨Âä½Âå®Âå åºæÂ¬ä¸Âå°ÂæÂ æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯ÂçÂÂé ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã DivX è¦Âé »ç¸容æÂ§ ⢠æÂ£å¼ DivX î Certified ç¢åÂÂã â¢ æÂ¡ç¨ DivX î 媠é«ÂæªÂæ¡ çÂÂæ¨Â溠æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ¹ å¼ ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æÂÂæÂÂçÂÂæÂÂ DivX î å½± Ã¥ÂÂ堧容 ï¼Âå« DivX î 6 ï¼ ã 1 â¢ å¯æªÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ .avi å .divx ï¼Âå¿ é Â使ç¨éÂÂäºÂå¯檠åÂÂï¼Â以å©æÂ¬æ©Â辨è DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡Âï¼ ã è«Â注 æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¡ç¨ .avi 坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ辨è æÂ MPEG4 ï¼Âä½ æÂ æÂ é äºÂæªÂ桠並éÂÂä¸Âå®ÂæÂ¯ DivX è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡Âï¼Â亦å æÂ¤ä¸Âè¦Âå¾Âè½å¨æÂ¬æ©Â丠æÂÂæÂ¾ã 顯示 DivX Ã¥ÂÂå¹ÂæªÂ桠以 ä¸ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçº DivX 夠é¨åÂÂå¹ æªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂé©ç¨ çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå çµÂã æÂ¨å¯以èÂÂç±è¨Âå® è½符åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡Âç åÂÂå¹Â誠訠ï¼Âå¨第 30 é Âç èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ ï¼ ï¼ÂæÂ¼è¢å¹Âä¸Â覠å°æÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂã 2 群絠1 ï¼ Albanian( é¿ç¾巴尼äºÂ誠) (sq), Basque ( å·´æÂ¯å Â誠) (eu), Catalan( Ã¥ÂÂæ³°ç¾ å°¼äºÂ誠) (ca), Danish( 丹 麥誠) (da), Dutch( è·èÂÂ誠) (nl), English( è±誠) (en), Faroese( æ³Â羠誠) (fo), Finnish( èÂÂ誠) (fi), French( æ³Â誠) (fr), German( 德誠) (de), Icelandic( å°島誠) (is), Irish( æÂÂç¾ èÂÂ誠)(ga), Italian( 義大å©誠) (it), Norwegian ( æÂªå¨Â誠)(no), Portuguese( è¡èÂÂçÂÂ誠) (pt), Rhaeto- Romanic ( éÂÂæÂÂç¾ æÂ¼æÂ¯èª ) (rm), Scottish( èÂÂæ ¼èÂÂ誠) (gd), Spanish ( 西çÂÂçÂÂ誠) (es), Swedish( çÂÂ堸誠) (sv) 群絠2 ï¼ Albanian( é¿ç¾巴尼äºÂ誠) (sq), Croatian( å Âç¾ å 西äºÂ誠) (hr), Czech( æÂ·å Â誠) (cs), Hungarian( Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂå©誠) é»蠦製你ç¢Âç â¢ 使ç¨ PC éÂÂ製çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå¯è½æÂÂå çºç¨以 製ä½Âç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂè»Âé«ÂæÂ¬èº«çÂÂè¨Âç½®èÂÂç¡æ³ÂæÂ æÂ¾ãÂÂæÂ¤æÂÂï¼Âè«Â檢æÂÂ¥ DVD-R/-RW æÂ CD-R/-RW è»Âé«ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå è£Âä¸ÂæÂ´å¤ éÂÂæÂ¼ç¸容æÂ§çÂÂ說æÂÂã â¢ 以å°Âå çÂÂéÂÂæÂ¹å¼ÂéÂÂ製çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âç¸容ã é³頻å£Â縮 ⢠MPEG-1 Audio Layer 3 (MP3) ã Wi ndows Media Audio (WMA) ã MPEG-4 AAC ⢠åÂÂ樣頻çÂÂï¼ 32 kHz/44.1 kHz/ 48 kHz ⢠ä½Âå ÂçÂÂï¼ ä»»ä½Âå³輸ç ï¼Â建è°æÂ¡ç¨ 128 kbps 以ä¸Â@⢠VBR ï¼Âå¯è®Âä½Âå ÂçÂÂï¼ MP3/WMA/ MPEG-4 AAC æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ å¦ â¢ WMA ç¡失çÂÂ編碼@å¦ â¢ DRM ï¼ÂæÂ¸ä½ ç 欠管 ç ï¼Âç¸容 æÂ§ï¼ ç¸ 容@å DRM ä¿Âè·ä¹Â鳿¨ÂæªÂæ¡Âå° ç¡泠å¨ æÂ¬æ©Âä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ãÂÂï¼ â¢ å¯æªÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ .mp3 ã .wma ã .m4a ï¼Âé 使ç¨éÂÂäºÂ坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂ以婿ÂÂæÂ¾å¨辨è MP3/ WMA/MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡Â@⢠æªÂæ¡ÂçµÂæ§ ï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ï¼ ä¸Â張碠çÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂå¤Âå¯å²å 299 Ã¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ï¼Âæ¯Âå è³ÂæÂÂ夾ä¸ÂæÂÂå¤Âå¯åÂÂæÂ¾ 648 è³ÂæÂÂ夾åÂÂ檠桠ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂä½µå¾Âï¼ JPEG æªÂ桠⢠Baseline JPEG å EXIF 2.2* éÂÂæ Â影堿ªÂæ¡Âå¯é 3072 x 2048 è§£æÂÂ度ç«素* çºæÂ¸ä½Âç¸æ©Âå°Âç¨ä¹ÂæªÂæ¡Â格张⢠éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ JPEG ç¸容æÂ§ï¼ å¦ â¢ å¯æªÂå @.jpg ï¼Âå¿ é Â使ç¨éÂÂäºÂ坿ªÂå @以å©æÂ¬æ©Â辨è JPEG æªÂæ¡Â@⢠æªÂæ¡ÂçµÂæ§ ï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ï¼ ä¸Â張碠çÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂå¤Âå¯å²å 299 Ã¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ï¼Âæ¯Âå è³ÂæÂÂ夾ä¸ÂæÂÂå¤Âå¯åÂÂæÂ¾ 648 è³ÂæÂÂ夾åÂÂ檠桠ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂä½µå¾Âï¼ åªÂé« ç¸容格张HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 40 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 41 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español (hu), Polish( æ³¢èÂÂ誠) (pl), Romanian( 羠馬尼äºÂ誠) (ro), Slovak( æÂ¯æ´Âä¼Âå Â誠) (sk), Slovenian( æÂ¯æ´Âç¶Âå°¼äºÂ誠) (sl) 群絠3 ï¼ Bulgarian( ä¿Âå å©äºÂ誠) (bg), Byelorussian( ç½俠羠æÂ¯èª ) (be), Macedonian( 馬堶é Â誠)(mk), Russian ( ä¿Â誠)(ru), Serbian( å¡Âç¾ç¶ÂäºÂ誠) (sr), Ukrainian( çÂÂå Âè 誠) (uk) 群絠4 ï¼ Hebrew( å¸Â伯ä¾Â誠) (iw), Yiddish( æÂÂ第ç·Â誠) (ji) 群絠5 ï¼ Turkish( Ã¥ÂÂè³堶誠) (tr) DivX ã DivX Certified 以åÂÂç¸éÂÂæ¨ÂèªÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¯ DivX, Inc. çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âï¼Â並ç²æÂÂæ¬Â使ç¨ã éÂÂæÂ¼ MPEG-4 AAC AAC ï¼ Advanced Audio Coding ï¼ÂæÂ¯ MPEG-4 AAC æ¨ÂæºÂçÂÂæ ¸å¿ÂæÂÂ衠@主è¦ÂçµÂå MPEG-2 AAC ï¼ æÂ¯æ§ÂæÂ MPEG-4 é³頻å£Â縮æÂÂè¡ÂçÂÂåºç¤Âã æÂÂ使ç¨ çÂÂæªÂæ¡Âæ ¼å¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂè¦Âç¨以é²衠AAC æªÂæ¡Âç·¨ 碼çÂÂæÂÂç¨ç¨Âå¼ÂèÂÂå®Âã æÂ¬æ©Â坿ÂÂæÂ¾ç± iTunes î æÂ ç·¨ç¢¼ï¼Â坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂçº ã .m4a ãÂÂç AAC æªÂæ¡Âã DRM æÂÂä¿Âè· çÂÂæªÂæ¡ ä¸Âè½æÂ æÂ¾ï¼Â以åÂÂç± æÂÂ亠iTunes î çÂÂæÂ¾ÂÂ編碼 çÂÂæªÂæ¡Âä¹Âå¯è½ç¡ æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂæªÂå å¯ è½ç¡æ³ÂæÂ£ç¢ºé¡¯ç¤ºã Apple å iTunes Ã¥ÂÂæÂ¯ Apple Inc. æÂ¼ç¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå ¶ä»ÂÃ¥ÂÂ家註 Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã éÂÂæÂ¼ WMA æÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾å¨å¯æÂÂæÂ¾ Windows Media Audio çÂÂ堧容 ã WMA æÂ¯ Windows Media Audio çÂÂ縮寫ï¼Âä¸Âçº Microsoft Corporation æÂÂç  ç¼åºä¾ÂçÂÂé³頻壠縮 æÂÂè¡ ã WMA å § 容å¯æÂ ç¨ Windows Media î Player version 7/7.1 ï¼ Windows Media î Player for Windows î XP ï¼ÂæÂ Windows Media î Player 9 Series çÂÂè»Âé«Âé²è¡Â編碼ã Windows Media æÂ¯ Microsoft Corporation å¨ ç¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂî¿æÂÂå ¶ä»ÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶çÂÂ註åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã æÂÂ¢åÂÂå« Microsoft Corporation æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä¹ÂæÂ è¡Âï¼ÂæÂªç¶ Microsoft Licensing, Inc. æÂÂæ¬Âè @ä¸Âå¾Âä»»æÂÂ使ç¨æÂÂæÂ£ä½Âã ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂ使ç¨åÂÂç¶Âè· æÂÂæÂ¿ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ æÂ¿ Ã¥ÂÂç¢Âç æÂÂï¼Âè«ÂæÂ¡ä½Âå ¶éÂÂ緣以 å Âå¨ç¢ÂçÂÂä»»ä½Â丠é¢ çÂÂä¸ÂæÂ ç´ÂãÂÂç°塵æÂÂå®çÂÂãÂÂå·²ç¶ÂæÂ å£ÂæÂÂé«Â污ç ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂå½±é¿æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂæÂÂè½ã 妠æÂÂç¢Âç ä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂÂç´ÂãÂÂç°塵ç ä¸Âæ½Âç©ï¼Âè«Â使ç¨ æÂÂè»ÂãÂÂä¹¾çÂ¥çÂÂå¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¦æÂÂ乾淨ã 諠ç´åÂÂè¼Âè¼Âç±ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Â央åÂÂå¤ÂæÂ¦æÂ ã 諠å¿以ç«å çÂÂæÂ¹å¼ÂæÂ¦æÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂ表é¢ã 妠æÂÂå¿ è¦Âï¼Âè« ç¨æÂÂå¸Âæ²¾ä¸Âé Âç²¾ ï¼ÂæÂÂå¸Â颿ÂÂ購買 ç CD/DVD 渠æ½Â工堷ä¾ÂæÂ´å¾¹åºÂ渠æ½Âç¢ÂçÂÂã çµÂ丠使 ç¨æÂ®ç¼ Ã¥ÂÂãÂÂç¨ÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå ¶ä»Â訠è¨Âç¨ä¾Â渠æ½Âé»Âè å±çÂÂçÂÂ渠æ½ÂÃ¥ÂÂã å²æÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ é¿å Âå°Âç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂå¨太å· ãÂÂ太æ¿ÂæÂÂ太ç± ï¼Âå æÂŒÂÂå° é½ å Âç´å°Âï¼ÂçÂÂç°墠ä¸Âã 丠è¦Âå°Âç´ å¼µæÂÂè²¼ç´Âé»Âå¨ 碠çÂÂä¸Âï¼ÂæÂÂç¨ éÂÂçÂÂãÂÂé¼ç çÂÂæÂ å ¶ä»Âå°Âé³ç æÂ¸å¯« ç¨堷å¨ä¸Âé¢æÂ¸å¯«ã éÂÂ樣æÂÂæÂÂå£Âç¢ÂçÂÂã éÂÂ註 1 ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å®¹éÂÂ大æÂ¼ 4 GB ç .avi è¦Âé »æªÂæ¡Âã 2 ⢠å¨å¤Âé¨åÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡Âé¨åÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¬æ©Âå¯æÂ¯æÂ´ä»¥ä¸ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹Âæ ¼å¼ÂæªÂæ¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂ稱 ï¼Âè«Â注æÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂäºÂæªÂæ¡Âä¸ÂæÂÂå¨ç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å®ä¸Â顯示@@.srt ã .sub ã .ssa ã .smi ⢠æÂÂäºÂå¤Âé¨åÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡Âå¯è½ç¡æ³ÂæÂ£ç¢ºé¡¯ç¤ºæÂÂå®Âå ¨ç¡æ³Â顯示ã â¢ å½±çÂÂæªÂæ¡ÂçÂÂæªÂÃ¥ÂÂå¿ é ÂéÂÂè¤Âåºç¾å¨å¤Âé¨åÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡ÂæªÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂéÂÂé ÂèÂÂã â¢ Ã¥ÂÂä¸Âå½±çÂÂæªÂæ¡Âè½夠åÂÂæÂÂçÂÂå¤Âé¨åÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¸éÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂå¤ÂéÂÂå®Âçº 10 ã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 41 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 42 ChH ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂé¿å ÂäºÂ頠碠çÂÂä¿Â以é«ÂéÂÂå¨æÂ¬ æ©Âå §æÂÂè½Âã 妠æÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂç¼çÂÂç è£ÂãÂÂ碠è£ÂãÂÂæÂÂæÂ²æÂ å ¶ä»ÂæÂ å£ÂæÂ å½¢ï¼Âè«Âå¿å éª置 æÂ¼æÂ¬æ©Âä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ â æÂÂçµÂæÂ¨å¯è½æÂÂ使æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂå£Âã æÂ¬æ© å¨è¨Â訠丠çºå å¯ 使 ç¨å³統ãÂÂå ¨ Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂ碠çÂÂã 堠éÂÂè²æÂ ï¼Âå°ÂæÂ¼å 使ç¨讠形çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂå¼Âèµ· çÂÂæÂ æÂÂ責任ï¼Âæ¦Âä¸Â負責ã DVD Video é©ç¨å°å æÂÂæÂÂç DVD Video ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå°ä¸Âå°åÂÂæ¨Â示@以æÂÂåº該ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ¼å ¨çÂÂé©ç¨çÂÂå°å ã æÂ¨ç DVD ç³» çµ± 亦æÂÂä¸Âå°å æ¨Â示 ï¼Âå°±å¨èÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âï¼ ã ä¾Âèª 丠ç¸ 容å°åÂÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå° ç¡æ³Âå¨æÂ¬æ©Âä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã å¨æÂ¤ æÂ æ³Âä¸Âï¼Âè¢å¹Âä¸ÂæÂÂåºç¾ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¯ï¼ éÂÂ堼容ç¢ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ碼 ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢Âç æ¨Â示 ALL çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå¯å¨任ä½ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨ä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã å®Âè£ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¿Â餠å®Âè£ÂæÂÂ示 æÂ¬ å ¬å¸帠æÂÂæÂ¨æÂªä¾Â幾年堧 é½è½ç¡æÂ ç 享ç¨æÂ¬ç³» çµ±ï¼Âå æÂ¤å¨é¸ æÂÂå®Âè£Âé¨你æÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¬è«Âç¢è¨Â以 ä¸Âå é»Âï¼ åÂÂå¿ ... î å¨éÂÂ風è¯好çÂÂ室堧使ç¨ã î 置æÂ¼å¹³å¦ã 水平çÂÂ表é¢ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¸æ¡ÂãÂÂæÂ±æÂ¶æÂÂé³é¿æÂ¶ 丠ã åÂÂå¿ ... î å¨é«Â溫æÂÂ極æ¿ÂçÂÂå°é»Â使ç¨ ï¼Âå æÂ¾ÂÂçÂÂæÂÂå ¶ä»ÂæÂÂç¢ çÂÂé«Âç±çÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂè¿Âã î 置æÂ¼çªÂ檯æÂÂå ¶ä»ÂæÂÂ使系統åÂÂå°é½å Âç´å°ÂçÂÂå°é»Âã î å¨å¤Âç°æÂÂ極æ¿ÂçÂÂç°å¢Âä¸Â使ç¨ã î ç´æÂ¥æÂºå¨æÂ´å¤§æ©ÂæÂÂé³ é¿ 系統裡使ç¨æÂÂæÂ é 漸讠ç±çÂÂå ¶ä»Âå Âä»¶ä¸Âã î å¨é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂ顯示å¨éÂÂè¿Â使ç¨ï¼Âå çºæÂÂå¯è½æÂÂç¢ç 干æÂ¾ â ç¹åÂ¥æÂ¯å¦ÂæÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂ使ç¨室堧天ç·ÂæÂÂã î å¨å»ÂæÂ¿æÂÂå ¶ä» æÂ ä½¿ç³»çµ±æÂ´é²å¨濠砠æÂÂè¸氣ä¹Â丠çÂÂå°é»Âã î å¨åÂÂæ¯Â毯æÂÂå°毯ä¸Â使ç¨ï¼ÂæÂÂè¦ÂèÂÂå¸ÂæÂ â éÂÂ樣å¯ è½æÂÂ妨ç¤Â系統主æ©ÂçÂÂæÂ£ç¢ºæÂ£ç±æÂÂæÂÂã î 置æÂ¼ä¸Â平穩çÂÂ表é¢ï¼ÂæÂÂé¢ç©Âä¸Â足以æÂ¯æÂÂ系統主橠åÂÂè ³çÂÂ表é¢ä¸Âã 渠æ½Âè®Â寫é ÂæÂ DVD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨çÂÂè®Â寫é Âä¸Âè¬使ç¨æÂ¯ä¸ÂæÂÂå¼Âé«ÂçÂÂï¼ ä½ å¦Âå æÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂå 穠ç°æÂÂé«Â污æÂÂï¼Â諠洽詢æÂ¨æÂÂå¨ å°çÂÂå  éÂÂæÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âå¿Âã éÂÂç¶è®ÂÃ¥ÂÂé Â渠æ½ÂÃ¥ÂÂ丠è¬ å¸Âé¢ä¸Âé½å¯買徠å°ï¼Âä½ÂæÂ¬å ¬å¸丠建è°使ç¨以 å Âå¯è½é æÂÂè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂé ÂæÂÂå£Âã 水氣åÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂ顠妠æÂÂå°ÂæÂ¬æ©Âç±溫æÂ çÂÂ室堧æÂŒÂ° 室å¤Âï¼ÂæÂÂ室堧溫 度é½ç¶ ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼Âå §é¨便å¯è½æÂÂæÂÂæ°´æ°£ Ã¥ÂÂçµÂã é ç¶ Ã¥ÂÂçµÂçÂÂæ°´æ°£ä¸ÂæÂ å°ÂæÂ¬æ©Âé æÂ æÂÂå£Âï¼Âä½Âå¯è½æÂ ä½¿æÂÂè½ çÂÂæÂÂéÂÂå §åÂÂå°影é¿ã 諠è®Âå ¶æÂÂä¸Âå°ÂæÂÂç æÂÂéÂÂæÂ¢å¾©è³è¼ÂæÂÂç±çÂÂ溫度ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¡ÂéÂÂæ©Âã æÂŒÂÂ系統主橠å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂå¿ è¦Âç§» Ã¥ÂÂå°主橠ï¼Âä¸ÂæÂ æÂ¾å¨堧 æÂÂç¢Âç @è«Âå Âå°Âå ¶åÂÂåº@ç¶å¾ÂæÂÂä¸Âå é¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç î STANDBY/ON 尠系統éÂÂæ©Âã çÂÂå°è¢å¹Âä¸Âç GOOD BYE å 樣æ¶Â失å¾Âï¼ åÂÂå°Â黿ºÂæÂ é ÂæÂÂä¸Âã 1 çµ ä¸Âå¯å¨ æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂå°Â主橠èÂÂèµ·æÂÂæÂŒÂ â å¯è½ æÂÂ使é«ÂéÂÂæÂÂè½Â丠çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂ壠ã éÂÂ註 1 å¦Âå¨ GOOD BYE Ã¥ÂÂ樣èªè¢å¹Âä¸Âæ¶Â失åÂÂ便å°Â主æ©ÂæÂÂé ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂ使系統æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå» çÂÂè¨Âç½®ã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 42 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 43 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español ç«é¢大å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ格张DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂè½æÂ¶éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ種çÂÂç«é¢æ¯Âä¾Âï¼Âç¯Âä¾ å¾Âä¸Â荺 4:3 çÂÂé»è¦Âç¯Âç®å°ç«é¢æ¯Âä¾Âé«Âé 7:3 ç CinemaScope 寬è¢å¹Âé»影 1 é½å¯以ã é»è¦Âæ©Âä¹ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ種ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂç«é¢æ¯Âä¾ ï¼ ä¾Â妠ãÂÂæ¨ÂæºÂã ç 4:3 以åÂÂ寬å±Âå¹ 16:9 ã 2 éÂÂ註 1 許å¤Â寬è¢å¹Âç¢ÂçÂÂ齿ÂÂç¡è¦Â系統çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼Âå æÂ¤ä¸Â管è¨Âå®Âå¼çºä½Âï¼Âç¢ÂçÂÂ齿ÂÂ以 letterbox çÂÂæ ¼å¼Â顯示ã è¨Âç½®æÂ 4:3 (Letter Box) æÂÂï¼Â寬è¢幠ç¢ÂçÂÂå¨顯示ç«é¢æÂÂï¼Âä¸Âä¸Â齿ÂÂåºç¾黠è²æ¢ÂéÂÂã è¨Âç½®æÂ 4:3 (Pan&Scan) æÂÂï¼Â寬è¢幠ç¢ÂçÂÂå¨顯示ç«é¢æÂÂï¼Âå·¦å³éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂªç çÂÂæÂ å½¢ã éÂÂç¶ç«é¢çÂÂèµ·ä¾Â大äºÂï¼Âä½ÂæÂ¨ çÂÂå°çÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¯å¯¦éÂÂçÂÂæÂ´åÂÂç«é¢ã 2 â¢å¦ÂæÂÂ卿¨Â溠4:3 çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âä¸ÂæÂ¡ç¨ 16:9 ï¼Â寬@çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼ÂæÂÂ寬è¢å¹Âé»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂ¡ç¨任ä½Âä¸Â種 4:3 è¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼Â便æÂÂå°Âè´ç«é¢失çÂÂã â¢ ç¶æÂ¨è§Âè³Â以 4:3 æ ¼å¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂ製çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ æÂ¨å¯以使ç¨é»è¦ÂæÂ§å¶åÂÂè½ä¾Â鏿ÂÂå½±åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾çÂÂæÂ¹å¼ ã æÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âå¯è½æÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ縮æÂ¾åÂÂ伸 å±ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ï¼Âç´°ç¯Âé¨åÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±æÂ¨é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂéÂÂçÂÂ使ç¨æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã â¢ æÂÂäºÂé»影çÂÂç«é¢æ¯Âä¾ÂæÂÂè¼ 16:9 寬ï¼Âå æÂ¤å³使æÂ¯ä½¿ç¨寬è¢å¹Âé»è¦Âæ©Âï¼ÂéÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂä»Âç¶æÂÂ以 ã letterbox ãÂÂçÂÂ樣å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 43 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 44 ChH æÂ éÂÂæÂÂé¤ 人åÂÂç¶Â常é¯å°Âä¸ÂæÂ£ç¢ºä¹ÂæÂÂä½Âç¶æÂÂ系統æÂ éÂÂæÂÂç°常 ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨èªÂçºæÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂé£裡ä¸Âå°Âå ï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ以ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé» é²è¡Â檢æÂ¥ã æÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âå¯è½æÂ¯ä¾Âèª堶ä»Âè£Âç½®ã è«Âä»Â細檢æÂ¥å ¶ä»Â使ç¨ä¸ÂçÂÂè£Âç½®åÂÂéÂȌ¨è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂã å¦ÂæÂÂ卿ÂÂ¥ èÂÂéÂÂ以ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé»Âå¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡ÂéÂÂæÂ¯ç¡æ³ÂæÂ¹åÂÂï¼ è«Âå°±è¿Â洽詢æÂ¨çÂÂå ÂéÂÂæÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âå¿ÂæÂÂç¶Âé·å @åÂÂä¾Â代çºç¶Âä¿® ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂ æÂ¬ç³»çµ±æÂ¯å çºå å°éÂÂéÂȍÂÂ夠ä¾ÂæÂÂæÂÂè´使ç¡泠æÂ£å¸¸æÂÂä½Âï¼Âè«Â尠黿ºÂæÂÂé Âå¾Â輸åº æÂÂ座ä¸ÂæÂÂ丠åÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå»ï¼Â以åÂÂ復æÂ£å¸¸çÂÂæÂÂä½ÂçÂÂæ Âã ä¸ÂèÂŒÂÂé¡ åÂÂ顠解決辦泠黿ºÂæ²ÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂçªÂç¶ éÂÂæ© ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¯è½æÂ æÂÂä¸Âé¯誤è¨ÂæÂ¯é¡¯ç¤ºï¼ ã â¢ éÂÂéÂÂæ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂè«ÂçÂÂå¾ ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂã â¢ 確å®Â主æ©Âä¸ÂçÂÂç·ÂæÂÂç¡é¬Âè«çÂÂæÂ å½¢ã å¦ÂæÂÂé¬Âè«ï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂé æÂÂ系統èªåÂÂéÂÂæ©Âã â¢ 檢æÂ¥æÂÂè²å¨é£æÂ¥æÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢ºã â¢ 確å®Â主黿ºÂçÂÂé»å£Â確實é©ç¨æÂ¼æÂŒÂÂæ©Â種ã â¢ Ã¥ÂÂ試éÂÂä½Âé³éÂÂã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âä»Âç¶åÂÂå¨ï¼Âè«Âå°ÂæÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂè³æÂÂè¿ÂçÂÂå ÂéÂÂæÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âå¿ÂæÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂç¶Âé·å èÂÂæÂ¥åÂÂç¶Âä¿®ã é¸æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½å¾Âï¼Âæ²ÂæÂÂè²é³ 輸åºã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ£ä½¿ç¨å¤Âé¨輸堥ï¼Âè«Â確å®Âè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂé£æÂ¥æÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢º ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 33 é Âç é£ æÂ¥è¼Âå©é³頻è¨Âå ï¼Âã â¢ æÂÂä¸ÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨ä¸Âç MUTE 以éÂÂéÂÂéÂÂé³åÂÂè½ã â¢ 調é«Âé³éÂÂã æ²ÂæÂÂè²é³ä¾Âèªç°ç¹Âè²æÂ ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ã â¢ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 27 é Âç ãÂÂè²éÂÂä½ÂæºÂãÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ 以檢æÂ¥æÂÂè²å¨ä½ÂæºÂã â¢ å·²é¸å TUNER æÂÂï¼Âå è½以ç«Âé«Âè²è½åÂÂä¾ÂæºÂã â¢ 確èªÂæÂªé¸å AUTO ã STEREO æÂ VIRTUAL 模张ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 15 é Âç èÂÂè½æÂ¨ çÂÂ系統 ï¼Âã â¢ æÂ£ç¢ºå°å°ÂæÂÂè²å¨æÂ¥ä¸ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã @ã â¢ èÂ¥ä¾ÂæºÂæÂ¯ 96 kHz ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ以ç«Âé«Âè²æÂÂæÂ¾ã ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂä½ÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨ã â¢ æÂ´æÂÂé»池ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã @ã â¢ è«Âå¨ 7 m å §çÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Â以 30 ð çÂÂè§Â度å°ÂæºÂéÂÂæÂ§æÂÂæÂÂ卿ÂÂä½ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Â裠æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã @ã â¢ ç§»é¤éÂÂç¤Âç©æÂÂå¾Âå ¶ä»Âä½Âç½®æÂÂä½Âã â¢ é¿å ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸ÂçÂÂéÂÂæÂ§æÂÂæÂÂå¨åÂÂå°é½å Âç´å°Âã â¢ 確èªÂæÂªå°Âä»»ä½Âç©åÂÂæÂÂå ¥ CONTROL IN æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã â¢ è¥系統çºç¨丠SR é£æÂ¥ç·Âé£æÂ¥è³é»漿é»è¦Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè«Â確èªÂé»漿é»è¦Â黿ºÂå·²é åÂÂã å°ÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨å°ÂæºÂé»漿é»è¦Â以便è½æÂÂä½Â系統ã â¢ å¦Âè¦ÂæÂÂä½Âå ¶å®Âå ÂéÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âè«Â確å®ÂæÂ§å¶é£æÂ¥ç·ÂèÂÂé¡Âæ¯Âé³頻é£æÂ¥ç·Âå·²é£æÂ¥ã 顯示å±Âä¸ÂæÂÂ顯示 TRAYLOCK ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂç¡ æ³ÂéÂÂåºç¢Âç¤ã â¢ æÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç î OPEN/CLOSE ï¼ÂéÂÂåºï¼Âéµä¸ÂæÂ¾ç´Âå «ç§ÂéÂÂã æÂ¥èÂÂ便å¯使 ç¨ î OPEN/CLOSE ï¼ÂéÂÂåºï¼Âéµä¾ÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂç¢Âç¤ã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 44 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 45 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español DVD/CD/VCD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨ 顯示å±Âä¸Âåºç¾ SND. DEMO çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ æÂ¬æ©Âç¡æ³ÂæÂ¥åÂÂæÂ§å¶ã â¢ æÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç î ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ï¼Âéµä¸ÂæÂ¾ç´ÂäºÂç§ÂéÂÂã ç¢Âç¤æÂÂèªåÂÂéÂÂåºï¼Â表示 ãÂÂ鳿ÂÂå±Â示ãÂÂ模å¼Âå·²åÂÂæ¶Âã åÂÂ顠解決辦泠åÂÂ顠解決辦泠ç¢ÂçÂÂå¨置堥å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂèªåÂÂé åºã â¢ 渠æ½Âç¢ÂçÂÂ並å°Âç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ£ç¢ºå°ÂæºÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âæ§½ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂ DVD-video ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂå°åÂÂ代碼èÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âä¸ÂçÂÂ代碼ä¸Âç¸符ï¼Â該ç¢ÂçÂÂ便ä¸Âè½ 使ç¨ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 42 é Âç DVD Video é©ç¨å°å ï¼Âã å¨æÂ¤æÂ æ³Âä¸Âï¼Âè¢å¹Âä¸ÂæÂÂåº ç¾ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¯ï¼ éÂÂ堼容ç¢ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ碼 î¿ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢Âç ã â¢ è®ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨堧é¨çÂÂæ°´æ°£æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂè¸ç¼ã é¿å Âå¨空調è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂè¿Â使ç¨æÂ¬æ©Âã ç¡æ³Âé²è¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå¨置堥æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂï¼Âè«ÂéÂÂæÂ°å°Âç¢ÂçÂÂæ¨Â籤颿ÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¾å ¥ã 影åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸ÂæÂ¢ï¼Âä¸ÂæÂÂéµ ç¡æ³Â使ç¨ã â¢ æÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ï¼ÂæÂÂéÂ括Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂéµéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å Âå°Â黿ºÂéÂÂéÂÂï¼Âç¶å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂ使ç¨åÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç î STANDBY/ON æÂÂéµå°Â黿ºÂæÂ éÂÂã è¨Âå®Âå¼堨鍿¶Âé¤ã â¢ 黿ºÂç¼çÂÂä¸ÂæÂ·æÂÂï¼Âå°ÂæÂÂæ¶Âé¤è¨Âå®Âå¼ã æ²ÂæÂÂå½±åÂÂî¿æ²ÂæÂÂè²彩ã â¢ 檢æÂ¥é£ç·ÂæÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢ºä»¥åÂÂæÂÂé ÂæÂ¯å¦å®Âå ¨æÂÂå ¥ã â¢ æÂ¥é±é»è¦Âæ©Âî¿顯示å¨çÂÂ使ç¨æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Â以確å®Âè¨Âå®Âå¼æÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢ºã â¢ èÂ¥æÂ¯é¸å éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼å»已ç¨è²差è¦Âé »é£æÂ¥ç·Âä¾Âé£æÂ¥éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂä¿¡èÂÂä¸Âç¸ 容çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âï¼Âå°Âå®Âå ¨ç¡æ³ÂçÂÂå°任ä½Âç«é¢ã 使ç¨åÂÂæÂÂæÂ S-video 端åÂÂæÂ¥ä¸Âé»覠æ©Âå¾Âï¼Âè«Âå° è²差è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼è®ÂæÂ´çº éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 29 é Âç è¦Â頻輸 åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ ï¼Âã è¢å¹Âç«é¢æÂÂé·æÂÂæ¯Âä¾Âæ² è®Âã â¢ é»è¦Âæ©Âå±Âå¹ çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ä¸ÂæÂ£ç¢ºã éÂÂæÂ°è¨Âç½®é»è¦Âæ©Âè¢å¹ÂçÂÂé¸頠ï¼Â使堶èÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨ çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âî¿顯示å¨ç¸符 ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 29 é Âç è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ ï¼Âã ç¶å¨ VCR ä¸ÂæÂÂéÂÂé AV 鏿ÂÂå¨é²è¡ÂéÂÂ製ï¼Â便æÂ å¹²æÂ¾å°影åÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ æÂ¬ç³»çµ±çºæÂ¡ç¨é²æÂ·æÂÂè¡Âï¼Â以é¿å ÂéÂÂé VCR æÂ AV 鏿ÂÂå¨ç¼çÂÂéÂÂ製æÂÂå½±åÂÂæÂ¹ é¢çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âã éÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã ç«é¢å¨æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå°干 æÂ¾æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾ä¸ÂçÂÂæ¼Âé»Âã â¢ æÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾å¨è Macro-Vision System é²æÂ·ç³»çµ±ç¸容ã æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂå §å«é²æÂᏬÂèÂÂï¼ èÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¤ç¨®ç¢ÂçÂÂ卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼Âå¨ç«é¢ä¸Âä¸ÂäºÂå°æÂ¹æÂÂåºç¾å¦Âç·Âæ¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂéÂÂ訠ï¼Âè¦Â使ç¨ çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¼ÂèÂÂå®Âï¼ ã éÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã â¢ ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âç¹åÂ¥çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¨åÂÂè½åÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂã éÂÂå¯è½æÂÂå°Âè´ç«é¢å¨åÂÂè½å·è¡Âç¶æÂÂï¼ çÂÂæÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾æ¼Âé»ÂæÂÂè¼Âå¾®æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂç¾象ã éÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Â便å çºç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ堧容ä¹ÂéÂÂçÂʌᨍ°èÂÂæÂ´å çªÂ顯ï¼Âä½Â並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂ éÂÂæÂÂè´ã DVD è CD é³éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ顯 å·®ç°ã â¢ DVD è CD 使ç¨çÂÂéÂÂ製æÂ¹å¼Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂã éÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 45 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 46 ChH 調諧å¨ USB 飿ÂÂ¥ CD-ROM å Âç¢Âç¡æ³Â辨 èÂÂã â¢ 確宠CD-ROM æÂ¯ä½¿ç¨ ISO 9660 çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæ ¼å¼ÂéÂÂ製ã æÂ´å¤ÂéÂÂæÂ¼ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§ç è³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 39 é Âç ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 ã ç¡æ³Â辨è DVD-ROM 碠çÂÂã â¢ 確宠DVD-ROM æÂ¯æÂ¡ç¨ UDF bridge æ ¼å¼ÂéÂÂ製ã æÂ´å¤ÂéÂÂæÂ¼ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§çÂÂè³ è¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 39 é Âç ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 ã æªÂæ¡Âç¡æ³Âå¨ç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂî¿ ç¸çÂÂçÂÂ覽å¨ç¶ä¸Â顯示ã â¢ ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡Âå¿ é Â以æÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂ坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂå½åÂÂï¼ è¬å¦Âï¼ MP3 æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .mp3 ï¼ WMA æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .wma ï¼ MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .m4a ï¼ JPEG æÂ¡ç¨ .jpg ï¼Â大寫 æÂÂå°Â寫é½å¯以@ã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 39 é Âç ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ WMA æÂ MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡Âã â¢ éÂÂäºÂæªÂæ¡ÂçºæÂ¡ç¨ DRM ï¼ÂæÂ¸ä½ÂçÂÂæ¬Â管çÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂ製çÂÂã éÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã åÂÂ顠解決辦泠åÂÂ顠解決辦泠æÂ¶è½éÂȌ°廣æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ顯 çÂÂéÂÂé³ã â¢ è«ÂæÂ¥ä¸ AM 天締ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã ï¼Â並å 以調æÂ´æÂ¹åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä½Âç½®ï¼Â以å¾Âå° æÂÂä½³çÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶æ¢Âä»¶ã æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以å¦å¤ÂæÂ¥ä¸Âæ¢Â堧鍿ÂÂå¤Âé¨ AM 天締ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 33 é Âç é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨天締ï¼Âã â¢ å®Â堨伸å±Âé FM ç·ÂÃ¥ÂÂ天ç·Âï¼Â調æÂ´æÂÂä½³æÂ¥æÂ¶çÂÂä½Âç½®ï¼Âç¶å¾Âåºå®ÂæÂ¼çÂÂä¸Âã æÂ¨ä¹ å¯以å¦å¤ÂæÂ¥ä¸ÂçµÂå¤Âé¨ FM 天締ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 33 é Âç é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨天締ï¼Âã â¢ éÂÂéÂÂå ¶ä»Âå¯è½é æÂÂéÂÂè¨ÂçÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå°Â堶移走ã â¢ 調諧éÂÂè·Âä¸Âé©ç¨æÂ¨æÂÂå¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶æÂÂå°åÂÂã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 38 é Âç 頻çÂÂéÂÂè·Âè¨Âç½® 說 æÂÂ以åÂÂæÂÂ調諧éÂÂè·Âã èªåÂÂ調諧åÂÂè½ç¡æ³ÂæÂ¥æÂ¶ å°æÂÂäºÂéÂȌ°ã â¢ éÂȌ°è¨ÂèÂÂ微弱ã èªåÂÂ調諧åÂÂè½å è½åµ測å°è¨ÂèÂÂç¼å°Âè¯好çÂÂç¡ç·ÂéÂȌ°ã æÂ³è¦ ç²å¾ÂæÂ´å éÂÂæÂÂçÂÂ調諧æ¢Âä»¶ï¼Âå¯æÂ¥ä¸Âä¸ÂçµÂ室å¤Â天ç·Âã åÂÂ顠解決辦泠æÂ¬ç³»çµ±ç¡æ³Â辨è USB 大éÂÂå²åÂÂè£Âç½®ã â¢ 確å®Â已尠USB æÂ¥é Âå®Âå ¨æÂÂå ¥æÂ¬æ©Âå §ã â¢ 確èªÂè¨ÂæÂ¶é«Âæ ¼å¼Âçº FAT16 æÂ FAT32 ã â¢ ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ´å §å»ºæÂ USB éÂÂç·Âå¨ç USB è£Âç½®ã æªÂæ¡Âç¡æ³Âå¨å°Â覽å¨î¿ ç¸çÂÂçÂÂ覽å¨ä¸Â顯示ã â¢ æªÂæ¡Âå¿ é Âè¦ÂæÂÂæÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂ坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ è¬å¦Âï¼ MP3 æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .mp3 ï¼ WMA æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .wma ï¼ MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .m4a ï¼ JPEG æÂ¡ç¨ .jpg ï¼Â大寫æÂÂå°Â寫é½å¯以@ã â¢ 確å®ÂæªÂæ¡Â許坿¬ÂæÂªåÂÂéÂÂå¶ ï¼ÂéÂÂéÂÂå¯Â碼çÂÂï¼ ã ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ WMA æÂ MPEG-4 AAC æªÂæ¡Âã â¢ éÂÂäºÂæªÂæ¡ÂçºæÂ¡ç¨ DRM ï¼ÂæÂ¸ä½ÂçÂÂæ¬Â管çÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂ製çÂÂã éÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 46 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 47 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español HDMI 飿ÂÂ¥ é¯誤è¨ÂæÂ¯ Ã¥ÂÂ顠解決辦泠ç¡ HDMI é³頻輸åºã â¢ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 35 é Âç åÂÂæÂ HDMI é³頻è¨Âå®Âå¼ 確å®Âå·²é¸å AUDIO ON ã ç¡ HDMI è¦Â頻輸åºã â¢ 確å®Âå¨éÂÂå°Â使ç¨è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âä¸Âï¼Âå·²é¸åÂÂæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾å¨ä½Âçº HDMI 輸堥 ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ使ç¨æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ã â¢ 確誠HDMI é£æÂ¥ç·Âå·²æÂ£ç¢ºæÂ¥ä¸Âä¸ÂæÂªæÂÂå£Âã â¢ 確èªÂ使ç¨ HDMI ä»Âé¢æÂ¥ä¸ÂçÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂå·²éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âè HDMI ç¸容 ï¼ÂéÂÂäºÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂé Âè DVI å HDCP ï¼ High Bandwidth Digital Content Protection ï¼Âç¸容@ã â¢ è¦Âé£æÂ¥çÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂèÂÂå®Âï¼Â使ç¨ DVI é£æÂ¥å¯è½å°Âè´信èÂÂå³輸ä¸Âç©©ã â¢ 確å®ÂæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾å¨ä¸ÂçÂÂè§£æÂÂ度èÂÂ使ç¨ HDMI é£æÂ¥çÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âè´ã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 29 é  ç è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ è®ÂæÂ´è§£æÂÂ度ã â¢ èÂ¥è®ÂæÂ´è§£æÂÂ度å¾Âç«é¢ä¸ÂçÂÂ空ç½ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ表示é¸åÂÂçÂÂè§£æÂÂ度èÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂ顯示å¨ä¸Â符ã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 35 é Âç éÂÂæÂ°è¨Âå® HDMI é£絠éÂÂæÂ°è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå» é Âè¨Âå¼ã å¨è®ÂæÂ´ HDMI è²彩 è¨Âå® å¼å¾Âï¼Â顯示å¨çÂÂè²彩 åº ç¾åÂÂé¡ ï¼Â第 30 é Âï¼ ã â¢ è¦Âé£æÂ¥çÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂèÂÂå®Âï¼ÂæÂÂ亠HDMI è²彩 è¨Âå®Âå¼å¯è½é æÂÂç«é¢ç¡æ³ÂæÂ£ç¢ºé¡¯ç¤ºã æÂ¤æÂÂï¼Âè«Âè¦ÂçÂÂæ³Â使ç¨é»è¦Âæ©ÂçÂÂè¦Â頻輸堥è¨Âå®Âå¼é¸å RGB ã æÂÂè å¯æÂ¢å¾©å ÂÃ¥ÂÂç HDMI è²彩 è¨Âå®Âå¼ã è¨ÂæÂ¯ 說æÂ 2CH ONLY ⢠æÂÂä½Âå é©ç¨æÂ¼éÂÂè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂï¼Âå ç®åÂÂä¾ÂæºÂçºå¤Âè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂèÂÂç¡æ³Âé²è¡Âã 96K ⢠æÂÂä½Âå ä¾ÂæºÂçº 96 kHz æÂ¸ä½ÂèÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå°ç¦ÂæÂ¢ã REC MODE ⢠å çºéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂ製模å¼ÂçÂÂç·£æÂ ï¼ÂæÂÂ以æÂÂ使æÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°éÂÂå¶ ï¼Â第 33 é Âï¼ ã SND. DEMO â¢ é³æÂÂå±Â示åÂÂè½åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±å¨ 第 44 é Âç æÂ éÂÂæÂÂé¤ ç ä¸ÂèÂŒÂÂé¡ ä¹Âç¯Â說 æÂÂã NOISY ⢠å èÂÂæÂ¯éÂÂé³太é«ÂèÂÂç¡æ³Âé Âå©å®ÂæÂ MCACC è¨Âå®Âã ERR MIC â¢ å¨ MCACC è¨Âå®ÂæÂÂéÂÂï¼Âå æÂªå°Â麥å Â風æÂ¥ä¸ÂæÂÂé£æÂ¥ä¸ÂæÂ£ç¢ºèÂÂç¼çÂÂé¯誤ã ERR SP â¢ å¨ MCACC è¨Âå®ÂæÂÂéÂÂï¼Âå æÂªå°ÂæÂÂè²å¨æÂ¥ä¸ÂæÂÂé£æÂ¥ä¸ÂæÂ£ç¢ºèÂÂç¼çÂÂé¯誤ã MUTING â¢ ç±æÂ¼é³æÂÂ被éÂÂé³ï¼Âå æÂ¤ä½¿ç¨æÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°éÂÂå¶ ï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠MUTE ï¼Âã STEREO ⢠æÂÂä½Âå é¸åÂÂé¸å°å¨èÂÂç¡æ³Âé²è¡Âã TRAYLOCK ⢠ç¢Âç¤éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 44 é Âç æÂ éÂÂæÂÂé¤ ç ä¸ÂèÂŒÂÂé¡ ä¹Âç¯Â說æÂÂã KEYLOCK ⢠æÂÂéµéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¨ã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 第 38 é Âç æÂÂéµéÂÂè¨Âç½® 說æÂÂã PHONESIN ⢠æÂÂä½Âå è³æ©ÂæÂÂä¸ÂèÂÂç¡æ³Âé²è¡Âã HDMI ERR ⢠å¦ÂéÂÂç§»é£æÂÂè§£æÂÂ示ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±åÂÂè¿°ç HDMI 飿ÂÂ¥ ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âä»Âå¨ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 35 é Âç éÂÂæÂ°è¨Âå® HDMI é£絠ã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 47 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 48 ChH éÂÂæÂ°è¨Â置系統 諠使ç¨å é¢æÂ¿æÂ§å¶å°Â系統 è¨Âå®Âå¼éÂÂæÂ° è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå» é Âè¨Âå¼ã â¢ é ÂÃ¥ÂÂ系統éÂÂæ©ÂæÂÂ丠î STANDBY/ON 並æÂÂä½ î USB ã 丠次å¨æÂ¨ éÂÂæ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂç³» çµ±è¨Âå®Âå¼é½å°ÂæÂ è¢«é 置ã 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® æÂÂäºÂèªÂè¨Âé¸頠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 30 é Âç èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ ï¼ è½è®ÂæÂ¨å¾Âä¸Âå èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® ç 136 種èªÂè¨Âç¶ ä¸Âè¨Âå®ÂÃ¥ÂÂ人åÂÂ好çÂÂèªÂè¨Âã 1 é¸æÂ ãÂÂå ¶ä»ÂèªÂè¨Âã ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以鏿ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代碼æÂÂæÂ¯æÂ¸åÂÂ代 碼ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以鏿ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代碼æÂÂæÂ¯æÂ¸åÂÂ代碼ã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå®ÂæÂ´èªÂè¨Â種顠åÂÂ代碼çÂÂ渠å®ã USB ERR ⢠æÂ´å¤ÂèÂÂæÂ¤ç¸éÂÂçÂÂè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂ񇪪 25 é Âç 使ç¨ USB ä»Âé¢ ç éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 ä¹Â篠說æÂÂã EEP ERR ⢠ç¶Âä¿®äºÂå®Âè«Â洽詢æÂ¨çÂÂå ÂéÂÂæÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âå¿ÂæÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂç¶Âé·åÂÂã EXIT ⢠æÂ¤è¨ÂæÂ¯æÂÂå¨é¸å®éÂÂç½®ä¸Â段æÂÂéÂÂå¾ÂèªåÂÂéÂÂåºæÂÂåºç¾ã è¨ÂæÂ¯ 說æÂ HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 48 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 49 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español èªÂè¨Â代碼渠å® èªÂ訠ï¼ÂèªÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代碼@ã èªÂè¨Â代碼 Ã¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼渠å® Ã¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代碼ã åÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代碼 Japanese (ja), 1001 English (en), 0514 French (fr), 0618 German (de), 0405 Italian (it), 0920 Spanish (es), 0519 Dutch (nl), 1412 Russian (ru), 1821 Chinese (zh), 2608 Korean (ko), 1115 Greek (el), 0512 Afar (aa), 0101 Abkhazian (ab), 0102 Afrikaans (af), 0106 Amharic (am), 0113 Arabic (ar), 0118 Assamese (as), 0119 Aymara (ay), 0125 Azerbaijani (az), 0126 Bashkir (ba), 0201 Byelorussian (be), 0205 Bulgarian (bg), 0207 Bihari (bh), 0208 Bislama (bi), 0209 Bengali (bn), 0214 Tibetan (bo), 0215 Breton (br), 0218 Catalan (ca), 0301 Corsican (co), 0315 Czech (cs), 0319 Welsh (cy), 0325 Danish (da), 0401 Bhutani (dz), 0426 Esperanto (eo), 0515 Estonian (et), 0520 Basque (eu), 0521 Persian (fa), 0601 Finnish (fi), 0609 Fiji (fj), 0610 Faroese (fo), 0615 Frisian (fy), 0625 Irish (ga), 0701 Scots-Gaelic (gd), 0704 Galician (gl), 0712 Guarani (gn), 0714 Gujarati (gu), 0721 Hausa (ha), 0801 Hindi (hi), 0809 Croatian (hr), 0818 Hungarian (hu), 0821 Armenian (hy), 0825 Interlingua (ia), 0901 Interlingue (ie), 0905 Inupiak (ik), 0911 Indonesian (in), 0914 Icelandic (is), 0919 Hebrew (iw), 0923 Yiddish (ji), 1009 Javanese (jw), 1023 Georgian (ka), 1101 Kazakh (kk), 1111 Greenlandic (kl), 1112 Cambodian (km), 1113 Kannada (kn), 1114 Kashmiri (ks), 1119 Kurdish (ku), 1121 Kirghiz (ky), 1125 Latin (la), 1201 Lingala (ln), 1214 Laothian (lo), 1215 Lithuanian (lt), 1220 Latvian (lv), 1222 Malagasy (mg), 1307 Maori (mi), 1309 Macedonian (mk), 1311 Malayalam (ml), 1312 Mongolian (mn), 1314 Moldavian (mo), 1315 Marathi (mr), 1318 Malay (ms), 1319 Maltese (mt), 1320 Burmese (my), 1325 Nauru (na), 1401 Nepali (ne), 1405 Norwegian (no), 1415 Occitan (oc), 1503 Oromo (om), 1513 Oriya (or), 1518 Panjabi (pa), 1601 Polish (pl), 1612 Pashto, Pushto (ps), 1619 Portuguese (pt), 1620 Quechua (qu), 1721 Rhaeto-Romance (rm), 1813 Kirundi (rn), 1814 Romanian (ro), 1815 Kinyarwanda (rw), 1823 Sanskrit (sa), 1901 Sindhi (sd), 1904 Sangho (sg), 1907 Serbo-Croatian (sh), 1908 Sinhalese (si), 1909 Slovak (sk), 1911 Slovenian (sl), 1912 Samoan (sm), 1913 Shona (sn), 1914 Somali (so), 1915 Albanian (sq), 1917 Serbian (sr), 1918 Siswati (ss), 1919 Sesotho (st), 1920 Sundanese (su), 1921 Swedish (sv), 1922 Swahili (sw), 1923 Tamil (ta), 2001 Telugu (te), 2005 Tajik (tg), 2007 Thai (th), 2008 Tigrinya (ti), 2009 Turkmen (tk), 2011 Tagalog (tl), 2012 Setswana (tn), 2014 Tonga (to), 2015 Turkish (tr), 2018 Tsonga (ts), 2019 Tatar (tt), 2020 Twi (tw), 2023 Ukrainian (uk), 2111 Urdu (ur), 2118 Uzbek (uz), 2126 Vietnamese (vi), 2209 Volapük (vo) , 2215 Wolof (wo), 2315 Xhosa (xh), 2408 Yoruba (yo), 2515 Zulu (zu), 2621 é¿根廷 , 0118, ar 澳洲 , 0121, au 奧å°å© , 0120, at æ¯Âå©æÂ , 0205, be 巴西 , 0218, br å æÂ¿å¤§ , 0301, ca æÂºå© , 0312, cl ä¸Âå , 0314, cn 丹麥 , 0411, dk 菠, 0609, fi æ³Âå , 0618, fr å¾·å , 0405, de é¦Â港 , 0811, hk å°度 , 0914, in å°尼 , 0904, id 義大å© , 0920, it æÂ¥æÂ¬ , 1016, jp éÂÂå , 1118, kr 馬ä¾Â西亠, 1325, my 墨西åÂÂ¥ , 1324, mx è·è , 1412, nl ç´Â西è , 1426, nz æÂªå¨ , 1415, no å·´åºæÂ¯å¦ , 1611, pk è²å¾Âè³ , 1608, ph è¡èÂÂç , 1620, pt ä¿Âå ï¼Âä¿Âç¾ æÂ¯è¯é¦@, 1821, ru æÂ°å å¡ , 1907, sg 西çÂÂç , 0519, es çÂÂ士 , 0308, ch çÂÂå ¸ , 1905, se å°ç£ , 2023, tw æ³°å , 2008, th è±å , 0702, gb ç¾Âå , 2119, us HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 49 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 50 ChH è¦Âæ ¼ ⢠æÂ´å¤§å¨é¨å æÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ輸åº@åÂÂç½®ãÂÂä¸Âç½®ãÂÂç°ç¹Âè² . . . . . . æ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂè²é 100 W ï¼ 1 kHz ï¼ 10 % T.H.D. ï¼ 4 ⦠@éÂÂä½Âé³ . . . . . 100 W ï¼ 100 Hz ï¼ 10 % T.H.D. ï¼ 4 ⦠@⢠ç¢ÂçÂÂé¨å æÂ¸ä½Âé³頻ç¹æÂ§ . . . . . . . DVD fs ï¼ 96 kHz ï¼ 24-bit é¡Âå . . . . . . DVD 系統@VCD/ è¶ ç´ VCD 系統å å Âç¢ÂæÂ¸ä½Âé³é¿系統 é »çÂÂé¿æÂ . . . . . . . . . 4 Hz è³ 44 kHz ï¼ 96 kHz Ã¥ÂÂ樣çÂÂï¼ / 4 Hz è³ 22 kHz ï¼ 48 kHz Ã¥ÂÂ樣çÂÂï¼ æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 測éÂÂéÂÂå¶ ( ñ 0.001 % W.PEAK ï¼Â以丠(JEITA) ⢠FM 調諧å¨é¨å 頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87.5 MHz å° 108 MHz 天締. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ⦠ï¼Âä¸Â平衡张⢠AM 調諧å¨é¨å 頻çÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ æÂ¡ç¨ 9 kHz éÂÂè· . . . . . . 531 kHz å° 1602 kHz æÂ¡ç¨ 10 kHz éÂÂè· . . . . . 530 kHz å° 1700 kHz 天締. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ç°åÂÂ天締⢠堶仠é»溠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC 110 V ï¼ 50 Hz/60 Hz æ¶ÂèÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 W å¾ æ©Âæ¶ÂèÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.30 W 尺寸 . . . 420 mm @寬 ï¼ x 60 mm ï¼ é« ï¼ x 332 mm ï¼ æ·± ï¼ éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 kg ⢠é Âä»¶ ï¼ DVD/CD æÂ¥æÂ¶å¨@éÂÂæÂ§å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 AA/R6 ä¹¾é»池ï¼Âç¨以確èªÂ系統æÂÂä½Âï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 è¦Âé »é£æÂ¥ç· ï¼Âé»Âè²æÂÂé Âï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 AM ç°åÂÂ天締. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 FM 天締. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 麥å Â風 ï¼Âç¨æÂ¼èªå MCACC è¨Â置@. . . . . . . . . 1 黿ºÂç· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 å®Âè£ÂæÂÂå æÂ¾ÂÂä½ÂæÂÂå S-DV363 æÂÂè²å¨系統 ⢠åÂÂç½®î¿ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . å°ÂéÂÂå¼ÂæÂ¸æÂ¶å ï¼Âé²ç£Â@系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Hz å° 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W 尺寸 . . . 100 mm @寬 ï¼ x 100 mm ï¼ é« ï¼ x 100 mm ï¼ æ·± ï¼ éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.54 kg ⢠ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . å°ÂéÂÂå¼ÂæÂ¸æÂ¶å ï¼Âé²ç£Â@系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Hz å° 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W 尺寸 . . . . 220 mm @寬 ï¼ x 90 mm ï¼ é« ï¼ x 100 mm ï¼ æ·± ï¼ éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.70 kg ⢠éÂÂä½Âé³ å¤Âç®± . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ä½Âé³åÂÂå°Âè½å°å 系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå¼ é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Hz å° 2.5 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W 尺寸 . . . 221 mm @寬 ï¼ x 401.5 mm ï¼ é« ï¼ x 390 mm ï¼ æ·± ï¼ éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5 kg ⢠é Âä»¶ æÂÂè²å¨é£æÂ¥ç· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 æÂÂæÂ¶ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 èº絲 ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¶ç¨@. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 鲿»Â墠ï¼Âå°ÂçÂÂï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 鲿»Â墠ï¼Â大çÂÂï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 50 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠10 51 ChH English Français 丠æÂ Nederlands Italiano Español S-DV2T æÂÂè²å¨系統 ⢠åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . å°ÂéÂÂå¼Âè½å°å ï¼Âé²ç£Â@系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨@ä½Âé³ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå x 2 é«Âé³å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 cm Ã¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Hz å° 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W 尺寸 . . . . 260 mm ï¼Â寬@x 1096.3 mm ï¼Âé«Âï¼ x 260 mm ï¼Â深@éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 kg ⢠ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ è S-DV363 ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ç¸å @å¦Âä¸Âè¿° ï¼ ã â¢ ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . å°ÂéÂÂå¼ÂæÂ¸æÂ¶å ï¼Âé²ç£Â@系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Hz å° 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W 尺寸 . . 100 mm ï¼Â寬@x 100 mm ï¼Âé«Âï¼ x 100 mm ï¼Â深@éÂÂé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.54 kg ⢠é Âä»¶ æÂÂè²å¨é£æÂ¥ç· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 鲿»Â墠ï¼Âå°ÂçÂÂï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 鲿»Â墠ï¼Â大çÂÂï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 æÂÂè²å¨åº座 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 èº絲 ï¼ÂåºÂ座ç¨@. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 S-DV4T æÂÂè²å¨系統 ⢠åÂÂç½®î¿ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ è S-DV2T ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ç¸å @å¦Âä¸Âè¿° ï¼Âã â¢ ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ è S-DV363 ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ç¸å @å¦Âä¸Âè¿° ï¼ ã â¢ é Âä»¶ æÂÂè²å¨é£æÂ¥ç· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 鲿»Â墠ï¼Â大çÂÂï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 æÂÂè²å¨åº座 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 èº絲 ï¼ÂåºÂ座ç¨@. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 S-DV2SW æÂÂè²å¨系統 ⢠éÂÂä½Âé³ è S-DV363 éÂÂä½Âé³ç¸å @å¦Âä¸Âè¿° ï¼ ã â¢ é Âä»¶ æÂÂè²å¨é£æÂ¥ç· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 鲿»Â墠ï¼Â大çÂÂï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 éÂÂ註 â¢ çºæ±Âç¢å æÂ¹è¯ï¼Âè¦Âæ ¼ å 訠è¨Âå¦ÂæÂ è® æÂ´ï¼ÂæÂ ä¸Âå¦è¡ÂéÂÂçÂ¥ã ç± Dolby Laboratories æÂÂæ¬Â製é ã ãÂÂæÂÂæ¯Âã ã ã Dolby ã ã ã Pro Logic ãÂÂè é D æ¨ÂèªÂæÂ¯ Dolby Laboratories çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã â DTS âÂÂÃ¥ÂÂâ DTS Digital Surround âÂÂçºæÂ¸ç¢¼å½± é¢系統堬å¸ ï¼ DTS, Inc. ï¼ÂçÂÂ註åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã æÂ¥æÂ¬å ÂéÂÂå ¬å¸åºçÂÂã çÂÂ欠é 2007 æÂ¥æÂ¬å ÂéÂÂå ¬å¸ã çÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂæÂÂã æÂÂ¢åÂÂç¶ÂNEC堬叿ÂÂæ¬Âï¼Â使ç¨FontAvenue î Ã¥ÂÂé«ÂãÂÂFontAvenueçºNECå ¬å¸çÂÂ註åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã æÂÂ¢åÂÂæÂÂ使ç¨çÂÂçÂÂæ¬Âä¿Âè·æÂÂè¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°Âå©以å 堶ä»Â屬æÂ¼ Macrovision Corporation çÂÂçÂ¥è ç¢æ¬Âä¿Âè·ãÂÂ使ç¨該çÂÂæ¬Âä¿Âè·æÂÂè¡Âå¿ é ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾ Macrovision Corporation çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂä¸Âç¶ Macrovision Corporation çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂåªè½ç¨ æÂ¼å®¶åºÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂè§Âè³ÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè§£å¯Âç 亦屬æÂ¼ç¦ÂæÂ¢ä¹ÂÃ¥ÂÂã DRM(æÂ¸ä½ÂçÂÂæ¬Â管çÂÂ)æÂ¯ä¸Â種èÂÂç±éÂÂå¶ å£Â縮é³頻æªÂæ¡Âå è½å¨é»蠦以å¤ÂéÂÂ製æÂ¤ 種æªÂæ¡Âå°Âç¨çÂÂè£Âç½®(æÂÂå ¶ä»ÂéÂÂ製è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂ) æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âå°ÂçºæÂÂæÂÂé Âé²éÂÂæ³ÂæÂ·è²ÂèÂÂè¨Â訠çÂÂé²æÂ·æÂÂè¡ÂãÂÂç¸éÂÂ詳細è³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± Ã¥ÂÂ人é»蠦åÂÂî¿æÂÂè»Âé«ÂæÂÂéÂÂçÂÂ使ç¨æÂÂå æÂÂ說æÂÂæªÂæ¡Âã HTZ363DVD_ChH_LF.book 51 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
PIONEER CORPORATION 4-1, Meguro 1-Chome, Meguro-ku, Tokyo 153-8654, Japan PIONEER ELECTRONICS (USA) INC. P.O. BOX 1540, Long Beach, California 90801-1540, U.S.A. TEL: (800) 421-1404 PIONEER ELECTRONICS OF CANADA, INC. 300 Allstate Parkway, Markham, Ontario L3R 0P2, Canada TEL: 1-877-283-5901, 905-479-4411 PIONEER EUROPE NV Haven 1087, Keetberglaan 1, B-9120 Melsele, Belgium TEL: 03/570.05.11 PIONEER ELECTRONICS ASIACENTRE PTE. LTD. 253 Alexandra Road, #04-01, Singapore 159936 TEL: 65-6472-7555 PIONEER ELECTRONICS AUSTRALIA PTY. LTD. 178-184 Boundary Road, Braeside, Victoria 3195, Australia, TEL: (03) 9586-6300 PIONEER ELECTRONICS DE MEXICO S.A. DE C.V. Blvd.Manuel Avila Camacho 138 10 piso Col.Lomas de Chapultepec, Mexico,D.F . 1 1000 TEL: 55-9178-4270 K002_B_En <XRE3164-A> Printed in HTZ363DVD_EN_LF.book 52 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂç«æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ